A Complete Body OF Chirurgical Operations, Containing The Whole Practice OF SURGERY. WITH OBSERVATIONS and REMARKS on each Case.  
Amongst which are Inserted, the several Ways of Delivering Women in Natural and Unnatural Labours.  
The whole Illustrated with Copper Plates, Explaining the several Bandages, Sutures, and divers useful Instruments.  
By M. de La Vauguion. M. D. and Intendant of the Royal Hospitals about Paris.  
Faithfully Done into English.  
LONDON, Printed for Henry Bonwick in St. Paul's Church Yard, T. Goodwin, M. Wotton, B. Took in Fleetstreet, and S. Manship in Cornhill, 1699.   

THE PREFACE.  
CHirurgery or Surgery (as we shall writ it in compliance with the present usage) is an Art which instructs us how to cure a Multitude of Diseases incident to the Bodies of Men, by the help of Manual Operation. This is one of the three principal Members of the Art of Physic, without which it would be lame and imperfect; and however Custom has made it a separate Art, and a sort of Inferior Employment; yet it is evident it does not require lesle Study, Application, and Knowledge, than the other Parts of Medicine, and in many Respects, for the Certainty and Expedition of the cure, deserves to be preferred before them. Many Distempers indeed are conquered by a Regular Diet, and the assiduous Use of proper internal Remedies; but on the contrary, there are others which are invincible by any milder way, and require the use of Instruments and external Applications, which alone are capable of giving certain and effectual Relief to the languishing Patient.  
The Invention of Surgery is ascribed to Aesculapius, whose two Sons Podalirius and Machaon, are celebrated by Homer for their rare Skill and Dexterity, and the great Services they did in curing the wounded Men in that famous Expedition against Troy. Chiron and his Pupil Achilles are extolled for their extraordinary Knowledge of Simples, insomuch that Ulcers which require the Skill of a finished Surgeon to cure them, are still called Chironia, and that Plant with which Achilles is reported to have cured Telephus after he had wounded and defeated him, still bears the Name of Sideritis Achillaea. But the first who has committed any thing of this kind to writing, was the Great Hypocrates the seventeenth in Descent from Aesculapius, whose Chirurgical Pieces of Fractures, Of the Articulations, Of reducing Bones by Machine's, Of Wounds in the Head, etc. are not esteemed by the learned World, inferior to any of his Writings in the other Parts of Medicine. After this great Man several of his Country men made Improvements, and this Art for a Series of many Ages, seemed as it were confined to the Natives of Greece. The next who applied themselves to improve the Instruments and Operations of Surgery, were the Arabians, of which the Writings of Albucasis, and some portions of Avicenn are the only Remains. In the last place, about two or three Centuries, or since it was introduced into Europe by Guido de Cauliaco, Joannes de Vigo, etc. who ought justly to be accounted the Fathers of the Modern Surgery; but as yet it was rude and imperfect till Ambrose Parry, Fab. Hildanus, Fab. ab Aquapendente, etc. by their successful Labours advanced it to a higher pitch than their Predecessors; however it was impossible but it must be deficient for want of the later Discoveries in Anatomy, and since that Science has been cultivated, and the Structure of Human Bodies in many particulars better known, Surgery has necessarily received great Advantages. Since this new Light has been introduced (which has made the productions of a few Years exceed those of many preceding Ages) no Nation has been more Industrious to bring Surgery to perfection than the French; and this is owing almost entirely to the Master Surgeons of the School of St. Cosmus, who have applied themselves with the last Diligence, to instruct every Member of their Body in all parts of an Art which is of so great Use and Importance to Mankind.  
But our present Design is not to set forth the Nature or Excellence of this Art, or give a History of the Degrees by which it has been perfected; and therefore we shall content ourselves with giving the Reader an Account of the Volume we here present him with, and informing him what he may expect to found in it. Antiquity has produced many excellent Pieces; but the great Discoveries in the Human Microcosm, have opened a large Field for Improvements, and the New Philosophy has furnished us with more sensible Accounts, than the Obscure and Uncertain Principles of the Ancients could possibly assist us to found out. This is so evident and clear, that it is a surprising Thing, that Surgery should not be earlier advanced by it, and all along till very lately, the old beaten Path trodden without any regard to the Modern Inventions. Our Author has reform this in a great Measure in the following Work, in which he has presented the Reader with such Instructions for performing the Operations, and such Reasons for the Accidents which attend them, as are agreeable to the Structure of the Parts, and the New Doctrines in Philosophy. The whole Volume is an entire System, which contains all the Operations in the Practice of Surgery, and the Different manners of Performing them now in Use, and they are all delivered in a most exact order. For Instance, in the first place he premises the Definition, for the giving his Reader a Succinct Account of the Subject under his consideration; Than he explicates the Nature and Cause of the Disease which he grounds on the Structure of the Part, and this enables the Artist to give a Rational and Satisfactory Account of what he proposes to perform, by this means to distinguish himself from Empirick or Ignorant Mechanic, who can give no other Reason, than the Practice of his Master. In the next place he delivers the Signs, as well those which serve to detect the Nature of the Disease, as those which assist the Surgeon to make a Just Prognostic of the Event. After these necessary Premises, he proceeds to the Operation itself, in which he gives Instructions extending even to the most minute Circumstances which can hap, to this he subjoins the Dress, several sorts of Bandages, and so proceeds through the whole Method of treating the Patient, prescribings in every Case a proper Regimen, and Medicaments to Complete and perfect the Cure. In the last place, which is not the lest curious of the whole, he adds a great Number of extraordinary and instructive Observations, extracted out of the Writings of Kerkringius, Bartholine, the Germane Transactions, and other Authors, but principally from Fabricius Hildanus, whose Merit is acknowledged by all knowing Judges. In short; to avoid any farther expatiating on particulars, whoever shall peruse this Piece with Care from beginning to end, will found an ample Collection of useful and solid Knowledge. But I shall not undertake to preingage the Readers Favour, but rather choose to abandon this Work to his impartial Censure, and leave him to the Liberty to embrace what he finds in it agreeable to Reason and Experience, and to Reject the Rest.   

THE CONTENTS.  

Ch. I OF Operations in general, p. 1. Their Definition, ib. Cause, The Signs when necessary, of things previous, p. 2. The Dressing, Cure, Remarks, p. 3. A Specimen of these, containing an Account of several Accidents on a Gun-shot Wound, ib.  
Ch. II. Of Sutures, p. 3. Their Definitions, ib. Cause, Signs when necessary, p. 4. Diagnostic Signs in Wounds, ib. p. sequ. Prognostic, p. 7. etc. The Operation, and what Instruments necessary, ib. The interrupted or separate Stitch, ib. The Stitching of Wounds which have Angles, ib. Of those which have none, p. 8. Of Needles, ib. Of the Dry Stitch, ib. Of the Glover's Stitch, ib. Of Wounds which do not admit of being stitched, and whereof, p. 9 The Dressing and Cure after Sutures, ib. Of internal and external Remedies, p. 10. When Wounds are to be kept open, and of Tents, p. 11. Of drying up Serosities, ib. Of Cicatrizing, p. 12. Of Contused Wounds, p. 12. Of Gun-shot Wounds, ib. Ambrose Parry's Balsam, p. 13. An Excellent Mundificative after Digestion, ib. Wounds from the By't or Sting of Venomous Animals, ib. Of Wounds of the Veins and Arteries, and Styptic Medicines, p. 14. How to consume Luxuriant Flesh, ib. Wounds of Nerves, p. 15. And Nervous parts, ib. An excellent Nervine Medicine. How to take of the Synovia, ib. Of Convulsions on Wounds in the Tendons, ib. Wounds in the Breast, Head, ib. Of Wounds of the Cranium, p. 16. Of contused Wounds, ib. Remarks, ib.  
Ch. III. Of the Suture or Stitching of a Tendon, p. 17. The Dressing and Cure, p. 18. An excellent Lineament, a good way of preparing Oil of St. John's wort, p. 10. Remarks, ib.  
Ch. IU. Of the Harelip, p. 29. It's Definition, ib. Not to be undertaken when there is a great loss of Substance, ib, etc. The Signs, ib. The Operation, p. 21. Dressing, etc. ib. & sequ.  
Ch. V Of the Gastroraphia, or stitching of the lower Belly, p. 23. The Definition, Cause, The Signs when this is to be done, and how to judge what Parts are concerned, p. 23. The Operation, ib. Of the Mortification of the Omentum, p. 24. Of the Guts, ib. Dilating the Wound for the reducing the Guts. The Operation, p. 25. Dressing, ib. Cure, p. 26. A good Digestive when the Lips of the Wound are Callous, ib. Remarks, 27.  
Ch. VI Of the Paracenthesis or Aperture of the Belly only in Dropsies, p. 27. The Definition, ib. The Causes which require it, p. 28. Why the Muscles appear sound in Hydropic Bedies after their Decease, ib. Of the principal Causes of a Dropsy, ib. The signs of a Dropsy, p. 29. The cause of the Fever, low Pulse, pale Complexion, ib. What is previous to to the Operation, ib. The Operation, ib. When the Lancet or Tap are to be made use of, p. 30. Of Scarification, the Dressing, and Cure, p. 31. Remarks, p. 32. History of an Hydropic Tumour, shining like a Looking-glass, ib. Of an Hydropic swelling spotted all over, ib. Twenty nine pound of Water contained between the Muscles and the Peritonaeum, ib.  
Ch. VII. Of the Hydrocele or Hernia Aquosa, p. 33. It's Definition, Cause, ib. An Ascites, the Operation is needless when this proceeds from a Dropsy, ib. The signs, p. 33. The Operation, ib. Dressing, p. 34. Cure, p. 35. Remarks, ib. The Scrotum entirely separated in an Hydrocele, ib. Regurgitation of the Waters to the Throat, ib.  
Ch. VIII. Of Hernias or Ruptures, p. 36. The Definition, Cause, ib. Signs, p. 37. The Operation of the Bubonocele, or Hernia Inguinalis, p. 40. Of a Complete Hernia, p. 41. The Dressing, p. 43. Cure, ib. Remarks, p. 44. History of a R●d Urine caused by an Enterocele.  
Ch. IX. Of the Exomphalos or Rupture of the Navel, p. 44. The Definition, Cause, with Remarks on the Structure of that part, p. 44. The signs, p. 45. Operation, ib. Dressing, p. 46. A convenient Machine to check the Motion of the Belly, p. 47. Another for the Exomphalos, ib. Trusses of different kinds, an invention very convenient in these cases. The Cure, p. 48. Remarks, ib. History of a Rupture of the Navel, with a great crack, ib. A swelling of the Navel in a Newborn Child, ib. The Guts forcing themselves out of the Belly in a newborn Child, ib.  
Ch. X. Of Castration, p. 49. The Definition, Cause, ib. Signs that the Intestine adheres to the Testicle, p. 50. Why swell of the Stones are of ill consequence, ib. The Operation, ib. What to be done when the productions of the Peritonaeum are Carcinomatous, the Dressing and Cure, p. 51. Remarks, ib. History of the parts of the Testicle, as hard as Flints, ib. Of a Fever which brought down the Stones of a young Man, who had none before that time. ib.  
Ch. XI. Of the Phymosis, p. 52. The Definition and Cause of the Distemper, ib. When the Operation is required, ib. The Operation, ib. Dressing, p. 53. Cure, p. 54. Remarks, ib. An History of a Child who had a prepuce of a Monstrous size from his Birth, ib.  
Ch. XII. Of the Paraphymosis, p. 54. The Definition and Cause, ib. Signs, p. 55. The Operation, Dressing and Cure, ib. Remarks, p. 56. The History of a Cancer as large as a Man's Head, proceeding from a Wart on the Prepuce ib.  
Ch. XIII. Of Lithotomy or Cutting for the Stone, p. 57 The Definition, 'Cause of the Operation, ib. The Opinions of Hypocrates, Fernelius and the Chemists concerning the generation of the Stone, ib. Signs of the existence of the Stone, and in what parts it is found, p. 59 Causes of the Symptoms, ib. Some farther signs of a Stone in the Bladder, p. 60. Why the Urine is emitted at certain intervals, and whence the Pain after making water proceeds, and the involuntary erection of the Yard, ib. Signs that there are several stones in the Bladder, ib. How it comes to pass that a Patient may carry a stone about him all his Life-time, and not be incommoded by it, ib. The manner of Extraction, p. 61. Two ways of searching, ib. The way of searching Women, p. 62 How to know if the stone be large, ib. What to be done when it adheres to the Bladder, when it is broke, ib. The lesser Apparatus in Men, p. 64. The same in Women. The way of cutting Women by the greater Apparatus, p. 65. How to judge of the success, ib. How to proceed when the stone is in the Urethra, Glans, Neck of the Bladder, ib. Of Function, of Incision, ib. The Dressing, p. 66. After Incision of Yard, ib. The Cure, ib. How Persons cut for the stone, must regulate themselves. Remarks, p. 64. The History of a stone found in the Bladder, which weighed 52 ounces, Another of 25. ib. Three stones as big as walnuts, voided by the Yard, ib. A stone made up of two other pieces, weighing together 22 ounces, ib. A stone taken out of the Scrotum, weighing 8 drams, ib. Seventy two dark, brown stones found in the Lungs of a certain person, ib. The Gallbladder filled with greenish Flints, bigger than Beans, ib. Five stones found in the Gallbladder of Pope Urban VIII. ib. Seventy soft stones which melted in Water found in the Gallbladder of a Woman, ib. Stones found in the Gallbladder of several other Animals, ib. Sweeting of Gravel, ib. The Brain of an Ox petrified, ib. Vrines with long Filaments, p. 70. An History of a Woman who could not feel the heat of an Oven, though she burnt her side, ib. Four small stones which came out in bleeding in the Arm, ib. A stone as large as a Pullet's Egg, found lodged in an Abscess in the Liver, ib. A stone carried of by a Decoction of Speedwell, ib.  
Ch. XIV. Of the Punction of the Perinaeum, p. 71. The Definition, Cause, ib. Signs when required. The Operation, Dressing, Cure, ib, Remarks, p. 72. History of a Woman who having the small Pox, had her Fundament rotten, ib. Of a suppression of Urine on Riding, which proved Mortal, ib.  
Ch. XV. Of the Fistula in Ano, p. 73. The Definition, the Cause, ib. Why Fistula's hap more frequently in the Anus, than any other parts, ib. The signs, ib. When Fistula's are curable, p. 74. The different sorts of Fistula's, ib. The Operation of the Fistula in Ano, The Dressing, p. 76. The Cure, ib. Fabricius Hildanus method of curing Fistula's, ib. Remarks, ib. History of a Fistula of the Yard, with four Sinus.  
Ch. XVI. Of the Empyema, p. 77. The Cause, ib. The signs of a Pleurisy, p. 78. Why the Patient cannot lie on one side, ib. Signs of an Abscess in the Lungs, p. 79. Signs which show that a Wound penetrates the Lungs, ib. The manner of searching a recent Wound in the Breast, p. 80. Signs which show that the Lungs are hurt superficially, ib. A sign of Blood extravasated in the Lungs, ib. Of the Cause of the usual Symptoms, the Florid colour of the Cheek, the vivacity of the Eyes, etc. ib. The Operation, p. 81. Dressing, p. 82. Cure, p. 83. Of Vulnerary Injections, etc. Method of curing an Empyema without operation. Riverius his manner of curing Pleurisies, p. 85. A Pleurisy with an acute Fever, cured by the same, ib. Fab. Hildanus method for curing of Pleurisies, ib. Remarks, p. 86. An History of Obstructions and Schirrosities in the Liver, Spleen, and a stone in the Lungs, covered with a carnous coat in an Asthmatick Person, p. 86. Of stones and concreted blood found in the Lungs of a Phthisical Patient, ib. Of a Person suffocated by a great piece of the Lungs falling into the Aspera Arteria, ib.  
Ch. XVII. Of the Extirpation of a Cancer, p. 87. The Definition, Cause, ib. Signs which demonstrate a swelling to be Cancerous, p. 88 The several steps by which a Cancer grows, ib. Signs when it is upon the point of Vlcerating, what parts are most subject to them. Of things previous to the operation, p. 88 The Operation, ib. The old way of taking of a Cancer, p. 89. The Dressing after the Operation, p. 90. Heliodorus his Bandage, ib. The Cure, ib. Of the virtues of read Snails, etc. ib. Another case-related by Riverius, ib. Fab. Hildanus' method, p. 91. Remarks, p. 92. History of a Cancerous Ulcer, which corroded the Breast quite down to the Ribs, ib. A Cancer beginning at the extremity of the Tongue, ib.  
Ch. XVIII. Of Bronchotomy, p. 93. The Definition, Cause, ib. The different sorts of Quinsies, etc. ib. Why Children are subject to Quinsies, p. 94. Signs and Prognostics, ib. The Operation, and what precautions are necessary, p. 95. The Dressing, Cure, p. 96. Method of curing Quinsies without the Operation, p. 97. Remarks, 99 History of a Quinsy, proceeding from a Dysentery, ib. Another from Pepper applied to the Wula, ib.  
Ch. XIX. Of Bleeding, p. 99 The Definition, Causes, Signs, ib. The Operation, p. 100 The Precautions necessary, ib. What Persons and Times, etc. are improper for this Operation, How to know if the stone be large, ib. What to done when it adheres to the Bladder, when it is broke, ib. The lesser Apparatus in Men, p. 64. The same in Women. The way of cutting Women by the greater Apparatus, p. 65. How to judge of the success, ib. How to proceed when the stone is in the Urethra, Glans, Neck of the Bladder, ib. Of Function, of Incision, ib. The Dressing, p. 66. After Incision of Yard, ib. The Cure, ib. How Persons cut for the stone, must regulate themselves. Remarks, p. 64. The History of a stone found in the Bladder, which weighed 52 ounces, Another of 25. ib. Three stones as big as walnuts, voided by the Yard, ib. A stone made up of two other pieces, weighing together 22 ounces, ib. A stone taken out of the Scrotum, weighing 8 drams, ib. Seventy two dark, brown stones found in the Lungs of a certain person, ib. The Gallbladder filled with greenish Flints, bigger than Beans, ib. Five stones found in the Gallbladder of Pope Urban VIII. ib. Seventy soft stones which melted in Water found in the Gallbladder of a Woman, ib. Stones found in the Gallbladder of several other Animals, ib. Sweeting of Gravel, ib. The Brain of an Ox petresied, ib. Vrines with long Filaments, p. 70. An History of a Woman who could not feel the heat of an Oven, though she burnt her side, ib. Four small stones which came out in bleeding in the Arm, ib. A stone as large as a Pullet's Egg, found lodged in an Abscess in the Liver, ib. A stone carried of by a Decoction of Speedwell, ib.  
Ch. XIV. Of the Punction of the Perinaeum, p. 71. The Definition, Cause, ib. Signs when required. The Operation, Dressing, Cure, ib. Remarks, p. 72. History of a Woman who having the small Pox, had her Fundament rotten, ib. Of a suppression of Urine on Riding, which proved Mortal, ib.  
Ch. XV. Of the Fistula in Ano, p. 73. The Definition, the Cause, ib. Why Fistula's hap more frequently in the Anus, than any other parts, ib. The signs, ib. When Fistula's are curable, p. 74. The different sorts of Fistula's, ib. The Operation of the Fistula in Ano, The Dressing, p. 76. The Cure, ib. Fabricius Hildanus method of curing Fistula's, ib. Remarks, ib. History of a Fistula of the Yard, with four Sinus.  
Ch. XVI. Of the Empyema, p. 77. The Cause, ib. The signs of a Pleurisy, p. 78. Why the Patient cannot lie on one side, ib. Signs of an Abscess in the Lungs, p. 79. Signs which show that a Wound penetrates the Lungs, ib. The manner of searching a recent Wound in the Breast, p. 80. Signs which show that the Lungs are hurt superficially, ib. A sign of Blood extravasated in the Lungs, ib. Of the Cause of the usual Symptoms, the Florid colour of the Cheek, the vivacity of the Eyes, etc. ib. The Operation, p. 81. Dressing, p. 82. Cure, p. 83. Of Vulnerary Injections, etc. Method of curing an Empyema without operation. Riverius his manner of curing Pleurisies, p. 85. A Pleurisy with an acute Fever, cured by the same, ib. Fab. Hildanus method for curing of Pleurisies, ib. Remarks, p. 86. An History of Obstructions and Schirrosities in the Liver, Spleen, and a stone in the Lungs, covered with a carnous coat in an Asthmatick Person, p. 86. Of stones and concreted blood found in the Lungs of a Phthisical Patient, ib. Of a Person suffocated by a great piece of the Lungs falling into the Aspera Arteria, ib.  
Ch. XVII. Of the Extirpation of a Cancer, p. 87. The Definition, Cause, ib. Signs which demonstrate a swelling to be Cancerous, p. 88 The several steps by which a Cancer grows, ib. Signs when it is upon the point of Vlcerating, what parts are most subject to them. Of things previous to the operation, p. 88 The Operation, ib. The old way of taking of a Cancer, p. 89. The Dressing after the Operation, p. 90. Heliodorus his Bandage, ib. The Cure, ib. Of the virtues of read Snails, etc. ib. Another case related by Riverius, ib. Fab. Hildanus' method, p. 91. Remarks, p. 92. History of a Cancerous Ulcer, which corroded the Breast quite down to the Ribs, ib. A Cancer beginning at the extremity of the Tongue, ib.  
Ch. XVIII. Of Bronchotomy, p. 93. The Definition, Cause, ib. The different sorts of Quinsies, etc. ib. Why Children are subject to Quinsies, p. 94. Signs and Prognostics, ib. The Operation, and what precautions are necessary, p. 95. The Dressing, Cure, p. 96. Method of curing Quinsies without the Operation, p. 97. Remarks, 99 History of a Quinsy, proceeding from a Dysentery, ib. Another from Pepper applied to the Wula, ib.  
Ch. XIX. Of Bleeding, p. 99 The Definition, Causes, Signs, ib. The Operation, p. 100 The Precautions necessary, ib. What Persons and Times, etc. are improper for this Operation, ib. & seq. Of the Veins which are most frequently opened, p. 103. Of the manner of opening them, p. 105. Why the Ligature is put about the Neck in bleeding in the Head, p. 106. Way of opening a Vessel, p. 107. Posture of the Patient, ib. Way of holding the Lancet, etc. p. 109. & seq. Trying the part, p. 110. How to proceed when the Vessel is deep, p. 111. Of the way of pricking, etc. ib. Of bleeding in the Foot, p. 115. Of bleeding in the Jugular, ib. Of bleeding under the Tongue, p. 116. Of opening the Arteries, p. 116. How to order the bleeding, and close the Orifice, p. 117. The Dressing after bleeding in the Arm, etc. p. 117. Bandages for bleeding in the Foot, p. 118. Forehead, ib. End of the Nose, p. 119. Temporal Arteny, p. 120. Bleeding in the Jugulars, ib. The Cure after bleeding, p. 121. Circumstances to be observed, p. 121. Swooning, and whether the Patient may sleep after bleeding, ib. What Judgement is to be made of the Colour, Scent, etc. of the blood, p. 124. & sequ. Of the several Accidents which may hap after bleeding, as discolouration of the Part, Erisypelas, etc. Pricking of a Tendon, etc. and the way of remedying them, p. 127. & sequ. Remarks, p. 136. The History of a Child born dead, caused by the Mother's being twice bled at the same time, ib. Another of the pricking of the Nerve in bleeding Charles the IX. ib.  
Ch. XX. Of an Aneurism, 137. The Definition, Cause, ib. Signs of a genuine one, of a Bastard one, ib. The Operation, ib. Dressing, p. 139. Cure, p. 140. Of curing an Aneurism without Operation, ib. Fab. Hildanus' way, p. 141. Remarks, p. 142. An Aneurism on the right Clavicle, ib. History of an Aneurism, which translated itself to a Man's Breast, p. 143.  
Ch. XXI. Of the Trepan, p. 143. The Definition, ib. The Cause of a Fracture of the Skull, ib. The different sorts of Fractures according to Hypocrates, and their Causes, ib. & sequ. The signs of a Fracture, p. 146. Of the Accidents, as Fever, Inflammation, Coma, Bleeding at the Nose, etc. and their Causes and Prognostics, ib. & sequ. Of the Structure of the Cranium, p. 154. Of the Bones in particular, as the Frontal, Parietal, Temporal, Occipital, Sphaenoidal, etc. in Adults, and in the Foetus, etc. p. 156. & sequ. An exact History of the Holes in the Basis of the Skull, and the Vessels which pass through them, p. 167. The Operation, p. 171. Of several parts on which the Instrument must not be applied, as the Sutures, Eyebrows, etc. ib. The manner of making the Incision, p. 173. The Dressing, p. 175. Cure, p. 176. Fabr. Hildanus' Method of proceeding in Fractures of the Skull, p. 177. Remarks, p. 178. The History of the Cure of a Woman who had lost a portion of her Brain, p. 179. Of a Child who became stupid by a blow on the Head, ib. Of a Depression of the Skull, without any remarkable Accidents, ib. Of an Epilepsy cured by a Fracture of the Skull, p. 180. Of a great quantity of Pus voided by the Nose, and yet none found in the Brain, ib.  
Ch. XXII. Of the Fistula Lachrymalis, p. 181. The Definition, Cause, and Signs, ib. The Operation, p. 182. Dressing, Cure, p. 183. Remarks, p. 186. An History of a large Hemorrhage of the Eye, ib.  
Ch. XXIII. Of Cataracts, p. 187. The Definition, Cause, Signs, ib. How to know if a Cataract be ripe, p. 188. The Operation, ib. The Dressing, Cure, Remarks, p. 189. The History of a Person who could see in the Dark, ib. Riverius' way of curing an Ophthalmy, p. 190.  
Ch. XXIV. Of Delivering Women, p. 190. The Definition, The Cause, ib. Signs of Conception, ib. Signs which precede and accompany a Natural delivery, p. 191. The Operation or manner of Delivering Women, p. 193. Of fetching away the Afterbirth, p. 195. Of Hard and Unnatural Labours, p. 197. How to deliver a Woman when the Feet present first, ib. When the Head is stopped in the passage, p. 198. How to bring away the Head when it is torn from the Body, and remains behind in the Womb, p. 199. How to deliver a Woman when the Child's Head thrusts out the Neck of the Womb, p. 200. When the Child's Head comes first, but is too big, or the Passage cannot be sufficiently dilated, ib. When the Child presents one side of his Head, or Face first, p. 201. When its Head is entirely out, and the Body stopped by the Shoulders, ib. When the Child presents one or both Hands together, with its Head, p. 202. When it presents one or both Hands alone, ib. When it comes with the Knees first, p. 203. The Shoulder, Back or Breech, ib. The Belly, Breast, or Sides, p. 204. When two or more Children present together in the Passage, ib. When the Navel comes first, p. 205. When the Burden presents first, or entirely comes away before the Child, p. 2●5. When there is a Flooding and Convulsions, p. 206. When the Child is Hydropical or Monstrous, ib. When the Child is dead in the Womb, p. 207. Of a Mole or false Conception, p. 208. Signs to distinguish a true conception, from a false one, ib. How to procure the expulsion of a Mole, ib. How to fetch away a Mole when it is exceedingly large, or strongly adheres to the Womb, ib. How to extract a False Conception, ib. The way of ordering a Woman after her Delivery, p. 209. The Dressing of the Child, p. 210. What Rules a Woman with Child must observe, p. 211. Of the Accidents which hap to them, and how to remedy them, Vomiting, p. 215. Pains in the Loins, Reinss, Groins, etc. p. 216. Of Pains in the Breast, p. 217. Of a Stoppage of Urine, ib. Of a Cough, and Difficulty of Breathing, p. 218. Of Pains and Varicose, and oedematous Swell in the Thighs and Legs, p. 219. Of the Hemorrhoides, p. 220. Of a Looseness, Dysentery, etc. p. 221. Menstrual Flux, p. 223. Of Flooding, p. 224. Weight or Bearing down of the Womb, p. 226. Dropsy of the Womb, ib. Swelling of the Loins, p. 227. Of the Venereal Distemper, p. 228. Of Abortions, p. 229. How a Woman with Child must be ordered, when her reckoning is up, p. 230. After her Delivery, p. 231. Of Applications to the Privities, Belly, and Breasts of a Woman newly laid, p. 232. How she is to be managed during her Labour, p. 233. How to dry up the Milk, p. 234. Of Flooding after Labour. What is to be done when this proceeds from a False Conception. Of the Falling out of the Neck of the Womb, p. 236. Of the falling out of the Rectum, p. 238. Of the Haemorrhoides which hap to Women in their Labour; Of Contusions and Rents of the Exterior Parts, p. 238. Of Pains after delivery, p. 240. Of the Cleansings, and the signs when they are good or bad, 241. Of Accidents arising from their suppression, p. 242. Of an Inflammation of the Womb after Delivery, p. 243. Of Schirrosities of the Womb, p. 244. Of a Cancer, p. 245. Of a Looseness soon after Labour, p. 247. Of Ruptures in the Belly, p. 247. Of an Inflammation of the Breasts, p. 248. Coagulated Milk, p. 249. Of Apostems in the Breasts, p. 250. Of excoriation and loss of the Nipples, p. 251. Of the swelling of the Legs and Thighs, p. 253. Of Fits of the Mother, etc. p. 253. Of the Whites, p. 255. Of Dieting and ordering the Newborn Child, p. 256. Of their Weakness. Of the swelling, and of the too great openness of the Mould, p. 260. Of Gripes and Pains in their Bowels, p. 261. Of the Inflammation and ulceration of the Navel, etc. p. 262. Of the Smarting, Redness, Inflammation of the Groins, Thighs, and Buttocks, p. 263. Of the Thrush or small Ulcers in the Mouth, p. 264. Of a Looseness, p. 266. Of Vomiting. ib. Of Ruptures, p. 267. Of a Hydrocele, ib. Of Scabs in the Head or Face, p. 268. Of the Meezles and small Pox, with their Symptoms and Cure, ib. & sequ. Of the Venereal Distemper in Children, p. 269. Directions for the choice of a good Nurse, p. 272. Ways to prevent a Child from growing Squint-eyed or awry, and to rectify any part that is distorted, p. 274. Remarks on Deliveries, p. 275. History of a Child which had been two Months dead in its Mother's Belly, without the lest Cadaverous Stench. ib. Of a Woman who was delivered of a sound Child, notwithstanding she had a Virulent Gonorrhoea for a twelvemonth before, ib. Of a Child which died of a Defluxion on the Brain, proceeding from the coldness of the Water with which it was Baptised, ib. Of a Woman which Miscarried in her Mouth of a Foetus, exceedingly emaciated nine days after, being frighted with a Clap of Thunder, ib▪ Of a Woman who was delivered alone at her due term of a Daughter, who was sound and well, though the Mother voided above a pint of Water in one day, above two Months before, p. 276. Of a Woman with Child who had the Hymen entire, ib. Of a Woman with Child, which never had her Courses, ib. Of a Woman who had been blooded four or five times in the Arm, twice in the Foot, once in the Throat, who notwithstanding at her due time, was delivered of a sound Child which lived, and did well, ib. Of a Woman who was safely delivered, notwithstanding she had undergone a copious Salivation, during the time of her Pregnancy, ib. Of a Woman who was with Child, notwithstanding she constantly had a Pessary, ib. Of a Woman who was delivered of a sound Child, notwithstanding she had been Hydropical for above nine Years, p. 277. Of an Hydropical Woman two els about, who notwithstanding was several times delivered of a Child at her due time, ib. Of a Woman emitting wind from the Womb, with as great a Noise as from the Anus, ib. Of a False Conception proceeding from a fright, ib. Of a Child killed in the Mother's Belly by a sudden fright, ib. Of a Foetus no larger than a Man's Nail, which had all its parts well distinguished, p. 278. Of a Laceration of the Womb, ib. Of a Child who lived two Hours after it was taken out of its Mother's Belly, she being dead, ib. Of a Woman who lost the use of her Reason and after recovered it in a Labour, ib. Of the Testicle of a Woman bigger than a Man's Head, ib. Of a Child born with the Scars of the small Pox, ib. Of Children born yellow, by reason of the Mother's taking of Saffron, p. 279. Of a Child which retired into the Womb after it was half out, ib. Of a Child which was heard to cry in its Mother's Womb, ib. Of a Child groaning in its Mother's Belly, and the Calamities which this did presage. ib.  
Ch. XXV. Of the Caesarean Birth, p. 280. The Definition, Cause, Signs, ib. The Operation, Dressing, ib. Cure, p. 281. Remarks, ib. An History which proves this Operation to have been made, ib. The History of a  Woman whose Womb insinuated itself into the Groin, so as to require an Incision for the extracting of the Foetus, ib.  
Ch. XXVI. Of a Polypus, p. 282. The Definition, Cause, Signs, ib. Operation, p. 283. Dressing, ib. Cure, p. 284. Of Ozenas, ib. Remarks, p. 285. Riverius Method of curing a Polypus, ib. Worms sometimes come from Ulcers of the Nose, ib.  
Ch. XXVII. Of Amputation, p. 285. The Definition, Cause, ib. Of Gangrenes and Mortifications, their Causes and Signs, The Operation, p. 291. Dressing, p. 292. Cure of the Stump, p. 293. Fab. Hildanus way, p. 294. Remarks, p. 295.  
Ch. XXVIII. Of a Paronychia or Whitlow, p. 296. The Definition, Cause, Signs, ib. The Operation, Dressing, Cure, p. 297. Remarks, p. 298. An History of one cured by putting the Finger into a Cat's Ear, ib. Fab. Hildanus Method of curing Whitlows, ib.  
XXIX. Of Applying Caustics, and making Issues, p. 299. The Definition, Cause, Signs, ib. The Operation, Dressing, p. 300. Cure, p. 301. Remarks, ib.  
Ch. XXX. Of making of Seton's, p. 301. The Definition, Cause, Signs, ib. The Operation, ib. Dressing, Cure, p. 302. Remarks, ib. History of a Child perfectly cured of an inveterate Fluxion, by a Seton. ib.  
Ch. XXXI. Of Cupping and Scarifying, p. 303. The Definition, Cause, ib. Signs, p. 304. The Operation, ib. Several manners of Scarifying, ib. The Dressing, Cure, p. 305. Fa. Hildanus way of applying Cupping-glasses, ib. Great loss of blood by Cupping, ib.  
Ch. XXXII. Of Applying Leeches, p. 306. The Cause, Signs when required, ib. Of the choice of Leeches, and the way of managing them, ib. The Dressing, Cure, Remarks, p. 307.  
Ch. XXXIII. Of applying Blisters, p. 308. The Definition, Cause, Signs, Operation, ib. Manner of making Blisters, ib. Some Cautions in their Use, ib. The Dressing, ib. Cure, p. 309. Remarks, ib. History of a young Man cured after the taking of 12 Cantharideses, ib.  
Ch. XXXIV. Of the Extirpation of the Uuula, p. 310. The Definition, Cause, Signs of a Mortification of that part, The Operation, Dressing, Cure, ib. Remarks, History of the Uuula, so much Swollen, as to fill the whole Capacity of the Mouth, ib.  
Ch. XXXV. Of the Varices in the Veins, The Definition, Cause, Signs, ib. Why most pregnant Women have Varicose swell in their Legs, ib. The Operation, and how to cure Varices without proceeding to it, ib. The Dressing, Cure, Remarks. ib.  
Ch. XXXVI. Of Reducing the Fundament, p. 313. The Definition, Cause, Signs, ib. The Operation, Dressing, ib. The Cure, p. 314. Remarks, Fab. Hildanus' way of curing a Procidentia Any, ib  
Ch. XXXVII. Of Reducing the Womb, p. 315. The Definition, 'Cause of its falling out, Signs of the Relaxation of the Vagina, ib. The Operation, ib. Dressing, Cure, 316. Remarks, History of a Carnous Excrescence in the Vagina mistaken for a falling out of the Womb, ib. Of a Wench mistaken for a Boy, by reason of the Relaxation of the Vagina, p. 317.  
Ch. XXXVIII. Of Opening Abscesses, p. 317. The Definition, Cause, ib. Signs of an Abscess, ib. The Operation, ib. The Dressing, Cure, p. 318. Remarks, p. 319.  
Ch. XXXIX. Of the Hydrocephalus, p. 319. The Definition, Cause, Signs, ib. Operation, p. 320. Dressing, Cure● ib. Remarks, p. 321. An History of a Child who had its Head two Foot three Inches in Circumference ib. History of a Hydropical Head, filled with a Saline Water, ib. Of a Brain which had lost its consistence, ib. Of Thirty ounces of a clear Saline Water, drawn out of the Head of a Child, ib.  
Ch. XL. Of opening Parts imperforate, p. 322. The Definition, Cause, Signs, Operation, ib. Of a Membrane covering the Tympanum. Of a Carnous Excrescence in the Audicory Passage, ib. Of the closure of the Nostrils in Children; p. 323. Of the opening the Urethra, ib. Of the imperforation of the Anus, and the Vagina, ib. The Dressing, ib. The Cure, ib. Remarks, p. 324. History of a Yard perforated near the Scrotum, ib. Of a Yard without any Urethra, ib.  
Ch. XLI. Of cutting Tongue-tied Children, p. 324. The Cause, Signs, ib. The Operation, p. 325. Dressing, Cure, Remarks, ib.  
Ch. XLII. Of the Coalition of the Fingers, p. 326. The Definition, Cause, Signs, ib. The Operation, The Dressing, ib. The Cure, Remarks, p. 327.  
Ch. XLIII. Of Extracting all Extraneous Bodies, p. 327. The Definition, Cause, Signs, ib. The Operation, ib. Extracting of Bodies fallen into the Ear, Eye, Nose, Throat, p. 328. The Dressing, Cure, Remarks, p. 329.  
Ch. XLIV. Of Extirpating Scrofulous tumors, p. 329. The Definition, 'Cause of Scrofulous tumors, ib. Of the Bronchocele, p 330. The Signs, Operation, Dressing, ib. The Cure, p. 331. Remarks, p. 332.  
Ch. XLV. Of Warts, Wenns, Horny and Fungous Excrescences, p. 332. Definition, Cause, ib. The Signs, the Operation, Dressing, Cure, Remarks, Hildanus' Method of cu●ing Warts.  
Ch. XLVI. Of taking out Cystis' or Bags, p. 335. The Definition, etc. ib. Dressing, Cure, Remarks, p. 336.  
Ch. XLVII. Of ●utt●ng out the The Nails when they enter the Flesh. p. 337. The Definition, Cause, etc. ib.  
Ch. XLVIII. Of Perforating the Cornea, p. 338. The Definition, Cause, etc. ib. Remarks, History of Sight recovered by Fab. Hildanus, p. 339. Ducts which bring in the Aqueous Humour, first observed by M▪ Nuck, ib.  
Ch. XLIX. Of Ungula's in the greater Angle of the Eyes, The Definition, Cause, Signs, etc. p. 340.  
Ch. L. Of Extirpating a Cancer of the Eye, The Definition, etc. p. 341.  
Ch. LIVELY Of a Coalition of the Eyelids, p. 343. The Definition, Cause, etc. History of the Eyelid adhering to the Globe of the Eye, cured from Fab. Hildanus, ib.  
Ch. LII. Of drawing out Hairs when they stick in the Eyes, The Definition, Cause, ib. etc. History of Blindness proceeding, frequent Sneezing, p. 345.  
Ch. LIII. Of Drawing Teeth, p. 346. The Definition, ib. Cause of the Toothache, ib. Of the Teeth in general, and the manner of their Formation, ib. The Operation, etc. 347. Remarks, An Extract of a Letter concerning the Teeth of divers Animals, p. 349, etc. History of a Cancer in a Tooth, p. 352. Of Sinuous Fistula's proceeding from Pain in the Teeth, p. 353.  
Ch. LIV. Of Prothesis, or supplying parts Deficient, p. 354. The Definition, Cause, etc. ib.  
Ch. LV. Of Transfusion and Injections into the Veins, p. 356. The Definition, ib. Remarks. History of the Injecting fair Water into the Veins of an Animal, 360. Of Sack, ib the Golden Purging Wine, ib. Of an Infusion of Cro●● Metallorum, ib. Of Opium, p. 361. Of Aqua Reg●a. ib. Of Spirit of Nitre into the Subclavian Vein of a D●●, ib. Of Rosin of Scammony dissolved in Essence of Gua●●cum, to a Soldier who had the Pox, ib. Of an Epil●p●●, ●●red by an Infusion of Jalap, ib. Injection of Spirit of ●●nish Wine, ib.  
Ch. LVI. Of the Bones in general, and the manner of t●●●● Nutrition, p. 362. Of the Ma●●●, p. 364. A Com●●●ion of the Marrow in the Bones of Men, with the Pith in Trees, ib. Of the Production of the Callus, p. 365. A Popular Mistake of the Influence of the Moon noted, ib. Concerning the Articulations, p. 366.  
Ch. LVII. Of fractures in general, The Definition, &c, ib. The Cure, p. 372. A good Emplaster for Fractures, p. 372. Forestus Cerate for the Nervous parts, 373. The Dressing, p. 374. Remarks, ib.  
Ch. LVIII. Of the Fracture of the Nose, p. 375. The Definition, etc. ib.  
Ch. LXVI. Of the Fracture of the lower Jaw, p. 378. etc. Remarks, Fab. Hildanus Method to lessen the Callus, p. 381.  
Ch. LXVIII. Of the Fracture of the Clavicle, p. 382, etc.  
Ch. LIX. Of the Fracture of the Shoulderblade, p. 385, etc.  
Ch. LX. Of the Fracture of the Ribs. p. 388, etc.  
Ch. LXI. Of the Fracture of the Sternum or Breastbone, p. 392.  
Ch. LXII. Of the Fracture of the Vertebrae, p. 394.  
Ch. LXIII. Of the Fracture of the Rump-bone, p. 401.  
Ch. LXIV. Of a Fracture of the Os Ilium, Question whether the Os Pubis be separated in women's Labours, p. 403.  
Ch. LXV. Of the Fracture of the Humerus or Shoulderbone, etc. p. 403. The History of the breaking an Arm by a very slight Motion, p. 406.  
Ch. LXVI. Of the Fracture of the Bones of the Hand, p. 407.  
Ch. LXVII. Of the Fracture of the Thigh, p. 409.  
Ch. LXVIII. Of the Fracture of the Rotula, p. 413. History of a Lameness arising from a Fracture of the Rotula p 41●.  
Ch. LXIX. Of a Complicate Fracture of the Leg, p. 415. History of a Wound which opened again, twenty years after it had been healed, p. 417.  
Ch. LXIX. Of the Fracture of the Bones of the Feet, p. 418. History of a strange Wound happening from a small leap, p. 419.  
Ch. LXX. Of Luxations in general, p. 420.  
Ch. LXXI. Of the Luxation of the Bones of the Cranium, p. 424. History of the separation of the Sutures, p. 425.  
Ch. LXXII. Of the Luxation of the Bones of the Nose, p. 426.  
Ch. LXXIII. Of the Luxation of the lower Jaw, p. 427.  
Ch. LXXIV. Of the Luxation of the Clavicle, p. 428.  
Ch. LXXV. Of the Luxation of the Vertebrae, p. 429.  
Ch. LXXVI. Of the Luxation of the Ribs, and the Cartilago Mucronata, etc. p. 432. History of a Luxation, attended with a great Diarrhaea.  
Ch. LXXVIII. Of the Luxation of the Humerus, p. 434. etc. History of an extreme Emaciation, proceeding from a Luxation of the Shoulder-bone, p. 438.  
Ch. LXXIX. Of the Luxation of the Elbow, p. 438.  
Ch. LXXX. Of the Luxation of the Bones of the Wrist, p. 440.  
Ch. LXXXI. Of the Luxation of the Thigh, p. 441.  
Ch. LXXXII. Of the Luxation of the Knee, p. 444.  
Ch. LXXXIII. Of the Luxation of the Bones of the Foot. p. 446.    

ERRATA.  
PAge 5. l. 36. after Apoplexy, r. ensue, p. 10. l. 23. for drawn r. distilled, p. 22. l. 20. r. to be clapped, p. 38. l. 12. for Circocele r. Cirsocele, p. 89. l. 15, 16. 26. & sequ. for Pincers r. Forceps, p. 135. l. ult. after to be, r. mortified, p. 280. l. 22. for and on one side, r. the Body of the Womb, and put, p. 332. l. 5. ounce, r. once. p. 403. l. ult. in the Notes, Bauhinus' Observations, p. 446. l. 9 be slipped, in the r. be slipped in, the.   

A COMPLETE BODY, OF Chirurgical Operations.  

CHAP. I. Of Operations in General.  
AN Operation is the Industrious and Methodical Application of the Surgeon's Hand, to the Parts of a Human Body, to restore them to their Natural State.  
There are Five Species of Operations, Synthesis, Diaeresis, Exaeresis, Taxis and Prothesis, [or Uniting, Dividing, Extracting, Reducing, Supplying.]  
Synthesis is the dexterous reuniting parts divided, as Wounds by the help of Sutures.  
Diaeresis is dividing with judgement parts which require division, as the opening Abscesses.  
Exaeresis is the Artful extracting extraneous Bodies, or any noxious Substance, as Bullets, Matter, etc.  
Taxis is Restoring to their Natural Site parts displaced, as the Guts fallen into the Scrotum.  
Prothesis is the adding by Art and Industry useful parts deficient, as Artificial Legs and Arms. This last is not properly termed an Operation.  
Sometimes several of these concur, viz. in an Abscess where an aperture is made, the Pus let out, the parts reunited, and the whole incarned.  
The CAUSE of Operations are Diseases incurable, except by an industrious Application of the Hand. Thus Parts mortified, Bones very much shattered require Amputation, Extravasated Blood on the Brain the Trepan, the Strangulation of the Gut in the Scrotum, the Bubonocele, with an infinity of the like nature amply treated of in this Course of Operations.  
The SIGNS which instruct the Surgeon in what cases an Operation is necessary, are taken from the various Diseases to which Human Bodies are subject, and shall be distinctly delivered in treating of each particular.  
In each OPERATION it is necessary to know what is to be done Before, At the time of performing it, and After it is over. Before the Operation, all necessaries must be provided for the well performing it. During the making it, all the Rules prescribed must be carefully observed, and After it, Care must be had for the Perfecting the Cure.  
Farther there are four Things to be regarded, Of what Nature the Operation is, For what Reason it is attempted, If Necessary and Possible, and The Manner of performing it. The First may be learned in the Definition. The Second from considering the Nature of the Disease incurable by other means. The Third must be determined by comparing the Disease, the Strength and Constitution of the Patient, and the Part affected. The Last is fully delivered in the Rules of Art, prescribed in their proper places.  
If the Operation can be deferred, it is best to wait for the most favourable Season, Spring, Autumn, Winter and Summer having all different Advantages conducing to a happy Cure.  
The Spring puts new life into the Blood and Spirits concentered by the Winter's Cold, raises a kind Fermentation, and exalts them to the Surface of the Body.  
The Autumn sweetens and calms the Blood, grown sharp and sour by the loss of its Spirituous and Balsamic parts, dissipated by the immoderate Heats of the Summer.  
The Winter closes the Pores, obstructs Transpiration, abates the Circulation, which has scarce vigour enough to animate the Parts.  
PROPER DRESSING must be applied on the part after th● Operation is finished, the Neatness of which is a great comfort to the Patient, by persuading him He is in the Hands of an able Surgeon. This sets his mind at ease, and Nature advances the Cure more equally. At the end of each Operation, the Reader may found an exact Method of Dressing.  
The CURE varies according to the different Operations, to which we shall remit the Reader.  
THE REMARKS annexed to each Operation, we hope will be useful to those who peruse them; They are extracted out of the Best and most Famous Practitioners of Europe, especially Fabricius Hildanus, a Person of well known Merit, and highly valued by all Physicians and Surgeons. Among other of whose Observations this is one, Cent. 4. Obs. 59 A certain Big-bellyed Woman in her eighth Month, received a Gun-shot wound on the Right Thigh, not with any Bullet, but a Pellet of chewed Paper only, which entered the Muscles a Finger's length. The Child in the Womb was so much affected with the Blow, that it died instantly; some time after the waters in which the Foetus ordinarily swims, made their way. The Succeeding Day the Woman was delivered of a Child, Dead, Black, Flabby and Stinking: After some Time she began to recover, and the Wound was completely healed in 24 Days.   

CHAP. II. Of the Sutures.  
SVture is a stitching of Wounds, to help their Reunion. There are three Kind's of Sutures, Incarning, Restringent and Conservative.  
The Incarning have their Stitches separate.  
The Restringent have their Stitches continuous.  
The Conservative are such as are made in Great Wounds, to prevent deformity.  
The Incarning Sutures are the Interrupted, the Quilled, the Twisted, the Clasping and the Dry Suture.  
The Restringent made to stop a flux of Blood, are the Glover's, the Shoemakers, the Tailors, that from without inwards, that from within outwards, that of Celsus made in form of a Cross.  

* See all the several Kind's of Sutures or Stitches, from Fig. 97. to 83.  There are but four kinds of Sutures necessary, the Interrupted, the Twisted, the Dry, and the Glover's Suture, The others are useless and prejudicial, the Figure of which nevertheless I have annexed, in the Plates at the end of this Work, to gratify the Curious.  
The CAUSE of Sutures are Wounds Recent, or Divisions of the soft Parts from some external Cause.  
Wounds are Simple or Complicate. Simple Wounds are a bore division of the Flesh, not accompanied with any ill Accident. On the contrary,  
Complicate Wounds are such as are attended with divers Accidents, as Pain, Inflammation, Contusion, loss of Substance, etc.  
THE DIAGNOSTIC SIGNS. In External Wounds the Division of the Flesh is visible, but Internal are not so easily discovered.  
If a Wound penetrate the Breast, and the Patient bring up Blood in Coughing, you can hear the Air come out of the Wound in expiration, it is a sign the Lungs are wounded, and the Vessels hurt.  
If there be a plentiful effusion of blood from the Breast, and the push is directed towards the Heart, there is ground to fear that important Organ is hurt.  
If the Blood which comes from it be Hot, Black and Boiling, it is probable the Right Ventricle is hurt, but if it be of a Florid Scarlet colour and Frothy, it is the Left Ventricle which has received the Thrust.  
When the Heart is wounded, the Arteries beaten feebly; The Face turns Pale, the Extreme parts grow i'll, and the whole Body is covered with a cold Sweat.  
If the Diaphragm be wounded, the Patient can scarce breathe, feels a great pain in the Back, Shoulders and Arms.  
If the Spinal Marrow be hurt, the Nerves are relaxed, all Sense lost, sometimes the Seed and Urine come away involuntarily.  
If the Aspera Arteria be hurt, the Patient spits Blood, has a great pain towards his Back, the Voice becomes Hoarse, and the Tongue Dryground  
If the Guts are hurt and the wound be small, there hap Syncopes, Inquietude, Convulsions and Fever. If the Patiented vomit or voided blood by Stool, or the Faeces come forth, it is certain the wound is large.  
If the thrust be in the Belly, and there hap a plentiful effusion of Blood, it is a sign the Great Artery or Vena Cava is cut.  
When the Stomach is wounded, the Patient has cutting Pains, Bilious Vomiting, Cold Sweats, the Hiccough; loses all Appetite, and the Aliment comes forth of the wound, if it be very large.  
If the wound be on the right Side a little above the Navel, and penetrates far in, and something obliquely towards the Bastard Ribs, and black Blood come plentifully from the wound, the Party wounded feels great pain in these parts, vomits Bile, and lies on his Belly more commodiously, than in any other posture, you may pronounce, the Liver is wounded.  
If the wound be on the left Side deep, and near the Seat of the Spleen, and a black Blood issue from it, it is a sign the Spleen is hurt.  
In wounds of the Kidneys, the Patient pisses with great Difficulty; The Urine is Bloody, and a pain is felt in the Groin.  
When the Sphincter of the Bladder is hurt, the Urine flows out involuntarily, and if its Bottom it comes out in the Belly, and through the Orifice.  
There is reason to fear, the Brain and its meanings are Hurt, when the Fracture of the Skull is of a large extent, the Eyes are Swollen and full of pain, the Face is read and inflamed, the Patient is Comatose, a Fever is kindled, with a hard Pulse, shaking Fits frequently recurring, and Vomitings: He voids Blood by the Nose, Mouth or Ears. The Excrements and Urine come away involuntarily, and a a Syncope, Vomitings, Convulsion, Delirium, Lethargy and Apoplexy. The Lungs and the Liver Apostemate, which is discovered by a fixed Pain on the sides of the Breast, or the Region of the Liver, or by frequent Rigours. All or several of these signs concurring, are sufficient to show the Brain is hurt.  
When the Nerves art hurt, Inflammation, Pain and Convulsion ordinarily succeed.  

* These Prognostics are mostly taken from that memorable Aphorism of Hypocrates, Sect. 6.18. If the Urinary Bladder, Brain, Heart, Diaphragm, Small Guts, Stomach or Liver hap to be hurt, the Wound is Mortal. But these Wounds which are pronounced Mortal, are not always so, and many Instances to the contrary, (as in the Brain, Liver, Stomach, Guts, etc.) occur in Authors, particulars of which would be too numerous to recite here.  THE PROGNOSTIC SIGNS. Wounds of the Head are most commonly Dangerous, by reason of the nicety of the Brain and its Membranes, which seldom escape alteration, when the Head is wounded.  
Great Wounds of the Dura-Mater are Mortal, because of the division of its Blood-vessels, but if the Wound be small and remote from the Sinus' or principal Vessels, the Patient may well enough escape.  

† There is no reason to pronounce Wounds of the Aspera Arteria Mortal, tho' the Cartilages of the Larynx hap to be divided. In desperate Quinsies when the Respiration is hindered by the Tumour of the Throat; Physicians sometimes advice an Incision to be made in the Aspera Arteria, by which the Lives of many have been saved, ●●he●●●se desperate. This Operation is called Bronchotomia, and the manner of performing it described by our Author, Chap xviii.  Wounds in the Spine of the Neck, Aspera Arteria and Oesophagus, are Mortal: Those in the Blood-Vessels and Nerves are dangerous, it being difficult to stop the Blood, if the wound be large.  
Wounds of the Breast are not very dangerous when they are external, but if they penetrate, there is much to be feared upon the score of the Lungs and Heart.  
Wounds which penetrate the Ventricles of the Heart are Mortal, and the great Flux of Blood instantly kills the Patient, but if the wound be near its Cone, the Patient may live several Days. Wounds of the Pericardium are Mortal, as well as those of the Lungs And so are  
Wounds of the Thoracick Dust and Receptacle of the Chyle, by reason no New Blood can be prepared for defect of this Juice.  
Great Wounds of the Diaphragan are Mortal, because respiration is interrupted.  
Wounds of the Stomach and Guts are Mortal, it being difficult to reunite them by reason of their peristaltic Motion. The Chyle and Excrements flow through the wound, and 'cause great Putrefaction in the lower Belly.  
Wounds of the Mesentery are not Mortal, except the Blood-Vessels, Lacteals and lymphatics are cut, in which Case the Blood and Lympha flowing into the Belly, make great Putrefactions.  
Wounds of the Lungs are not always Mortal, and those of the Omentum are only so upon the account of the Division of the Vessels.  
Wounds of the Liver are Mortal, by reason of the numerous Vessels in that Viscus, which admit of no Application, besides that the Heart and Lungs suffer by communication of their Nerves, from whence proceed Syncopes, Vomiting of Bile, and Difficulty of Breathing.  
Wounds of the Gall Bladder are Mortal, because this is the Receptacle of the Bile, by whose Irritation the Expulsion of the Excrements is made.  
Deep wounds of the Kidneys are Mortal, because these are the Receptacles and Strainers, through which the Urine is percolated.  
Wounds of the ureters are Mortal, because the Urine falling into the lower Belly, corrupts its Contents.  
Wounds of the Vterus are very Dangerous, or to speak more plainly Mortal.  
To conclude; all Wounds of the Great Vessels in the lower Belly are Mortal, it being impossible to stop the Flux of Blood.  

THE OPERATION.  
The Instruments here to be used, are the Fingers, Needles and Thread. You must have Needles of different Figures and Sizes, Straight, Crooked, Flat, all sharp and of well tempered Metal. The Thread must be single or double, as the Nature of the wound shall require.  

The Interrupted Suture.  
To make this Suture, you must begin to clear the Wound from all extraneous Bodies and Coagulated Blood. A Servant must hold together the Lips. These Cautions are common to all Sutures. You must pass the Needle with the Waxed Thread in it, into the middle of the wound from without inwards, leaving a moderate Distance between each Stitch. You must pierce deep enough, and go to the Bottom of the wound, lest an effusion of Blood there obstruct the Reunion.  
If a Wound have Angles, you must begin the Suture there. Before you tie the Knot, you must bring the Edges of the wound together, which if they are not Level, will leave an inequality in Cicatrizing. If Wounds have no Angles, you must begin to tie that Thread which is in the midst, and make a simple knot on the side opposite to the discharging of the Matter; on this knot you must lay a small Compress of Linen Cloth Waxed, on which you must make a slip-knot, which may with ease be undone if any Accident hap.  
If you intent to cover the wound after the Suture with an Emplaster, you must lay a small Compress on the knots to hinder its sticking to them, which creates a great deal of trouble to the Patient in taking of the Dress.  
If any Inflammation hap, you must dextrously lose the knots in such manner, that you may close all again when the Accidents are abated. But if the Accidents are so pressing as to oblige you to cut the Threads, you must pass a Cannulated Probe under them, and slide the point of the Scissors on the Cannula. After the Reunion is completed, you must cut the Threads on the Probe, observing to put your finger on the knots to stay the Flesh; and draw out the Thread gently, to prevent tearing open the wound.  
In Superficial wounds you must use straight Needles, in Deep ones crooked.  
The twisted Suture is used in the Harelip, of which in its proper place.   

The Dry Suture.  
This is only made in Superficial wounds, in places where we must be careful to avoid Deformity, as in the Face or Hands of the Fair Sex. This Suture is not very much to be depended on, because most commonly it loosens. The Manner of making it is thus. Take two pieces of new Linen Cloth with their Hems on, proportioned to the largeness of the Wound. The Hems must be laid on the edges of the wound, than cut the Cloth into Digitations, at a convenient distance from each other. The number of Digitations must be equal to the number of Stitches you intent to make; to the end of each Digitation, sow a small Ribbon; than dip the Cloth in strong glue, and apply it a Finger's breadth from the edges of the wound; these Ribbons must be tied to each other in such manner, that the edges of the wound may touch.   

The Glover's Stitch.  
This is made in great wounds of the Guts and Scrotum. To make it, Take a strait Needle with waxed Thread: than take the two Lips of the Wound between the Thumb and Forefinger, whilst an Assistant holds the Gut at one end: Than stitch it length-ways, passing the Thread beneath and over the Lips of the wound, in the same manner Glover's use to stitch their Leather.  
Wounds altered by the Air do not admit of Sutures, these are not to be cured without Suppuration, because the Nitre of the Air wasting the Unctuous parts of the Blood, which is the Balsam used by Nature for the uniting of Wounds, and keeping the Parts suppling, the Fibres grow dry, the Pores are contracted, and dangerous obstructions ensue. Besides the Salts of the Air lodging in wounds, are changed into a Vitriolic Arsenical Matter, which corrodes and frets the Vessels, hinders the Cure, and causes a Gangrene.  
Sutures are not convenient in contused Wounds, which must suppurate to con●●rt the Blood extravasated between the Fibres and Vesiculae into Pus. Nor in wounds with great loss of Substance, whose Lips cannot be brought together to reunite. Nor in the Bites of Venomous Animals, as well upon the account of their Contusion, as the continual irritation of the Venom, which molests the Part, infects the Mass of Blood, hinders the Reunion. In this case the external Remedies must be most potent Resolvents, and the Internal Cordials and Corroborants. Nor in Divisions of the larger Vessels, where the great Flux of Blood and Pledgits with Stypticks thrust into the wound; Nor in wounds of the Breast, where the perpetual Motion obstructs the Union. It is a question among Practitioners, if Sutures may be made on Bones laid bore. I shall declare in short my Opinion. If there be a Contusion or Fracture in the Bone, an exfoliation must be procured, and since there is no better way to obtain this, than to expose the Part to be altered by the Air, you must not make any Suture in this Case. But if the Bone be sound and entire, and you desire to preserve it from Exfoliation, a Suture must be made without delay, in which there is no danger; because the Threads may easily be cut, if any Accident shall press. In the last place Longitudinal Wounds do not require Suture, the Uniting Bandage being sufficient.  
THE MANNER OF DRESSING is directed in each Operation, where Sutures are necessary.  
THE CURE IN SIMPLE WOUNDS, consists in reuniting the divided parts, in removing all external Obstacles, such as Coagulated Blood, and Extraneous Bodies, in bringing together the Lips, and applying Vulnerary, Agglutinating and Balsamic Remedies.  
Since the Blood is the true Balsam which Nature makes use of for the Reunion of Wounds, the Surgeon must be careful to prevent all corruptions of this Noble Liquor, by extirpating the Seeds of Distempers, Rectifying its Fermentations and Digestions, and Restoring it to its Natural State.  
To this purpose conduce Clysters to cleanse the lower Belly, Mild Purgatives, and lastly Diaphoreticks which purify the Blood, and sweeten the Nutritive Juice, u.g. ℞ Diaphoretic Antimony, ʒss. Crabs Eyes, ℈ ij. Sperma Ceti, ℈ i Chalk, ℈ ss. Salt of Lead, gr. iv. Give the Mixture in some proper Vehicle, as a Glass of Carduus, or any other Sudorific Water. Or, ℞ Waters of Mint and Chervil, ℥ ijss. Crabs Eyes, ʒi. Diaphoretick Antimony, ℈ i Salt of Wormwood, ℈ ss. Treacle of Andromachus, Sperma Ceti, Elixir Vitae, Syrup of Speedwell, anʒi. Of this Mixture give some Spoonfuls from time to time till the Patient Sweat, and than cover him close.  
The ill impressions of the Air, must be corrected by Balsamic Applications, which must be Volatile, Saline and Oleous, Resembling the Blood which is the Natural Balsam, such are Balsam of Peru, Oil of St. John's wort, the Juice from Peel of Elms drawn in Balneo Mariae, Oil of Turpentine allayed with Balsam of Peru, Balsam of Sulphur, and preferably to all others of the like kind, the Balls. Samech of Paracelsus prepared with Salt of Tartar, volatilised with Spirit of Wine. But Oils by expression without other preparation are dangerous, as well upon the Account of their Viscosity, which makes them hurtful to the Nervous parts, rotting them, stopping the Pores, and hindering Transpiration as by a certain latent Acid, able to corrode Iron and Silver.  
Sharp Medicines must not be applied to wounds, Experience showing us they keep wounds open too long, waste the Flesh and Blood, and by their Acrimony bring Pain and Fluxion. Only Temperate Balsams are proper to parts Replete with Blood, and Temperate inclining to Acrid and Bitter for the Nervous parts, which last require more deterging Medicines, since they commonly produce more Filth than other parts. Add to these Vulnerary Potions made of Decoction of proper Plants, as Great Sanicle or Lady's Mantle, Ground-Ivy, Speedwell, St. John's wort, Chervil, Crabs-eyes boiled in White-wine, and drunk every part of which is Vulnerary. We must not use these Balsams if it be necessary to keep the wound open, as in those which enter the Cavity of the Breast, for fear of any Matter which may hap to be lodged there, or any Inflammation or Contusion; for here if the wound be closed too soon, we have no means left to prevent accidents. Suppuratives must be used, which are ordinarily made of Turpentine, the Yolks of Eggs, with the Addition of a little Honey, Myrrh, Balsam of Peru, and Gum Elemi, and after a laudable Pus obtained, treat the wound like a simple Ulcer with Mundificants, sarcotics, and Agglutinating Medicines.  
Wounds than are cured by applying Balsamicks, removing extraneous Bodies, approaching their Lips, and retaining them by Bandage and Suture. Hares-grease is esteemed excellent to draw extraneous Bodies out of the wound, whether the Part be rubbed with it alone, or mixed with Unguent of Betony, or made into an Emplaster with . It is pretended Radishes, Dictamnus of Crete mixed with this Grease, have the same Virtue. Or ℞ Crabs-Eyes, Hares-grease, ā ℥ ss. White Amber, ʒiij. Mix and apply them. To these add, Savin, Periwinkle, Crabs-Eyes, which are proper Ingredients in vulnerary Potions, to expel all extraneous Substances.  
Tents dipped in some good Balsam, must be kept in deep wounds till their bottom be cleansed, that their Flesh may grow up to their sides, without which it would increase too fast, the Orifice close, and the Pus and Filth lodge within, from whence Pains, Inflammations, Return of the Abscess, Fistula's, and deep Cystis'. But before any Tent be put in, it is necessary to consider well, if no Nervous part lie on the side of the wound; in this Case Tents too long or big, will inevitably created acute pain, which irritates the Nervous parts, corrupts their Juice, and causes a dryness and extenuation of the Part. The Tent must not be very big, except it be in the middle; not filling the wound that it may have room to swell; its point must be soft for fear of Hurting the Flesh, which gins to renew and grow again. Tents must not be too long continued, because they are apt to generate a Callus on the edges of the wound, which obstructs Reunion; but must be diminished by degrees, to give the Flesh liberty to grow.  
A Serous Humour gleeting from the wound in the time of Cicatrizing, makes the Flesh Flabby and Soft, occasions excrescences, hinders the Unition, and to Skinning Here Desiccatives must be used to absorb excessive Humidity, and moderate Astringents to correct the Laxity of the Flesh, and give them a firm consistence.  
There happens at some times, an Inequal Roughness and Hardness in the Cicatrix after the Part is Healed, which proceeds from the Fibres of the Skin, not exactly meeting those which they are separated from, and the Pores and Channels which before the Division were strait and answering to each other, are confounded and displaced; and from hence the Nutritious Juice being detained and stopped in the Part, produces a Callus in the Bones, and a Cicatrix in the fleshy parts, especially if Restringents and Desiccatives have been employed, which contract the Pores, make the Fibres firm, and harden the Part.  
WOUNDS CONTUSED easily putrefy, and this obstructs the Cure; for this Reason, if the Contusion be slight, you must have Recourse to Suppuratives to separate that which is mortified and bruised. But if the Contusion and Wound be very great, and you have reason to fear Gangrene before you can obtain a Suppuration, you must make Incisions into, and Scarify the Part, to give issue to the Blood, and suppurate the rest with good Digestives, adding Aegyptiacum by way of precaution. From the first you must apply Topics on the part, proper to prevent Corruption, such as Oil of Wax, with which rub the part, laying on the Emplaster of Cummin, Oil of the Philosophers, Emplaster of Laurel Berries, Or ℞ Roots of the greater or lesser Confound, Flowers of Chamomil and Melilot, ā ℥ i Saffron, ℈ i Flour of Beans, Fenugreek, ā ℥ iss. Boil these in water first, putting in the Roots, than add Wormwood, Powder of Cummin an ℥ ss, mix these, and apply them outwardly. When the greatest part of the Contusion is overcome, rub in Spirit of Sal Armoniac destilled with quicklime, which is an excellent Medicine.  
WOUNDS CONTUSED easily putrefy, and this obstructs the Cure; for this Reason, if the Contusion be slight, you must have Recourse to Suppuratives to separate that which is mortified and bruised. But if the Contusion and Wound be very great, and you have reason to fear Gangrene before you can obtain a Suppuration, you must make Incisions into, and Scarify the Part, to give issue to the Blood, and suppurate the rest with good Digestives, adding Aegyptiacum by way of precaution. From the first you must apply Topics on the part, proper to prevent Corruption, such as Oil of Wax, with which rub the part, laying on the Emplaster of Cummin, Oil of the Philosophers, Emplaster of Laurel Berries, Or ℞ Roots of the greater or lesser Confound, Flowers of Chamomil and Melilot, ā ℥ i Saffron, ℈ i Flour of Beans, Fenugreek, ā ℥ iss. Boil these in water first, putting in the Roots, than add Wormwood, Powder of Cummin an ℥ ss, mix these, and apply them outwardly. When the greatest part of the Contusion is overcome, rub in Spirit of Sal Armoniac destilled with quicklime, which is an excellent Medicine.  
GUN-SHOT WOUNDS are always attended with Contusion, Laceration and Superficial Heat; for this Reason you must suppurate the Contusion, which commonly gins to appear on the third or fourth Day, during which time, it is enough to take of the dress once in twenty four Hours. After Suppuration made, and the Abscess form, and the contused Matter resolved, you must dress the wound with Mundisicants, and clear it from all extraneous Bodies. Spirit of Wine and Balsam of Peru, must be added to the Digestives and Maturating Applications, to prevent the bruised parts from mortifying. Spirit of Wine is excellent in Burns, and you ought to dip your Tent in it, before you lay Digestives and Suppuratives on them, because Digestives are not always agreeable to the Nervous parts, and Spirit of Wine corrects their ill qualities. The Application must be laid on, so as to give vent to the Matter on all sides, ¶ Ambrose Parry's Balsam is proper for Gunshot Wounds, which is made in the following manner. ℞ Oil of White Lilies or Violets, lb iv. Boyl in this Liquor some young Puppies, till the bones are dissolved, add a pound of Earthworms boiled in Wine; Boyl all again, adding to the strained Liquor Venice Turpentine, ℥ iij. Spirit of Wine, ℥ iss. Mix these and make a Lineament, which is excellent to appease pain, and ripen these Wounds. After Suppuration use the following Mundificant, ℞ Venice Turpentine, ℥ v. Honey of Roses strained, Myrrh, Aloes, Mistick, Round Birthwort anʒiss. Barley flower, ʒiij. Mix these for a Lineament, which imbibe and wet with Spirit of Wine. You must continued to mundify till new Flesh grow up. If in the mean time any great putrefaction or corruption hap, you must add to the  Remedies Precepitate well edulcorated, especially if the Nervous parts hap not to be hurt. If Pains hap below in the Bones, Oil of Turpentine is an excellent Remedy, especially in the Caries of a Fissure.  
WOUNDS FROM THE BY'T OR STING OF VENOMOUS ANIMALS, require deep Scarifications of the part, applying to the wound Oil of Nutmegs, Vigo 's Emplaster with Mercury. Juice of pounded Onions is excellent for the Puncture of Spiders. Scarification is not necessary if the wound be not deep, as the Sting of a Wasp, or some such like Insect. In the Bites of Vipers or Serpents, you must scarify the part, and crush a living Toad on it; or a dry one, if you cannot get one alive; if you macerate it in Wine or Vinegar, it will be more efficacious: A read hot Iron applied as near the wound as may be, is a Remedy experienced by Mr. boil. The Serpentine Stone found in Snakes of the East-indieses, or that compounded of it, is a very good preservative against the Bites of all Mad or Venomous Animals. Or in defect of this, the Magnetic Emplaster of Angelus Sala, with the addition of an Ounce or two of Crabs-Eyes calcined. The contiguous parts must be rubbed with Oil of Scorpions, with a little Sugar of Lead to prevent inflammation. The following Cataplasm against the Biting of Venomous Animals, is generally reputed good. ℞. One sharp Onion, one Clove of Garlic, Balm, Venice Treacle, Common Leaven, ā ℥ ss. Beaten all together into the form of a Cataplasm. After the Venom is drawn out of the Wound, apply a good Balsam or a Digestive, with the addition of Aegyptiacum. Inwardly you must give Spirit and Volatile Salt of Vipers, Spirit and Decoction of Crabs to stop the progress of the Venom.  

* Add to these inustion of the Part with the actual Cautery, applying of Cupping-glasses and dipping in the Salt-water, which last practice now commonly used after 〈◊〉 Bites of Mad Animals is recommended by Celsus.  WOUNDS OF THE VEINS AND ARTERIES, are always attended with great Flux of Blood, to stop which, apply Crepitus Lupi, which is a sort of dried Fungus, with a close Bandage. This may be soaked in a Solution of Vitriol of Steel, with a moiety of Salt dissolved in some decoction of Mild, Vegetable, Restringents, and applied Cold with Stupes. If the wound be large, you must throw in , or the Caput mort. of Vitriol well edulcorated. You must observe that all Stypticks whatever are useless, except they be kept firm on the part with a straight Bandage. Oak Moss, or the Pith of Elder pulverised and strewed on the Wound, stop an Haemorrhage, Moss of a Human Skull is a certain Remedy. The following Restringent is good, ℞. Sharpest Vinegar, ℥ i Crocus of Steel, ℥ i Colcothar or dulcified Earth of Vitriol, ʒss. Beaten all together very well, and dip Rags with powder of the Crepitus Lupi, and apply it to the wound. If these means are not sufficient, make a ligature on the Vessels, according to the manner prescribed in the Operation of the Aneurism. For the internal Medicines which stop Blood, those wherein Swine's or Ass' Dung are Ingredients are to be preferred, and to those which have Nitre prepared with Antimony, Tinctures of Sulphur and Vitriol, and the Astringent Tincture of Mars. If superfluous Flesh spring up, you must strew on  Alum, Crocus Metallorum, or rub the part with Aegyptiacum. But the best way is to touch it with the Lapis infernalis.  

† The Lapis infernally is not the Lixivial Caustick commonly so called in England, but the Lunar Caustick described by Lemery with that Title.  WOUNDS OF THE NERVES AND NERVOUS PARTS. These parts are easily altered and corrupted, and contract a Gangrene by means of the external Air, and the Flux of that Synovia, [or thin Gleet] which obstructs their Unition. In Hurts of the Nervous parts, it is necessary to rub the Limb from the first Rise of the Nerves with Oil of Earthworms, heightened with Distilled Oil of Lavender. Distilled Oil of Lavender taken inwardly, removes Convulsions, and so does Oil of Sage, Amber. All Unctuous and Mucilaginous things, all Greases and expressed Oils are hurtful in Nervous wounds, which require penetrating Medicines, such as Balsam of Peru, Distilled Oil of Turpentine, Oil of Wax, Distilled Oil of Lavender, Oil of the Philosophers, Distilled Oil or Balsam of St. John's wort, Spirit of Wine and Gum Elemi. The following Composition is excellent, ℞ Dialtheae ℥ iv. Distilled Oil of Bays, ʒiss. Mix and apply this. The Following Oil is admirable to apply to the Fist, ℞ the Tops of St. John's wort in flower, two Handfuls; Common Oil, l. vi. Digest these together, adding Turpentine lb. Powder of Earthworms, ℥ iij. a little Saffron, Mix these and apply them to wounds of the Nerves. Tents must not be put into Nervous parts if it can be avoided, because they aggravate the Pain. To abate the Synovia or Gleet from the Joints, ℞. Oyster shells calcined, ℥ i Powder of Skulls burnt, dried Bones, Jaws of a Pike calcined, ā ℥ ij.  Ivory, Terra Sigillata, anʒiss. strew the Powder on the Part. Hogs-dung incorporated with the Blood of the Wound, Boiled and applied in F●rm of a Cataplasm, is a Specific to stop the Synovia, Distilled Water of Pounded Crabs applied with Rags, does not only stop the Synovià, but takes of all other Inflammations, Erysipelas, and Pain in wounded Parts. If Convulsions proceed from a partial division of the Tendons, cut them quite asunder, and stitch them as directed in the Operation of the Suture of the Tendon.  
WOUNDS OF THE BREAST, if they hurt the Lungs, require internal Medicines to prevent and cure a Pleurisy or Peripneumony, which ordinarily hap in these wounds. You must put in Tents Capped, or with a Head, to give a free exit to the Blood and Sanies, which otherwise would created an Empyema. Internally you must give Diuretics and Vulnerary potions; We may observe Pus, Sanies, and Blood sometimes voided by Urine in these wounds.  
WOUNDS OF THE HEAD, require the Body to be kept open, if they are superficial it suffices to use Oil of St. John's wort, Balsam of Peru, Emplaster of Betony. Or this following, ℞ Emplaster of Betony, Tacamahac ā incorporate these with Balsam of Peru. If the wound hurt the Cranium, and do not pass through it, strew on it powder or Orrice Root, Aloes and Myrrh, impregnated with Spirit of Wine, or distilled Oil of Turpentine, and lay dry Lint on it. Nothing which is oily or greasy, is to be used in Fractures of the Cranium. If wounds pierce the Cranium, stop instantly the Flux of Blood with Powder of Frankincense and Whites of Eggs, with a little Bole Armoniac. Put into the Cranium Pledgits dipped in a little Oil of Turpentine, with Balsam of Peru: You must never suffer Oily or Greasy Medicines to touch the Brain; If the Brain or its Membranes begin to corrupt, use Honey with some few drops of Oil of Turpentine, but never Honey alone. In contused wounds which are Superficial, use to the part affected Oil of St. John's wort, with a small proportion of Chemical Oil of Aniseseeds; But if they are Deep, there will be a great swelling, and you must attempt to dissipate it by insensible Transpiration, or open it without farther delay, lest the Pus corrode the Periosteum and the Bone by its Acrimony, and than heal the wound with Digestives and Suppuratives, of which kind is this Composition. ℞. Turpentine distilled, Gumm Elemi, ā ℥ iss. Beavers Grease, and Stolen Hog's lard, ℥ i Mix these and apply them.    

REMARKS.  
It is Useless as well as Dangerous, to make Sutures on Parts tumefied, as some Practitioners have done after the Amputation of Limbs, passing the Thread crossways to draw together the Flesh; this Practice is to be condemned, because the parts after the Operation tumefy with abundance of Pain burst the Threads which kept them in, and hinder the Application of Pledgits.    

CHAP. III. Of the Suture of the Tendon.  
THIS Operation is a Stitching of the Tendon to reunite its parts.  
THE CAUSE of the Suture of a Tendon, is its division.  
THE SIGNS are evident from the apparent Separation, and loss of Motion in the part.  

The OPERATION.  
When a Tendon is cut asunder, it suffers no Tension, Inflation or Fluxion, the contracted parts only retiring and increasing something in Bulk. But if the Tendon be divided in Part only, you must instantly cut it asunder, without which there will infallibly follow Vehement and Sharp Pain, Convulsion, Syncope's, Vomiting, Fluxes, Fevers, Coma's, and frequently a Gangrene. The Fibres remaining entire, wanting the Assistance of those which are cut, are burst and torn by the contraction of the Muscle, or suffer violent Tension, and the Blood spilt in the Wound beginning to ferment, its Saline parts, prick and molest them, which determines the Spirits towards the Muscles in a great Hurry and Confusion, and causes the Convulsion. The Spirits flying to various parts of the Body in this disorderly manner, the Heart is deprived of their influx, disabled in its motion, and hence Syncope's necessarily ensue. The Spirits beginning to regain their Natural Course, redouble their Strength, and Dart themselves with great Swiftness into the Fibres of the Stomach, by the great communication between the Nerves of the Heart and this part; and this creates violent Heave and Vomiting. The Stomach by its contraction very much compresses the Gallbladder, and the Biliary and Pancreatic Dust, forcing them to discharge their contents into the Guts, and from hence Fluxes arise. These Liquors wanting due preparation, corrupt and communicate an ill Ferment to the Chyle, with which they are mixed in the Intestines, and from hence Fevers proceed. The Fermenting Blood rises to the Brain with great impetuosity, and the Vessels by the flow Circulation through the Sinus', not being sufficient to discharge it into the J●gulars, with the same Expedition it is brought thither, and compresses the Nerves arising from the Basis of the Brain, which are dispensed to the Organs of Sense, and this causes the Coma.  
If the Tendons are so far contracted within the Flesh, that you cannot draw them out with your Forceps, mollify them with Oil of Wax, or Oil of sweet Almonds drawn without Fire; because these being Viscous, are for that reason proper to Sheath the Acidity of the Blood, and abate the Pain. If the opportunity of rejoining the Tendon while the Wound is recent be neglected, you must open the Cicatrix as little as may be, because the Flesh preserves it from the Alteration which might otherwise hap.  
In making the Operation, cut as little as may be, the extremity of the Tendons, if they hap to be callous by remaining long divided. The part must be kept a little bended, for the better approaching of the two ends, which must be brought about one sixth part of an Inch one over another. It is not sufficient for their Unition to have the Edges brought together, because by the Contraction of the Muscle, they would be soon drawn asunder; but by applying the one extremity a little over the other, they are reunited by the Nutritious Juice issuing from their two Extremities and forming a so●t of Ganglion.  
The Surgeon must take a Straight, Thin, Flat Needle, Threaded with a double Thread well waxed, with a Knot at the end, into which he must put a small Compress. Than He must pass his Needle from without inwards into the Tendons, laid over each other, and after from within outwards, than make a simple knot on the small Compress, and after that a slip-knot.  
The DRESSING. When the Operation is finished, you must keep the part bended by the Help of Pasteboard and Bandage, for fear lest the ends of the Tendons should be drawn asunder, which would make their Reunion after impossible. You must lay on the Wound a small pledgit dipped in some Spirituous Liquor, and a small Compress over it, and keep all on by Rolling the Part.  
The CURE. When the Wound is Cicatrized, chafe it with Spirituous and Balsamic Medicines, to make the Tendon suppling, and by degrees extend itself, jest the Part remain stiff and contracted. The Suture must be humected with Oil well mixed with Spirit of Wine. The following days you must use a Balsam made with Turpentine, Tincture of Aloes in Spirit of Wine, infusion of the Flowers of St. John's Wort. All Oily and Greasy Medicines corrupt the Tendons, and must be forborn. Cataplasms made of Wine, with the four meals, the Yelk of an Egg and Honey, are very good in the beginning of the Distemper. During the whole Cure, you ought to chafe well the Limb with some good Liniments, to the Origin of the Nerves; for example, the Neck, if it be the Arm; and the Spine of the Back, if it be the Thigh and Leg, with Oil of Earthworms, heightened with the Chemical Oil of Lavender. The following Unguent is good. ℞ Oil of Earthworms, Foxes, Man's Fat ā ℥ iss. Juice of Earthworms, ℥ ss. Mix all well, and rub the Part with them, Balsam of Peru, Distilled Oil of Turpentine, Oil of Wax, Distilled Oil of Lavender, Oil of the Philosophers, Distilled Oil of Bays, Balsam of St. John's wort, Spirit of Wine, Gum Elemi are good Medicines to apply to the Tendons, and all other Nervous parts. The Composition of Felix Wortz is excellent, which is thus made; ℞ Of the. Unguent. Dialthaeae, ℥ iiij. Chemical Oil of Bays, ʒiss. Mix and apply them. This Oil of St. Johns Wort is admirable. ℞. Of the Tops of St. Johns Wort in Flower, one Handful. Common Oil, ℥ vi. Digest these together, adding Turpentine, lb i. Oil of Earthworms, ℥ iij. with a small quantity of Saffron; mix the Ingredients. The Exuviae of Snakes powdered, and Crabs-Eyes mixed, is admirable to unite Nervous parts divided. Or ℞. Distilled Oil of Turpentine ℥ i Camphorʒss. Spirit of Wineʒi. mix and apply them; This is Parry's Medicine. Last of all Frictions with Balsamic and Spirituous Medicines suppling the part, dispose it to a gradual Extension, which otherwise would remain stiff and bended.   

REMARKS.  
We must not esteem this Operation imaginary or impracticable. Veslingius in his Epistles, Bartholine in his Observations, and Etmuller in his Chirurgery assure us, that it was made at Paris, on a certain Person who had all the Tendons of the Wrist cut. 
* This Practice of which there are several Hints in Authors, as Guido de Cauliaco, Felix W●●●zius, Severinus, and others, was of late years revived and practised with Success by Monsieur Bienaise, and some other eminent Surgeons at Paris.  This Operation has this observable consequence, that upon all change of Wether the Patient finds a pain resembling the Gout, in the place where the Suture was made.    

CHAP. IU. Of the Hare Lip.  
THIS Operation is The Reuniting a Lip cleft, by the help of the Twisted Suture. This Deformity derives its name from the Resemblance to the Lips of Hares which are cleft after the same manner.  
THE CAUSE. This Defect is either Natural, when the Child comes into the World with it, or is caused after from some Cut, Fall, or other like Accident.  
If there hap to be a considerable loss of Substance, you must not adventure on the Operation. The Cure in this case would be worse than the Distemper itself, and the Skin being so tense and close to the Gum, it would be difficult to Articulate several Words, or move the Lips without a great deal of Trouble. When this happens in the lower Lip, it proves more obstinate than in the upper, by reason of the constant flowing of the Spittle into the Mouth. It is dangerous to undertake this Operation in young Infants, because their continual Crying, the softness of the part, and the necessity of Sucking, would hinder the Unition; and therefore it must be deferred till they arrive at an Age to submit to the trouble upon Rational Motives. But if you resolve to do it, be sure to keep the Child from Sleeping for some time before, that he may sleep sound after the Operation is over.  
This is not to be done in Old Bodies, whose wounds are difficult to be cured, nor in Scorbutic or Pocky People, whose Blood is Sharp and Corrosive, which like an Aqua fortis eats and hinders all Unition. The Blood of Women who want their Courses, is little better than a serous Mass, without its due Consistence or Unctuosity, who therefore are not proper Subjects for this Operation. But it may be successfully undertaken in Sound, Healthy Bodies of a complete Age to undergo it.  
THE SIGNS are evident of themselves, the Deformity being sufficiently visible.  

THE OPERATION.  
To perform this Methodically, first free the Lip from the Gum with a sharp Knife; that is, cut the small Filament which ties it down; and here you must have great care in disengaging the Lip not to hurt the Gums. It is better in this Case to touch something on the side of the Lip, because if we should go too far on the other, the Bone of the Jaw would be bared, and ever after remain so. When the Lip is separated, seize it with your Forceps, and with your Scissors take of the Callosity on the sides, cutting of as little as possible. The Assistant who stands behind and holds the Patient's Head, must press his Cheeks forward with both Hands, that the Lips of the Wound may be applied levelly to each other, for the lest inequality would be very deform and disagreeable to the Sight; after this pass a Needle with a waxed Thread through the Lips from without inwards, at a very little distance from the edges, jest if you do it too close, the Thread may cut through the Lip with the lest striving, turn the Thread round the Needle, and after several Turns, cross it above and below the needles. These turn stay the Lip, and keep its sides Levelly. You may pass as many Needles, as you shall think convenient. If the Lip be great, and the cloven extend quite to the Nose, you may pass three, breaking of the points, and putting a Compress under each end to prevent their pricking, and causing an Inflammation.  
THE DRESSING. When the Operation is over, wipe the Lips with a Sponge dipped in Wine a little warmed, and lay on the Wound a Pledgit dipped in some good Balsam, and between the Lips and Gums a Rag dipped in some Desiccative Liquor, to hinder the Lip from growing to the Gums, and over all apply the Roller with four Tails, or the Uniting Bandage. To make the Bandage, take a piece of Linen Cloth about an Inch broad, and an Ell and an half in length, more or lesle according to the largeness of the Subject, make a Hole in the Roller in the midst, an inch and an half long, Roll it with two Heads one at each end. You must begin to apply it behind the Patient's Head, and bring the ends of the Roller forwards, and pass one of them through the Hole you made, than apply the cleft on the part affected, and next bring back the two ends behind the Head over the other pretty close, and fasten them with Pins at their ends.  
If you rather choose to make use of the Roller with four Tails, this is the manner of making it. Take a Roller about an Inch Broad, and about an Ell long, more or lesle according to the bigness of your Subject. Double this, and cut it lengthways with your Scissors, so that there may remain three fingers breadth plain in the midst. This Roller is thus cut into four parts, each of which is called a Tail. You must begin with applying the middle, broad, undivided part of the Roller on the Wound, and the two upper Heads you must pass behind the Patient's Head downward, and fasten them at their ends, next take two lower, and pass them to the hinder part of the Head ascending, and having made them cross with the two upper Tails fasten them with Pins at their ending.  
It is a general Rule in the applying these divided Rollers to make the upper Tails pass downwards, and the lower pass upwards, and so cross with the former.  

* See this Roller in the Plates. Fig. 3. and the Emplaster Fig. 20.  The Emplaster must have a Traverse and a Branch at each extremity of the Traverse. The Traverse is to be applied on the Lip, and each Branch be clapped upwards on the side of the Nose.  
THE CURE. The Dress must be removed twice or thrice after the Operation; for which purpose a Servant must stand behind the Patient and press his Cheeks forward, for sear the Wound should open itself, while the Surgeon is taking them of. If there be three Needles, he must untwist about half the Thread of that in the midst, and one or two rounds of the other, and than dress it as before: Seven or Eight Days after, the Dressing must be taken a second time of, and if the Unition be completed, the Needles must be gently drawn out, lest if they should remain longer, their Holes might be difficult to fill.   

REMARKS.  
Guillaume Relates, that having made this Operation on a Child of five Months old, it was attended with so many ill Accidents, that he expected it would die, and therefore advises never to Attempt it in so young an Age.    

CHAP. V Of Gastroraphia or Stitching the Belly.  
THIS is a Suture of the lower Belly, to prevent the Guts and other parts contained in it from falling out.  
THE CAUSE which obliges us to make this Operation, is a Wound received in it.  
THE SIGNS. Wounds of the Belly are Great or Small, if they are great enough to let the intestines fall through them, you must make use of the interrupted Suture; but if they are small, you must only put in a Tent for discharging of the Pus. Wounds of the lower Belly are with Laesion of the Internal Parts, or without. We conclude that the Internal Parts have received Hurt from the Instrument, with which the Wound was made, which if it had a sharp Edge or Point in all Appearance the Parts are Hurt. We may Judge of the Hurt by the Acute Pain, Inflammation, Fever, or Evacuated Matter, which may be distinguished by its Colour, Smell, Consistence from the Pus, proceeding from the Wound.  
You may make a Judgement of the parts Wounded by the Situation, and the Posture the Person was in at the Time he received it. If the Guts or Omentum come forth, we must examine whether they are mortified, or any ways hurt.  

The OPERATION.  
If, there hap to be a great Wound in the Guts, make the Glover's Suture with a Strait flat Needle, and waxed Thread. A Servant must hold the Gut on one side, and yourself on the other, make the first stitch at a very small distance beyond the Wound, and continued it lengthways holding it between the Forefinger and Thumb. You must not tie the Thread, but let one end hung out of the Wound. If the Omentum be fallen out, it is almost ever mortified, it being very spongy, loaded with Fat, and its Texture lax, abounding with Humours, and an infinity of Vessels in it, upon which Account the Air easily penetrating its Substance, Coagulates the Blood, and the part being deprived of its Vital Warmth and Motion, soon Mortifies.  
The Mortification of the Omentum is soon discovered by its livid Colour, and the corrupted part must be cut of before the rest be replaced in the Belly. To do this pass a Needle with a waxed Thread into the sound part cross the Omentum, taking care not to prick the Vessels. The Ligature must be indifferent close, and you must take of part of the Omentum, cutting it to the quick an inch and half above the Ligature. One end of the Thread must be left to hung out of the Wound, the better to bring the Omentum to its edges, and Cicatrize it with more ease, as well as to draw out the Threads after the Suppuration has rotten them. The Inflation of the Guts, proceeds from the Air which insinuates itself, shuts the Pores, obstructs the Circulation, and by consequence causes an Inflammation. Besides all this the Gut suffering Strangulation, the Motion of the Blood is interrupted, and flowing in by the Arteries, and not returning by the Veins, must needs Tumefie the part. You must attempt to dissipate this, by applying live Animals cut open to them, or by Fomenting with a Decoction of Line-seed. The following Medicine is good. ℞. Flowers of Chamomil, Melilot ā, one Handful; Aniseed, Sweet Fennel-seed, Cummin-seed, ā ℥ i Cloves and Nutmegs ā ℥ ss. Boyl all in Milk. To this add Decoction of Spirit of Wine camphorated, ℥ i Sugar of Lead, ʒij. Oil of Aniseeds, ℈ ij. and Foment with this Decoction hot.  
Before this Suture be made, the Guts must be fomented with Spirit of Wine, with a little Camphire dissolved in it.  
If the Guts are mortified or gangrened, use no unguent, but foment them with Spirituous and penetrating Liquors. In this case, Oil of Flints with a little Spirit of Wine comphorated, is an approved Medicine. If all these Mediums hap to be useless for the Reduction of the Gut, dilate the Wound; which if it be in the upper part, the Dilatation must be made downwards, if Transverse and near the Linea alba, recede from thence. To make this Dilatation, you must bring the Intestines dexterously on the side of the Wound to found its direction, than lay on a Compress dipped in Wine a little warmed, and introduce a Director into the Belly, turning it on one side and another, to prevent engaging the Gut between it and the Peritonaeum, and to be sure that it is not engaged, draw it a little back. The Director must be held in your left Hand, and you must slide in an Incision-knife to dilate the Wound, and cut the Teguments equally within and without. You must search for that part of the Gut which is nearest to the Orifice of the Wound, which thrust back into the Cavity of the Belly with your forefinger, not taking it out till with the forefinger of your other Hand, you have by degrees thrust in the remaining part, and wholly reduced the Gut. There is no necessity of shaking the Body, as the Ancients did to restore the Guts to their place, Nature taking sufficient care in this Affair.  
All parts being reduced, make the interrupted Suture, which is called Gastroraphia, when it is practised on the Belly.   

The OPERATION.  
For performing this, take two crooked Needles threadded with one Thread, put the forefinger of the left Hand into the Belly, to bring the Peritonaeum, Muscles and Skin all together to the edges of the Wound; than hold your Needle together with your Wound, and pass it from within outwards, carrying the point over your forefinger, to prevent hurting the Gut. Take Scope enough, lest the continual Motion of the lower Belly force the Suture. When this is done without drawing your finger out of the Wound, take hold of the other side, and pass the Needle from within outwards, with the same precaution as before. If there be several stitches to be made, make them in the same manner as the first, without taking your finger out of the Belly. The Threads being all passed, a Servant must hold together the edges of the Wound, and you must tie them, beginning with that in the middle, and observing all the Directions we have before given in describing the Interrupted Suture. Some pretend that a Tent ought not to be put into the Wound, which is open enough by the continual Motion of the Belly.  
THE DRESSING. When the Suture is made, Apply on it a Pledgit dipped in some Balsam or Spirituous Liquor, and Embrocate the Region of the Belly with Oil of Roses, with a little Spirit of Wine, than lay on an Emplaster, over all a Compress dipped in Oxycrate, or some other Defensative, and keep all on with the Napkin, Scapular, or other convenient Bandage.  
To make this Bandage, take a great Napkin, fold it three or four times lengthways, and roll it at both ends to apply it more commodiously. This must be laid over the part affected, you must bring it behind, and than forwards again, and than fasten it with pins. This Napkin must be supported by the Scapular, to make which, Take a piece of Linen Cloth 7 or 8 Inches broad, half or three quarters of an Ell in length, make a Hole in the midst to pass its Head through, one of its two ends must fall before, and the other behind; and both must be fastened to the Napkin with Pins; it is best to fix them to the Napkin the first Turn. You may cut the Scapular so that it shall have four Tails, and it will support the Napkin better if these are fastened so, that each Tail were cross the other.  
THE CURE. If the Guts or Omentum are Hurt, the Patient must lie on his Belly the first Days to give them opportunity, gluing of themselves to the edges of the Wound, nothing conducing more to their Cure. You must place a small, flat, soft, Bolster under his Belly. This Situation is proper, because the Viscera bearing their weight on the Peritonaeum, this Compression abates their Motion, besides we may observe the Internal parts never cured, except by uniting with Neighbouring parts.  
During the Cure, the Patient must observe an exact Diet to abate the peristaltic Motion of the Guts. You must foment every day the Parts with Mollifying and Resolvent Medicines, to prevent Tension, which mightily obstructs Reunion, for the Lips making an effort to separate themselves cause great Pain, and often burst the Stitches. You must take care to give frequent Clysters, because they Relax the Fibres, and dilute the contents of the Guts, as well as cool and alloy the Motion of the Blood and Spirits, and prevent Accidents. Bleeding is a great means to prevent Inflammation, and so are all general Medicines seasonably used.  
If the edges of the Wound are Callous, you must have recourse to Digestives which relax the Fibres, remove Obstructions, promote the production of Flesh, and by consequence advance the Cure.  
A good Digestive may be made with Turpentine and the Yolks of Eggs, adding a little Honey of Myrrh, and Gum Elemi. This Digestive is Unctuous and Temperate, equalling in its Virtues the best Vulneraries and Balsamicks, corrects the Acid in Wounds, puts a stop to their Progress, and disposes the vicious Ferment, which is the cause of all Corruption, to be expelled. When the callous edges of the Wound are softened by Digestives, and you have obtained a laudable Pus, you must use Mundificants as in ordinary Ulcers, without Malignity.   

REMARKS.  
If the Gut hap to be quite cut asunder, the two ends must be stitched to the edges of the Wound to which they will reunite; and you must Cicatrize the edges, keeping them from uniting together, which may be easily done by great Tents. This Orifice will serve in the Nature of an Anus, as we have seen in a Soldier who had one of the great Guts cut, which was joined by a Cicatrix to the Wound of the Belly, through which the Faeces past, the Anus being closed up. The most observable thing in this case, was the Excrements which he voided had no discernible smell. Fabricius Hildanus relates, Centur. 6. Obs. 72. That a Surgeon having the Misfortune to cut one of the great Guts in the Operation of the Bubonocele, the Gut Cicatrized to the Wound, and the Party voided his Excrements, and sometimes Worms by this Orifice.    

CHAP. VI Of the Paracentesis or Aperture of the Belly in Dropsies.  
PAracentesis is The Punction made in the Bellies of Hydropical Patients, to let out the Waters.  
THE CAUSE is some Dropsy. These are General or Particular.  
General Dropsies are the Ascites, Anasarca, Leucophlegmatia.  
The Ascites is Genuine or Spurious. The Genuine arises from a quantity of Water which fills the Cavity of the Belly, and distends it to an extraordinary Magnitude. In the Spurious or Bastard Ascitès, the Waters are contained in the Teguments of the Belly, and not in its cavity, and these only are affected. Thou the Waters float on the Muscles, yet in opening the Bodies of Hydropical Persons, we found the Fibres of the Muscles whitish, as well as the Neighbouring parts, by their long soaking in the Water; but in all other respects, as sound, solid and firm, as if there had been no such Inundation; and because the Waters which form this Anasarca are sweet, insipid, and voided of all Acrimony, and by consequence incapable of infecting the Parts in which they are lodged, the Patient has no Fever or Thirst▪ and the Urine is sweet and crude. But in the Genuine Ascites the Urine is Read, Lixivious, with a violent Thirst, and a constant Hectic Fever, and very small in quantity.  
There are two principal Causes which concur in the forming a Dropsy, the Dissolution of the Blood, and the slowness of its Circulation. The Blood becomes serous and incapable of preserving the Union of its parts, when the Balsamic parts are dissipated by violent Exercises, long Meditation, Excessive Grief by the Abundance or Exaltation of its Salts, and by this Colliquation, it finds ways to get out of its Vessels, and produce Dropsies. When the Circulation of the Blood is slow, from whatever cause it proceeds the Serosities begin to separate, as in Milk from the Caseous part, or in the same manner as in the Porringer after bleeding; because the Motion which it had in the Vessels ceasing, the parts fall together and press out the Serum, not unlike Water expressed out of a Sponge by clinching the Hand. And these Serosities not being longer detained by the Oleous part of the Blood, found a way to transpire through the intervals of the Fibres. This Opinion is confirmed by the experiment of making a Ligature on the Veins, which obstructing the Reflux of the Blood, the part becomes Hydropic.  
We see Women for the most part have their Legs Tumefied, during the time of their going with Child, because the Foetus compressing the Vessels which return the Blood to the Heart, the Circulation is very much impeded. Add to this, that all People dwelling in Marshy places, and those who are of a cold Constitution, are oftener attacked with these Distempers, because the Motion of their Blood is slower.  
When the Waters are included in a Cystis, the Dropsy is for the most part incurable. This Cyst is is a Case which by degrees is separated from some Neighbouring Membrane, by the discharge of abundance of muddy, saline Water, which corrodes those Filaments by which it was connected to them. It abounds with an infinity of Glands' and Vessels, which it receives from the Neighbouring parts, all which afford matter for Dropsies.  
The Anasarca or Leucophlegmatia is a soft watery Tumour, which extends over the whole Body, especially the Muscles, and yields to the impression of the Finger.  
Particular Dropsies only occupy some one part, and receive different Names from the Parts affected, as Hydrocephale in the Head, Hydrocele in the Serotum, and Hydromphalus in the Navel, etc.  
THE SIGNS of a Dropsy are swelling of the Belly, Transparence and Fluctation of the Waters, difficulty of Breathing, a Fever, a low, quick Pulse, a Heaviness of Body, Insatiable Thirst, and Difficulty of making Water.  
The Fever arises from the impure Chyle and Saline Water, which mixing with the Blood pass to the Heart, and fermenting there created a disorder in its Motion. The Heart by its Communication disorders the Pulse of the Arteries, kindles a Fever which is not very perceptible, by reason of a Deficiency of the Spirits, unable to give the Blood any great Degree of Motion, and hence comes the lowness of the Pulse. The Pale Complexion and the Heaviness of the Body, proceeds from the slow Motion of the Blood, the Mass of Water with which it is loaded, and the Dissipation of the Spirits which are in a manner drowned in such a quantity. The Difficulty of Breathing arises from the great Tension of the lower Belly, which presses the Diaphragm towards the Lungs, so that wanting liberty to extend itself, Respiration becomes frequent and forced. The Excessive Thirst proceeds from the Salt Waters, which are the Causes of this Distemper. The Patient has a difficulty of Urine, because the Urine which in a Natural State passes through the Kidneys, discharges itself into the capacity of the Belly. Besides that the Salts of these Waters molesting the Urinary Ducts and Sphincter of the Bladder, force them to a more than ordinary contraction.  

The OPERATION.  
Before the Operation, you must have Recourse to Diuretics, Sudorisicks and Aperitives.  
The strongest Diuretics are Roots of Dwarf-Elders, Iris, Gratiola, Wild Coweambers, Leaves of Soldanella infused in Spirit of Wine Tartarised, the Pith of Elder, Saffron, Crystal Mineral, R●ots of Butcher's Broom, Polypody, and Garden Flags which infused in White-wine, have a very good effect. The following Sudorificks are good, Diaphoretick Antimony taken from 6 gr. to 30. in any proper Vehicle, as Carduus Water, Sal Armoniac and Tartar given separately, and one after another, from 4 to 10 gr. each. Volatile Spirit of Sal Armoniac, from 6 to 20 gr. Carduus and Balm-water, from ℥ ij. to vi. Volatile Salts of Tartar, Viper's Urine, Hartshorn and Ivory, from 6 to 16 gr. Powder of Vipers to Thirty, covering well the Patient after the taking these Medicines. Proper Aperitives are Salt-Peter refined, from 10 gr. to ʒi. Sal Armoniac, from 6 to 24 gr. Jalap, from 10 gr. to ʒi. Rosin of Jalap, from 4 gr. to 12. Rosin of Scammony, from 4 to 10 gr. Crystals of Tartar, from ʒi. to 3. Tartar Soluble, from 15 gr. to ʒi. Spirit of Turpentine and Spirit of Cresses, from 15 drops to ʒi. Extract of Aloes, from ℈ i to ʒi. Besides infinite more, of which Authors are full, not to be made use of without good Advice.  
If these Remedies are ineffectual, you must proceed to Operation, which must be performed in the following manner. The Patient must be kept sitting on his Bed or on a Pillow, to give the Waters leave to fall down. And a Servant must hold his Belly with both his Hands, to harden and stay the place in which you design to make the Operation. 
* This Instrument was first Described by Barhette in his Chirurgery, which he says was than lately brought out of Italy by Mr. James Block a Surgeon at Amsterdam. This he published in his Book, but with this difference, that he makes his of Steel edged at the point like a Lancet, whereas the other was made of Silver with a round Point.  You must pierce the Belly with the Tap or Pipe with a Needle in it, three or four finger's breadth below the Navel, and about the same distance on the side, to avoid hurting the Linea Alba. You must stretch the Skin a little, that it may fill up the Orifice, when you have drawn your Instrument out. You must make the punction at one thrust, so that your Needle and the Cannula which contains it, may enter the Belly. Than draw the Needle out of the Cannula, to give way for the exit of a sufficient quantity of Water, which must be proportionable to the Patient's strength. This Instrument is preferable to the Lancet; because when you have drawn it out, the Orifice is so small the Waters cannot get out after, and the Aperture made by a Lancet is so great, it is very difficult to stop them. If the Waters are thick and muddy, and cannot pass through so small a puncture, you must make the aperture with a Lancet, and leave a Cannula in it; till you have drawn out all the Waters, which you must do at several Times, lest you weaken the Patient too much, and throw him into a Syncope. When you make a second puncture with this Instrument, it must be below the former. If the Waters make a great swelling about the Navel, make your puncture in this manner described. But if they fall into the Legs and Thighs, make Scarifications, about the depth of a Bleeding, four fingers Breadth below the internal Ankles, whence you will have a great deal of Blood and Water; and after lay a little Lint on, and keep it on with a Bandage. When you would have the Waters come out, you must undo the Bandage and cause the Patient to walk, some Body holding him up. If these are not sufficient, you may Scarify the Scrotum, Prepuce, and Thighs, all which Rivulets joining will make a considerable Evacuation.  
THE DRESSING. Lay on Pledgits and a Compress on the Scarification, with a Bandage four fingers Broad, and of a length proportioned to the Part. This must be rolled at one end only, and applied on the Compress to keep that on the Scarifications, over which you must make several Turns or Rounds: After this, ascending and descending again spirally, still leaving one third part of the Roller below bore, and in the last place six it with Pins at its ends. If the Operation be made with the Lancet, put a Tent into the Cannula which remains in the Belly, and a great Compress made of Rags three or four Times double, or more if you think fit, and sustain all with the Napkin and Scapular; the manner of making and applying which, we have shown in the Gastroraphia.  
If you have made the Operation with the Tap, there is no need of Dressing. The Perforation is so small, the Waters cannot make their way through. But if for more security you have a mind to make one, you need only apply a simple Compress on the Puncture, with a Bandage to keep it on.  
THE CURE. The Patient must use a drying Diet, such as Roasted Meats. If you fear a Relapse, purge from time to time with Hydragogues, such as Jalap in Powder, from 10 gr. to 30, Rosin of Jalap, from 6 to 12, Scammony, from 8 to 15 and Prisans made with the Diuretics such as Roots of Dwarf-Elder, Iris, Gratiola, Wild Cucumbers, Leaves of Chervil, Roots of Butcher's Broom, with a Thousand of the like nature to be found in Authors.  
Bartholine Cent. 3. Hist. 23. relates that a young Fellow of 20 Years of Age, happened to have a Hydrops Ascites. The Swelling was so extraordinary large and shining, the Water forced its way through the Pores of the Skin to that degree, that all the Clotheses and Linen round was wetted with it, the Tumour abated, and after returned, which Relapse so weakened the Patient that it killed him. In Cent. 3. Hist. 81. he tells us a Child not a year old dying Hydropic, had the Skin spotted with a purplish brown colour, about the Stomach, Navel and Groin. Fifteen pints of Water were drawn out of its Belly, which was very Serous, Bilious and Stinking The Omentum was all putrefied, the Stomach and Guts inflated. It did not appear there ever had been any Pancreas. The Mesaraick Veins were filled with a shining glutinous matter. The Spleen was Monstrous, had three Appendages, adhered to the left Kidney, and the Kidneys were very large, the Liver had lost its Read, and was become Ash-coloured discharging abundance of Serosities upon cutring it; The Cavities of the Liver and Spleen were filled with Water. The Bile in the Gallbladder looked bright like Gold, the Pericardium was of the same Colour, and very much distended by a quantity of stinking Water contained in it. Not one drop of Blood was to be found in the Heart, or any of the other Viscera, no Blood in the Vena Cava, nor the great Artery, but a Water like the washing of Flesh. The Lungs were flaggy and putrid. Blasius relates, that having opened a young Girl of two years of Age, who died of a Hydrops Ascites, he drew out Twenty nine pound of Water, all contained between the Muscles and Peritonaeum, the Viscera being entire.  
We must not imagine that all swell of the Belly arise from Dropsies, since the last named Author assures us, He had opened a Woman whose Belly was as hard as a Stone; and when she was dead, was dry all over. The Skin, Muscles and Peritonaeum, made only one deformed Lump, not to be distinguished from the Muscles. The parts all together, were more than half an Ell in thickness, from the Navel to the Bottom of the Belly. The External parts were all Cartilaginous, and the Internal all full of Cancrous Ulcers.    

CHAP. VII. Of the Operation of the Hydrocele.  
THIS Operation is an opening the Scrotum, to let the Water out of it.  
THE CAUSE. Is a preternatural quantity of Water contained in it. The Reason of its collection there, is the same we have asigned as the Cause of a Hydrops Ascites, whither we shall remit the Reader. The Hydrocele sometimes follows upon an Ascites, in which case we must not think it always proceeds from the Water running through the Productions of the Peritonaeum; for than it would ever be lodged within the Tunica Vaginalis, whereas it frequently finds a Passage between the Peritonaeum and the Muscles, and so gets into the Scrotum. Sometimes the Water is contained between the proper Membranes of the Testicle, or included in a Cystis, sometimes part is in the Scrotum, or a Membrane adhering to it, which makes a Double Hydrocele.  
If the Hydrocele be the effect of a Hydrops Ascites, the Operation will be useless; because the constant Defluxion of Waters will still produce it a new.  
Hydrocele's not ensuing on Dropsies, ordinarily proceed from the slow Motion of the Blood or its Dissolution, as we have above proved. Falls and Contusions may sometimes causethem, because the Blood stagnating in the part, gives the Serosities time to separate. We may assign the various Circumvolutions of the Spermatick Veins, as another Cause, which numerous wind, hinder the prompt circulation of the Blood, and give the Redundant Serum liberty to sink into, and distend the Scrotum.  
THE SIGNS of an Hydrocele are the Swelling of the Cod, and the Transparence of the Tumour. Hydrocele's are often mistaken for true Hernia's; but we shall assign a sufficient number of Marks to distinguish the one from the other, in the Operation of the Hernia.  

The OPERATION.  
This is performed with the Tap, Lancet, Seton, or Potential Cautery.  
For making it with the Tap, let the Patient be standing or sitting, and let a Servant compress the Scrotum, keeping back the Testicle, to prevent its being hurt with the point of the Instrument. When the Water is let out, draw out the Cannula, and the skin of the Testicles which contracts, will exactly close the Aperture.  
When the Hydrocele is only on one side of the Scrotum, it is most commonly within the Tunicks of the Testicle; and is very painful, by reason of the great Tension of the Membranes. To make the Operation in this Species of Hydrocele, make the Aperture with the Lancer, and let it be deep and large enough to let the Water out, and apply proper Remedies to discuss the Membranes swollen by the Humours soaking into them.  
The Aperture must be on the side of the Cod, and instead of the Lancet, may be made with the Potential Cautery; which on this occasion is preferable; because there is lesle danger of hurting the Testicle in this way, and it insensibly wastes the Membranes, which in time will be wholly consumed by the Suppuration. Lay a Caustick on the place you design for your Orifice, and afterwards open the Escar with a Lancet. The Waters being apt to blunt the point of the Caustick, if the first do not make an Escar sufficient, apply more. When the Slough is separated, fill the wound with Dossils', and leave those which cover its Bottom, four or five days without taking them out. The end of letting them lie in so long, is that the matter may grow sharp, and sooner waste the Tunicks which contain the Waters. Your first Care must be to procure a good Digestion, and next to look well to the Healing of the Wound. In very young Children, the Aperture is best made with the Lancet to discharge the Water all at once.  
To make the Operation with the Seton, pass a Skein of Thread through 
* Needles are make for the purpose much after this Form, and to be had at every Instrument-Markers.  a Packers Needle, and pass this through the Scrotum, drawing the Thread now and than to discharge the Water. This way can only be practised in the Scrotum; for if you should Attempt it in the Tunica Vagin●lis, the rubbing of the Thread against the Testicles, would 'cause a violent Inflammation. I think the Lancet or the Tap preferable to this.  
In all Cases where the Cod require Suspension, you must make use of a Bag Truss. This is nothing else but a Bag with four Tails or Straps, the upper of which go round the Patient's Body, the lower between his Legs, and are fastened behind to the Wastband. This Bag must have an Aperture before for the Yard to pass through.  
You may make a Suspensory Bandage which shall be more commondious, and keep the Cod up better after this manner. Take a piece of Linne Cloth three Inches broad, and about four or five Inches long, divide it below to the middle, than sow above on each side two little strings, near an Inch broad, and long enough to go round the Patient's Body, and two more below to pass between the Thighs, and be tied behind to those which go round the Waste; These must cross each other in passing between the Legs.  
THE CURE. Apertion being no more than a palliative Cure, you must have Recourse to a good Drying Diet, such as are all Roasted Meats. Give Diuretic Prisans made with the Roots of Dwarf-Elder, Iris Gratiola, Wild Cowcumber, Leaves of Soldanella and Chervil, Roots of Butcher's Broom, Polypody, Garden-Flags, Crystal Mineral, Saffron, etc. These Ingradients infused in White Wine make an excellent Medicine, as we have noted in the Chap. of the Dropsy. Purgatives which colliquate the Blood, have a good effect, as Jalap, ʒss. in any Decoction, Resin of Jalap gr. 12. in Conserve of Roses, or in a Decoction or Resin of Scammony, from 10 to 18 gr. after the same manner. Sudorificks are useful, as Powder of Vipers 15 gr. with as much Diaphoretick Antimony in Carduus Water, ℥ iij or iv. or Volatile Spirit of Sal Armoniac, from 6 to 20 drops. Volatile Salt of Tartar and Vipers, from 6 to 16 gr. with an Infinity more to be found in the best Modern Authors, such as L' Emery, Charas, Etmuller, etc. Lastly, Aperitives are very serviceable, such as Spirit of Salt, from 4 to 10 Drops, Salt Peter refined, from 10 gr. toʒi. Sal Armoniac, from 6 to 24 gr. the Mercurial Panacaea, from 6 gr. to 20, etc.   

REMARKS.  
Fabricius Heldanus, Centur. 1. Obs. 48. Relates a History of a Man of 40 years of Age, attacked with a Hydrops Ascites, which discharged itself so largely on the Scrotum, that it mortified, and the Slough coming away let the Testicles bore. The great efflux of Waters cured the Person of his Dropsy, and Nature reinvested the Testicles with a Callous cover, which served instead of the Scrotum to them, and the Patient after his Recovery had several Children. Bartholin Cent. 2. Hist. 64. relates that a certain Abbot being Hydropic, the Waters fell into the Scrotum, which grew exceeding large. The Surgeon made an Aperture greater and deeper than was necessary; which caused a Gangrene of the Part. The Patient found the Waters ascend towards his. Throat, which took away his Speech, and the Scrotum mortifying, he soon after died.    

CHAP. VIII. Of Hernia's.  
HErnias are Preternatural tumors caused by the falling down of some Viscera of the lower Belly, or a Flux of Humours. Hernias differ according to the parts affected. If this swelling is in the Navel, it is called Exomphalos, if in the Groin Bubonocele; if in the Scrotum it is a perfect Hernia; if it hap in other parts of the Belly, it is called Hernia Ventralis; if caused by the falling of a part of the Guts Enterocele; if by the Omentum Epipocele, if by the Gut and Omentum both Eutoroepiplocele.  
Hernias are again divided into Genuine and Spurious. They are Genuine or true, when the swelling is made by a Part; and Spurious or Bastard, when they proceed from Waters, Wind, etc. The first are called Hydrocele, the latter Pneumatocele, which shall all be explained hereafter. Some again are Complete, when the parts fall into the Scrotum in Men, and the Lips of the Pudendum in Women; others Incomplete, when they do not fall lower than the Groin.  

The Causes are External or Internal.  
The External Causes are Violent Blows, Rude Shaking, Long Races, Dancing, Leaping, continual Bawling, Frequent Debauches with Women, and generally all violent Exercises. The Internal Causes are first the copious Defluxion of Serosities separated from the Glands' of the Guts, Groin and Peritonaeum, which plentifully watering these parts, dispose them to yield to all Impulsions. The second cause is the great quantity of Fat and Oleous parts in the Omentum and Mesentery, which smear and grease the Fibres of the Peritonaeum, and by this means soften, relax, and dispose them to dilate and yield to the Motion, and pushing forwards of those parts which form Hernias. For this reason all Persons who eat much Oil in their Diet, are more subject to inconveniences of this kind than others. Windy Dyer contributes very much to the Rise of Hernias; for the included Air by its Rarefaction distends the Guts, which push forward on the Peritonaeum, and enter its Productions.  
Hydropical Bodies, and Bigg-bellyed Women are subject to Hernias; because the Distension of the Womb in one, bears up the Guts against the Diaphragm, and forms an Exomphalos, and the Water in the other soaks and relaxes the Peritonaeum, and makes it incapable after that is exhausted of resisting the Guts; which force its inner Membaane through the Rings of the Muscles, and form a Bag which is more or lesle elongated, as the impulse is more strong or feeble. Whence it appears this Bag is not form by the Productions which cover the Spermatick Vessels. The Hernia Ventralis happens in the Aponeurosis, [or Tendinous interstices] of the straight Muscles, the Belly rising in such a manner, that it cannot avoid dilating those weak parts, and sometimes bursting them.  
This Species of Hernias, does not hap so often as the Bubonocele; because the Parts and Humours by their own weight, have a natural tendence towards the Groin, and the Rings of the Muscles being open, the Parts easily slip in where they found little Resistance.  
THE SIGNS. In the first Species of Hydrocele, the Water lodged between the Membrances of the Scrotum make a slight Tension a considerable Tumour, and a moderate Weight. You may perceive an Undulation by striking on the Swelling with your Hand, and the Transparence of the Water by setting a light behind it, the skin becomes tender, soft and shining, without pain. In the second kind the Waters are within the Membrane of the Testicles, there is great Pain and Tension, the Weight is greater than in the First, the Skin is not so much Distended, but has several of its folds remaining; it is for the most part on one side, the Fluctuation is deeper, and the Transparence of the Waters more obscure. These two Species may hap together.  
The Signs of a Sarcocele are a great Hardness, an intolerable Weight, an insensible Increase of the Swelling. If there be no Rising in the Groin, it is a sign the Productions of the Peritonaeum are free from Cancrous Ulcers.  
You may distinguish the Sarcocele from the Hernia intestinalis, the former being soft, and the latter hard. This Tumour is sometimes Schirrous, sometimes Malignant; when it is Schirrous, there is no sense of Heat or Pain; when it is Malignant there is both.  
The signs of a Varicocele are a great Inequality, Weight, Pain, Inslammation, especially if you use many Medicines to molest it. This makes a Man impotent, when it seizes both Testicles.  
The signs of Circocele, (which is a Dilatation of the external Vessels in opposition to the Varicocele, in which the internal only are distended) are the same with the former, except that the Pain, Weight, Inflammation, are lesle; the Membranes of the Serotum more distended, and the Swelling more apparent.  
In the Pneumatocele the Swelling vanishes at some times, and upon striking sounds like a Drum, has no Weight, Pain, or Inflammation, is Transparent without changing the Colour of the Skin, and the Wind is sometime perceived higher, and sometimes lower.  
Recent Hernias made by the parts are most commonly soft, without Inflammation or Change of Colour, and disappear upon the lest thrusting them back, xcept they proceed from some external Cause, as Blows, Falls, or some indurated Excrements stopped in the Gut, or the free passage of the Blood and Spirits into the Part be interrupted, which creates an Inflammation, often followed by a Mortification. For this Reason the Surgeon must be careful not to handle these tumors rudely, lest such ill consequences may ensue. If there be a Descent of the Gut without Inflammation, Strangulation or Adhaerence, the Swelling is Soft and Uniform, the Colour of the Skin is not changed, and it disappears when the Patient lies on his Back; and when the Gut is reduced into the Belly, there is a discernible Noise. If the Omentum is the Cause of the Tumour, it is softer than if it be the Gut, and is not so easily thrust in, it is very uneven by reason of the Fat, and if it be pressed with the Finger the the Impression remains, the Resistance is the same as in a Steatomatous Humour; and there is great danger of Mortification, because the Omentum is spongy, and loaded with Fat. The Gut is inflamed, and the Omentum turns livid upon the lest Alteration.  
The most dangerous Accidents which hap in these sort of Swell, are the Inflammation which is always attended with Pain, Fever, Strangulation of the Gut, and sometimes the Miserere, in which all the Excrements of the Body are forced up, and voided through the Mouth. This Symptom proceeds from the Faeces being too long retained in the Gut and hardened there, hindering the free supply of Blood and Spirits to the part, which increasing in Bulk suffers a Strangulation; hence follows the inverted Motion of the Intestinal Contents, the Lividity and Mortification of the Parts. This Discolouration happens when the Swelling has been too much handled and compressed, and the cessation of Pain discovers the parts to be Mortified.  
In the Bubonocele and perfect Hernia the Tumour sometimes disappears, and sometimes is permanent. If it disappears, it is a sign there is no adherence, and the Gut suffers no Compression. In this Case Bandage and proper Remedies are sufficient for the Cure. If the Tumour be permanent, this proceeds from Inflammation, Adhesion or Excrements hardened in the Gut. Here nothing can be effected without manual Operation.  
The Gut cannot contract an Adherence to any thing besides the Bag, which makes the Hernia, except it be corroded by some sharp Humour. This Bag adheres sometimes to the Sheath, which invests the Spermatick Vessels, at other times to the Omentam, the Rings of the Muscles, the Dartos, or the Membranes of the Testicle.  
It is very dangerous when the Gut adheres to the Testicle, and if it be of any standing, it is scarce possible to cure it, without Amputation of the Testicle.  
You may conclude the Gut adheres if the Tumour has not for a long time subsided, and the Patient feels great Pain and Weight in the Testicle.  
If there be a Descent of the Gut into the Scrotum, and it be retained there for a long Time without returning, it is probable that the Bag which contains it, is fixed to the Testicles by the glutinous Humours distilling from the Peritonaeum, and the Membranes of the Testicles which being thickened by the Heat of the part, and drying unite them very strictly, and make the Operation necessary to disengage them.   

The OPERATION.  
The Operations of the Bubonocele and the complete Hernia, are in a manner the same, and for that Reason, I shall comprehend them both in one Chapter.  
To perform this Operation, oblige the Patient to lie on his Back, with his Hips a little raised, than pinch up the Skin which lies over the Swelling. A Servant must hold this at one end, and yourself at the other. Than with a sharp Knife in your Right Hand, make the Incision on the Tumour following the Fold of the Groin, when the Skin is cut, the Fat appears, which you must tear of with your Nails or an Instrument, as well as the Peritonaeum, for fear of cutting the Guts; and when you have discovered the Bag which makes the Hernia, tear it with it with your Nails or Instrument as before.  
Sometimes this Bag is found full of Water, which accident must not surprise the Operator, who may be apt to fear, that Water issues from the wounded Gut. To remove this Apprehension, he must consider well the Signs which distinguish the Gut from this Bag.  
The Colour of the Gut is Brownish, by reason of its numerous Blood-Vessels, it forms a sort of Arch, which is perceptible when it lies bore, and the Swelling is abated. The Gut is thicker than the Peritonaeum, because it is composed of four Tunicks; but this last sign is Ambiguous, the Bag form by the Peritonaeum sometimes happening to be of a considerable Thickness. A Thick Foetid Matter ever distils from the Gut when it is wounded, but that which comes from the Peritonaeum is clear and limpid. If you draw the Gut to you it obeys, except it hap to adhere to the Neighbouring parts, but the Peritonaeum yields little. The Patient feels a dull Pain till the Gut be discovered. These are the signs which distinguish the Peritonaeum from the Gut.  
Sometimes the Gut does not adhere to the Peritonaeum, and here it is you must show your Dexterity to avoid engaging the Gut, which you must draw a little forth, when it happens to be exposed, to see whether it adheres to the Peritonaeum and Rings, or not. When you are sure it is free in every place, manage it gently with your finger, to make it enter more easily; this is done to diminish its Builk, and break the Excrements, which cause its Tension; after this put it into the Belly with the two forefingers, thrusting them alternately into the Ring. But if the Strangulation be very considerable, dilate it with an Incision Knife on the Furrow of the Director. It is the Ring of the External obliqne, which being lower than the others, causes the Strangulation, because the Tendinous Fibres of the Aponeurosis of that Muscle, cannot recede to give place to the Carnous, and are more succeptible of Inflammation, for this Reason only Scarify that in this Operation. If you cannot introduce your Probe for the great Strangulation; draw the Gut to you, and put the forefinger of the left Hand above near the Ring, slip a small Incision-knife on the Nail, and make a Scarification there, to make way for the entry of the Director, just to cut the edge of the Ring.  
For if you should proceed farther, you run a Risk of cutting a small branch of an Artery, which passes through the Aponeurosis of the Muscle, which you must carefully avoid. You must cut inwardly without hurting the Teguments, because it is the Aponeurosis of the Muscle only, which causes the Strangulation. When all is over, replace the Parts in the Belly, and to make a firm Cicatrix, Scarify the Ring which is Callous, if the Hernia be of any long standing.  

The Operation of the Perfect Hernia.  
To perform this, Let the Patient lie on his Back, and make an Incision with a Knife through the Skin on the side of the Thigh the whole length of the Swelling, raising the Skin as before, you holding one end, and a Servant the other, separate the Lips of the wound, and break with your Fingers or Fleam, the Coats which cover the Gut and Testicle. The Gut being discovered, introduce a Director between the Membranes of the Scrotum and it, and widen the Aperture with your Scissors, which you must slide on the Furrow, and when you have laid bore, disengage it from the Testicle, to which it adheres. Next let a Servant hold up the Gut, and draw it gently with his Hands toward the Os pubis, whilst you lightly draw the Testicle with your Hand, to get the liberty of breaking with a Fleam, or the point of your Knife, the Membranous Ties which unite the Testicle to the Gut.  
But here observe if the Adhesion be very strict, it is more advisable to hurt the Testicle than the Gut, because that is not necessary to Life, whereas if the Intestine be cut, the Patient can hardly escape. You must have a great care likewise to avoid cutting the Spermatick Vessels, because the Flux of Blood will obstruct the Operation.  
After you have separated the Gut from the Testicle, introduce the Director between the Skin and the Gut, and cut the Ring of the Muscle, which you must scarify to deliver the Gut from its Strangulation, in case it should hap. In the last place reduce the Gut into the Belly in the same manner as in the Bubonocele, and when it is replaced, command a Servant to press the Belly with his Hand, to prevent its falling out again.  
It is a ridiculous Assertion, that the Testicle must always be extirpated after the Operation; for this does not conduce to the Cure of the Hernia; on the contrary it prolongs it, puts the Patient to unnecessary Trouble, and deprives him of the means of satisfying the Duties of his Sex; nay, if the Testicle hap to be affected, it is most advisable to defer the Operation till the Fluxion be abated, in which space perhaps that may be cured.  
Sometimes the Omentum alone adheres and covers part of the Testicle, and sometimes the Gut with the Omentum lying over it. In this case you must dextrously free the Gut from the Testicle, and leave a small portion of the Omentum, adhering to either of them, rather than endanger the hurting them.  
The Omentum is almost ever corrupted, and for this Reason a Ligature must be made, and the tainted part taken of. Sometimes indeed in Recent Hernia's, there is not time enough to admit of any alteration, and than you may replace it in the Belly without farther trouble. If the Omentum cleave to the Gut, and there be no change discernible in it, reduce both together without taking of any part of the former. If both together adhere to the Bag of the Peritonaeum, take of part of the Peritonaeum, rather than touch the Gut, and if it cannot be otherwise disengaged, as when the Omentum adheres to the Bag, it is better to take of part of the last, than the first. But the Omentum being unable to remain long in that State without being altered, it seldom happens but that some part is requisite to be cut of.  
In making a Ligature on the Omentum, you must be careful not to make it too strait, because it easily cuts through it, by reason of itssoftness. You must turn the Threadseveral times round, first passing the Needle through its Substance.  
THE DRESSING. Thrust into the Wound a long Tent of Linen capped at one end, and flat at the other; for if you use Lint only, the Guts which are always driving down, will not fail to dilate the Ring, and hinder a good Cicatrix, and the Intestines will fall down again after the Wound is healed. Here observe to pass a Thread through your Tent to draw it out at pleasure, and hinder it from sinking into the Belly. Next fill the Wound with Dossils' armed with good Digestives made with Turpentine and Yolks of Eggs, over them lay a Triangular Emplaster, and a large Compress of the same Figure, Embrocate well the Neighbouring Parts with Oil of Roses, apply good defensatives to the Scrotum, and Hypogastrick Region made of Compresses dipped in Oxycrate very Hot. Lastly, keep up the Scrotum with a Bag-Truss, and make the Bandage called Spica.  
This is made with a Roller rolled at one end, which must be six els long, and three Inches broad. You must begin to apply the end of the Roller on the Wound, than pass on to the Back, returning to the Belly, thence over the wound, thence between the Thighs, thence over the Wound, thence behind the Back, thence over the Wound, than over the Belly, than over the Thigh, than between the Thighs, than over the Wound, than behind the Back, continuing to make these rounds till the Roller is spent; and lastly fasten it with Pins at the extremities; every time the Roller passes over the Wound, you must leave small Interstices, in which a third part of the Roller beneath is seen. The whole figure something resembling an Ear of Corn, from whence this Bandage derives it Name: We have described Trusses for the Scrotum, in the Operation of the Hydrocele, where the Reader may take the pains to turn to them.  
THE CURE. The Wound must be treated with good Digestives to procure Suppuration, and a firm Cicatrix. When the Pus becomes laudable, that is white, of a good consistence, and without any illscent, you must deterge and cleanse it like all ordinary wounds. The Patient must be nourished with good Broths, and from time to time Clysters given, with other general Remedies, as the nature of the Symptoms shall require.    

REMARKS.  
Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 81. Relates that a certain Gentleman named Daniel de Chalou, who for several Years had been afflicted with an Enterocele, chanced to use some violent Exercise, upon which the Gut fell into the Scrotum, whence came great pain in his Belly, continual Vomiting, great Restlessness, and a Retention of the Urine and Excrements. Having neglected to take any care for remedying this, all the Symptoms increased, by reason of the violent pain in the Belly. After two or three days he fell into a Coma; Upon the fourth day the Urine was perfectly read, and the Patient made it without Difficulty. When the Patient was ready to expire the Urine, resumed its natural Colour and Consistence.    

CHAP. IX. Of the Operation of the Exomphalos.  
THE Exomphalos is a preternatural Tumour of the Navel, made by the extrusion of some of the Viscera.  
The Operation is an Incision made on the Tumour to restore the Parts to their Natural place.  
THE CAUSES. To have a right Knowledge of the Cause of this Distemper, it is requisite to consider the Structure of the Navel. This is form by the uniting of the Umbilical Vessels, which obliquely sliding into the Peritonaeum, are accompanied with that, and both together striking through the Linea alba, terminate in the Surface of the Skin. The Ways through which these pass, are not lesle visible in the Foetus, than the Rings in the Muscles of the Lower Belly in Adults; but after the Birth the Vessels dry, shrink degenerate into Ligaments, and are not longer pervious, and the contiguous parts increasing, while these remain unalter'd, the Navel is necessarily pulled in by them. The difference between Umbilical and the Spermatick Channels in the latter are permeable distinct, and easily separable from each other. The former impervious, contracted, and the Tendinous Fibres of each Aponeurosis so interlaced with each other, they seem to compose one Continuous Body. Besides we may observe, the Navel is encompassed with a Circle destitute of Carnous Fibres, for half a Finger's breadth round, all which circumstances concur in forming an Exomphalos, and differ very little from those described in the Bubonocole.  
THE SIGNS. If the Gut is the Cause of this Swelling, it is called Enteromphalos; if the Omentum Epiplompalos; if Water Hydromphalos; if Wind Pneumatomphalos; if Flesh Sarcomphalos; and Vaicomphalos if it be the Vessels. If it be a Hydromphalos, the Swelling is pliant, and yields to the impression of the Fingers; you may discover it to be Transparent, by setting a Candle behind the Water, it makes a small noise if you strike on the part, and you may perceive its Motion. The Pneumatomphalos yields to the Fingers instantly, returning to the same Magnitude; resounds if you strike on it, and it is always equal, and of the same Figure in whatever Posture the Patient be put. The Sarcomphalos is hard, the Swelling is large, and does not yield to compression. The Enteromphalos is a Tumour a little Hard, with Tension, narrow at the Basis, and Swelling out if the Patient holds his Breath, it abates if you press it with your Hand, making a little noise in the Subsiding, which is more sensible if the Patient be laid on his Back when the Compression is made. In the Epiplomphalos, the Tumour is softer and larger on one side than the other. It's Basis is larger, and in Compressing it subsides without the lest noise.  
This is more dangerous if an Inflammation arise and created an Abscess, which coming to break the Viscera force out of the Belly. Infants are more easily cured of these Diseases than Persons advanced in years, and Ancient People seldom recover. Children have their Flesh more soft and spongy than Adults, and these still more than old Bodies, which very much assists the Cure.  

The OPERATION.  
Before you begin, you must remove all impediments of the Reunion of the Parts, such as Inflammation and Repletion of the Guts with Excrements or Wind.  
The Inflammation must be discussed by Bleeding, and Unction with Oil of Roses, Lilies; the Guts cleared from Wind or Excrement by Clysters, with Decoctions of the Emollient Herbs, as Mallows, Marsh-Mallows, Pellitory of the Wall, with a Thousand others of the like nature, amongst the rest; you must not forget to put in Aniseseeds bruised, and give the Clyster pretty Hot. After these Preparatives, proceed to the Operation.  
To perform this, the Patient lying on his Back, pinch up the Flesh which covers the Tumour, one end of which a Servant must hold, and yourself the other, than with a sharp Knife make an Incision the length of the Swelling, taking care not to hurt the Umbilical Vessels, especially the Vein which suspends the Liver, because that Viscus not being suspended, would compress the Vena Cava, and totally intercept the Circulation of the Blood. If the Skin be so Tense that it cannot be pinched up, make an Incision with a sharp Knife to the Fat, which you must tear with your Nails or Fleam; for you must not make your Incision deeper, for fear of wounding the Intestines. When the Peritonaeum is laid bore, draw it up with your Nails, to make a small aperture with your Scissors, than put the forefinger of your left Hand into this aperture, to guide the point of the Scissors or Knife, and so enlarge your Incision.  
If the Omentum adheres to the Peritonaeum, disengage it, directing your Knife more toward the former than the latter. If the Guts adhere to the Omentum, you must be careful in freeing them not to hurt them, leaving some part of the Omentum cleaving to them. Sometimes there is a Carnous Mass appended to the Gut, which must be removed as well as all that part of the Omentum which is corrupted; in order to this make a Ligature in the Sound part, and all the rest with your Scissors or Knife. Next reduce all the parts into the Belly, and to procure a firm close Cicatrix, Scarify all round the Lips of the Wound. Than make the interrupted Suture, observing all circumstances directed in the Gastroraphia, or stitching of the Belly.  
THE DRESSING. Apply to the Wound a Pledgit dipped in some Balsam or Spirituous Liquor, Embrocate the Belly round the Navel with Oil of Roses, with a little Spirit of Wine; Than lay on a Good Emplaster, and over this Compresses well wetted in some good Desensative, and keep all on with the Napkin. This is doubled lengthways into three Folds, and than Rolled at both Ends, its middle applied on the Part affected, and so brought round the Body pinned at the end, and kept up by the Scapular. The manner of making and applying it, is described in the Dress of the Gastroraphia.  

A Machine to check the Motion of the Belly described.  

* Fabricius ab Aquapendente makes a Truss of double Dimetty or Linen Cloth with a Hellow Plate with a Round Cake, on the Part which lies on the Navel, in the Centre of which is a round Knob of Lint which goes into the Breach or Dilation of the Navel, to hinder the Extrusion of the Guts, and on this a proper Cerate or Glutmating Emplaster is laid, and so bound strait round the Abdomen from the Truss, so binds over the shoulders to hinder it from falling down, and Straps on the lower part between the Legs, to hinder it from rising up. 
Our Country Man Wiseman in Ruptures of the Navel, makes a Bracer to lace in the whole Belly from the Cartilago Ensiformis to the Os Pubis, under this on the Navel. He puts Empl. ad Herniam with a quilted Bolster over it wrought in Sole Leather, and tacked to the Bracer. V Wiseman's Chirurgery, Lib. 1. c. 8. from Sect. 85 to Sect. 39   Since nothing more impedes the Coalition of Wounds of the lower Belly than its continual Motion, nothing can be more serviceable here, than some Machine adapted to check this, and such an one may be made after this manner. Double a pretty thick Iron Wire, in such a Figure it may embrace the Wast. This Machine must have two Cavous Plates at each end, in short it must be like that Women use to stiffen their Commodes with. This is to be applied in such a Manner behind on the Loins, that both Plates may extend forwards, and press by their elasticity the sides of Belly, which Compression prevents the Dilatation of the Wound. This Instrument must be covered with Dimetty or some such soft Matter, and stuffed with Cotton like Trusses to prevent galling.  
In an Exomphalos' arising from Inflation, or when the Parts sometimes retire into the Cavity of the Belly, few Persons will be persuaded so submit to the Hazard and Trouble of the Operation.   

A Machine for the Exomphalos.  
The Machine I am now about to describe, is contrived to prevent the Parts from intruding into the Tumour, and differs very little from a Truss with three Branches. The Form of it is thus. Take a Thick Steel Wire, bend it and make a Truss like those commonly used in double Hernias. Than make another Branch which is to be fised to the knob on each side, to which fit a round knob to be applied to compress the Tumour on the Navel. This Instrument is proper for those Persons who have a Hernia on both sides, and an Exomphalos with it, and is more commodious than any Bandage, which in compressing the Belly obstructs Respiration, whereas these by their Spring complying with the alternate rising and falling of the Part in that Action, are not liable to the same inconvenience.  
THE CURE. Digest the Wound with good Balsamicks to procure a firm Cicatrix, and continued to treat it after the usual manner; Prescribe the Patiented a good Diet, nourishing him with proper liquids, frequently interposing Clysters.  
If the Tumour arise from a Mass of Water collected there, attempt to disperse it, chafing the part well with Oil of Turpentine, applying Hot Bags filled with Camomile and Elder Flowers boiled in Wine, or other proper Discutients.    

REMARKS.  
Antionette Fautras, a certain Woman of the Village of d' Ambigné, in the Main, being big with Child, attempting to lift a Bushel of Corn, with the vehement straining burst the Peritonaeum, and the Guts instantly rushed into the Navel with as great a Noise, as the going of of a Pistol, notwithstanding which Accident, she was delivered of a Boy at her due Term, and that with lesle Pain and Difficulty than of her former Children, and after lived and enjoyed her Health very well.  
Blancard relates the History of a Child born with a Tumour on the Navel as large as both Fists. The Navil-string as big as the little Finger, and above an Ell and an Half in length, and so Transparent, the Guts were visible through it. The same Author mentions a Child born with his Guts hanging out, which lamentable Accident he tells you was occasioned by the Mother's having seen the like Spectacle in a Cat run over by a Coach, a little Time before her Delivery.    

CHAP. X. Of Castration.  
THis Operation is an Amputation of the Testicle. THE CAUSE. Divers Cases may hap where all other Methods will be ineffectual: as for instance, When the Testicle adheres firmly to the Gut, and cannot be separated without loss of Substance: When in great Contusions the Vessels and Vesiculae are crushed, and the influx of the Blood is intercepted: When there is a Varicose swelling which cannot be discussed by the usual Applications, or lastly when the Part is infested with some Excrescences of long standing.  
These Excrescences are sometimes in the Substance of the Testicle, and sometimes on its Membranes only; and seem to be formed out of the more Oily and Viscid part of the Blood, imported by the Spermatick Arteries, which escaping through the Porosities of the Vessels, is hardened and condensed by the Heat of the Part: This Extravasated Matter being lodged in the small Tubes, grows Acrimonious, corrodes, huffs up and distends them, and so produces Fungous and Cancrous Swell.  
When the external Membranes are affected, they communicate the Cancrosity to the Productions of the Peritonaeum, and sometimes it extends to the parts contained within the Cavity of the Belly: But in this case the Operation is useless, since not being confined to the Tunica Vaginalis, you must destroy the Vessels, Rings, and other Parts contained in the Hypogastrium, to extirpate it.  
Whatever is apt to 'cause obstructions, may created an Inflammation in this Part: Thus Seed infected with the Pocky Malignity, sometimes ferments and tumefies the Testicles.  
If a Complete Hernia made by Descent of the Gut, hap when there is any Ulcer or Carnosity in the Testicle, the Sanious Matter issuing from them, excoriates the Gut, and glews it so firmly to the Testicle, that it is impossible to separate them without taking of the latter. Contusions proceed from some external Cause, such as Blows, Falls or Crushes, which Accidents break the Vessels, and the Blood and Humours stagnating in the Parts created tumors, Abscesses and Ulcers.  
THE SIGNS of an Adhaesion of the Testicle to the Gut, is manifest to the Naked Eye, when Part of its Substance is destroyed, and taken of to free the Gut, and make the Operation in a perfect Hernia. The Sign which without opening the Scrotum, demonstrates the adhaesion of the Testicle to the Gut, is that the Gut has remained for some time in the Scrotum without re-entering the Belly, which yet is not very certain. You may conclude the Testicle is bruised, if the Patient feel a violent Pain, and after some blow or crush it swells. Excrescences are discerned by their Bigness, Weight and Hardness.  
Swell of the Testicles are to be feared, because Abscesses and Schirrosities frequently follow, if Resolvents have been omitted in the beginning. Inflammations of the Testicles are dangerous, because they usually terminate in Abscesses, and sometimes gangrene.  
There remain frequently Schirrous Swell after Contusions, which incommode the Patiented all his Life, and sometimes the Testicle mortifies. If the Swelling be Hard, Schirrous, Painful, and Inflamed, or be of long standing, and both Testicles are affected, the Operation will be dangerous.  

The OPERATION.  
Place the Patient on his Back, with his Buttocks raised higher than his Head, and his Legs straddling, which must be held by two Servants.  
Pinch up the Skin of the Scrotum, and let a Servant hold it at one end, and yourself at the other, make an Incision lengthways, (or without pinching the Skin, let the Incision be made on the Body of the Testicle) Than free free the Carnosity from the Dartos, which invests the Testicle without hurting the Cover of the Spermatick Vessels, and make a Ligature betwixt the Rings and the Swelling. Cut about a finger's breadth below the Ligature, and take of the Testicle with the Sarcoma, leaving the End of the Thread hanging out of the Wound, without drawing down or compressing the Spermatick Vessels, lest you throw the Patient into a Convulsion.  
If the Cancrosity spread itself on the Productions of the Peritonaeum, consume the Superfluous Flesh by Caustics, or waste it with strong Suppuratives before you proceed to the Operation. When the proud Flesh is removed, and the Escar separated, make a Ligature on the Spermatick Vessels near the Rings of the Muscles, and so take of the Testicle. If the Ligature be made before the separation of the Escar, the Patient will be convulsed. If the Carnous Excrescence be movable, and does not adhaere to the Testicle, free it and choose rather to leave some little part of this Excrescence remaining on the Body of the Testicle than endanger hurting it. If any Vessels appear, make the Ligature before you cut the Excrescence of.  
THE DRESSING. Fill the Wound with Dosils' armed with a good Digestive, Embrocate with Anodynes, Apply Compresses dipped in Defensative Liquors, as Oxycrat or Red-wine very Hot, and lastly keep the Applications on with the Bag-Truss described in the Hydrocele.  
THE CURE. Digest the Wound for some time with Turpentine, and the Yelk of Eggs, to procure a good Cicatrix, and consume the remains of the superfluous Flesh. If you perceive any Inflammation, have recourse to Bleeding and Clysters. Be sure to keep the Wound clean, and when you obtain a laudable Pus begin to cicatrize; The Patient must abstain from all things Salt, Acid, or Sharp.   

REMARKS.  
Riverius relates an Observation of a Man, who upon a Fall from a Horse crushed his Testicles, which tumefied to that degree, the Scrotum was as big as a Man's Head. The Swelling suppurated plentifully, and there came forth Stones as hard as Flints. The Patient had a Fever and Thirst which increased continually, Pustules broke out over all his Body, and his Strength decayed by degrees till he died.  
Kerkringius assures us, He had seen a young Man who had no Testicles in the Scrotum, his Voice was very Musical, and charmed even the most insensible of the Pleasures of Music. He happened to have a Fever about 18 Years of Age, felt a violent Pain in the Scrotum, and found two great Testicles fall into them, upon which he lost his Fine Voice, which became like that of other Men.    

CHAP. XI. Of the Phymosis.  
THIS Operation is an Incision of the Prepuce, to give way for denuding the Glans.  
THE CAUSE which makes this Incision necessary, is a contraction of the Prepuce, which strongly compresses the Glans of the Yard, which except it be disengaged, becomes inflamed and mortifies.  
This Imprisonment of the Glans is sometimes Natural, and proceeds from its being wrapped in the Prepuce, and not freed from it by any Venereal Exercise or Handling. When this Disease is Natural, the Prepuce forms several Wrinkles, between which a Tenacious Slimy Matter is lodged, which arises from the Glans, and glews the Prepuce very strictly to it, scarce leaving a Passage for the Urine. Sometimes this Disease is Accidental, and proceeds from some Inflammation, Chancre, Wart, Schirrosity, or Unskilful Use of Corrosive Medicines; but whatever the Cause be, the free Circulation of the Blood is interrupted, the Part exceedingly inflamed, and the Fibres of the Prepuce very stiff and stubborn.  
The vehement Pain proceeds from the Thinness and exquisite Sense of the Membrane of the Glans, which is composed of, and interwoven with a multitude of Nerves; which Structure renders it very sensible, when it is molested by any Pungent or Corrosive Matter.  
THE SIGNS. This Disease is evident, The Patient finds great Difficulty in making Urine, has violent Pains, cannot uncover the Glans, and most commonly a Matter like Plaster is lodged between it and the Prepuce.  

The OPERATION.  
This must not be undertaken, till all other Remedies have been tried, such as Bleeding, Warm Baths, Digestives mixed lightly with some preparation of Mercury (and introduced between the Prepuce and the Glans with the end of the Probe) Galens Cerate, Emollient Injections, a small Ball of Lint insinuated in between the Glans and the Skin, Compresses dipped in Oxycrat, etc.  
Observe here in all Diseases of the Yard, (and so in the use of these Medicines) it is very Commodious to lay it on the Belly, and keep it Suspended in this Posture by a small Bandage, the Description of which the Reader may found in its proper place.  
If the Prepuce be firmly united to the Glans, which is known by the Skin not being brought over, and no Probe passing between it and the Glans, the Operation will be dangerous, and cannot be done without first disengaging the Prepuce from the Glans, and creating a great deal of Pain, and endangering a Mortification of the Yard.  
When you judge the Case will admit of Operation, Let the Patient stand or sit as you like best. Draw the Extremity of the Prepuce as far back as you can, and command an Assistant to keep the Skin down at the Root of the Yard, (that the Incision may reach exactly to the bottom of the Glans) than introduce a small Incision-knife, with a button of Wax on its point (to prevent wounding the part) under the Prepuce, and cut through it. If one Incision be not sufficient, make another on the opposite side.  
THE DRESSING. Lay on the Wound a small Pledgit armed with some good Balsam, and over this a Compress in form of a Cross, perforated in the midst for the passage of the Urine; and keep these on with a narrow Fillet near three quarters of an inch broad. This Fillet must be of a sufficient length to cover the whole Yard by its Circumvolutions, have a Hole made at one end, and the other end slit lengthways above an inch and a half. In applying this, pass the two Tails or Slit end through the Hole at the other end, than draw it as straight as is convenient; make several Circumvolutions spirally, till the whole Yard be covered, and the Fillet spent, and than fasten it by the two Tails.  
If you judge it necessary to cover the Pledgit with an Emplaster, make this of the same Figure, and let it be perforated in the midst like the Compress.  
For the Patient's ease, and to prevent the Inflammation of the Part, make a Linen Case of an equal length with the Yard, and large enough to contain it with all its Dress: Let this Case have a Perforation at the end for the passage of the Urine, stitch two small straps at the lower end on each side, and one to the upper, which may be long enough to be fastened to the Band which goes round the Wast to suspend the Yard, and prevent Pain and Inflammation.  
This Case is of singular use to prevent painful Erection in Priapisms, Virulent Gonorrhaeas, Heats of Urine, and other Diseases incident to this Part.  
THE CURE does not differ from the usual Method, in all simple Wounds. For instance, If any Inflammation arise, have Recourse to Bleeding, Cooling Clysters, and a Regular Diet, and when the Wound is incarned, Cicatrize it.   

REMARKS.  
Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 4. Obs. 8. Relates the History of a Young Man of 22 Years of Age, who from his Infancy bade a Prepuce of a monstrous Size, contorted before in such a manner, that in the emission of his Urine the stream was diverted on one side, and wetted his . The Prepuce was not Membranous, as it ordinarily is, but a Carnous Substance, and when he made Water, a great part of the Urine was detained by it; to prevent which, he was obliged to draw the Glans out with his Fingers. This constant Handling made the Yard swell prodigiously, and the inferior part commonly called the Suture, was exceeding Tense and Horney. The Author cut of this Prepuce close to the Glans, and the Patient was happily cured of this inconvenience. Before the Operation he had used all kinds of General Remedies, and now after it he applied Restringent Powders to stop the Blood, and in order to keep the Yard straight, put a Pipe into the Vrethra.    

CHAP. IU. Of the Paraphymosis.  
THIS Operation is the Reducing the Prepuce over the Glans, when it is so far retracted, that it cannot cover it without the help of Manual Operation  
THE CAUSES. The Strangulation of the Glans is caused sometimes by a simple Retraction of the Skin, which forms a Roll round the Yard, and at other times by an Inflammation of the Prepuce, from some preceding Cancre or Tumour. The Yard is often exceedingly swollen, and there are two or three Rolls one over another, which mightily intercept the Refluent Blood. When this happens, it is almost ever attended with a swelling in the lower part of the Prepuce, filled with a reddish Water, rarified and converted into a windy Matter by the Heat of the Part.  
THE SIGNS of a Paraphymosis are a Tumour of the Yard and Rolls on the Prepuce. There is sometime an observable swelling under the Prepuce, filled with a reddish Water, which rises to such a Height, that except you Scarify deeply the tumified place, to give a discharge to the Part, the Yard necessarily Mortifies.  

The OPERATION.  
To reduce the Prepuce, you must use both forefingers and both Middle fingers. Place these beneath the Rolls, form by the tumefied Prepuce, and with the two Thumbs compress the sides of the Glans, to lessen its Bulk, and so draw on the Prepuce. You must not thrust back the end of the Glans, to make the Prepuce come over it; because it enlarges itself, which hinders Reduction. If the Inflammation be very great, and renders this Method impracticable, apply Compresses dipped in M. Lemeries, or some other Styptic Water, and when that is abated, proceed as before.  
THE DRESSING is the same with that used in the Phymosis.  
THE CURE. While the Disease remains, the Method of Cure does not differ from that of the Phymosis.  
Fabricius Hildanus informs us, He cured a Paraphymosis in very Plethoric Gentlemen by the following Method. In the first place to keep the Patient's Body cool, he enjoined him to eat all manner of strong Drink, purged him with Cholagogues, and bled him copiously in the Arm; than he applied a cooling Lineament twice a Day to the Region of the Kidneys, and the following Cataplasm as often to the suffering Part. ℞. Barley Flower ℥ iv. Powder of Roses, ʒij. Pomegranate Flowers and Cypress Nuts, ʒi. Boyl the Ingredients in Rose and Plantain Water. Make a Cataplasm with these, with the Addition of Yolks of Eggs, which is to be repeated twice a Day.  
These Application being continued for several Days, the Pain abated very much. But a great erection happening one Night, obstructed the Cure, and the Prepuce violently compressing the Glans, all the Symptoms increased. Upon this he ordered him to forbear all Commerce with his Wife, not permitting him so much as see with her, purged him with Cholagogues, using outwardly the following Lineament. ℞. Oil of Violets, Nenufar and Roses, ā ℥ i Oil of Henbane by expression, ʒij. Camphire dissolved in Vinegar of Roses, ℈ i Mix these in a Mortar. Besides this he gave him a Dose of Laudanum after Supper, after which he had better Repose than ordinarily, and the Erection was lesle troublesome. He persisted to give him Laudanum, which seldom exceeded two Grains, and outwardly to use the Lineament above described, and continued Cataplasms to the Part. The Swelling of the Yard abated soon, the Patient was cured, and had several Children after. But we must not omit here his caution to young Practitioners not to use the Cataplasm above mentioned, if the Paraphymosis proceed from impure Embraces, lest the Malignity of the Distemper be repelled, and ill conditioned Ulcers ensue.   

REMARKS.  
Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 3. Obs. 88 Tells us, a certain Smith of 40 years of Age of a Melancholic Habit, had a small Wart on the extremity of his Prepuce of the bigness of a Vetch. This Man being Married, found a great and continual Pain in this Excrescence upon the embraces of his Wife, which obliged him to forbear knowing her for thirteen Years. The Pain increased by little and little, and at last degenerated into a Horrible Cancer, as big as an Infants Head. The whole Yard became a Huge deformed Mass of Flesh, with several Ulcers on its Surface, through which the Patient discharged his Urine: The noisome scent of this Cancer was so great, that no one could endure to come near it. The Author made an Amputation of the Yard, and cured him perfectly.    

CHAP. XIII. Of Lithotomy or Cutting for the Stone.  
THIS Operation is Incision made in the Perinaeum, to extract the Stone through the Aperture.  
There is no Animal, except Man alone, infested with this Disease.  
THE CAUSE. The Ancients did believe the Stone to be form by the more Viscid and Feculent parts of the Blood passing of with the Urine, and settling in the Bladder. Hypocrates is persuaded, it proceeds from the more Terrestrial and Heavy parts of the Urine itself, which in too long a Retention of it, subside and sink to the bottom of the Bladder, like Sand in a Vessel of Water, and are there bound together by a thick slimy Matter, which compacted Mass, in process of Time increases by the supply of new Materials. Fernelius conceives, all Stones are first form in the Kidneys, and fall from thence by the Ureters into the Bladder. This Opinion he found'st upon an Observation, That he had seen no Person afflicted with the Stone, who had not before felt Nephritick Pains: This he farther confirms, by assuring us, that in most great Stones when broken, there is found a small Kernel in the centre, of the same Colour and Consistence with the Stone, and of a Figure agreeing to the Basin of the Kidneys, and enclosed in a Case of a different Colour from it.  

* Our Author seems to be mistaken in representing Helmonts Opinion of the Generation of the Stone: Spirit of Nitre and Spirit of Wine stir indeed, and that with great Heat and Tumult, but after combine and compose a Temperate Liquor, or Spiritus Nitri dulcis. The true Helmontian Hypothesis, is that the Duelech or Animal Stone is form by a Volatile Salt coagulated by a Vinous Sulphur; which conjecture he forms on the Famous Experiment of mixing Spirit of Wine and Spirit of Vurine both perfectly dephlegmed (for the lest Aquosity remaining, defeats the Trial) both which Liquids instantly coagulate into a Hard, Dry Substance, which he calls Offa Alba. See Helmont de Lithiasi.  But the Modern Chemists seem to me to frame the most plausible Theory of the Formation of the Stone in Animal Bodies. These Gentlemen in Analysiing the Urine by Fire, found in it two constituent Principles, viz. a Urinous Salt of a Volatile and Nitrous Nature, and pure Sulphur not unlike a Vinous Spirit. Now Experience shows us, That upon mixing Spirit of Wine and Spirit of Nitre, a Coagulum will result in an instant; it is very easy and natural to suppose, that the like Principles existent in the Urine, leaving their Superfluous Phlegm, may unite, precipitate, and produce the like effect.  
Van Helmout does not think the Principles of the Urine alone sufficient, for the Production of the Stone; but adds a Petrifick Ferment, which he places in the Kidneys and Urinary Vessels, and reckons up as a Third Agent, required to fix and coagulate the former. There is no Transmutative principle in Nature, says that Author, without a Ferment; The Intestine Motion of the Particles of the Urine, is not the immediate Cause of its Corruption; It's Putrefaction does not arise from any vicious Disposition of the Urine, but from a peculiar corruptive Ferment residing in the Kidneys, and other Vessels. This he illustrates by the Similitude of a Vessel, in which any Acid Liquor has stood for some Time, which Coagulates and sours Milk; by Leaven which ferments Doughty, and by the Taint of a Musty Vessel, which altars and corrupts Wine, or any Liquor put into it. This Ferment which for its fineness and subtlety, bears some Analogy to the Odoriferous Steams issuing from Scented Bodies, he calls it Odour or Scent; and of such a Nature he pretends the Ferment is, to whose Petrifying influence, he ascribes the Origin of the Stone; and to confirm the existence of such a Ferment, he alleges this Experiment, That Urine will sooner putrify in a Vessel tainted with it before, than in another which is clean and new.  
Having laid down the necessity of a peculiar Ferment to perfect this Work, he proceeds to Explicate the manner how it is performed. He assures us, he has found in a Spagyrical Examen of the Urine a Nitrous Spirit, which he terms the Coagulator, and another Spirit not unlike Spirit of Wine. Besides these, says he, There is in Urine a Terrestrial Styptic Spirit, which by the Assistance of the corruptive Ferment, is volatilised and imbibed by the Urinous Spirit, and these two uniting, excite and put into Motion the Vinous Spirit, which before lay dormant in the Pores of the Urine. At last after some conflict and mutual Action they combine together, Praecipitate and Form a Stone in the midst of the Liquor. From hence he infers, Stones are formed in an Instant, and grow gradually; tho' sometimes too he supposes they receive a considerable Addition in a Moment of Time.  
Ill Diet conduces much to the generation of the Stone; for instance, all Spirituous Drinks, Sharp Sauces, Milk-Meats, Fruits, Rye-bread, and the like; The latter upon the Account of their Foulness, and the former upon the Account of their Spirituous parts. The one furnish Materials for the Stone, and the otherr the Petrifick Ferment. Nature too oftentimes as well as Diet, has a share in this matter, and the Stone proceeds from some Petrfying seeds we inherit from our Parents, and keep all our life after.  
THE SIGNS. The Stones found in Human Bodies differ very much, as Small, Great, Smooth, Unequal, Flat, Round, Oval, Square, Hollow, Light, Heavy, Hard or Soft; some have Kernels, others not; some are White, Grace, Read, Black, Brown, or of other Colours; some adhere to the Parts, as the Sides, Bottom or Neck of the Bladder, others are lose; some are in the Kidneys, ureters, Bladder or Vrethra; some are included in Cystis', others not. In short, they are found in all Parts of the Body.  
If a Stone be lodged in the Kidneys, there is an Inflammation, a Violent and fixed Pain, (which increases if you press the Part with your Hand.) There is a Fever and Suppression of Urine, which distils drop by drop, and sometimes is Bloody, which proceeds from the fretting of the Vessels by the growing Stone. Muddy and Purulent Urines, discover the Blood to be Extravasated, and an Abscess in the Kidneys. In this case Vomiting, a Stupor of the Thigh and Legensue, and the Patient cannot endure to keep his Body strait, the Testicle of the same side is retracted into the Groin, and sometimes Pus is evacuated with the excrement; for the purulent Matter corroding the Gut, runs through it, and passes of with the Faeces.  
The Communication between the Nerves of the Kidneys and Stomach, and the agitation of the Spirits in the Carnous Fibres of the Stomach by the Inflammation of the Kidneys, are the causes of the Vomiting.  
The Kidney lying on the Head of the Muscle Psoas, compresses and inflames it, and this inflamed Muscle presses the great Trunk of the Nerves, (which passes through its substance, and is distributed to the fore part of the Thigh and Hip,) and from hence proceeds the Stupor, because the free influx of the Spirits is interrupted. The Psoas and Iliac Muscle contiguous to it being inflamed, (which too Muscles are the Benders of the Thigh) they cannot obey or follow the motion of the Extensors; and this is the reason the Patient cannot keep himself erect, without enduring vehement pain. The Iliac Muscle being united to the Cremaster, communicates its Inflammation to it, which causing a contraction of the Fibres of the latter, the Testicle must of necessity ascend to the Groin.  
But after all, these Symptoms concurring are not sufficient to give us an absolute assurance there is a Stone in the Kidneys, since they all may attend an ordinary Inflammation of that part, as in the case of Nephritick Colicks.  
We discover that there is a Stone in the Bladder, by a lively burning pain in Pissing, and the Urine coming forth by drops, and after divers intervals, as in the Strangury.  
The Stone sometimes stops the Neck of the Bladder, and sometimes wholly blocks it up, according to the several Motions it receives from the Urine; and this is the cause of these Intermissions. When the Bladder is evacuated its sides rub on the Stone, which grates them by its hardness and inequality; and from hence proceed great Pains after Urining, and sometimes drops of Blood. The Patient feels an itching in the Perinaeum, which is continued to the extremity of the Glans, and obliges him to rub it: This sometimes happens from sharpness of Urine. The weight of the Stone is often felt, and the irritation of the Fibres sometimes causes an involuntary Erection of the Yard. The Urine is sometimes White, sometimes Bloody, Thick, Turbid, Muddy, and full of Sand.  
When the Urine is very clear, and there is Sand at the Bottom of the Urinal, this is a sign of a Stone in the Bladder. If the Stone extracted be polite and smooth, it is a sign there are more, by rubbing against which this smoothness is caused.  
If the Stone be very large, and rests in the Neck of the Bladder, it becomes equally large with its bottom. When it fixes to the bottom of the Bladder, and is contained in a Cystis, the Patient may carry it all his Life-time without any notable inconvenience, or the appearance of any of the signs above recited.  
Among the Diagnostic signs, there is none more certain than the Resistance of the Catheter, and the discernible noise from gently striking on the Stone.  

The OPERATION.  
This must not be undertaken, till you have a very good assurance of the existence of the Stone in the Bladder.  
To obtain a certainty of this, introduce your finger into the Anus, and turn it towards the Pubis, than bend it, at the same time pressing the Bottom of the Belly with your other Hand, and if there be a Stone, you will feel it with your Finger. In Women or Grown Maids, you must put the finger up the Vagina, but in young Girls into the Anus.  
But since Hard Swell and Schirrosities may impose on you in this way of Examen, the Catheter is to be relied on as the most certain evidence.  

The first way of Searching.  
Let the Patient sit in a Chair with a Back, on which he may rest or lie on his Back. Take the Yard by the Glans between the Thumb and forefinger, drawing it up strait, compress the Glans a little to open the Vrethra, into which introduce the Catheter with its Concave side downwards; when this is passed in far enough for you to judge it is in the Neck of the Bladder, turn it quick and dextrously, and bring your Hand over the Patient's Belly, and at the same time that you turn it, draw the Yard a little forward to keep the Vrethra straight and without wrinkles, which may hinder the entering of your Instrument.  
If after turning the Catheter you found it did not enter, leave the Yard, and introduce your finger into the Anus, to guide the end of it into the Bladder. After this draw your finger out of the Anus, and quit the Yard to strike with the Instrument, turning it every way to hear what noise it makes on the Stone. If it happens that the Stone swims in Urine, (for the Bladder must be full when you pass the Instrument,) and you have reason to think this may hinder you from perceiving it, evacuate the Bladder by drawing out the Silver Wire in the Catheter, and after try as before.   

Second way of Searching.  
The following way seems more convenient, because there is no need of turning the Catheter. Let the Patient lie on his Back, and holding the Glans between your forefinger and Thumb, raise the Yard up, inclining it a little on his Belly, hold the Rings of the Instrument on the side of the Belly, and compress a little the Glans between your fingers to open the Vrethra; than introduce the end of the Catheter, continuing to push it on gently, till it enters the Bladder. By proceeding this way, you save the Trouble of passing your Hand over the Patient's Belly, and turning the Instrument.   

The way of Searching Women.  
To Search a Woman oblige her to lie on her Back, with her Buttocks a little raised, and her Thighs divaricated; than separate the Nymphae with the left Hand and with the right; introduce the Instrument into the Neck of the Bladder, as in Men. When you are well assured there is a Stone, prepare the Patient for the Operation by General Remedies, Bleeding, Clysters, and other proper Medicines, to prevent any ill Habit of Body, having a bad influence on the Wound after the Operation.    

The OPERATION.  
Place the Patient on a Table of a middling height, with his Back supported on the Back of a lined Chair, his Thighs open, his Knees drawn up to his Belly, his Heels applied to his Buttocks, and his Hands resting on each side his Ankles. To keep him in this Posture, Take a great Swath three inches Broad, the middle of which is to be put about his Neck, and with each end of it the Arms are to be fastened to the Thigh and Leg of the same side, each hand resting on the out side of the Ankle of the Foot. This Posture is exceeding convenient to hinder his stirring, to keep the Bladder steady, and give liberty to the Muscles of the lower Belly to perform their Actions. After this place a Servant on the Table behind the Patient, to keep him down by pressing on his Shoulders, in case he should attempt to rise. All things thus prepared introduce a Catheter (not like the former, but with a Hollowness or Furrow along the convex side) into the Bladder, after the manner before described. The Catheter thus introduced, must be held by a Servant placed for that purpose on one side of the Patient, who must hold it with both his Hands, drawing up the Scrotum in such a manner, that the back of the Catheter which thrusts out the Perinaeum, may be between his two forefingers, and leave space enough for you to make your Incision. The Incision must be made with a sharp two edged Knife on one side the Suture of the Perinaeum; which must be greater or lesle, as you judge the Stone to be. To perform this dexterously, hold your Knife like a Lancet, and entering in the most prominent part, plunge it quite to the Catheter, continuing to pass and repass it in the furrow of that Instrument, till you have laid as much bore as you desire. This caution is necessary, lest if the Incision were made at several Times, there might be more than one Orifice.  
In Men the Incision must be near two inches and an half long, in Children lesle. It is better to have it too great, than to be obliged to enlarge the wound with the Dilator, in case the Stone should prove too great to be extracted through the aperture, because such violent distension tears and bruises the Fibres of the Bladder. The Incision if it be well made must enter the Vrethra, and you must not draw the Catheter out of the Bladder, till you have slipped into its Furrow a Gorget or two Conductors, on which the Forceps is after introduced; for without the direction of these, you may easily mistake and pass them aside, which too often happens; and whilst the Operator thinks he is in it, and seeking the Stone feels it with his Forceps, instead of that pulls the Bladder and often tears it. When the Forceps is in the Bladder open it, and gently search for the Stone, which when found hold fast. You must never close your Forceps in the Bladder, except when you have hold of the Stone, for fear of tearing its Membranes. When you would take hold of the Stone, open the Forceps with both Hands, and you may be assured you have hold of it, if its two Bows stand wide open.  
If the Stone be Oval, and you have hold of it lengthways, lose the Stone, and introduce your Forceps a second time, and take hold of it another way. But observe here the wideness of the Bows alone is not a sufficient evidence to assure you that you hold the Stone lengthways, since the same appearance will be, if the Stone be large; wherefore to obtain a more full information of this matter, inquire of the Patient how long he has been afflicted with this Distemper, (for the older the Stone is, the thicker it grows) or if he feels a great weight in his Bladder. You may farther judge of the thickness of the Stone, and perhaps of its Figure too, by introducing the Finger into the Anus, and feeling it through the Gut. When you have hold of the Stone with your Forceps, do not draw it directly out, but turn your Fist to the Right and to the Left.  
If the Stone hap to adhere to the Bladder, you must not obstinately resolve to extract it, lest you tear the Membranes, but if it be fixed to the Neck of the Bladder, it will be freed without Suppuration. You may conclude that it is fixed to the Bladder; if not, being very big, it comes forth with Difficulty, and than you must proceed gently in extracting it.  
If Stones are excessively large, as some noted in our Remarks, forbear extracting them, jest the Patient expire in your Hands. If you perceive the Stone is broken in extracting it, put in the Forceps again, and draw out the fragments in the same manner as the whole, and bring out the clotted blood with the Spoon. If the Patient be very weak, remove him to his Bed, and put a Tent into the Wound to prevent it from closing, and draw out the Remaining fragments after he has recruited his Strength.  
If the Stone be so big that it cannot pass through the Orifice, dilate the Wound.  
This Operation is called the Greater Apparatus, or Cutting on the Staff.  

The Lesser Apparatus in Men, or Cutting on the Gripe.  
This manner of Operation is called lesser, because it does not require so many Instruments as the former. To perform this, put your forefinger into the Anus, to bring the Stone to the Perinaeum; make your Incision on the Stone itself on one side of the Suture, and extract it through the aperture with a Hook. This Operation takes place when the Stone is not too big, and you can bring it to the Perinaeum with your finger.   

The Way of cutting Women.  
Put your forefinger and middle finger up the Vagina, or into the Anus in young Girls; with these two fingers bring the Stone to you, compressing the Bottom of the Belly with the other to make it descend: Put a Hollowed Probe or Director up the Vrethra, which is to be held by some Assistant; than slide a Dilator on its Furrow, and taking out the Director, Dilate the Vrethra without cutting at all, and so extract the Stone with the Hook or Forceps. You must not put the Dilator too far up the Vrethra, because the Neck of the Bladder is short in Women, and by this means you may hap to lacerate the Sphincter, and so 'cause an involuntary efflux of Urine. This is called the lesser Apparatus in Women.   

The Greater Apparatus in Women.  
The Patient being put into, and kept in the same posture with (Men described before) Introduce the Conductors into the Vrethra, and between them slide a Dilator, than withdraw the Conductors and so dilate, next introduce the Forceps, and drawing forth the Dilator, take hold of the Stone with it. If the Stone be too big to come forth, make a small Incision to the Right and to the Left, to make way for it. Instead of the Conductors, you may use the Gorget, if you like it better.  
The Vrethra in Women dilates exceedingly, and it seldom happens that we are obliged to have recourse to Incision. Besides, Women are more rarely attacked with this Distemper than Men; because their Vrethra is Wider, Straighter and Shorter, and the Urine more easily drives away that Sand which is lodged in the Bladder.  
The Success of the Operation may be guessed at from the quiet repose which the Patient enjoys, the Freedom or Breathing, the Moisture of the Tongue, no Immoderate Drowth, Pain scarce sensible, little or no Fever, not Swelling in the Hypogastrick Region, and a Cessation of Inflammation on the fifth or sixth Day.  
Sometimes a Stone is voided out of the Bladder, and passes into the Vrethra, where it lodges and obstructs the Emission of the Urine. In this case if the Stone be near the Glans, press that with your Finger, and if it do not easily come forth, bring it out with the Extractor, if both fail, make an Incision on the side of the Vrethra to so take it out.  
When the Stone is in the Neck of the Bladder, push it with the Catheter, or endeavour to bring it back by slipping the finger into the Anus.  
When the Stone is in the Vrethra, if it be small stop the passage with your fingers (compressing the Yard beyond the Stone) than blow into the Vrethra to dilate it, and push the Stone forwards with your fingers, till you have brought it forth. This way succeeds better in young Children, than in Adults, their Vrethra being more easily distended.  
The Stone may sometimes be drawn out by Suction, this succeeded well with Dr. Muys, who advised the Mother to suck the Yard of her Infant.  
If a Stone be lodged in the Vrethra, and cannot be got out by any of the ways above mentioned, draw the Skin of the Prepuce upwards, and take the Yard between your fingers to hold the Stone firm, compressing it a little, and making the Incision on the Stone lengthways on the side of the Yard. When the Stone lies bore, press it out with your forefingers, or pick it out with the Extractor.  
THE DRESSING. When the Patient is Cut, Apply a great Compress on the Wound, and let some Robust Fellow carry him to his Bed. If there be any fragments of the Stone remaining in the Bladder, or you have ground to think there are more Stones; put a Tent dipped in some Digestives into the Wound to prevent it from closing, and if there be a Flux of Blood, stop it with Restringents. If there be no Stone or Gravel remaining in the Bladder, put no Tent into the Wound, but a Pledget with some good Balsam, with an Emplaster over that, and a Compress both in the form of a Horse-shoe. The Dressing must be kept on with a Roller with four Tails or the double T suspended with a Collar, and the Legs below the Knee, bound together with a narrow Roller, to keep the Wound from gaping.  
The Roller with four Tails is made with a piece of Linen Cloth three inches broad, and an Ell long; slit this lengthways at both ends to the middle, leaving between four and five inches in the middle undivided. Apply the plain or entire part on the Wound, and than cross the two foremost Tails, and fasten them to the Collar about the Ribs. (This Collar is a Band stitched at both ends, which is put about the Patient's Neck, and hangs down to his Belly.) Than pass the two other Tails through the Collar, and bringing them back fasten them behind.  
The TT or double T, is a Girth which goes round the Wast, with two Straps in the midst sown at some small distance from each other; apply the middle of the Girth behind, and tie its ends before, than bring the two Straps between the Legs, crossing them on the Wound, and tie them before to the Girth or Wastband.   

The Dressing for the Incision made on the Yard.  
Apply a Pledgit dipped in some good Balsam, and over it an Emplaster. The Bandage and all the rest, is the same as in the Phymosis.  
THE CURE. We have observed before, that in case there be Reason to suspect there is Gravel remaining in the Bladder, you must not instantly heal the Wound, but put a large Tent into it with some good Digestive, to give leave to the Gravel to purge itself through the Orifice. If the Wound be contused, you must Suppurate till a laudable Digestion appear, every day lessening the Tent. But if after the Operation there be no Contusion, it suffices to put in a Pledgit armed with some good Balsam, and Dress it twice every day, till it be perfectly cured. The Patient must be fed with good Broths and Jellies, and must not eat any thing Solid for fear of a Fever, which would obstruct the Coalition of the Wound.  
To prevent the Stone from being reproduced in the Bladder, the following Precautions must be used. The Person who is cut must lead a Regular Life; that is, He must not eat to Excess, for fear of creating ill Juices, the Stomach not being capable of good Digestion, when it is overcharged with Meat. He must eat Wheaten Bread well baked, for Rye Bread containing an Acidity, is apt to Coagulate the Humours, and produce the Stone. He must avoid all salt Meats, all sorts of Ragousts which ordinarily are high Seasoned: All these Aliments heat, and are apt to petrefie that Glairy Matter, which is lodged in the Kidneys and Bladder. Milk Meats, Old Cheese, Hard Eggs, Salads, Unripe Fruits, created ill Humours, which being mixed with Acids, acquire a coagulating property. The Use of Heady Wines and Beer, is dangerous. G●sner has observed, that if you put Sand into Stolen Beer, it forms a Stone. Muddy Waters, and Waters of melted Snow and Ice are very impure, and full of Bodies, which have a Coagulating property. Excessive Application of Mind, Debauches of Wine and Women, all violent Passions are very hurtful to Persons who have any Disposition to Gravel; all Excesses in any of these kinds sharpen the Blood, and waste its Unctuous and Balsamic part. Too long Repose is hurtful, because the gross Feculent Matter subsiding, and not being dispersed by Motion is collected together, and soon coagulated by an Acid.  
For these Reasons the Patient's Diet must consist of such Things as are sweet and easy of Digestion, as Veal, Lamb, Fowl, etc. or Broths, in which the Cooling Plants are boiled, as Succory, Sorrel, Parsly, spinach, or others of the like Nature.  
White-wine boiled with a Moiety of Water, etc. Sleeping and Waking must be moderate. The Patient must not sleep on his Back, for this posture is Heating. The Body must be kept open with Clysters, if Nature does not act her part, and gentle Purges given at proper times, of Whey, Manna and Cassia.  
Those who are subject to Nephritick Colicks, may be cured by Emollient and Lenitive Clysters made with Mallows, Marsh-mallows, Milk, Sugar, and Oil of sweet Almonds. These are Preparative to Diuretics, such as Ptisans made with Salt-Peter refined, ʒss. Dissolved in a Decoction of Rest Harrow, and Dogs Grass. There is not a more excellent Diuretic than Turpentine, ʒss. made into a Pill. To harden it, it must be boiled in some Diuretic Liquor, as Turnip Water, and so made up. To the part affected, apply Fomentations. ℞. Roots of Marsh-mallows, ℥ ss. Mallows, Melilot, Chervil and Camomile together three Handfuls, Linseed, Parsley Seed, anʒi. Boil the Ingredients together, and apply the Cataplasm to the Part.  
Baths made with Emollient Herbs, are very useful in Nephritick Pains, and Broth with Oil of sweet Almonds, ʒi. given to the Patient in the Bath. You may likewise give Turpentine Pills, or a Dram of the Powder of Millepedes, both which are proper to expel Gravel by Urine.  
If in Nephritick cases the Patiented Vomit, give him the following Powder. ℞. Sperma Ceti, Crabs Eyes, ʒss. Cinnabar of Antimony, ℈ i Volatile Salt of Amber iv. gr. Laudanum gr. iss. Torchisc. Alkekengi with Opium ℈ ss. Mix these for four Doses.  
Mr. Boyl in Nephritick Pains, commends Castille Soap dissolved in old Oil of walnuts, adding Oil of Ginger three or four drops. This is a good Diuretic.    

REMARKS.  
There is in the Hospital of the Charity at Paris, a Stone weighing 51 Ounces, taken out of the Bladder of a Priest after he was dead, who had been Cut to no purpose, the Stone being too large to be extracted.  
There was found in the Bladder of a Certain English Knight, who died at 82 years of Age, a Stone which weighed 25 Ounces and a half, the Urine had form a Channel in it, through which it passed into the Vrethra. This Channel had one Hole in the place where the ureters enter the Bladder, and another at the Bottom of the Stone.  
Hildanus Centur. 1. Obs. 69. relates the History of a Young Fellow who had emitted by the Yard 300 Stones of different Colours, some as big as Nuts, others as large as Chestnuts. He voided all these in two years' time with great Pain, accompanied with Blood; This young Man died of the Plague.  
The same Author relates, Cent. 4. Obs. 50. He had found the Bladder of a Man divided into two Bags, each Bag containing six Stones about the bigness of Galls.  
In Centur. 4. Obs. 5. He mentions a Stone which he had taken out of the Bladder of a young Man of 20 years of Age, which weighed 22 Ounces. It seemed to consist of several small Stones cohering, and had the Figure of a Cupping-glass. The Patient died in the Hands of the Operator.  
In Centur. 6. Obs. 57 He tells us he had a Stone by him, which he had extracted out of the Scrotum, which weighed 8 Drams when it was first taken out, but at present weighs no more than five.  
In the Miscellanea Cariosa, Obs. 44. There is a History of a Man of 64 years of Age, tormented with a violent Pain in the Ischium; He had an Asthma to that degree, he could not breathe except he kept his Head erect, had the Jaundice besides, and in fine died of these Distempers. Upon opening the Body, too Tubercles' were found in the Lungs, and 72 Stones about the bigness of Peas, of a blackish, yellow Colour in the Gallbladder and Porus Choledochus. In the Gallbladder of a certain Count of 70 years of Age were found several Stones, the greatest of which weighed 14 Drams, and the lest 4. In a Woman of 63 years of Age, the Gallbladder was filled with several greenish Flints, larger than Beans.  
Five Stones, the lest of which was as big as a Nut, were taken out of the Gallbladder of Pope Vrban the VIII. Borrichius tells us, he had found in the Bladder of a Woman, above seventy Stones of an irregular Figure, soft to the touch, which melted in warm Water. Helmont relates, that he had found Stones in the Gallbladder of several Animals. Bartholin. Cent. 1. Hist. 34. tells us that a certain Person very much subject to Gravel, falling into a prodigious Sweat, evacuated a great quantity of small Sand that way.  
In the Miscellanea Cariosa, Obs. 46. is an account published, of a certain Ox seeming to be more stupid than any of the Rest, inclining his Head to the Ground, often lying down, and nodding in a Paralytic Manner, who being observed to waste away, was killed by his owner. The Brain was found petrified, and as hard as Marble, all the remaining Part of his Body being sound. The Leanness and Decay in this Animal, did doubtless proceed from a Defect in the Distribution of the Spirits from the Brain, to the several parts of the Body.  
Obs. 27. contains the History of a Woman, who for several years being tormented with cruel Nephritick pains, made Urine so thick it that Roped, and sometimes felt such an extreme chillness, that standing before a Violent Fire naked, she could not perceive the lest Heat, though her Skin were scorched. This Woman died with excessive Pain, and her Kidneys were found petrified, and as solid as Alabaster.  
Obs. 65. A certain Person of 72 Years of Age, of a Phlegmatic Habit of Body, was attacked with a suffocative Catarrh, and a great Suppression of Urine: A large Aperture was made in the Vein of the Arm, out of which six Ounces of Blood were drawn, together with which came out 4 small Stones, which made so great a noise in falling into the Porringer, as to be heard by the standers by, these were of a yellow Colour, a little inclining to Read, and of the same bigness with the Gravel usually voided in Urine. The Patient was soon cured of his Catarrh; but the Difficulty of Urine remained, and soon after he died of an Apoplexy.  
Observe. 66. Relates the History of a Woman of 33 years of Age, of a Sanguine Complexion, who being near the time of her Delivery was suffocated with a Catarrh. In the inferior part of the Liver was found a great Abscess or Mass of Matter contained in a Cystis, so hard and strong, that it could not without great Difficulty be cut with a good Pair of Scissors. This was filled with a Black reddish Substance, very Glutinous, not unlike Bird-lime. This Glue was so Tenacious, it was difficult to get it of from the Fingers. In the midst of this was lodged a Stone, about the bigness of a Pullet's Egg, which being divided in the midst, sparkled as if it had been filled with Nitre. This Stone was much harder on the Surface than within, and voided of all perceptible Scent.  
Observat. 107. Relates that a Widow of a certain Shoemaker, had for the space of 16 years, a Stone in the left Kidney, who by the Torment which she suffered, was wasted to that degree, she seemed a living Skeleton. She had a great Stupor on her left Thigh. This Woman took every day for some time, a Decoction of Speedwell in great quantity. This innocent Remedy brought the Stone from the Kidneys into the Ureters; whilst it was detained there, ●he ●ound the Pain intolerable, and expected nothing lesle than to be killed by it. She continued the Use of her Medical Drink in greater quantity, and so brought it down into the Bladder, and thence by the help of the same Drink and Fomentations, at length brought it quite forth.    

CHAP. XIV. Of the Punction of the Perinaeum.  
THIS Operation is an Aperture made in the Perinaeum, to let out the suppressed Urine.  
THE CAUSE. The Suppression proceeds from some great Inflammation, or some Carnosity, Fungus, Schirrus, or Ulcer, which blocks up the Vrethra.  
THE SIGNS. There is great Pain and Inflammation in the Perinaeum, the Urine is retained, and the Catheter will not pass the Dust to let it out.  
The Operation must only be undertaken when milder ways fail, such as Injections, the Catheter, or Cataplasms. In this case put the Patient into the same posture as in Cutting for the Stone, and without using the Catheter, (for we suppose that will not enter into the Bladder.) Make an Aperture with a Lancet or an Incision Knife, large enough to put in a Cannula, whose extremity may pass into the Bladder. This must be left in the Wound for the Urine to pass through, till the Inflammation be over. After the Cannula is drawn out, dress the Wound.  
THE DRESSING. This is exactly the same with that described in Cutting for the Stone.  
THE CURE of the Inflammation of the Perinaeum, consists like others of the like kind in applying Discutie●ts to the Part, taking Internally Volatile Medicines, v. g. ℞. Carduus Water, ℥ i Water of Elder Flowers, ʒij. Crabs Eyes, ʒi. Diaphoretick Antimony, ʒss. Sperma Ceti, ℈ i Laudanum gr. 11. Sugar-candy, ʒij. of which Mixture the Patient at several times must take some Spoonfuls.  
Cataplasms are made of Roots of Asparagus, Bryony, Hemlock, Flowers of Chamomil and Elder, with Camphire and Sulphur. Compresses dipped in Spirit of Wine Camphorated, may be applied. If these prove ineffectual, suppurate the Wound with emollient Cataplasms made with Lily Roots, Bryony, Marsh-mallows. Brankursin, Pellitory, Chervil, Mullin, Chamomil, Melilot, Figgs, etc. After the Ingredients are boiled, pound them in a Mortar, adding Oil of Lilies or Roses, and apply the Cataplasm hot to the Part.  
When the Suppuration is over, cleanse the Ulcer with some deterging Balsam. Sweeten the Blood with Volatile Medicines given internally, such as Diaphoretick Antimony, Crabs Eyes, Volatile Salt of Hartshorn and Vipers, and an infinity of others to be found in M. L' Emery, or other good Chemists. These Volatils may be given together or separately in some proper Vehicle, as Carduus Water, v. g. of the powder ʒss. in a Glass of the aforesaid Water.  
If the Ulcer be in the Vrethra, which may be discovered by the Suppuration, make your injections of Mundifying Ingredients infused in Hot Wine.  

REMARKS.  
In the Chamber of the Blessed Queen in the Hotel Dieu, there was a Big-bellyed Woman ill of the Small Pox, her Fundament was rotten from the Os Pubis, to the Os Sacrum, notwithstanding which, she was Delivered of a living Child, who died some Hours after, as did the Mother not long after her Delivery.  
Bartholin Cent. 2. Hist. 52. tells us that a Man of 49 years of Age, had a Suppression of Urine caused by Straining in Mounting his Horse, a Fever ensued with a continual Hiccough, a Pain and Swelling in the Groin. Upon insinuating a Pipe into the Bladder he Urined, the Swelling of the Belly sunk, and the Pain was allayed; but the Pain sometime after returning, the Patient died. Upon opening the Body, there appeared two Tubercles' of the bigness and figure of the Testicles, which perfectly stopped the Dust of the Vrethra. These in all points performed the Office of a Valve, opening from without inwards, if the Cannula were thrust against them, but stopped the passage from within outwards. These Tubercles' consisted of a firm white Flesh, without any Purulent Matter; The Right was larger and something more brown than the Left. The lower part of the Bladder was a little Mortified, the Patient made a Purulent Water, and the Colon adhered strictly to the Peritonaeum on the right side.    

CHAP. XV. Of the Fistula in Ano.  
THIS Operation is an Incision made into the Anus, to lay open an Ulcer in that part.  
THE CAUSE. A Fistula is a Callous, Sinuous, Deep Ulcer with a straight Mouth or Entry, opening into a more Spacious Bottom. These Cavernous Ulcers full of Partitions, are form by the sharp and saline parts of the Blood.  
The immediate Causes of Fistulas in this part, are External and Internal. The External are Contusions, Impure Embraces, Falls, Leeches ill applied, etc. all which obstruct the Circulation, detain the Humours, and created an Abscess, apt to degenerate and become Fistulous. The Internal Causes are Abscesses proceeding from Obstructions, Inflammations, Ulcers, Piles, etc. The Anus is more subject to Fistula's, than any other part in the whole Body. This proceeds from the great quantity of Fat, with which the Intestinum Rectum is loaded, from the Evacuation of the Faeces here (this being the common Sink, where all the Filth of the Body is brought down to be carried of) from its continual Humidity, and numerous Vessels, (as Branches of the Hypogastrick Arteries and Veins, a Branch of the Aorta, another of the inferior Mesenterick Artery, the Haemorrhoidal Veins, the vast number of Lymphaticks;) and last, from its Glands which separate a white, glairy, viscous Liquor. Some or more of the Causes above mentioned, happening to meet with a part thus disposed, it is no wonder to found a Fistula soon form.  
Fistula's differ much, and are to be distinguished by the following Marks.  
THE SIGNS. If the Fistula be in the Fleshy parts, the Pus is White, Turbid and Viscous. If in the Nervous parts, the Patient has Acute and very Sensible Pains, and the Humour is Serous and Sharp. If it attack the Veins and Arteries, it works through them by its Acrimony, and the Matter which comes away, resembles the Washings of Flesh. If the Fistula emit a thin, clear, sharp, Humour, it is a mark it has invaded the Bones, and they are corrupted. In this last Case the Callosity is greater, which proceeds from the Excessive Acrimony and Saline parts, able to Corrode and Cariate so solid a substance. How the Saline parts form a Callosity, may be conceived by the like effect which Salt has, when strewed upon Pork which it hardens, whilst the Humidity of the Flesh dissolving it, its parts like so many stakes enter and hinder the Motion. This explication is plausible enough, and may be admitted by those who place the Hardness of Bodies in the Repose of their Parts.  
Recent Fistula's in Persons of a good Habit of Body, are curable if the part concerned will admit the Application of proper Remedies. But when Inveterate or in ill Bodies, or invading parts necessary to support Life, as the Bladder, Guts, etc. where no Application can be made, are desperate.  
Fistula's are of different sorts; some pierce the Gut without any outward Orifice. Others open outwardly, without entering the Intestinum Rectum. These two Species are termed Incomplete. Some open within and without the Body, and these are called Complete. There are some which have divers Cancers, all opening into one Cavity.  
If the Fistula pierces the Gut only, there is a small Tumour and Inflammation Visible, without the Pus flows out of the Gut, there is Pain, Excoriation, Itching, and a Tenesmus caused by the Acrimony of the Matter, which irritates the Part, and solicits the Patient to go to Stool without any necessity. If it open outwardly, the Orifice is discerned by the Eye, and the Probe. Not Pus comes from the Gut, and none of the preceding Signs appear. The Sinuosities and Caverns are found by the Probe, by the Pain and Matter of various Colour and Condition. From considering the Signs, we proceed to  

The OPERATION.  
The Operation is the same, of whatever Nature the Fistula be. Place the Patient on the brink of his Bed with his. Thighs straddling; If the Fistula open outwardly, enlarge the Orifice to introduce the Incision-Knife with its Probe. This Knife must be crooked and slender, and the Probe Long, Pointed at the end, and made of well tempered Metal, to prevent the Danger of its breaking in the Operation. Put the forefinger of the Left Hand up the Anus, introduce the Knife into the External Orifice of the Fistula, and when you feel the Point of the Probe on your Finger, perforate the Gut with it, and than draw one end of the Probe with your Finger, and the other with your Hand, so make the Incision quite through at one Slash. Observe before you use this Instrument, to have its Edge covered with a fine thin Silver Chape or Sheath, which keeps it from hurting the Patient when it is thrust in, and is to be taken of when the Knife is in the Wound, before the Incision be made.  
If the Fistula pierce the Gut only, and the Swelling, Pain, Inflammation, or other External Marks of the Bottom of the Fistula, are very remote from the Anus, forbear the Use of the Knife, which would make the Wound too large and painful, and make the Aperture with potential Cauteries only.  
For this purpose lay an Emplaster over the Bottom of the Fistula of the same length with the Orifice designed, apply the Caustick bruised on the part, first wetting a little the Place, than cover it with another Emplaster to keep it on the part. The lower perforated Emplaster, prevents the Caustick from acting on the adjacent parts, or spreading farther than you design. The time of its lying on, must be proportioned to its Strength. After which the Escar is to be separated with the Lancet, and the Operation performed after the manner above described. When the Operation is over, search with your forefinger whether there be any Sinus', which if you found, open with the Scissors, and cut the Communications; without which caution the Wound apparently cured, will infallibly Relapse. Here you must be careful of cutting Arteries which may lie in the way; in case of such accident, stop the Blood with Lemeries, Styptic Water, or some good Restringent Powders, of which you may found an infinity in Authors.  
If any Surgeon in the Country shall be called to perform this Operation, unprovided with the Instrument described, he may use his Scissors in this manner. Let him take an Iron Wire sharpened at the end, and pass its point through the enlarged Orifice, and thrust it into the Gut, having introduced his Forefinger into the Anus. Than let him draw the point outwards through the Anus, and when it is come far enough out, bring the Ends of the Wire together, and with the left Hand drawing the Flesh to him, enter one Blade of the Scissors or the crooked Knife, and at once cut through all the Flesh. This method is useful in defect of other Conveniences, or in case the Fistula lie so deep in the Rectum, you cannot without Difficulty introduce the Knife together with its Probe. In this Operation, you must be careful to avoid cutting the Sphincter quite through, lest the Patient ever after suffer an involuntary emission of the Excrement.  
THE DRESSING. Fill the Wound with Dossils' armed with good Digestives, and so disposed, that the Medicines may have their effects equally on all its Parts, over these lay Pledgits with more Digestives, and after the Cavity is filled, cover all with an Emplaster, and over this lay a Triangular Compress, which must be of this Figure, that one side may pass between the two Buttocks. The Dress must be kept on by the Roller with four Tails fastened to the Collar, or with the single or double T. These are the very same with those used in the Operation of Cutting for the Stone, where the Reader will found them described, which we shall omit here to avoid unnecessary Repetition.  
THE CURE. Good Digestives must be applied twice a day, to remove all Callosities. If these fail of effecting, lay a Caustick on the Indurations, and when the Digestives is laudable, mundify the Ulcer after the usual manner.  
Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 5. Obs. 80. Relates a Cure of a Fistula arising from the ill managing a Tumour of the Parotid Gland. A certain Person had an Abscess under the right Ear, which by degrees degenerated into a Fistula, which had been three Years unsuccessfully in the Hands of some Barbers, till He was called to it. He found it Cavernous with two Sinus' at the lest under the skin; the first of these extended upwards towards the Cranium, dividing again into two other; the second went downwards in its descent, following the Course of the Jugular Vein, all these Cavities were lined with a Callus. In the first place he prescribed the Patiented an Exact order of Living, purged him twice, consumed the skin which covered the Fistula with a Caustick, hastening the Separation of the Escar with Basilicon. The Callosisities in the Bottom he likewise consumed with another Caustick, with the Addition of his Angelic Powder. After these removed, he proceeded to Mundify the Wound with the same Powder, which he Extols for its wondered Efficacy in consuming superfluous Flesh, advancing the growth of the sound, and procuring the Coalition of Wounds.   

REMARKS.  
M. A. Severinus in his Book de Chirurgia Efficaci, p. 2. c. 49. Relates the History of a Fistula in the Perinaeum of five Years standing. And mention another in the Penis with four tortuous Sinus', in which every Year a New Abscess was form, creating great Pain and Difficulty of Urine.    

CHAP. XVI. Of the Operation of the Empyema.  
THis Operation is an Aperture made between the Ribs, to let out the Blood or Matter lodged in the Cavity of the Breast. The word Empyema is sometimes taken for a Collection of Matter itself, and sometime for the Operation made to emit it.  
THE CAUSE. This Collection whatever the Matter be, sometimes Stagnates between the Pleura and the Lungs, and sometimes in the substance of the Lungs themselves.  
The Causes are Internal or External. The Internal sometimes is an Abscess form in the Duplicature of the Pleura or the Lungs, which coming to break, makes an Effusion of Matter on the Diaphragm. The External Cause is frequently some Fall or the like Accident, which breaking the Vessels spills a great quantity of Blood, and forms an Abscess. Sometimes the Lungs adhere so firmly to the Pleura, that the Pus does not load the Diaphragm, in this Case there is no necessity to disengage them, which can scarce be done without Laceration, since Life is not immediately concerned. These generally proceed from some preceding Pleurisy or Abscess in the Lungs.  
The sense of Authors about the Causes of a Pleurisy differ very much; some pretend it is caused by an Ebullition of the Blood in the Pleura, Some think it is a Bilious Blood lodged in the Duplicature of that Membrane, which being stopped in its Course, putrefies and causes this Distemper. Others derive it from an Effusion of Blood out of the Intercostal Vessels, which being lodged in the Interstices of the Pleura, Suppurates and is converted into Pus.  
The most common occasion of Pleurisies, is the inconsiderate practice of some Persons, who after violent Heats or Exercise, expose themselves to a sudden Change, by drinking Liquors cooled with Ice, going into some Cellar or Vault, or other Subterraneous place, or perhaps opening their Bosom.  
While the Body is heated the Pores are open, the Blood is in a great Agitation, which coming to dissolve, and the sorous Part to separate from the Globular consequently there follows a profuse Sweeting, and every Poor is filled with Moisture, till the Chillness of the Ambient Air, a Draught of Cold Drink, or some other External Accident in a Moment stops the Evacuation, and the Matter ready to Transpire, is arrested between the Duplicature of the Pleura, where it Stagnates, Corrupts, and by its Acidity, coagulates the Blood. Those who indiscretely keep their Breasts open, before the Wether is very warm, are in danger of being attacked with Pleurisies, for the sharp Air soon piercing the Breast, which is a Thin part and not very Fleshy, creates Obstructions, and the Blood meeting with these impediments, which hinder the free Circulation and passage from the Arteries to the Veins, its Serosity Transudes through the Arterial Coats, and the Blood and Lympha together Stagnating in the Pleura, putrefy and form a Suppuration.  
Though Cold be the most frequent and general Cause of these Distempers; yet it is not always so, and we often found Men without overheating their Bodies, or using the lest violent Exercise, surprised with Pleurisies. In this Case I conceive, they arise from some Nitrous or Acid Particles conveyed into the Body with the Aliment, or the Air in Respiration, which coagulate the Blood, and intercept its Motion. This Opinion is confirmed by an Observation, That Pleurisies are very common after Earthquakes, Tremble or other Agitations of the Ground, which throw up the Nitre, and infect the Air, and this doubtless is the Cause, why Epidemical Pleurisies rage so much in Hot Countries, which more abound with Nitrous Salts, than colder Climates.  
The same Causes which produce Pus in the Pleura, are likewise capable of producing an Abscess in the Lungs.  
THE SIGNS which discover Blood or Pus lodged within the Pleura, are Inflammation, Acute Pain, or Weight, a small continual Fever, a Hard, Close, Deep Pulse, frequent Rigours, a great Difficulty of Breathing, a Dry Cough, and an universal Disorder of the Body: The Patient cannot lie on the sound side, (because the Matter contained in the Pleura draws it down,) grows suddenly Lean, and Wastes very much in a little time.  
If the Abscess in the Pleura break, and the Matter be discharged on the Diaphragm, all these Symptoms vanish, and the Patient enjoys some ease for the present; but soon after He finds a difficulty of Breathing, a Weight on the Diaphragm, a Fluctuation, and Great Disturbance: The Fever increases and becomes burning, the Pulse rises, and the Pain (which is not so acute as before) is felt under the short Ribs: He cannot lie on the sound side, because the Mediastinum in that posture is loaded with the Pus, which oppresses it, and causes great Pain: Sometimes the Spittle becomes Purulent, and Abscesses in the Liver ensue, in the same manner as after great Wounds of the Head. If the Pus be lodged on both sides, the Patient cannot lie on either, but is forced to lie on his Back.  
If there be Pus in the Substance of the Lungs, the Patiented breaths with great Difficulty, finds a great Weight from the Compression of the Matter, and a fixed Pain, (which last is usual in Pleurisies, as well as in this Case; but with this difference, that Pleuritic pains are sharp and sudden, and these not so vehement, and come gradually) the Fever is continual without any Remission, and the Thirst immoderate, the Spittle purulent, the Patient's Mouth and Throat are dry, his Cheeks of a Florid Read colour, his Eyes sunk in their Orbit, their lively Sparkling quite Extinguished, his Nails reflected back, and his whole Body dry and emaciated.  
If the Fever increase, and the Patient grows delirious, If his Spittle is black, livid, or of the colour of dried Leaves, the Symptoms are Mortal.  
If the Abscess originally proceed from an Internal Cause, the Difficulty of Breathing is not so great. The Fever is continual accompanied with frequent Rigours and Cold Sweats, from time to time: At first the Patient spits Blood, but afterwards a spumous Purulent Matter sometimes Yellow, (which last is a presage of Death) He is forced to lie on his Back, by reason of the Pressure of the Matter, if he should lie on the sound side, and when he turns to lie on it, the Lungs press on the Pleura, which unavoidably causes Pain: The Eyes sparkle at the first, but after some time loose their Vivacity, and the Face is bloated.  
There is no more certain sign that any Wound pierces the Breast, than the noise which the Air makes in rushing out, and the Motion it gives the Flame of a Candle, applied to it.  
To search the Wound, the Patient must be put in the same posture he was in at the Time he received it; for the better introducing the Probe, and giving exit to the Matter. If the Wound penetrate the Lungs, the Blood is Frothy, and the noise of the Air is not so discernible, as in simple Wounds. The Probe piercing into the Breast, and the exit of the Air are undoubted Signs, there is a penetration of the Breast, but not that the Lungs are wounded, since the Air may rush out though these are entire; and therefore you must inquire for something farther, on which you may safely rely. If a Wound of the Lungs be Superficial, the Patient feels lesle Pain lying on his Back, than on his Side; but if it be deep, and any of the Great Vessels divided, it is the same in whatever Posture he be. If you introduce your finger into the Wound some days after it is made, and found the Lungs adhere to the Pleura round the Wound, it is a sign there is extravasated Blood.  
The Florid Read Colour of the Cheeks in an Abscess of the Lungs, arises from some parts of the Purulent Matter, which being absorbed and mixed with the Blood, accelerate its motion in the numerous Blood-Vessels of the Cheeks, which abound with minute Veins and Arteries, more than most other parts. The Vivacity and Sparkling of the Eyes, is destroyed by the Sharp, Tartarous Salts, which which vitiate the Oleous and Balsamic part of the Blood; for the Crimson Tincture of the Mass, depends on the due Mixture of its Sulphurous parts; Besides the Air entering the Apostemated Lungs is corrupted, and cannot impregnate it, as in a State of Health. The sinking of the Eyes in their Orbit, proceeds from the general Emaciation of the Body. The turning back of the Nails happens, because these being Productions of the Skin, and this only supplied with a Serous Liquor destitute of Spirits, it decays, dries, shrinks, and by consequence draws them back with it.  
If these Signs proceed from a Wound not penetrating the Breast, they cease in few Days upon Bleeding, and a good Digestion; but if the Lungs are corrupted, they continued and increase, and the same happens if the Diaphragm be loaded by any Extravasated Matter.  
The Flatus is no certain sign that the Wound penetrates the Breast, and happens sometimes in Wounds of other Parts.  
Be not too hasty to proceed to the Operation, if the Oppression be not very troublesome.  

The OPERATION.  
When it is evident there is Pus lodged in the Cavity of the Breast, an Incision must be made for evacuating it; but it would be a very great Rashness to attempt this, without first considering there are several Cases in which it may be useless. If the Abscess be in the substance of the Lungs, no Aperture of the Breast can avail any thing towards the discharging of the Matter; on the contrary, if the Abscess be on the Surface of the Lungs, and precisely in the place of their Adhaesion to the Pleura (which may be discovered by a constant and fixed Pain) there the Operation is absolutely necessary.  
If a Wound be made by a Thrust, and hap to be low enough, or otherwise convenient for the discharging the Matter any farther, the Incision will be needless; since the extravasated Blood may be evacuated through this Orifice, by placing the Patient in a proper Posture, and dilating the Wound if necessary.  
The place of perforating the Breast, is sometimes in the Artists Choice, and sometimes directed by Necessity. The Place of Necessity is where the Matter presents itself; as in Abscesses of the Pleura, or an Adhesion of the Lungs to it. The Place of Choice, is that which the Operator likes best, when no Circumstances determine him more to one part, than another: Here the most proper Place is, between the third and fourth of the Bastard Ribs, beginning to count from below upwards, about four finger's breadth below the point of the Scapula, and about the same distance from the Spine of the Back.  
Before the Operation, inquire if the Patient do not feel Pain in some part of the Breast; if he has not been for some time passed subject to Distempers of that Part, has not had a Pleurisy, or the like; for in these Cases the Diaphragm often adheres as high as the third or fourth Ribs, and to make a Perforation lower, would be to no effect.  
For making the Operation; let the Patient sit on his Bed, and Assistants be planted by to keep his Body firm; begin to count the Ribs from below upward, and when you are between the second and third of the Bastard Ribs, pinch up the Skin transversely, and let one of the Assistants hold one end of the Folded Skin, and yourself the other with your left Hand; Than make your Incision about two Inches large on the Fold from above downwards, that is lengthways of the Body. Than cut the Latissimus Dorsi transversely, for by any other way of Section, the Fibres of this Muscle closing, would stop the Orifice of the Pleura, and hinder the evacuation of the Matter. Than continued to cut through the Intercostal Muscles. When you are come to the Pleura, cut through it with your Knife, guiding the Point with your Finger, jest it enter too far, and wound the Lungs or Diaphragm, which sometimes adhere to that Membrane. After the Aperture made, introduce your Finger to enlarge the Incision of the Pleura, and free the adhering Lungs, if not Pus appear; for if Pus come out freely, it is a sign, as I noted before, that this adhesion is Natural.  
For the forcing out the Pus, oblige the Patient to lie down, and close his Mouth and Nostrils. If the Lungs fill up the Orifice, and endeavour to get out; you must thrust them back with a Blunt Hollow Probe with a Hole at each end, for the Matter to pass through, or a Pipe adapted to the largeness of the Wound. If Flatuosities hap, long Pipes are very proper, because the Orifice of the Wound is so small and deep, it would be difficult without these, to give vent to the imprisoned Air. If you should make use of the Probe to discover whether you have passed through the Pleura, you may hap to separate it from the Ribs, and make another Vacuity, in which the Blood being collected will created a new Abscess, wherefore it is better to forbear this Trial. If it be blood which comes from the Wound, you may let out a greater quantity, than if it be Pus, the latter containing, according to common Opinion, more Spirits, and the Patient sooner falling into a Syncope. Observe in dividing the Intercostal Muscles, to make your Incision in the midst between the Ribs, to prevent laying the Bones bore, which would leave behind it a Fistulous Ulcer.  
THE DRESSING. You must begin here with putting in a Tent of Lint flat at the end, which enters the Wound, and Cupped or Headed at the other; This must be as little as possible, lest it offend the Lungs, and must be very soft lest it hurt the Ribs, and lay the Bone bore, which may 'cause an incurable Fistula. You must not forget to pass a double Thread through the Tent, which may be fastened round the Body, if you please to hinder it from getting into the Caviry of the Breast. Next fill the Wound with Dossils' armed with some good Digestives, lay on a Pledgit, than an Emplaster, and over all a Compress dipped in some good Defensative to prevent any Fluxion on the Part. The best Defensatives are the Styptic Waters, or in defect of these Oxycrate well heated. These must be kept on with the Napkin. For this purpose fold your Napkin lengthways into three Plaits, Roll it at both ends, than apply its Middle upon the Wound, and beginning here, bring it round the Body pinning it at its Ends. The Napkin must be suspended by the Scapular. The Way of making it is thus: Take a piece of Linen near six Inches broad, and long enough to reach from the Napkin before, to the same behind; than cut a Hole in the midst lengthways, large enough for the Patient to thrust his Head through, than draw it down on the Shoulders, and Pin one End to the Napkin before, and the other behind. Some choose to fasten the two ends of the Scapular between the Pleats of the Napkin; Some likewise cut the ends of the Napkin six Inches or more lengthwise, and cross the cut Ends or Tails over one another.  
THE CURE. The Patient must be kept lying on his Back, with his Head raised, and his Body half erect; he must be left undisturbed till he finds a new Matter, which requires the taking of the Dress to give it vent. If the Lungs present themselves and fill the Orifice, put them gently back with the long Pipe, so let the Pus discharge itself through its Cavity, and after the Evacuation, proceed to the Use of good Detergents.  
Blood comes away ordinarily the first three or four Days, next a Water for some Days more, and after this Pus which by degrees thickens. If this be thick to excess, evacuated with Difficulty, and the Patiented sensible there is some still remaining, Syringe the Wound with Vulnerary Injections made of the Decoctions of the Birthworts, etc. with Aloes, Myrrh, Frankincense, or any other proper Ingredients; correct the Intemperature of the Air with Fire brought to the Patient's Bedside, during the time of Dressing him, and keep the Wound not longer open than is necessary, because the Air by its Acidity is apt to condense and coagulate the extravasated Matter, and hinder its Evacuation. If the Pus be thick, or there hap to be a Mixture of Water, a Decoction of Barley strained with a little Honey of Roses is very good. If the Injections do not come away freely, make way for them with your Finger or the Pipe, or if the Lungs adhere▪ free them by introducing your Finger and turning it round. If the Blood be too Watery, and the Patient loaded with too great a quantity of Matter, take of the Dress three or four times a Day. There is a Flux of Matter very often, which lasts for three or four Months; when you observe nothing but Pus come from the Wound, you may Heal and Cicatrize it. When the Air acts on the Blood extravasated in the Breast, it is very often Coagulated without being converted into Pus, and comes away in Clots. If the Lungs are wounded forbear Injections at first, at lest leave out Aloes, because the Patient will be apt to bring them up through the Mouth. But after this is consolidated, inject with Tincture of Aloes, Wine or Vulnerary Decoctions, with Honey of Roses if the Pus be small in Quantity. After a Thrust with a Sword, if Blood come plentifully out, and in a day or two after none appear, you must endeavour to close the Wound, the small Vessels only in all appearance being Hurt, which by degrees are Healed by the Glutinous Parts of the Mass. If the Wounds penetrate on both sides, or other occasions require an Aperture, you must not leave both Orifices open at once, lest the Air entering on both sides compress the Lungs, and Suffocate the Patient. In short, all Wounds of the Breast are dangerous, Death is commonly the end, or if they hap to be cured, some Phthisis or some lingering Distemper follows. Wounds of the Breast have sometimes been fortunate to Persons labouring under Asthmas, or other Chronical Infirmities by opening a Way for applying Medicines to the Diseased Parts.  
Empyema's being usually Consequent on Distempers of the Breast, Pectoral Medicines conduce very much to their Cure; such are these extracted from the Famous Mr. Lemery: Sulphur drawn from Cinnabar of Antimony, from 2 gr. to 8. Oil of Brick used externally, Flower of Sulphur from 10 gr. to 30, Magistery of Sulphur, from 6 gr. to 16, Balsam of Sulphur from 1 drop to 6, Sugar-candy, Laudanum, from ½ to 2 gr. Oil of Nuts. Bugle in some Ptisan, Rose-Water from ℥ i to ℥ vi. Flowers of Benzoin, from gr. 2 to 5, Mead.  
Riverius relates, Cent. 1. Obs. 56. A young Fellow, a Shoemaker by Trade, of a Bilious Habit, was attacked with a Pleurisy; he had been Bled, and divers Remedies used without Success; the Fever continuing upon the fourth Day, to grow more violent than before, and the Pain of his Side increasing. After this he eat a whole Apple with a Dram of Frankincense in it, drinking after it, four Ounces of Carduus Water, covering himself well, and Sweeting, which did not abate the Fever at that time, but Sweeting again twice or thrice the next day, he recovered.  
In Cent. 2. Obs. 78. He relates, That a Maid of 25 years of Age very Bilious, had laboured for some Months under a Fluxion on the Lungs, attended with an incessant Cough, could not Sleep, had a great Pain in her Breast, a small Fever, never went to Stool, was exceedingly Emaciated, and her Life despaired of. Riverius observing a great Heat in her Bowels, and a great Restriction of Body, prescribed an Emollient Clyster, and the losing six Ounces of Blood. After this two Issues between the Shoulders, and the following Laxative Ptisan to be continued for five Days. ℞. Tamarindsʒss. Boyl these in Spring Water lb iij. to ij. Infuse in this Liquor first strained and cooled, Senna cleansed, Coriander Seeds, Liquorice bruised, anʒ i Read Rese, ʒ i Let the Patient take of this, ℥ ss. each Morning about an Hour before eating. By the Use of these slight things she got up the fifth day, and followed her ordinary Affairs. But still continuing bound and not sleeping, he prescribed her farther a Bolus of Conserve of Roses, ʒi. Laudanum gr. i. after which she rested four or five Hours, and continued to sleep several whole Nights after, without any other Remedy whatever.  
In Cent. 2. Obs. 79. He tells us a Boy of 12 Years of Age was Pleuritic on the Right side, he bled him five times, prescribed all Things usually given in the like cases, notwithstanding which the Fever grew higher with great Restlessness and Vehement Pain. The next day he ordered Chimney Soot well pulverised ʒss. in Carduus Water, two Hours after the taking which all Symptoms ceased, and the Patient began to recover.  
In Cent. 3. Obs. 39 He tells us, that a Child of five years Old was attacked with a Pleurisy, attended with an Acute Fever. He gave him the usual Remedies for the space of five Days, bleeding him several times, after this applying two Cupping-Glasses on the side affected, and Scarifying deep, from these Incisions issued out a Sanies continually, after which the Fever and Pain ceased: he applied beat Leaves on the Scarifications, and the Flux of Sanies continued two Days longer; after this came forth a True Pus, and the Patient perfectly recovered.  
In Cent. 4. Obs. 39 He observes that all Pleuritic Patients who Vomit at first, are Cured.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 4. Obs. 26. relates the History of a Pleurisy in a Person of 30 years of Age. In the first place, he prescribed him a good Regimen, than a Clyster, and Bled him in the Arm. To the side affected, he used Anodyne Fomentations, and Internally Pectoral Medicines, with all other things usual on the like occasions. Upon the Fourth Day the Pain in his side ceased, and his expectoration was easy. The Seventh Day a great sweat arose, and the Patient Recovered; But on the Tenth he was seized with a violent Fever, and Shaking, and died the thirteenth. Hildanus conjectures, the case of this Fatal Turn might be his excessive using the Privileges of Matrimony, being lately Married to a very Beautiful Woman. Upon this Occasion he observes, How pernicious all Commerce with Women is in Acute Pains.   

REMARKS.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 26. relates, that a certain Person who had for many years been Asthmatick, and had a Cough, died Emaciated to the highest Degree. Upon opening the Body, he found Obstructions and Schirrosities in the Liver, Spleen, and other Viscera, and in the Lungs a Hard, Rough Stone about the bigness of a Nut, enclosed in a Carnous Case. There were divers Tubercles' along the branches of the Aspera Arteria all Schirrous, without any Ulcer in the Lungs. He found two pound of Water in the Pericardium, and a great quantity in the Cavity of the Breast. He relates farther in the same Observation, That in opening of a Woman who died of a Phthisis, he found a great quantity of Clotted Blood in the Lungs, besides several small Stones, and in opening the Body of a Man, he found divers Stones part black, and part white.  
In Cent. 2. Obs. 30. He says, he found some Fragments of the Lungs in the Urine of a Peasant.  
In the Miscellanea curiosa Obs. 41. There is a Relation of a certain Person of 36 Years of Age, naturally Hot, Dry, and Phthisical, who was found dead by his Wife's side. The preceding Day he had dispatched all his ordinary Affairs. His Wife rising in the Morning made the lest noise she could, for fear of disturbing him, imagining he was a sleep; but wondering he did not come down after some time, went up and found him Dead. This Accident made a great Noise, and Physicians were sent for to discover the Cause of his sudden Death; in opening the Body, a large Swelling was found near the Cartilago Arytenoides, resembling a Scrofulous Tumour; the Lungs were Ulcerated, filled with Purulent Matter, and great Part of their Substance wasted. Upon opening the Trachea, and examining the Swell, it appeared to be a Portion of the Lungs, which being stopped there, had Suffocated the Patient.  
Bartholin Cent. 2. Hist. 56. relates that a certain Person dying of a Dropsy of the Breast, he found the two Lobes of the Lungs wasted, especially the lower, nothing remaining besides the Membrane which invests them, which was thrice as thick as the Pericardium, and extremely distended with the Water contained in it. The Heart was larger than was natural, flabby and filled with a black Blood.    

CHAP. XVII. Of the Extirpation of the Cancer.  
THis Operation is a Total Extirpation of that Raging Tumour, to free the Patient from all its mischievous consequences.  
THE CAUSE of this cruel Disease is a sharp corrosive Blood or Lympha, which discharging itself on some part, corrodes and tumefies it. If it invades the glandulous parts, it probably arises from a virulent Lympha becoming Corrosive, not unlike Aqua Fortis. If the Muscular or Fleshy Parts, it may be derived from the same ill qualities in the Blood.  
The Cancer than is a Round, Unequal, Livid, Painful Tumour, form by some Sharp and Corrosive Humours. In a Cancer the Tumefied Veins creep along the Surface of the Skin, resembling the Claws of a Crab, from which appearance it derives its Name. The roundness proceeds from the Figure of the Glands', in which this Distemper is Seated, for the Flux of Humours distending them equally, they preserve their Natural Figure. The Pain is more vehement in Cancers of the Glandulous Parts than others, because these are furnished with an infinity of Nervous Fibrillae, which are allowed by all Men to be the immediate Organ of Sensation. The Lympha contributes much to their increase, the Glands' being the Receptacles of that Liquor. When the most corrosive parts of the Blood escape out of the Vessels, an Ulceration ensues, and the slow progress of this, proceeds from the difficulty which the parts of the Blood found in making their way by the slowness of the Circulation.  
Some Cancers are Internal, others External, some Ulcerated, others not.  
THE SIGNS. A Cancer often in its beginning, is not larger than a Pea, and grows at some times faster, at others slower. At first it appears like a Little, Hard, Blackish Swelling, Troublesome by its excessive itching. This Tumour after some time increasing, appears Hard, of a Leaden Colour and Livid. The Pain at first is Tolerable, but after becomes Violent, and when the Ulceration is completed strikes to the quick, and emits an intolerable stench. In its Progress when it is upon the point of Ulcerating, there is an Excessive Heat, with Pulsation and Pricking: The Neighbouring Veins are Swollen, filled with a black Blood, and creep along the Skin, resembling the Claws of a Crab. Cancers seldom come of themselves, but most commonly proceed from Schirrous or Scrophuious tumors ill Cured. The Principal Seat of Cancers is in the Glandulous parts, especially the Breasts of Women, and sometimes the Mouth, Nose, Lips, etc. and the strange aptness to degenerate, makes all Ulcers of these parts justly to be feared.  
A Cancer not Ulcerated is called Occult, and Apparent if it be Ulcerated. The Signs which discover a Cancer is Ulcerating, are Accession of Pain, Pulsation, and unusual pricking, and an increase of the Heat and Swelling.  
Occult Cancers are best left untouched, for fear of irritating them, and hastening the Patients End. Cancers in the Breasts and Glandulous Parts are very dangerous; because these parts are very sensible, and more susceptible of ill impressions than others. This arises from the abundance of Lympha in them, which growing sour, does more mischief than in parts where it is lesle plentiful. External Cancers are very difficultly meddled with, Medicines being more apt to exasperated, than heal them.  
Before Operation, try if they are curable by General Methods, as observing a Good D●et, Mildred, Repeated Purging and Bleeding. The Haemorrhoidal Flux in Men, or the Menstrua in Women, afford great Relief in this Disease: Sharp Medicines preposterously used, make the Disease incurable. The Cure of a Cancer not Ulcerated, must be attempted by Mild and Gentle Remedies; which cool, alloy, dissolve, and repel the Matter kindly, without raising any Fermentation; such are Mulberry, Plantain and Strawberry Waters. If these prove ineffectual, than proceed to Operation.  

The OPERATION.  
When you first perceive in the Breast a Small, Hard, Permanent Tumour in the Glandulous Parts, with other Symptoms of a growing Cancer, extirpate it. Place the Patient in a convenient Posture, to lay open the Tumefied Gland, than free and take it of. If any Vessels appear, which may give occasion to fear a Haemorrhage, tie these before you cut out the Tumour.  
Thou the Cancer extend over the whole Breast, yet if it be movable without adhesion to the Ribs or Sternum, there is room to hope the Operation may be successful, especially if the Patient be young, and have as good Habit of Body.  
To perform the Operation in this Case: The Patient being placed on his Back in his Bed, lift up the Arm on the same side the Cancer, and draw it back; than embrace the whole Breast with Pincers made of two half Crescents, which may pass over each other when the Pincers are shut. The Breast being in this manner held fast, cut all of with a crooked Knife very sharp and flat, beginning beneath, that the Mammary Vessels may be divided last of all, for fear of a Flux of Blood. Take the whole Tumour of as quick as may be, close to the Ribs. This is the manner of performing the Operation, when the Cancer is Ulcerated.  
If the Cancer be not Ulcerated, make a Crucial Incision through the Skin, without entering the Glandulous Body; than separate the four Flaps, and embrace the Carnous Tumour with the Pincers above described, and take it of with a sharp Knife. If you are not provided with Pincers of this kind, Gripe the Tumour as well as you can in your Hand, or if you cannot conveniently do this, use a sort of a Steel Fork to hold it, and so cut it of.  
The Operation but a little while since, was commonly performed in the following manner, but it is too cruel. The Patient was laid on his Back on his Bed, The Surgeon raised the Arm on the same side with the Cancer, drawing it back to lay the Breast fairly open; than he passed a Needle with a very strong Thread through the Basis of the Breast, and another after the same manner to cross with the former. Next he tied the four Ends of the Thread together, and made a Knot, with which he drew the whole Breast up, and than cut all of as near the Ribs as possible, with a very sharp Knife. He began to cut in the lower part of the Breast, ending at the Vessels next the Axillae, and leaving a small Portion of Skin to cover the Vessels, for the more easy stopping the Flux of Blood. This way of Operating would still be good, if we had not a more convenient way of apprehending the Breast, after the manner above described.  
THE DRESSING. Gently compress the sides of the extirpated Breast, to squeeze out the Blood and Humours, and lightly pass over the Wound an Actual Cautery to disperse the Humours; and lastly apply the Vitriol Button to stop the Flux of Blood: Take Vitriol grossly powdered, wrap this in Tow, make it up round like a Button, and apply it to the Vessels; lay over this Pledgits with a Restringent Powder, and cover them with a large Emplaster with a Compress over, and keep all on with the Napkin and Scapular, described in the Gastroraphia and Paracentesis of the Breast.  
The following Bandage which retains the Name of Heliodorus, a Greek Physician who first invented it, is very convenient. Take a Linen Girth three inches broad, and of a competent length to go round the Body; sow two Straps in the middle of this, about two inches or more distant from each other, and long enough to reach so as to be fastened behind, apply the middle of the Girth on the Breast, and passing it round the Body; bring its ends as far back on the first Round as they will extend, and pin them there; than take up the two Straps, cross them, pass one over the Right, the other over the Left Shoulder, and fasten them behind to the Girth.  
THE CURE. Apply Suppuratives to procure a good Digestion, to draw out the Corrosive Matter remaining in the Part, and hinder the Cancer from making farther Devastation; than Deterge well, and Cicatrize the Wound.  
Before I leave this Subject; It is necessary to let the Reader know, some Authors have pretended to Cure Ulcerated Cancers by the use of Medicines only, without Manual Operation. Some assure us, this has been effected by the Application of read Snails, taken out of their Shells: These, they tell us, leave a slime on the Part, their Bellies are corroded, they swell to a vast size, and at length burst. If this Method fail of the intended Success, it has this advantage, that it may be tried with little Difficulty.  
Riverius Obs. 20. tells us, a young Surgeon, a Stranger, cured a Cancer beginning to Ulcerate in a Woman of 50 years of Age, with this Medicine: ℞. Crude Sublimate, ʒi. ij. Sal Armoniac, ℥ ij. Arsenic, ʒi. Aqua Fortis, ℥ i Put all these into an equal Weight of Distilled Vinegar; than Distil all over, till the remaining Matter obtain the consistence of a Past. He bathed well the suffering Part with Rags soaked in Wine well warmed, rubbing it a little roughly to enrage it. Than he spread a little of his Composition on a Pledgit, six times lesle than the Tumour, applying this on the Part, and leaving it on for the space of 24 Hours, in which time it made an Escar about six times as large as the Pledgit, and equal to the Tumour; after the Separation of which, he incarned and cicatrized the Wound. If any part of the Tumour remained, he consumed it with  Alum and Praecipitate, using only dry Lint for the Incarning it. The most observable Accidents in this Process of Curing, were upon the Application of the Medicine; the Fever immediately grew higher, a Vomiting, Flux and Copious Urining ensued, which Symptoms lasted for two or three Days.  
The same Author assures us, He had cured a Cancer of 13 years standing, with very painful Carnosities in an Ancient Woman, with so innocent a Medicine as Nightshade, Plantain and Rose-water, with the addition of Honey of Roses, exposed for some time to the Sun, and than Applied. The same he tells us, he had successfully applied in another Cancerous Ulcer in the Breast.  
Fabricius Hildanus uses the following Method; A certain Woman he tells us, had an Occult Cancer in her Breast, proceeding from Coagulated Milk. She having abundance of Milk, and happening to fall into a Suppression of Urine, an Inflammation ensued, which curdled it. After the Inflammation was gone, there remained a Tubercle or small Lump, about the bigness of a Bean; which being neglected, continued for the space of 40 Years without any Pain, but the Woman growing Old and Decrepit, the Tumour began to increase, grow Painful, and extend quite to and under the Armpit. Having procured herself to be bled in the Arm, on the same side with this Cancerous Tumour, she was deprived of the use of it. Our Author at the entreaty of this miserable Woman, undertook a Palliative Cure. This he began with prescribing her an exact Order of Living, than purging her with the following Potion. ℞ Leaves of Sena, ℥ iss. Dodder, Fumitory, Scabious, Harts-Tongue, of each ½ Handful, sharp pointed Dock, Figwort, Polypody of the Oak, the inner Bark of Birch-root, ā ℥ ss. Aniseseeds, sweet Fenil-seeds, ā ℥ ij. Liquorice, ℥ ss. Boyl these Ingredients in Water, so that after straining, there may remain ℥ viij. Take a Moiety of this Liqueur, to which add Syrup of Roses wi●● Rhubarb, Agaric and Sena. Mix and make a Potion. This purged the Patient very gently. The next day he bled her about four Ounces in the Right Foot, and two days after purged her with the same Potion, with the addition of Confection of Hameck, ʒij. Compound Syrup of Roses, ʒi. Externally he used the following Lineament twice a Day to the Diseased Part. ℞. Oil of Earthworms and Foxes, ā ℥ ij. Yolks of Eggs, and Oil of Sweet Almonds, ℥ iss. Oil of Scorpions, ℥ i Oil of Spike, ʒi. Mix these for use. These Inunctions removed the Pain and Swelling in the Arm; the Breast continued in the same State, and she felt no Pain. Notwithstanding which, he applied this Emplaster. ℞. Empl. Diapompholygos, ʒij. Diapalma, ʒi. Calx of Led washed, Calamy Stone, anʒss. With a sufficient quantity of Juice of Crane's Bill, make up an Emplaster according to Art.   

REMARKS.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 3. Obs. 88 Relates the Case of a Woman of 50 years of Age, who had a small Turbercle on the right Nipple: Though this Tumour at first was hard, and something troublesome; yet being small, and not very painful, she would not suffer it to be meddled with; But the Pain after some time increasing, she called in a Surgeon, who applied Emollient Medicines for the space of a Month; the Pain increasing, the Tumour broke, and a sanious Bloody Matter issued out, resembling Water after the washing of Flesh. This Tumour at length became Painful, Stinking and Ulcerated, in so malignant a manner, that it corroded the Breast to the Ribs, and up to the Armpit. The Patient felt great Pain, Restlessness, a constant Nausea, and an Aversion to all sores of Aliments, and died in this Condition. This is an eminent Instance, how dangerous it is to meddle with Occult Cancers.  
The same Author, Cent. 3. Obs. 86. relates, that he had seen a young Man whose Tongue was so thick, and had so copious a Flux of Water in his Mouth, that he could not Articulately pronounce several Words. After some time a small Tubercle appeared at the end of the Tongue, which grew to the bigness of a Vetch, and after of a Bean, than of a Chestnut, without the lest Pain; In fine, it increased to the bigness of an Egg, remaining still hard and indolent, till in the issue it killed the Patient.    

CHAP. XVIII. Of the Operation of the Bronchotomia.  
THIS Operation is an opening of the Aspera Arteria, to give the Air liberty of entering the Lungs in tumors of the Throat.  
THE CAUSES. These tumors sometimes are occasioned by external Hurts, straining of the Voice, and long or much talking; sometimes the Humours are soured by vehement Passion, and created an Inflammation of the Larynx. This Inflammation opposes the free Circulation of the Blood, and the Blood endeavouring to force a passage, increases the Tension; and the part increasing in its Dimensions, press the Aspera Arteria, and hinders the passage of the Air, and hence suffocation ensues.  
The immediate Cause of Quinsies is Sharp, Vitiated, Lympha, which Corrodes, Inflames and Obstructs the Membranes, Glands' or Muscles of the Throat. The Remote or Occasional causes, are those before mentioned, or some excessive sharp or sour Aliment, some Preternatural Substance swallowed by neglect, which being lodged in the Throat, by its Compression, may 'cause Pain and Fluxion: Or lastly, Mercurial Inunctions; which raising a Salivation by the Sharpness and Caustick quality of the Serum, is very apt to inflame their Parts. There are two sorts of Quinsies, the Genuine and the Spurious; The Genuine is attended with a Fever, and Difficulty of Breathing, the Spurious or Bastard is a simple Inflammation of the Throat, without any other ill Accident.  
THE SIGNS which discover a Quinsy, is Breeding, are Difficulty of Swallowing, and Breathing, a Pain in the Gula, a great Heat and Burning in the Throat, a pain in stirring the Neck, a thick and glutinous Spit, and a vehement Headache. When the Quinsy is come to Perfection, the Patient finds a great difficulty in Breathing and Swallowing, Drinks, and all Liquid Aliments revert by the Nose, the Tongue is flabby and soft, the Fauces are full of Saliva, Respiration is intercepted, and the Patient cannot lie down without danger of Suffocation. When the Quinsy is very great, the Tongue livid and loaded with a thick, saline, bitterish Matter, the Face is swollen and inflamed, its Veins are Tumid, the Fever very acute, with an intolerable Thirst, and a bitter Taste in the Mouth; the Eyes stick out, and the Pulse is wavering and small.  
Children are more subject to Distempers of this kind, than grown Persons, their Throat being more clogged with Pituitous stuff. When they are attacked with this Distemper, their Countenance is pale, they complain of an external pain in the Neck, Hawk very much, and what they bring up, is thick and glutinous.  
A Quinsy after a Fever, without any preceding Tumour in the Throat, is very dangerous; and the same Prognostic holds in all pain and difficulty of Breathing, without any apparent swelling in the Neck. If the Lungs are Inflamed in a Quinsy, the Patient most commonly dies upon the seventh Day, or if they exceed that, Hypocrates assures us an Empyema will certainly follow. The Distemper by its sharp Nature causing a Peripneumony, which terminates in a Suppuration. Some Authors however deny any Quinsy ever to have had such a Crisis. If the Fever does not abate, it is an ill sign, and if the Patiented foams at Mouth, Death is very near. If the internal Inflammation be communicated to the external Parts, and a swelling arises with a redness on the Breast, it is a very good sign.  
In a Quinsy, the Patient sometimes can swallow Solids only, and not Liquids', and sometimes Liquids, and not Solids. When the Inflammation is seated on the Palate, Wula, and Neighbouring parts, he cannot swallow Solids, by reason of the pain they cause, and these parts are disabled from thrusting them down the Gula; but Liquids make their way by their own weight. If the Inflammation be only on the Muscles of the Pharynx, he swallows Solids more easily than Liquids'; because the Inflammation contracting the Oesephagus. The Liquid Aliment being protruded by the Tongue, and finding no passage by their Fluidity, fly up on every side, and revert by the Nose.  
tumors in the Throat must not be neglected, because the Lympha stagnating there in the Vessels and Glands', is very apt to breed a Quinsy by its sharpness. This Distemper is not so dangerous in growing Children, as in Adult Persons, it ordinarily proceeding in these from the Redundance of a Nutritious Juice, voided of all Acrimony, but in Adults it is caused by an Acid, Vicious Lympha. If the Remedies prescribed in this Distemper prove ineffectual, and the Patient be in danger of Suffocation, you must proceed to the Operation.  

The OPERATION.  
This is not to be undertaken rashly, and therefore first inquire whence the difficulty of Breathing proceeds, which if caused by an Inflammation of the Lungs, will frustrate your Hopes. It may hap the whole length of the Aspera Arteria may be inflamed, and filled with a thick Lympha, in which case it is best to forbear making any Incision.  
When you intent to perform the Operation, place the Patient in a Chair, or on his Bed, and plant a Servant behind to hold his Head, resting on his Breast, being careful not to draw it too much back, lest he intercept the little Respiration remaining, and suffocate him before you can finish your Work. The most commodious and secure place to make the Aperture in, is about an inch below the Top of the Larynx, between the third and fourth Ring of the Aspera Arteria. But in great Inflammations where the Muscles are very much Tumefied, and it is difficult to count the Rings, you may make your Operation in the middle of the Windpipe. To make the Aperture, pinch the Skin up transversly if possible, and make a Longitudinal Incision; than separate with the point of your Incision Knife, as finely as possible the Bronchial Muscles, and the Sternohyoidaei, in doing which the Line which separates them, will serve to guide you. When you have laid the Aspera Arteria bore with a Lancet, divide the carnous Membrane which unites the Cartilaginous Rings, having an especial care not to cut the Recurrent Nerves, which inevitably destroys the Voice, these Nerves furnishing Spirits to the Muscles of the Tongue. Avoid hurting the Glandulae Thyroidaeae, which are Receptacles of the Lympha, the effusion of which; would make an inundation in the Wound, the Air being apt to corrupt the Cartilages.  
The Lancet must be kept in a straight Line with the Scales, by a Tape wrapped round to its Point; before you take out the Lancet, introduce a Probe into the Orifice, and on this side a short, flat Cannula or Pipe, a little crooked at the end. This must not be thrust too far, for fear of hurting the hinder part of the Aspera Arteria, and causing a Cough. The Pipe must have two Rings to pass Ribbons through, which are to be tied about the Neck, but not too straight, for fear of choking the Patient; leave the Pipe in the Wound till the Inflammation be over. You must not apply any Tow to the end of the Pipe, because the Incision is made for the free passage of the Air; besides there is danger some part of it may be sucked through the Pipe, and suffocate the Patient. To take of the chillness of the Air, before it enters the Lungs, keep a good Fire constantly in the Chamber, or if the Party be not in a condition to bear this Expense, bring a Chasingdish of Coals to his Bed, and draw the Curtains. When you perceive the Air recovers its Natural passage by the Mouth, than take out the Pipe and dress the Wound.  
THE DRESSING. Bring the Lips of the Wound even together, which is easily done with a small Fillet, lay on the Wound a Pledgit armed with some good Balsam. The best Application to simple Wounds not contused which admit of a prompt Reunion, is a Pledgit dipped in some Styptic Water. This is the celebrated Balsam which Mountebanks make so great a stir about, that with which they cure so speedily the Cuts they sometimes make upon the Stage, to give the gazing Multitude a proof of their rare Skill.  
After the Lips of the Wound are brought together, keep them close with the uniting Bandage. To make this, take a Fillet about two inches and a half broad, and an Ell long, slit a Hole in the midst of it lengthways, more than two inches long, rub it at both ends, and pass one end or head through the Hole in the midst, put the Fillet about the Neck, apply the slit on the Wound, and draw the two ends or heads to keep the Lips of the Wound together, being careful not to straiten it too much; for fear of inflaming the suffering part; Than bring the ends of the Fillet behind, and continued to make as many rounds about the part, as the length of the Fillet will admit of, pinning it where it ends.  
THE CURE. The Patient must be fed with good Nourishing Liquids; for all solids in Deglution, are apt to compress the Aspera Arteria, and put it into some Motion, which obstructs the Reunion. If you perceive the Wound is inclined to Suppurate, rake of the Dress, and put a little Balsam under the ordinary Bandage; but if no signs of Suppuration appear, let the Dressing remain untouched, till the Coalition be perfected. For simple Wounds, often when no Styptic Water is applied, are cured without Suppuration.  
When Quinsies are curable without Manual Operation, the Method of Treating them is as follows. The Patient must be confined to a Regular Diet; for Abstemiousness and spare feeding, are useful in all Inflammations whatever. We may accounted these in effect a perpetual Bleeding, since the Blood not being supplied in proportion to its expense in Transpiration, must needs waste. His Chamber must be kept moderately warm; both extremes of Heat and Cold being equally mischievous: An Excess in the first putting the Blood into a violent Agitation, necessarily heightens the Inflammation; on the other hand an Excess in the latter, produces the same effect by obstructing the Circulation, and hindering the Reflux of the Blood in the Veins. I Assign the Arteries as the Channels which convey the Matter of obstructions, because these discharge into the parts the Blood forced through them with great impetuosity, by the contraction of the Heart, the Veins being wholly calm, and without Pulsation. The most commodious Posture of Body is erect; because when it is bended, the Vessels are pressed together, the Circulation is lesle free, and the Air does not so easily enter the Branches of the Trachea.  
If the Patient cannot swallow Liquids, let him remain for some time without Aliment, rather than do any Violence to the suffering part. The lesle he eats, the more speedy his Cure will be; Men may subsist for several Days without Food, especially in Acute Distempers. The Want of sleep, which is a Symptom frequently attending Quinsies, is mischievous, continual Waking, being apt to inflame the Blood. To remedy this, endeavour to procure sleep by Somniferous Emulsions made with the four cold Seeds, and white Poppy Seed in Elder Water: Let a Glass of this be taken going to Rest, keeping the Mind Serene, and free from all disturbing Passions. In danger of a Suffocation, bleed the Patient instantly in the Jugular Veins; nothing can discharge the Superior parts more immediately or effectually, than an Aperture of these Vessels; but here observe not to hazard strangling him with a Ligature about the Neck, which some indiscreetly make. To prevent this, compress the Neck on the side and behind with a Fillet, without passing over the Aspera Arteria, this Ligature is sufficient to tumify the Vessels. If for any Reason the Patient cannot endure Bleeding, apply Cupping Glasses to the Thighs, to determine the Blood to the inferior parts.  
Clysters are to be frequently given; These may be made with the Decoction of Mallows, Marsh-mallows, Brank-Vrsine, Chamomil, with the addition of Honey of Mercury, ʒi. the Yelk of an Egg, Oil of Lilies, ℥ i Nitre refined, ℈ i To all his Liquid Aliments, add Oil of sweet Almonds, ℥ i Cream of Tartar, ʒi.  
This Gargarism is good in Quinsies. ℞. Water of Elder Flowers, ℥ ij. Water of Plantain, ℥ i Spirit of Wine, ʒvi. Spirit of Sal Armoniac 20 drops, Mix these, and Gargoyle the Patient's Mouth. Or, ℞. Decoction of Elder Flowers, ℥ viij. Spirit of Wine, ʒij. Honey of Roses, ℥ ss. let the Patiented gargoyle his Throat with this Mixture, or if the Inflammation of the Muscles make him incapable of doing this, let him retain the Liquor in his Mouth, frequently spitting it out and renewing it.  
Externally apply Discutient Remedies to the Throat, the choicest of which are Volatile and Spirituous Liquids, such as Spirit of Wine Camphorated, Volatile Salt of Urine, dissolved in a little Elder Water. Emollient Cataplasms have a very good effect, to make these: ℞. Flowers of Scabious, Mallows, Chamomil and Melilot, ā one handful, Hemlock half a Handful, Liquorice, ℥ i Album Graecum ʒi. Boyl all in Milk and than apply the Cataplasm. Or, ℞. Crumbs of White Bread a Handful, Roots of Althaea, Bulbous Roots of Lilies ā. ℥ i Linseed, ʒvi. Fenugril, ℥ ss. Boyl all the Ingredients in Milk and so pass them through a Strainer: Add in the Straining, Oil of Sweet Almonds, Oil of Lilies, anʒvi. Fresh Butter, ℥ ss. Saffron, ʒi. the Yelk of two Eggs. Cataplasms made of Swallows Nests are excellent, because these as well as all Animals Dungs, abound with Nitrous Salts. All these enumerated Remedies, together with all proper Emplasters promote Suppuration; and therefore assist in removing the Obstruent Matter. After Suppuration, deterge the Wound with a Decoction of Barley, and Honey of Roses, adding if necessity require, a little Spirit of Salt.  
Bastard Quinsies caused by a thick, glutinous Lympha clogging the Throat, may be cured with a Gargarism made of the Decoction of Sage and Mallows, ā one Handful in a Quart of White-wine, till it be reduced to a Pint, straining the Liquor, and dissolving a little Sal Armoniac in it.  
Sudorisicks are very good in this Distemper; for Instance, Powder of Vipers, Diaphoretick Antimony, ā gr. xv. taken in a Glass of Carduus Water, the Patient being well covered and Sweeting after it. Outwardly Diachylon and Vigo's Emplaster are good; Liniments may be made of Oil of sweet Almonds, Marjoran, Mint, applied warm to the part affected.  
If these Glandulous tumors are not curable by Discutients, you must have Recourse to Maturating Medicines, to procure Suppuration, and break the Abscess.   

REMARKS.  
Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 3. Obs. 27. relates the Case of a very Ancient Man, who had a Quinsy after a Dysentery of three months' continuance, which he conjectures was caused by the Matter of those Pustles, which ordinarily appear on the Lips, being detained in the Throat, and creating a great Inflammation there. The same Author relates, Cent. 6. Obs. 15. He had seen a great Quinsy proceeding from the Application of Pepper, in a Relaxation of the Wula.    

CHAP. XXIV. Of Bleeding.  
BLeeding is the dextrous opening a Vein or Artery, to extract a certain quantity of Blood, in order to preserve Health, cure some Distemper, or at lest give Relief to the Patient.  
THE CAUSE. Bleeding is commonly required in Intermitting, Continual, Malignant and Spotted Fevers. In violent Pains, Apoplexies, Quinsies, Inflammation of the Lungs, Pleurisies, Asthmas, and all Diseases arising from Obstructions, or attended with Sanguineous Eruptions on the Skin, as the Measles, Small Pox, all Ebullitions of the Blood, Boils, Carbuncles and Erysipelas'. It is very serviceable in Women with Child, to prevent Flooding and Abortion, and in their Labour to facilitate and advance the Birth. It conduces very much to the speedy Cure of Abscesses, Wounds, Ulcers, Fractures and Dislocations, to divert all Defluxions on the Wounded Part, and prevent all ill Accidents, which ordinarily attend these cases. Bleeding is likewise very much used in difficulty of Breathing, and all Repletion, etc.  
THE SIGNS which indicate Bleeding, are the same with the Causes above recited.  

The OPERATION.  
Before this Operation be prescribed or performed, all Circumstances ought to be considered, viz. the Nature of the Distemper, the Patient's Strength, Age, Complexion and Sex, the Season, Climate, etc.  
Great Diseases require large Evacuations, milder yield to lesle. As for Age, bleeding is convenient at all times, if the Disease be pressing. M. Patin bled a Child within three days after it was born, who lived after to a very great Age. If necessity require, for not to bleed Ancient People, they not being exempted from a Multitude of Diseases, whose progress cannot be checked by any other way: But in Persons between fifteen and sixty years of Age, you may bleed boldly, having nothing to fear. Much greater heed is to be taken to the Patient's Strength, than his Age; for if his Strength be quite spent, though his Distemper seem to pled very much for bleeding, you must forbear, because in this Case, it would throw him into extreme danger of his Life. Drunken Men must not be bled, because the Stomach being overcharged, stands in need of all its Heats to perform Digestion. Persons who have undergone a long Abstinence, are not proper Subjects to bleed, the Refraining from eating being a gradual and constant expense of blood. Guido de Cauliaco pretends, that in such Bodies as are soft, lax, thin and weak, ought seldom to bleed; but such as are fleshy, firm and sound, who have large and ample Veins, may bear a more frequent Repetition of it. Heavy Bodies which abound with gross Humours, more easily sustain frequent bleeding, than Bilious Persons whose Humours are more subtle and fine, the blood being a sort of check to the Bile. I do not think these Rules are infallible, and always to be observed, since Bilious Persons are very subject to Erysipelas', Effervescences of blood, Inflammations, and other Indispositions, which oblige them to have Recourse to Bleeding. Those who feed on Meats which breed Copious blood; such as Bread, and Flesh Meats, may bear more frequent bleeding, than Persons who use a lesle nourishing Diet. Married Men who have craving Wives, must not bleed often; the great Consumption of Spirits in these Men, assisted by the Exhaustion of their blood, would infallibly throw them into an exereme Weakness. Persons naturally Lean, bear bleeding better than those whose Leanness proceeds from Labour, Abstinence, Wane of Sleep, or long Distempers. Celsus is of Opinion, that Fat and full Bodies best of all bear bleeding, and that it is healthy for them. Women ought not to bleed so often as Men: their Bodies being more tender, lax, delicate and soft than Men, and by consequence more porons and perspirable, not to mention those Monthly Evacuations of blood, which excuse them from this Operation.  
Bleeding may be practised at all Times, if necessity urge it. Regard is had to the properness of the Season only in bleeding by way of Prevention. In this Case the Spring is preferable to all the other parts of the Year; because the Wether growing Warm stirs and ferments the Blood. The Autumn is not improper, its beginning usually proving temperate. This bleeding for prevention, is by no means to be allowed of in very hot or very cold Wether. Both these extremes are equally bad, in the first all farther Evacuations increase the expense of Spirits, and in the last lessen the Natural Warmth, and leave Men unable to bear the Rigour of the Season. If it shall be requisite to bleed in excessive hot Wether, choose some Day Overcast or Rainy, because the Dissipation of the Spirits is not so great at such times. Bleeding in the Morning, is better than any other part of the Day, especially in Mechanics and Labouring Men; because the Reparation of the Spirits by the Preceding Nights Sleep, put the Patient in a condition to bear the Operation. If any Business or Accident hinders bleeding at that time, defer it till Night going to Bed, the Repose of the Night, soon giving the blood opportunity of resuming its ordinary Course. Persons usually bleeding at certain times, must continued this Custom, the Omission of which, will certainly endanger a loss of Health.  
Hypocrates forbids bleeding in Big-bellyed Women; for fear of Abortions. He tells us, Sect. 5. Aphor. 31. A Big-bellyed Woman if she be bled Miscarries, if the Foetus be very far advanced. The Veneration paid to this great Man, must not oblige Physicians to follow his Sentiments to the Letter. Experience shows, several Women with Child have been saved by Bleeding, and that very Copious too; for more ample Account of this, I shall refer the Reader to the Remarks on Deliveries, where is related the History of a Woman, who was bled eight and forty times during her going with Child, to free her from a Cruel Oppression, which threatened her with Suffocation, notwithstanding which, she was delivered of a living Child. However this Famous instance must not be abused, to encourage the too bold use of the Lancet in these Cases. Bleeding in Women first with Child is dangerous; because the Placenta not adhering firmly to the Vterus in the beginning separates, the Blood is the Life of the Animal, decays the Constitution, and causes an Abortion: But if a Woman have a great Repletion, and her Vessels be overcharged with Blood, an Evacuation is necessary to prevent ill Accidents.  
The inconveniences which usually require bleeding in  Women are Lassitude, Heaviness of Body, Colic Pains, Difficulty of Breathing, Vomiting, Flux of Blood from the Nose or Womb, Varicose swell of the Legs, obstinate pain in the Teeth, Falls, violent Commotions or Disturbances of Mind, all which put the Blood and Spiris into Disorder. But here it is ever to be observed, that in bleeding Big-bellyed Women, the Evacuation must not be exceeding large, upon any pretence whatever, for fear of a Syncope and Abortion.  
Women with Child are commonly bled in the seventh and ninth Month, and sometimes there is a necessity of bleeding them in their Labour, to facilitate their Delivery. Maid's must never be bled, without first enquiring, if they have their Courses on them. Young Girls who never had, and are now of an Age proper to expect their Courses, must not be bled. Bleeding in this critical Juncture, especially in the Arm, unavoidably defers the Evacuation, and perhaps may endanger the Patient's Life. Young unmarried Women, ought not to be clandestinely bled in the House where they live, without the Knowledge of the Family: If such Person come to a Surgeon's House, and desire to be bled, upon pretence of preventing some Distemper; it I confess is something a Nice case, for if you bleed her never so little, if she apprehends herself to be with Child, she may unbind her Arm, and make as great an Evacuation as she pleases.  
The most General Rule in respect of bleeding is, never to have recourse to it without necessity; for the blood is the Life of the Animal; In short, if it were possible to refrain, all together, it would be best for, as Fernciius sets it forth; it wastes the Blood and Spirits, decays the Constitution, precipitates those who use it into an untimely old Age, and leaves the Body subject to numerous Infirmities, as Dropsies, Gout, Tremors and Palsies. There is a pernicious Opinion prevailing amongst some People, that the first bleeding certainly saves the Patient's Life, upon which foolish Confidence, many People deferring this Remedy to Extremity, have perished.  
Bleeding is to be avoided after remarkable Crises, whether by Vomiting, Fluxes of the Belly or Urine, Voiding of Blood, Defluxions or Abscesses, because these Evacuations weaken the Patient. Bleeding must be forborn, or at lest very rarely used in Dropsical Patients, and those who have Tromors, or Persons Emaciated and worn out with long Illness. It is not a proper time to bleed immediately after Meals (because this obstructs Digestion, and the Patient vomits up his Meat) nor immediately after any violent Exercise, when the Spirits are spent; nor in decayed Stomaches, where the loss of Blood must infallibly increase the Deficiency of the Spirits; nor in the first attacks or increase of a Fever, the Patient being at that time unable to sustain it.  
Bleeding is a proper Remedy in the beginning of hot Abscesses, to lessen the Matter which feeds them. It is of wondered use at first in great Wounds, to Anticipate Inflammations, Fevers, Fluxion, and the ill Accidents usually attending them, and for the same Reasons, it is exceeding serviceable in all Fractures and Dislocations of the Bones; But in all these cases it ought to be moderate.  

Of the Veins usually opened.  
The Arteries are distinguished from the Veins by their Beating, whereas the Veins have no sensible Motion. The Blood in the Arteries, is of a more lively Florid Scarlet colour, more Subtle and Spirituous than that of the Veins; it springs by repeated Jets, which the Venal Blood does not. The Arteries lie more deeply concealed in the Part, and the Veins more shallow and superficial.  
The Veins may be opened without any danger, if nothing be hurt besides the Vessels; but the Punction of the Arteries is ever attended with troublesome Accidents, as Aneurisms, Difficulty of stopping the Blood, and Death after, if these Swell by neglect, or ill management degenerate and gangrene. The pricking of an Artery which lies deep, is still more dangerous, because no Ligature or Restringent Remedies can be applied.  
The Vein running through the middle of the Forehead, is called the Frontal Vein, or Vena praeparans. Hypocrates directs the opening this Vein in pains of the hinder part of the Head, and at present it is practised in inveterate Pains of that Part, wherever they reside. In the same case the Temporal Arteries are sometimes opened: These Arteries alone can be opened, because they are small, and may be compressed with a Bolster and Bandage; This advantage they receive from running over the Bone, which with the External Applications, compose a double Compress.  
The Veins in the greater Angle of the Eye, are opened to prevent their Inflammation; and the Veins between the Cartilages of the Nose, to take of the Copper Colour, and other Deformities in the Skin of the Face. The opening of the Veins on each side the Fraenum of the Tongue, commonly called Venae Ranulares, is practised in Inflammations of the Throat, and Pains of the Teeth, when the usual Remedies fail. Bleeding in the Jugulars, is very effectual to prevent all Quinsies, Apoplexies, and all stubborn Distempers of the Head, especially Inflammations of the Eyes.  
There are four Veins in the Arm, in which it is common to let Blood, the Cephalick, Median, Basilick and Cubital. The First is in the upper and external part of the foreside of the Arm, near the bending of the Elbow. The Basilick is a little lower, and the Cubital at the bottom of the Arm on the Bone of the Cubit, or near it. When the Vessels lied●ep, and cannot be opened, there appear on the inner part of the foreside of the Arm, from the Elbow to the Wrist, several communicating Branches, which convey the Blood from one to the other, and these may be opened in stead of the principal Veins. On the Hand are two Veins, one between the Thumb and forefinger, and another between the last Finger, and the last but one called Salvatella, and sometimes opened in Quartan Agues.  
There are several Veins on the Leg and Foot opened, to give Relief to the Patient. In the upper part of the Musculi Gemelli, there is one called Poplitea, the opening of which is useful in the Gout, and prevents Varicose Swell of the Legs. The Saphaena is opened above and below the Internal Ankle. This Vein continues its course on the Foot, quite to the Juncture of the great Toe, and may be opened there: In opening it above the Ankle, great care must be taken not to prick a Nerve, which terminates in that place, and on the Foot not to hurt the Tendons. There is another Vein which winds round the extremity of the same Articulation, called the Sciatica; from the opinion that, abundance of Blood drawn out thence, appeases pains of the Hip-Gout. The Saphaena and Sciatica, spread numerous Branches on the Foot, which may be opened when the great Trunks do not appear.  
The opening of a Vein is done after two several ways, either by Pricking or Cutting. The larger are cut, but the lesser and those which lie deep, admit only of simple Punction; as the Veins of the Nose, where the adjacent parts would be hurt, if the Point of the Lancet were raised. Incisions are made after three several manners, Lengthways, Transverse, or Obliqne, and greater or lesser, according to the largeness and depth of the Vessels.  
To open the Veins more conveniently; First stop the Refluent Blood with a Ligature, except there be a Varicose Swelling, where the Circulation of the Blood being interrupted, the Vessels are tumid enough without any Artificial Help.  
In Bleeding Delirious Persons, the Vessels are so exceeding large, and Distended by the furious agitation of the Blood, that for the most part there is no occasion for Ligature, the Reason of which is plain from the Laws of Circulation.  
The Frontal Vein may be opened lengthways when it is rolling, and Transversly when it is steady. But in whatever manner it be opened, the Lancet must be held inclining, for fear if it were plunged Perpendicularly in, it might hurt the Pericranium, and the subjacent Bone.  
The Veins and Arteries of the Temples, may be opened in two places, viz. on the Temporal Muscles, or under the Lobe of the External Ear, at the entry of the Meatus Auditorius. On the Temporal Muscles, these Atteries must be opened lengthways, to prevent dividing their Fibres, which may hap to be followed by a huge Swelling of the Head, Delirium and Convulsions. The Fear of such bad Consequences, aught to make a Surgeon who values his Reputation, cautious of hurting these Muscles.  
The Vein in the Greater Angle of the Eye, must be opened lengthways, lest a Transverse Section hurt the Tendon of the Obliqne Muscle, and 'cause a Deformity in the Part; But it is much better to forbear meddling with this, for fear of hurting the Lachrymal Gland.  
To open the Vein in the Nose, plunge a Lancer directly down, and pretty deep in the extremity of the Nose, between the two Cartilages. This Lancet must be kept in its Scales, by a Tape wrapped round it, and only plunged in without raising its Point: For the Vessel lies so low, that if the Elevation of the point were answerable to the depth of the Punction, the Orifice would be very large, and leave a very unseemly Scar. The Veins on each side the Fraenum of the Tongue, are opened with a Lancet wrapped round with a little Tape to its point. The Tongue is to be raised with the left Hand, and with the right a small Transverse incision made, which must not be too deep, for fear of opening the Arteries, which lie very near the Veins. If these hap to be cut, the Flux of Blood will prove difficult to stop, since no Dressing can be applied to the Part. When the Patient has bled enough, let him wash his Mouth with cold Oxycrate; If this be not sufficient, apply to the Wound some Restringent Powders of Terra Sigillata, Dragon's Blood, Vitriol, or keep a small Compress dipped in Mons. Lemery's Styptic Water on it.  
To bleed all the Veins of the Head, it is necessary to make a Ligature round the Neck, because the Blood sent to the Head by the Arteries, is conveyed back to the Heart by the Jugulars, and the Ligature causes them to swell. Sharp, strong Lancets are required to open the Veins of the Neck, because the Skin is very lax here, and more difficultly opened, than in other parts where it is more Tense, and the Veins must be opened lengthways, because they are large and unsteady.  
In making a Ligature on the Jugulars, the middle of the Fillet is to be applied behind on the Neck, the two Ends brought before, turned over each other, and put into the Patient's Hand, to straiten them as he finds he can bear; or if he by any Accident be disabled, an Assistant must hold them for him till the Work be finished. In Apoplexies and Quinsies, no Ligature can be made without danger of Suffocating the Patient. In stead of this, the Artist must order one of the standers by to keep his Thumb on the bottom of the Vein of the opposite side, in the Cavity of the Clavicle, and press the same side in which he Designs to bleed with one of his own Thumbs, thrusting in the Lancet with his other Hand. The two Veins thus Compressed Tumefie, and may be well enough opened, without straightening the Windpipe. To stop the Blood, apply to the Wound Mastich spread on Rags or Leather. The Reader will found a proper Bandage for bleeding in the Neck, described in the Dress; because a simple Emplaster often is not sufficient to stop the Blood, when it is in a violent Commotion.  
In opening the Veins of the Hands and Feet, the Parts are to be plunged in Water, as hot as the Patient can well endure it. This is done as well to make the Skin tender, as to raise the Veins.  
The Veins of the Hands are to be opened lengthways, for fear of hurting the Tendons which abound there by a Transverse Section, and the Ligature is to be made above the Part intended for Bleeding. In opening the Veins of the Ham, or Vena Poplitea, a Ligature must be made above the Knee; The Orifice must be made Transverse, and proportioned to the largeness of the Vessel.  
The Surgeon ought to have an especial care, lest the Patiented faint: This happens sometimes in the Operation, and sometimes after. To avoid this Accident at the time of Bleeding, the Surgeon must inquire, If he be commonly subject to faint upon the like occasion; If he has been long fasting; If he does not found himself inclined to go to Stool. If he usually faint in Bleeding, he must be bled lying along in his Bed, take cold Water in his Mouth, be diverted from looking on his Blood, entertained with some agreeable Relation, have Vinegar put to his Nose to smell too, or some Spiritous Liquor, as Spirit of Wine, Orange-Flower Water, Queen of Hungary's Water, or Lastly, take a Spoonful of Wine, or some other Restorative.  
It is by no means convenient to bleed any Person immediately after his Stomach is filled with Meat; for the Weakness which the loss of blood causes, is followed by Vomiting, for fear of which Mischief, it is best to stay till Digestion is finished.  
The Surgeon must bleed Persons subject to faint, lying down: The same Posture is proper for Persons weakened, and worn out with long Illness. But this is only to be understood of Bleeding in the Hand or Foot; for bleeding in the Head or Neck, necessarily requires the Patient to be a little raised. A Stout Robust Man, who is not daunted with bleeding, may be bled sitting in a Chair, or in his Bed, whatever the part be. Bleeding in the Veins of the Hams, and Varicose Swell, must be done, the Patient standing erect, because than the Vessels rise best.  
The Surgeon may Operate in three several Postures, Standing, Sitting, or Kneeling. He must be standing to bleed in the Head, Neck and Arm, sitting to bleed in the Foot, or kneeling if he cannot found a convenient Seat. Lastly, He is often constrained to kneel on the Bed to bleed such Patients as are exhausted by long Sickness, and unable to bear the lest stirring.  
Sometimes when a Surgeon is called to miserably poor People, all Conveniences are wanting, even so much as a Fillet to bind the part; in this case he must make the best shift he can, and accommodate himself to the necessity of the place.  
A good Light is of wondered Service to a Surgeon in all Operations, but especially in Bleeding, and the Success of this nice Operation, depends very much on the well managing that. He must never if possible, do it by the light of the Sun; because his own Hand, or the Patient's Arm causes a shadow. If the Operation be done by the Light of a Candle, though a great Wax Taper give a better Light than an ordinary Candle, yet it is never to be made use of; lest if a drop of Wax by any Accident should fall, it might scald the Arm, and the Patient draw it back, whereas a drop of Tallow would be scarce sensible, at lest created no very troublesome Pain.  
If the Person be very Hairy shave the part, especially if it be the Foot or Hand. When hot Water is necessary to bathe the part before bleeding, all above the place intended for the Operation must be bathed, especially if the Vessels be large, and lie deep. And to make the Patiented able to bear the hot Water, the part must be first plunged in warm Water only, and hotter still gradually poured in, till the Patient is not longer able to endure it. If the Veins of the Arms are difficult to found, the whole Limb must be bathed in hot Water. The most convenient Vessel for which purpose, is a long Kettle, such as is used to boil Fish.  
The Surgeon ought to have an exquisite Sense at the extremities of his Fingers, and to preserve this, must not use any Laborious or Mechanical Occupation, must not touch any rough Objects, must have a great care of Burns, (all which leave the Skin Thick and Callous,) and Wine and Women, which created Tremors.  
The Surgeon must be provided with Ligatures, Lancets, and proper Vessels to receive and measure the Blood. He must have divers sorts of Fillers, some longer for Persons of better Fashion, and some lesser for ordinary and mean People. He must never use the same to sound Bodies, and those who have any Cutaneous Disease, as the Itch, Small Pox, Measles, Carbuncles, Malignant or spotted Fevers, for fear of communicating the Infection.  
If the Vessels to be opened lie deep, a long, straight Lance● is the most proper to be used; for if it should be broad, the Orifice would be too large. Superficial and rolling Vessels, must be opened with larger Lancets, whose points are firm and stable. Infants require lesser Lancets than Adult Persons.  
Surgeons who daily practice bleeding, may receive blood in any sort of Vessels, and guests pretty well at the quantity, at lest without being much deceived, but in great Diseases, and Feeble, Weak, Exhausted Subjects, they ought if possible to have Vessels to measure exactly the Blood, as small Porringers of three or four Ounces. It is proper for an Artist to practise the trying, how much two or three of these Porringers hold in any Household Vessel, that in defect of these, he may at any time guests the quantity of Blood emitted.  
When the Blood is not received in Porringers, as in bleeding in the Hand or Foot in warm Water, the quantity of blood is guessed, computed by the largeness of the Orifice, the time of its running, and the Tincture it gives to Linen, found either by dipping Rags in it, taking up a little in the Hand, and dropping it on a clean Napkin.  
If the Blood be received in any other Vessels besides Porringers, to judge aright of the quantity they must not be too wide, but of a reasonable depth, because these are lesle apt to impose on the Senses, than more shallow and wide ones, in which the Blood appears of a more Florid Scarlet colour.  
Before the Artist proceed to open a Vessel, it is necessary to make a Ligature sufficient to stop the Refluent Blood. In performing his Work, he must alike eat the two Extremes of Boldness and Fear: For on the one Hand, some Timorous Men apprehending they may hurt the Contiguous parts, do not make a sufficient Orifice, while on the other, some rash Surgeons without Fear or Wit, commit very dangerous Errors.  
There are four Particulars in this Operation, the Right placing the Ligature, the well Holding the Lancet, the Searching for the most proper place for the Aperture; and lastly, the Artful opening the Vessel.  
The Ligature is ever to be made above the intended aperture, except in the Head and Neck, where it is below.  
When the Vein lies deep, and difficult to come at, some Surgeons make two opposite Ligatures, or make three turns of the Fillet round the Limb, or sow a small Bolster of Linen Cloth, three or four times double, on the middle of the Fillet, or place where it is applied, to make a more exact compression on the Part, and these sort of Ligatures they call Pontons. But all these are mistaken Methods, proceeding from ignorance of the Causes. The Ligature with the Bolster, fails of the intended effect; because some Vessels being lesle compressed than others, the Blood ascends by some, whilst it is intercepted in others; and for this Reason, one which equally compresses all, is to be preferred. The third turn is unnecessary, since the first two are sufficient to make any Constriction desired, by binding them straighter, and inconvenient, because when the bleeding is over and this undone, there remain two more to be loosed. The two opposite Ligatures tend more to hinder, than promote the Rising of the Vein. The upper has no other effect in stopping the current of the Blood, after the lower is made, except it be to retain a small proportion of it, in the intervening space between it and the lower; but on the contrary, it puts some stop to the Blood passing through the Channels of the Arteries into the Part, and so lessens the Rising of the Veins below the Ligature. So that doubtless the best way of making a Ligature on any part in letting Blood, is by two simple turns of the Fillet, exactly over one another; which may be constringed or relaxed at pleasure, by straightening or losing the Ends near the Knot, which stays them.  
The Ligature must be made at some reasonable distance above the place intended for bleeding; for instance, about the breadth of two Fingers. Thus in bleeding in the Arm, it ought to be placed about two Finger's breadth above the Juncture of the Elbow, at the same distance from the Fist and Ankles, in bleeding in the Hand or Foot. At the same Distance above the Rotula of the Knee, in opening the Veins of the Hamss, and in all bleeding of the Head and Jugulars, in the lowest part of the Neck.  
The Gormans and other Foreign Nations, make use of the Fleam in bleeding; But our Lancets being more convenient, and this now grown obsolete, I shall omit describing it. But here the Invention of the Americans must not be forgot, who to supply the defect of Iron, unknown to them before their Commerce with Europe, made Lancets of sharpened Flints and Bones.  
The Surgeon in bleeding must open his Lancet in such a manner, that it may make a Right Angle with its Scales, except in opening the Veins of the Tongue or Nostrils, where the Lancet is wrapped round with a Tape in such manner, that both it and its Scales stand in one right Line. The way of holding the Lancet is very different, some hold it very long, others short, for my part I prefer the middle way. If it be held too long, it is difficult to direct aright, especially if the Skin be dry and unsteady. On the other hand in holding it too near its Point, there is not room enough for a sufficient Punction in Fat Bodies, or such as have their Vessels lying deep. The Lancet is best held between the Thumb and Forefinger, not the Thumb and two Middlefingers, or Thumb Fore and Middle-finger, as some direct. The three last Fingers serve for a stay to the Hand, to keep it firm and stable, and are to rest a little on the part below, and on one side the Orifice, which is a more commendable way than Bully like, to run the Lancet into the Vessel, without regard to Security. The Aperture is to be made in the place which represents itself fairest, except some Neighbouring Artery, Tendon or Membrane forbidden.  
The Operation in opening a Vessel, consists of three parts; Punction, Incision, and Raising the Point of the Lancet. All these are to be so promptly done, that to the Spectator they may appear but one Action. The Surgeon ought to be provided with all Necessaries, and to have at lest two Assistants by him if possible, one to hold the Candle, (when necessary) and Porringer, and the other to do him any Service occasion shall require.  
In Bleeding in the Arm, after the Patient is put in a good Posture, and the Bed covered with Linen to receive the Blood which springs out at first something impetuously, and (without this Care to prevent it) would be apt to slain the Bed-cloths. The next thing is to tuck up and fasten the Patient's Sleeve, and cover it with a Napkin, for fear any Blood may hap to be spilt upon it. These little Precautions, though not very Material to the thing itself, yet are apt to beget a Favourable Opinion of the Artist in the Mind of the Patient, who from observing these minute Circumstances of his proceeding, is apt to conclude him careful and dextrous.  
When this previous Business is done, the Surgeon must feel the inside of the Arm in all places where the Veins appear, to discover where the Artery lies. This is discerned by the Pulse or Beating, which is not sensible after the Ligature is made; and therefore it is to be found before. The Ligature as I noted before, is to be placed two Fingers breadth or something more, above the Flexure of the Elbow, to pass twice round the Arm, and be tied with a Bow knot on its out side. The first round must not be altogether so straight as the second, and the Skin not forcibly extended, by drawing it up or down, lest upon relaxing a little, the Ligature to give way to the Blood issuing out, the Orifice close and obstruct the Passage.  
After the Ligature is made, some little time must be allowed for the Veins to swell, during which the Surgeon may open his Lancer, put it in his Mouth, take again the Patients Arm in his Hand, and (making several Frictions, drive up the Blood towards the place intended for the Incision;) feel the Vessels with his Fingers, and choose out some place for the Aperture, which answers best. This Answering is a gentle Resistance, which yields to a moderate Compression, and Resists the Finger, if the Compression be very slight. But observe here, this answering of the Vein may be very deceitful, especially in the middle of the Flexure of the Arm, when numerous Scars have made a sort of small Sinus, which may impose on the sense, and appear like a Vein on the Surface, when the Real Vein lies much deeper.  
After a long while feeling too and from, if no Vein appear which can be opened with any tolerable Security, Frictions with hot  are to be used, and continued for a considerable time. Or the Ligature taken of, and the Arm plunged in hot Water bound up again, and Frictions used as before. If after all these ways tried, no Vessel appear capable of being opened, it is more advisable to desist, than bleed at all Adventures, as some Rashly do on the Scars of old Orifices. This Practice is occasioned by the hopes of finding the same Vessels, which is a mistake, since the Veins change their Situation under the Skin, according to the Age or good Case of the Body; nay, some Vessels are so lessened by frequent Bleeding, they at length become scarce sensible.  
If after a Careful Trial, the Surgeon comes to discover a Vessel which lies deep, he must assure himself well of the Place by several feelings, and rub the part with a little Oil to suppling it, and facilitate the entering of the Lancer, especially if the Skin be dry, rough and scurfy: Lastly, to secure the place of the Vein, he must make an impression with his Nail, which may serve to guide him.  
After the Artist has observed these Circumstances, grasping the Patiented Arm in one Hand, he must take the Lancet in the other, and holding its Blade firmly in the middle, between his Forefinger and Thumb (staying his three remaining Fingers on the Patients Arm) thrust it in precisely in the lowest part of the Impression made with his Nail, and curcing a little Transversely, raise up its Point to cut through the Vessel and Teguments, and widen the Orifice. If he suspect the Lancer to be plunged in too deep, he may draw it a little back, before he brings up its point. Cutting Transversly is the surest way not to miss the Vessel, and large Orifices are to be preferred to small ones, for the free emission of the Blood. The largeness of the Orifice is more necessary in Vessels which lie deep, because the Flesh and Fat is apt to choke the passage, and hinder the Evacuation. Add to this in the last place, that small Orifices are apt to leave Thrombu's behind them.  
In Bleeding in the Arm, the Surgeon must feel all over it with his Forefinger for the Artery, which commonly lies under the Basilick Vein. I observed before, that this Search is necessary before the Ligature be made, because after it the Veins are Tumefied, and the Pulsation is not sensible. The next Search is after the Tendons, which are discovered in bending the Arm by their Rigidity. When the place of the Artery and Tendon is certainly known, the Ligature is made two Fingers breadth above the Bending of the Elbow, and place of the intended Orifice. The middle of the Fillet is to be applied on the Arm, and passing twice round it, to be tied behind: The knot is best placed above the Joint, lest if it be below it incommode that Hand which holds the Patients Arm; The Ligature must not be so straight, as to compress the Arteries which import Blood into the part; it is enough if it be sufficient to stop the Reflux of the Blood in the Veins.  
In Bleeding in the Right Hand, the Surgeon must take the Patients Arm in his Left Hand, and prick him with his Right; and on the contrary, in the Left he must take it in the Right, and bleed him with his Left. Before the Operation, it is necessary to consider well which Vessel is fairest, that is largest, and which has lest danger in it; for in case the Artery adhere to it, it is better to prick the lesser, than run any hazard in the greater. The Cephalick is the most secure of all the Veins of the Arm, having no Artery or Tendon accompanying it, and yet Surgeons are not very willing to bleed in it; because the Skin on the upper side of the Arm is pretty thick, and the Blood does only flow down the Arm without springing, which does not so well please the Patient, who when the Blood springs out, thinks the Operation better performed, and is fond to have it thought he has a great deal of Vigour. If the Vessel lies deep, and is not Visible, which often happens in the thick Arms of some Women, in order to found it, he must grasp the Arm in one Hand, compressing the place where the Vessels ought to appear with his Thumb, and with the other Hand make several Frictions upwards, pressing the Vessels all along to see if he can discover any Blood strike against his Thumb. When he finds any Vessel under his Thumb, he must take it instantly of, marking the place with his Nail, and than prick a little below the impression.  
The Punction is made with the Lancet, either with or without raising the Point. In the first way the Surgeon takes the Lancet between the Thumb and Forefinger, meeting even (not too long, because it would not be steady, nor too short, because it would be Troublesome;) and than resting his three other Fingers on the Patient's Arm, plunges his Lancet into the Vessel, a little on one side, and when he is in raises its Point, and so cuts through it. This is the best Method of Operating, when there are no Reasons against it, but it is the most Painful.  
In bleeding without raising the Point, the Lancet is held in the same manner as before, plunged directly into the Vessel a little beneath, and so brought forward without turning up its Point; This way is lesle painful that the former, but in some Cases is not without Danger. If the Tendon or Artery lie directly under the Vein, this last Method is never to be used, because it requires deeper Punction, and there is great Danger of hurting one of them; On the contrary, if either lie on the side, there is ground to fear they may be cut by raising the point. But observe which soever of these ways be practised, the Lancet must be held something inclining, and not too Perpendicularly over the Vein, lest entering in this Manner, it prick the Membrane of the Muscles, from whence great Pain and Inflammation would ensue.  
In Veins running over great Muscles, the Puncture is made obliquely upwards; for in pricking directly down, it is scarce possible to avoid hurting the Membranes, which invest the Subjacent Muscle, which will be attended with Pain and Inflammation.  
If one Vessel only appear fair, and that be accompanied with a Tendon or Artery, the best way is to trace it through its whole Progress, till it leaves them, and where it appears alone, there make the Puncture. This is the way of Bleeding in the Arm. The Dressing I shall describe below, in its proper place.  
For Bleeding in the Leg, the Part is to be kept in warm Water to the mid Leg. This is done to bring the Blood more copiously into it, and soften the Skin which is very thick in that place. When the Part is well heated. the Artist searches for the Vessel above or below the Ankle, makes a Ligature about two or three Finger's breadth above it, ties it straight enough to compress the Vein without pressing the Artery, puts the Foot again into hot Water to give the Vein time to Swell. Than (the Patient sitting on the side of his Bed, and he in a Chair before him) he lays the Foot on his Knee, grasping they in one Hand▪ and Bleeding with the other. In Bleeding in the Right Fo●●, the Lancet is to be held in the Left Hand, and on the contrary in the Right in Bleeding in the Left, according to the Rules before prescribed.  
The most convenient place for pricking is below the Ankle. There is no Attery, Nerve, or Tendon to fear ther●● The Part is carnous, and there is room enough to 〈◊〉 the Lancet without pricking the Periosteum; But abov● 〈◊〉 Ankle there is little Flesh, and there is great dange●●●● pricking that Membrane, or some Nerve dispensed to the Part; the ill Consequence of which, would be violent Inflammation and Pain. On the side of the Ankle there are divers Tendons, which ought to make the Surgeon cautious: When the Vessels on the Internal Ankle are not fair, they appear for the most part fair on the Foot▪ but I would not advice bleeding here, upon account of the numerous Tendons which are in great Danger of being pricked, but if it be necessary, he must enter very obliquely.  
For Bleeding in the Jugulars, a Constriction must be made with a Handkerchief, sufficient to make the Vessels rise, and the Orifice be made lengthways of the Vessel, in its middle.  
In all Bleeding this may be accounted a General Rule. If the Vessel be very large the Aperture is to be made in its middle lengthways; If of a middle size, as in the Arm, a little on one side, and something obliquely from above downwards; If very small, as in Infants, than it is to be cut Transversly.  
It is a general Rule likewise, That in what ever Veins of the Head the Evacuation be made, the Ligature must ever be about the Neck. In Distempers of the Head, the great Vein in the midst of the Forehead, and the Veins under the Tongue are often opened, but doubtless the Jugulars are best in most of these Cases, to make the most prompt and copious Evacuation.  
In Bleeding under the Tongue after the Ligature made, it is raised, held against the Palate, and than the Vein opened, and the Blood stopped with a good Restringent Gargarism, if it do not cease of itself.  
Arteries are opened in the same manner as Veins, but these are never to be pricked, unless where they immediately pass over some Bone, which no other Arteries in the Body do, except those of the Head; the Principal of which for this Operation, is the Temporal. Dr. Willis pretends, Arteries are opened more Successfully than Veins, in Obstructions and Inflammations, as for instance of the Eyes, because they contract and retire within the Flesh, are Cicatrized there, and cease from their Office of conveying blood to the Part.  
After Incision made, when the Impetuosity of the Blood gins to abate, the Ligature must be a little relaxed; that as much Blood may pass into the Part by the Arteries, as will suffice for the intended Evacuation. Farther for promoting the Discharge, some little round thing as a Lancet-case, or the like, is to be put into the Patient's Hand, to turn about with the extremity of his Fingers only; This Action causes a Contraction of the Muscles of the Arm, viz. the Sublimis and Profundus, which are Flexors of the Fingers, and by this means they express the Blood in the Vessels running on their inside, and accelerate its Motion towards the Orifice. In Bleeding in the Throat, the same thing is effected by gently moving the lower Jaw, and in the Foot, by stirring the Great Toe. All the time the Blood is running, the Surgeon must hold the Patients Arm with one Hand, in which there is a double Convenience; First, the easing and supporting the Part, which is heavy by the great quantity of Blood and Spirits stopped in it: And Secondly, the advantage of bending and extending it as occasion shall require. With his other Hand he may distend the Skin, drawing it upwards, downwards, or on one side, to make the outward Orifice answer to that Vein.  
When the intended quantity of Blood is drawn out, the Arm must be unbound, and the Surgeon with his Finger must press around the Orifice, lest any Blood hap to Stagnate under the Skin. The Wound must be exactly stopped by closing it on both sides with the Forefinger and Middle finger; but if the Fat come out, this must first be put back by a Compress in one Hand, with the other Hand pinching together the Lips of the Wound, between the Thumb and Forefinger.  
While the Surgeon is busied in stopping the Orifice, the Servant who held the Porringer which received the Blood, must set it down on the Table gently, and strike it over with a Feather, or some other light thing to take of the Froth. This Trifling Circumstance has its use, to discover the true Colour of the Blood, and amuse the People who most commonly are admirers of such Mysterious Matters.  
THE DRESSING. This consists only in applying a little, thick, square Compress on the Orifice, and keeping it on by binding up the Arm. Before this be laid on, the Surgeon must clear the Wound from Coagulated Blood, which if neglected, will hinder Coalition: Than keeping the Lips of the Orifice together with his Fingers, he must speedily apply the Compress, Staying it on with his fore and middle Finger. If any little Flatulent Tumour appear on the Orifice, which is not uncommon when it is too small, the Compress dipped in cold Water disperses it. For binding up the Arm, he must take a Fillet of about an Ell long, and an Inch and a half broad, and gathering into his Hand three or four Inches of one end of it, and (laying the Thumb, fore and middle Finger of his left Hand, in bleeding in the Right Arm, or the Thumb and the same Fingers of his Right in bleeding in the left Arm, on it) apply that part which he holds between his Fingers, on the Orifice, and so make several Crosses over the bending of the Elbow; and Lastly, when the Fillet is spent, bringing back that end which he held in his Hand, he must tie both ends behind the Arm. Some place the Knot behind the Arm, above the bending of the Elbow, and others below. If the Fillet be of a firm and strong Cloth, and there be no reason to fear the Patient will make use of his Arm, the Knot is best placed above, on the contrary, if the Cloth be weak and much worn below, for fear when the Patient shall come to open his Arm, the Fillet break. In the last place, observe the Fillet must never be rolled.   

For Bleeding in the Foot.  
The Artist must bring together the sides of the Orifice, cleanse the Wound of Blood, lay a small, thick, square Compress on it, and keep this on with a Fillet of an Ell and half long, and an Inch and half broad, rolled at one end. To apply, he must lay a good length of the Fillet on his Knee, and place the Patient's Heel on it, than with the other end he must make a Circular Turn on the Compress, and an X on the Foot; After divers Circumvolutions, he must bring the Fillet obliquely over that end which is under the Heel, and than bringing this back, form a sort of Stirrup from the resemblance to which, this Bandage takes its Name.   

For Bleeding in the Forehead.  
The small Compress applied on the Orifice, is kept on by the Handkerchief folded cross, or Diagonalwise, in the form of a Triangle: The Artist takes the Handkerchief thus folded in both Hands, with his Thumbs above, and Fingers below, and in this manner applies its Middle directly over the Wound, than slides his Hands on the Handkerchief thus placed behind the Head, and brings both ends as far forward as they reach, and pins them at the end; In placing the Handkerchief, care must be taken to avoid Wrinkles as much as possible.  
There is another Bandage used in Bleeding in the Forehead, called the Discrimen. In this the Compress is kept on by a Roller or Fillet of an Inch and an half broad, and three els in length, rolled at one end. The Method of making which is thus. The Artist applies one end of the Roller to the Top of the Nose, and measures a length from thence to the Nape of the Neck. This he let's hung down over the Face, than he passes the Fillet along the Sagittal Suture, brings it to the Nape of the Neck, and back over the Parietal Bone on one side, over the Parietal Bone on the other; than lifts up the end of the Fillet over the Face, lays it over the Sagittal Suture, leaving it to hung behind, than returning to the other end, brings it over this depending part, engages it under it, so continuing his Circular Turns round the Parietal Bones till the Fillet is spent, and than pin's it at its ends.  
There is a third Bandage for bleeding in the Forehead, called the Scapha, from its resembling a little Boat, and is thus made; The Artist takes a Fillet or Roller of an Inch and half broad, and three els in length, rolled up at one end. After a small Compress laid on, he applies the Fillet obliquely on it, let's fall about a Foot in length, and with the other end passes over the Parietal Bone, behind on the Nape of the Neck, over the other Parietal Bone, and so over the Wound; than he takes up the end hanging before, lays it over the Head, leaving it depending behind, than returns to the end of the Fillet which he left, continues his Circular rounds (over the Parietal Bone, the Wound, the Parietal Bone on the other side, behind the Nape of the Neck) and pin's it at the End.  
There remains still a fourth Bandage for the Forehead, which is called the Royal Bandage. To make this, the Artist takes a Roller of an Inch and half broad, and three els in length, rolled at one end, as in the two former, there he Measures twice the length or distance from the top of the Nose, to the Nape of the Neck, this he leaves hanging down before on the Face from the Compress, and with the other or Rolled end, he proceeds over the Sagittal Suture, descends behind the Head, returns before, passes under the Chin, than reascending on the Cheek, passes near the lesser Angle of the Eye, than over the Head, descends behind, returns before, passes under the Chin, reascends on the opposite side on the Cheek, passes as in the former very near the lesser Angle of the Eye, and so continuing upwards passes over the first turn on the top of the Head, and makes a cross with it Salterwise. Than he delivers the Roller to an Assistant to hold, whilst himself makes three Pleats, each gradually longer than other, in that end of the Roller which hung over the Patient's Face, and lays the remaining part over the Sagittal Suture, leaving it to hung behind his Head. When this is done, he returns to the Rolled end of the Fillet, and makes several Circular Turns round the Head passing over the Forehead and Parietal Bones) and in the last place pin's the end of the Roller.   

A Bandage for the end of the Nose.  
The Ancients bled at the extremity of the Nose, between the bifurcation of the Cartilege, being extremely careful not to cut it. This Bleeding is very ridiculous, since there are so many places more commodious for this purpose; but those who practise it, use the Bandage called the Discrimen, with this difference, that here they begin to apply the Bandage on the Nose, whereas in the former case they began on the Forehead.   

A Bandage for the Temporal Artery.  
In bleeding in the Temporal Artery, a Compress dipped in some Styptic Water is applied on the Orifice, and the Bandage called the Discrimen made, which is the same used in opening the Frontal Vein; but with this difference, it is first applied in this last Case on the Temples, as in the former on the Forehead.   

A General Bandage.  
The following Bandage is adapted to bleeding in the Forehead, Neck, or Temporal Artery. The Artist takes a Fillet of three inches in breadth, and an Ell long, this he doubles in the midst, and slits it lengthways with a pair of Scissors, leaving about three Inches square in the midst plain and undivided. When it is thus divided, it is called the Fillet or Roller, with four Tails. He applies the plain undivided part on the Orifice, brings the two upper Tails downwards, and the two lower Tails upwards, continuing them each respectively, circularly over the other, and pinning them at their Ends The Reader may observe here as a general Rule, in applying these divided Rollers; That the two lower Tails must ever ascend, pass over the upper, and be fastened above, and the two upper must descend cross with the lower, and be fastened below.  
These slit Rollers are exceedingly useful, and adapted to keep Applications on all parts of the Head, except in the Operation of the Trepan, where the Great Cap is in use, which shall be described in its proper place.   

A Bandage for the Jugulars.  
The Artist takes a Fillet of half an Ell long, applies the middle of it on the top of the Head, and leaves the two ends hanging on each side of the Neck; than he takes another Fillet of a competent length, and near three Inches broad rolled at one end, with this he makes several circular Turns over the Compress, as far as the Fillet reaches, and than pinns it where it ends; Next he takes up the two ends hanging on the sides of the Neck, and fastens them on the Head, these are very serviceable to suspend the Fillet rolled about the Neck. This is called the Contentive Bandage of the Neck. There are some Cases which will not admit of any Bandage on the Jugulars, and here it is necessary to lay some Glutinating Emplaster on the Orifice.  
THE CURE. After the Bleeding is over, the Patient may lie down and drink of a glass of Water, which mixing with the Blood dilutes and cools it. The Patient is suffered to rest for the space of an Hour, and after takes some Restorative Draught. It is customary to forbidden the Patient sleeping, till he has taken this; but I profess I am a stranger to the Reason of this Practice, for in sleeping immediately after Bleeding, Transpiration is free; and there arises a certain Dew on the Surface of the Body, which is very refreshing. Besides this is the most gentle, easy, and agreeable Slumber that can be imagined, Nature requires it, and seems to have Violence done her, when this Satisfaction is denied her. However since Custom prevails to the contrary, and perhaps some Accidents may have attended sleeping at this time, I would not advice any Person to recede from the common and received Practice.  
If the Physician has directed the Patient to be twice bled on the same day, the Surgeon may put some Oil or Grease on the Orifice, to prevent its closing, and by this means save the trouble of making a second Puncture. The lesser Dressing is not commonly taken of under twenty four hours, or a longer time, if the Orifice be not disposed to heal. For when the Limb is too soon unbound, the Wound is but half closed, the Air insinuates into it, creates a little running Ulcer, which is difficultly healed, and molests the Patient exceedingly. The Dressing is left on much longer after opening an Artery, than a Vein; because the Blood being projected with great Impetus, would forcibly open the Orifice, before the Coalition be perfected. When the Compress is to be taken of, if it adhere to the Orifice, it is better to leave it on, or Humect it with a little warm Wine, and so gently separate it, than remove it by Violence.  
If the Patiented fall into a Swoon during the Operation, the Surgeon must 'cause him to be carried to his Bed, if he be not already in it, fling a little cold Water in his Face, or give him some to drink, must open the Chamber Windows, and draw the Curtains, if the Disease and Season of the Year permit. He must apply to his Nose some Odoriferous things, as good Vinegar, Queen of Hungary's Water, Spirit of Wine, must call him frequently by his Name in his Ear, with as loud a Noise as possible, and unloose whatever is tied about any part of his Body. When the Patient is come to himself, the Artist must place the Limb in a convenient Posture, which is as various as the parts concerned. For instance, after Bleeding in the Head, the Patient must remain quiet, and have his Head supported with some soft Pillow, and lie a little inclining rather than erect: After bleeding in the Arm, the Patient must avoid all stirring, reposing on his Bed, or some convenient Couch, with his Arm suspended in a middle Posture, between Bent and Extended: After Bleeding in the lower Parts, he must keep his Bed for the space of twenty four Hours, to prevent any Fluxion or Suppuration on the place.  
Most Persons after Bleeding, are in some Disorder, in which I would recommend boldly drinking a large Draught of Water, as a proper means to recall the Blood and Spirits determined, by opening the Vein towards the extreme parts, besides Water mixing with the Blood, allays its Heat. The grand Objection against sleeping after Bleeding, is that Nature is always offended by two praecipitate a Change from one Extreme to another; That it must unavoidably be injurious, to put the Blood into two such contrary Motions at once, as in Bleeding and Sleeping; in the First of which it is brought from the Centre to the Circumference, and in the latter, from the Circumference to the Centre of the Body. The Second Objection is, That this concentration of the Blood in the time of Sleeping, frustrates the effect of the Evacuation, which is the Principal Intention of Bleeding. Others without assigning so many ridiculous Reasons, only pretend if the Patient be permitted to sleep, there is danger by some Motion of it, the Bandage of the Arm may be loosened, and others are so positive, as to affirm they have found Persons sleeping after Bleeding, actually dead. For my part, none of these Reasons prevail with me, or hinder my believing, sleep after bleeding very wholesome, nothing cooling the Body more effectually, (which is one of the principal ends of Bleeding) or calming the Blood more, after the disorder it is put into by the Evacuation. Bleeding is a proper Remedy in want of sleep; and after bleeding, most Men found a greater desire of sleeping, than at any other time, without any inconvenience attending it. As for the danger of losing Blood in such Persons as have unquiet and disturbed Sleeps, they may be well enough secured by a close, well-made, double, Bandage, or by placing some Servant by the Patient, to observe all his Motions.  
It is commendable, to refrain from eating immediately after Bleeding, or till such time as the Blood and Spirits have resumed their ordinary Course, which is a little irregular at that time; because all the Fermentations conducing to Digestion, operate better in their Natural State; than when they are put in any commotion. The ordinary time of ear-ring after bleeding, is the space of an Hour, except the Patient be very weak, in which case he may take some Restoratives immediately, as a little Wine, or some other Spirituous Liquors. The Nourishment after Bleeding aught to be light, and easy of Digestion, as some good Strengthening Broth.  
The Porringers must be set in some place where there is no Smoke, Wind, or Dust, or where the Rays of the Sun do not beaten, because all these Accidents change the Surface of the Blood, and hinder the right judging of it. Vessels of Silver, Pewter or Glass, are more proper to keep the Blood in, than Brass or Copper. The Vessels must be washed, and wiped clean, because a little Moisture remaining, imparts to the Blood a more florid Vermilion Colour.   

Observations on the Blood in Porringers.  
Since most Patients are Solicitous about the State of their Health, they are generally inquisitive concerning their Blood, and frequently ask the Surgeon's Opinion of its Colour, Consistence and Taste.  
The Blood is a Heterogeneous Liquor, composed of a Multitude of Particles, supplying proper Materials for the Reparation of the Body, which is in a constant Consumption. The differing Particles, have each a different Configuration, and Disposition of Surface, which make a various Reflection of the Light. Now that visible appearance called Colour, being nothing else but the Impression which the Rays of Light returned after a various manner make on the bottom of the Eye, it is consequently true, the lest alteration in the Disposition of the parts of a Body, must produce an Alteration in its Colour. This being admitted, no reasonable Man will deny the Colour of the Blood in a State of Health, to be the undoubted Standard, and all others to be judged better or worse, as they approach to, or recede from it; and those Colours allowed to show the most Vicious Disposition of the Blood, which are most distant from the Natural.  
Blood than is pronounced good, and of a Natural Colour, when it is Florid and Vermilion, which Colour it acquires in passing through the Lungs, as Dr. Lower by several Experiments has Demonstrated. Whoever observes, that the Blood drawn out of the Vena Cava, before it enters the Right Ventricle of the Heart, and that drawn out of the Pulmonary Artery, is of a dark, brown, Read; and on the contrary, that drawn out of the Pulmonary Vein is of a Bright Read, and that drawn out of the Artery of no better a Colour, after having passed through the left Ventricle, must necessarily conclude this effect proceeds from the Nitre, diffused through the Mass of Air, which is incessantly drawn into the Lungs in Respiration, and so communicates its bright and lively Tincture. This Operation is still farther confirmed by the following Experiment. If Blood stands for some time in a Porringer, the Surface will be of a Florid Colour, but the bottom of a Dark read; but if the Coagulum be inverted, and the lower side for some time exposed to the Air, it becomes of as bright a Read, as its Surface before was. Which effect, undoubtedly proceeds from the Saline parts of the Air, which insinuate themselves, change the Disposition of the Parts of the Blood, and so 'cause them to reflect the Rays of Light, after a different manner.  
There is ground to pronounce the Blood bad, if it appear Blue, Whitish, Yellowish, or of very different Colours at once. The Ancient Physicians pretended from the Colour of the Blood, to determine which of the four Humours, Choler, Phlegm, Melancholy, or Blood taken in a strict Sense (which they thought to be the Ingredients of the Mass) were predominant. Chemical Physicians derive the various colours of the Mass of Blood, from the several Exaltations of the Active or Passive Principles, which they believe to exist in the Blood. They ascribe the Sound and Healthy State of the Blood, and its laudable Colour, to the equal Mixture of its Spirits, Salt, Sulphur, Water and Earth, and its Depravation to the effort in these Principles, to disengage and separate themselves from each other.  
It is a Problem among the Learned, why the Blood in Malignant Fevers, should appear of so fine a Colour. This noble Colour is reputed an ill Sign; Because (say some Authors) the corrupted Blood is destitute of Spirits, moves with difficulty through the Arteries next the Heart, and scarcely arrives at the Extreme Parts of the Body.  
If it be asked whether a Florid vermilion Blood be always good, the Answer ought to be, this depends very much on the Colour. Orifice of the Vein, the Manner of its issuing out, and the Vessel which receives it. An Orifice too great or too small, are both faults in Bleeding, and make the Blood appear different from what it would be, if the Orifice were proportioned to the Vessel. If it be too little, the Blood spins out in a thin Thread, and is a long time in discharging itself, and its Particles are much more changed by the Air, than when it comes forth in a larger Stream, and lesle Time: On the contrary, if the Aperture of the Vessel be large, instead of springing out, it runs down the Arm, and the Surface is larger, which likewise gives room for the Air to act on it, and created a lively read Colour. Again, if the Aperture of the Vessel be too great or too small, and by this means the Blood must cake and coagulate too soon, and the different parts have no time to separate, and rise to the Surface which appears Read, from the impression of the Nitre of the Air, which gives it a disposition proper to excite such a lively Sensation in our Eye.  
The Vessel which receives it, contributes very much to the Colour, for if it be wide and shallow, it appears of a brighter Read, than if the Vessel be deep and narrow; in the first it soon coagulates and cools, and leaves a greater Surface exposed to be impregnated with the Aerial Nitre, the contrary happens, when it is received in narrow and deep Vessels, in which it preserves its Motion and Heat for a longer time, which gives its Parts liberty to separate, and rise towards the Surface, where they show their proper Colour. If the Blood be much stirred, the Air acts on more of its Parts, and it cools soon, which makes it appear more read. Lastly, if the Porringer or Vessel which receives the Blood, have any Water left in it, with which it was washed, it cools soon, and its Motion ceasing, there is not time for the diversity of its parts to separate, and rise to the Top, for which reason its Colour is finer. From these considerations it appears evidently enough, the Florid Red is not a certain sign of good Blood, since this Beautiful Colour may be the effect of the different manner of letting out, or receiving this Noble Liquor. On the other Hand, the same Colour is not a sufficient Reason to condemn the Operation, as ill performed; since the Blood ought to appear good in a State of Health, or 'Slight Indisposition, where there is no Distemper sufficient to communicate an ill Colour to the Mass. In Persons reduced to extreme Weakness, or after long Abstinence, or when the fear of Bleeding, and the Terror upon sight of the Blood creates a depression of the Spirits, in these Cases the Blood is of a Beautiful Colour, because the Spirits wanting force to project it to a distance, the Air has more power over it to impregnate it with its Salts; And for the same Reason, it ever has a Beautiful Colour in Malignant Fevers. On the other Hand, the bad Colour of the Blood is not always an Argument, the Operation is well performed; because in some Bodies the Blood is so corrupt, that it will appear bad, notwithstanding it be ill let out, or ill received; In fine, a Right Judgement can only be performed from the duly comparing all Circumstances .  
Great Regard is to be had to the Consistence of the Blood when it is cold, and has stood for some time in the Vessel, and Observations of this kind will inform us, of its good or ill Condition. If the Blood preserves its Liquidity after it is perfectly cold, it does plainly discover its corruption, and the entire separation of its Principles; on the contrary, if the Blood Coagulates soon, it is a Mark of its Thickness, and a Deficiency of Spirits: for which reason it is deprived of its necessary Motion in the Vessels. The due consistence of cold Blood, is such as may preserve a Moderate Union of its parts.  
The Blood has rarely any Scent, unless it be entirely corrupted, its parts separated, or it Stagnates in the Veins, and wants Agitation, as in Leprous Persons, or is vitiated by the Remains of an Old Pox, in which cases it sometimes has an ill smell. Where the Blood is thus Tainted, the Patient cannot expect long Life. But in this place I think it pertinent, to give the Surgeon this necessary notice, That however the Blood may be free from any ill smell, it is very dangerous to draw in its Steams in Respiration, and constant Experience shows us, that Surgeons in Hospitals who bleed often, are more frequently attacked with Malignant Fevers, than those who dress Ulcers which exhale the most foetid smell. From which Observation it evidently follows, that in Breathing through the Mouth or Nose the Poison is received, which after circulates with the Blood, and infects the whole Mass. To taste the Blood is both dangerous and disgustful, and therefore very little information can be gained from this Head of its good or ill qualities; However the sweet Taste is reputed best, and any other as Salt, Bitter, or Acid, condemned as a Mark of its Depravation.  
To conclude this Subject, those who pretend to know the Patients Distemper by his Blood, are Impostors; there is indeed sufficient ground to pronounce a Man to be indisposed when the Blood has a bad appearance, but to assign the Disease and its Nature, is an impossible Matter.   

Of Accidents happening after Bleeding.  
Bleeding is the most Trivial, the least Gainful, and yet most dangerous Operation, which an Artist is ever employed in. If well performed, no Reputation is gained by it, if any Accident hap after it, it is sufficient to ruin his Honour by the Slanders of the ignorant Multitude, who never regard what they talk, and the Envy of his Fellow-Surgeons who are ever busy in defaming one another. A young Surgeon therefore in point of Prudence ought to be well instructed in the Accidents which hap after Bleeding, and as well versed in the Method of curing them, to prevent having recourse to his Treacherous Friends.  
The Principal Accidents in Bleeding are these which follow. In the first place it sometimes happens the Vein is not pricked at all, or at lest very ill opened, and the Blood comes out with difficulty. The missing of a Vein proceeds either from its unsteadiness when it is not fixed enough under the Skin, to abide the Lancet, or from some extraordinary Concern and Apprehension in the Artist, who when it lies deep is afraid of having some Membrane, Nerve, Tendon, Artery, or other dangerous part, or lastly, some Deception of the sense, when he believes he feels a Vein in a place where there is none. A Vein is said to be ill opened, when the Incision is either too High, or too Low, or when the Surgeon does not keep a rolling Vein steady, for in this case the Vein slipping under the Skin, the outward Orifice does not answer to the inward, and the Blood is stopped. A Vein is likewise reputed to be ill opened, if the Orifice be too small; but whether this be a fault or not, is not yet decided, and it remains a controversy amongst the Learned, whether a small or a large Orifice be best. I shall not pretend to determine this point, only here it concerns the young Artist to observe, that if the Orifice be too large the Blood will not spring out and make an Arch, and the Patient by consequence will never be well contented.  
If the Surgeon fail in his first attempt to open the Vein, because it flies from his Lancet; He must subject it again directly on the Incision first made, and endeavour to prick it in the same Orifice, or if he like not that, in some other place above or below, or in any other Vein which presents itself fairer; but whatever he does, he must be sure to have a presence of Mind, without discovering the lest Fear or Surprise, and not like some timorous Men appear out of Countenance upon missing Bleeding, which alarms the Patient and Standards by, and makes them think this, which is a very slight or no fault at all, a very great one. If the Surgeon misses the Vein, and does not make his Incision deep enough, he may plunge his Lancet deeper in the same Vein, or make attempt to open it in another place, with better Success. I think it better to do this in a new place, than to prick again in the same, and this is lesle apt to disgust the Patient, who feels a Pain still remaining in the first Puncture. If the Surgeon be deceived in feeling, he ought to examine the Patients Arm with greater exactness, to discover the place where the Vein lies, and if after feeling and searching for a considerable time, he cannot found any greater certainty than at first, it is better to defer Bleeding till the Evening or the next Morning; because the position of the Veins may shifted in that time, and all who have any Experience in this matter, know very well they are sometimes obliged to quit their work, and yet sometime after Bleed in the same place, with the greatest ease imaginable. If a Vein be ill opened, and the Blood comes so badly from it that the Patient cannot hope to be relieved by it, the Surgeon must Bleed in the other Arm, or defer the Operation, if the Nature of the Distemper require it to be done in the same, especially if the Vein lies deep, because these once beginning to evacuate, never rise after, not to mention the Blood running down which blinds the Operator. If the Incision be too small, the Operation ought to be deferred till next day, or at lest the Patient ought to bleed on the other side. If the Orifice be too large, and the Patient's indisposition be slight, the Surgeon may permit the Blood to run down the Arm, but if the Disease be violent, and the Physician pretend to judge of that by inspecting the Blood, he must straighten it a little, the better to give the Blood its Natural Colour.  
Sometimes there happens to be a small Collection of Blood under the Skin, which forms a Thrombus, and after a little Inflammation and Pain, ends in a slight Suppuration. The same consequence sometimes happens upon a Lancet not being sharp enough, for this makes a sort of Contusion, and the edges of the Wound do not easily unite to each other. The extension of the Arm or other Motion of the Patient after Bleeding, sometimes impedes the Coalition, and some little quantity of Blood getting between the Lips of the Orifice, forms a small Ulcer which proves troublesome to the Patient for some time. The Method of preventing these inconveniences, is first applying mild Digestive Medicines, and after them Desiccatives; for instance, using a warm Lineament with Oil of Roses and Vinegar, laying a little Basilicon on the Orifice, and over that Galen's Cerate, or Rags several times doubled dipped in Oxycrate a little heated, and after the Inflammation is over, and the Suppuration completed, a small Emplaster of  Ceruse, Diapalma, and de Minio to dry the Ulcer, and confirm the Cicatrix. Sometimes there is an Appearance of a Contusion on the Arm, in Persons who are nice and difficult to Bleed, which proceeds-from more than ordinary handling the part in feeling for the Vessel, or a small Suffusion of Blood under the Skin, but this accident is not attended with Pain, and easily removed by chafing the Part well with Spirit of Wine.  
In Bleeding, the Membrane investing the Muscles sometimes happens to be hurt with the point of the Lancet, which Accident is ever attended with Mischievous consequences, such as a Fever, a very great Inflammation, which in a very little time extends over all the inner side of the Arm, a hard Swelling which arises on the place of the Puncture, and terminates in a great Abscess, (and sometimes more than one) between the upper part of the Arm, and the Extremity of the Hand. This Accident is ever worst, when it happens in Hospitals of Great Cities, or Camps, where the Air is corrupted, or in foul Bodies, or such as are overheated by Fatigue, or Disorderly living. Sometimes these Symptoms are not so violent, and the Patient only feels a considerable Pain from the place quite down to the Thumb, on the same side, which incommodes him most in turning the Wrist round. This Symptom proceeds from a Hurt of the Tendinous Fascia, assisting in this Motion, and this remains for a long time. This Accident is soon perceived by a vehement pain in the instant of Pricking, extending from the Place to the Thumb, where the Tendon terminates. The ill Consequences which attend it are prevented in great measure by Defensatives, as by unction of the Part with Oil of Roses and Vinegar, or the same beaten up with the White of an Egg, Bowl Armoniac, Galen's Cerate, and repeated Bleeding in the other Arm. When the Pain, Inflammation and Swelling increase, it is proper to use an Anodyne Cataplasm made of Milk, Crumbs of Bread, Saffron, Populeum, and Oil of Roses, and attempt to break the Suppuration on the Orifice by some proper Application to the Part, as Emplast. Divinum, Diachylon with the Gums, or a Cataplasm made with Sorrel, Lily Roots, and Basilicon, or Rags dipped in warm Oxycrate. If an Abscess hap in any other part besides the Orifice, it is to be opened where the included Pus presents itself, and treated in the ordinary Method.  
If none of these Accidents hap after the Puncture, and the Patient only complains of a Pain extending from the Orifice to the Wrist, without any fear of Inflammation or Suppuration, it suffices to use a Lineament made of Oil of Roses and Spirit of Wine mixed, heated and repeated thrice a day, and after if occasion require, Oil of Earthworms, with Spirit of Wine, or Queen of Hungaries Water, or rub well the whole Arm with Ointment of Marshmallows, and Vnguen. Martiatum melted. During the Cure, the Prudent Surgeon ought to visit him several times a day, and perfect it with all possible speed, to secure his Friendship, and prevent his being offended at the Accident.   

Of an Erisipelas after Bleeding.  
The Surgeon is not always , when an Erisipelas arises after Bleeding, for however the Puncture of the Muscular Membrane, or some Nerve or Tendon, may 'cause the effusion of a Hot, Bilious Blood the common Materials of an Erisipelas; yet it is not lesle certain, the same effect succeeds sometimes on the opening Veins which are so very large, that the most unskillful Surgeon cannot hurt any other Part, or fear the lest Accident. In such Cases the Cause of the Erisipelas is to be ascribed to the ill Disposition of the Patient's Blood, which upon opening the Vessel is conveyed thither by the Arteries with great impetuosity, and in greater quantity, than can conveniently return by the Veins. This Conjecture is confirmed, by observing that at the same time this boiling impetuous Blood causes an extraordinary Inflammation, and very great Tension of the Arm, it has the like effect on the Lungs, and causes great Difficulty of breathing, Spitting of Blood, and all Symptoms of a Peripneumony, which ordinarily proves fatal after the Erisipelas is vanished: Add to this, the Inflammation is ordinarily lesle near the Orifice, than in more distant Parts.  
THE SIGNS of an Erisipelas are manifest enough, viz. a large visible Swelling of the Arm, extending from the Shoulder to the Hand, with a Train continuing from the Armpit to the Elbow, the Skin appears Read and Inflamed, which is sometimes greater in one place, and sometimes in another. A continual Fever is kindled, the Patient feels a great pain with Tension and Burning, which will not suffer him to rest; a Difficulty of Breathing ensues, the Spit turns read, and there is a sensible heat in every part of the Body.  
THE CURE. Bleeding on the opposite Side is very Serviceable in remedying these Mischievous Accidents, especially if repeated seven or eight times soon after one another (to make a prompt and effectual Diversion) in conjunction with external and internal Medicines, to abate the Fervour of the Blood. The Patient must be confined to a strict regular Diet, to Cool, Purify and supply a competent stock of Moisture to the Mass; such as Veal or Chicken Broths, with Leaves of Succory, Lettuces, Chervil, Borage, Bugloss, and a little Jelly, but not too Nourishing. The Patient may drink Ptisans with Roots of Scorzonera, Marsh-mallows, Nenuphar, Dog's grass, Liquorice, and every Night two Doses of an Apozem, with cold Seeds boiled in it, adding some good Syrup and Diacodium ā. ℥ i  
If the Erisipelas spread much and extend to the Breast, it is very proper to give powder of Vipers in the first Draught of Broth, or in some Cordial Water, as Scabious, Scordium, Carduus, Scorzonera or Woodsorrel to abate its Violence, and fortify the parts against the ill effects of the Malignant Bile, which infects all the Humours of the Body. The Diseased Part must be fomented with a Decoction of Roots of Marsh-mallows, Leaves of Marshmallows, Violary, Pellitory of the Wall, Groundsil, Betes, Herb-Mercury, adding after Boiling a little Vinegar of Roses, and so using it thrice or four times a Day, soaking Stupes in the Decoction, and applying them hot on the part, which ought to be rubbed likewise with a Lineament made of the Juices of Nightshade, Plantain and Housleek, the Mucilage of the Seeds of Psyllium, Linseed and Fenugreek drawn in Rose-water, Oil of Poppies, Camphire, Saffron and the Cerate of Galen, or lastly, let an Anodyne Cataplasm made of Crumbs of White-Bread boiled in Milk be used, adding Yolks of Eggs, Saffron and Oil of Roses, and in extreme pain the Liquid extract of Opium.  
If the Pain and Inflammation are moderate, a Discutient or Resolvent Cataplasm may be applied, made of Meal of Wild Vetches, Lupins and Linseed boiled in Oxymel, adding Flowers of Roses, Chamomil, Melilot, together with Oil of Dill, and St. John's wort. If the Erisipelatous Swelling Ulcerates in any part of the Arm, a Detergent lotion is proper, of Birthwort, Periwinkle, lesser Centaury, Gentian, Wormwood, Sanicle, using after this, Unguent. Nutritum, Pompholyx, Desiccativum rubrum, Unguent of Ceruse, the Santaline Cerate, or other drying Medicines.  
Doubtless the most dangerous Accident which happens in Bleeding, is the pricking a Nerve or Tendon, whose Symptoms and Method of Cure are very much alike. The Nerves of the Arm lie so deep, it seldom happens they are pricked, but it falls out too often in opening the Vena Mediana, that the Tendon of the Biceps Muscle (which together with the internal Brachial bends the Cubit) is hurt, because this Vein most commonly runs over, or at lest very near it. If the Nerve or Tendon be hurt, it is soon discovered by the violent pain, which the Patient feels at the time of the Puncture, as well as by the ensuing swelling in the Arm, which is very large, attended with strong pulsation, great Inflammation, a continual Fever, and without speedy care to prevent them, Convulsions, Delirium, a Gangrene and Mortification of the Part, which cruel Accidents kill the Patient in a small time.  
The Prevention of these Accidents is attempted by bleeding, and the same Regimen which is prescribed in the Erisipelas of the Arm, together with Ptisans, Cooling Draughts, Laxative Clysters and Apozems. The Surgeon must have an especial care in treating the Wounded Part; to apply to the adjacent parts as well above as below, good Defensatives made of Oil of Roses, Whites of Eggs, Bole Armoniac, Juices of Solanum, Housleek, Vinegar, Oxycrate made with Waters of Plantain, Mulberries, Roses, Henbane-seed, and a greater proportion of the sharpest Vinegar, than is commonly put in the Composition. Ancient Writers direct the pouring in hot Oils, to absorb the Moisture issuing from the Wounded Nerve. This Gleet, unless prevented, soon turns sharp and acrimonious, and acquires an exceeding Malignant quality, Guido de Cauliaco, calls it a Nitrous and Aeruginous Sanies, and commends Oil of Savin preferably to all others. In Defect of this Oil of Turpentine, with the addition of a little Spirit of Wine may serve, or Oil of St. John's wort, Lilies, Foxes, Castor, Euphorbium, or Oil of Eggs, if the Pain be excessive; Lastly, in want of all these. Oil of Dill or Rue, made by the Decoct on the Ingredients in common Oil.  
The whole Arm is to be rubbed for a long time together with Oil of Roses, Camomile or Lilies, or pretty sharp Vinegar. These Oils are to be applied very hot, and the whole Arm covered with the Cataplasms prescribed above in Erisipelatous tumors, or Emplastrum Diachalciteos or Oxycroceum dissolved in Oil of Roses and Vinegar, or Emollient and Discutient Fomentations, with a little Sal Armoniac.  
If these Remedies fail of the intended effect, the Surgeon must dilate the Wound to give the included Sanies (which is lodged on the Nerve or Tendon) a free discharge, and open a way for the more effectual applying Medicines to its bottom. This Method is used by the best Practitioners, and amongst the rest Guido de Cauliaco, who in treating of Wounds of the Nerves and Tendons, directs a Surgeon in these cases principally to aim at, discharging the virulent Sanies, by making an incision through the Teguments, and laying the bottom open. Ambrose Parry gives the same advice, and indeed all who understand the Nature of these Wounds, know it is by no means convenient to defer the laying them open, and discharging the acrimonious Matter penned up, nor is this ever done so Successfully after some time, as in the beginning.  
When the Wound is sufficiently dilated upwards and downwards, with an Incision Knife or crooked Scissors, (and made rather too great than too small) good Digestives must be put in it, as Lineament of Arcaeus melted pretty hot, or a Digestive Unguent of Turpentine washed in Spirit of Wine, Powder of Myrrh, Oil of Eggs, and Gum Elemi, and the Wound filled up with Pledgits (without forcing any in) and the same Ointments, Cataplasms, Emplasters and Fomentations continued on the Tumefied part as before, till a good Suppuration is procured and all Accidents cease, and than it must be incarned, dried and cicatrized after the usual manner.  
In these cases a Prudent Surgeon will conceal his Fault to preserve his Fame; but if he finds the Patient is like to run any Risque of his Life, or there be the lest hazard in the Case, he must Sacrifice his Reputation to the Patient's Health, and by this means make him some sort of Reparation, and instantly lay open the Wound, if there be the lest danger in deferring it. If the Apertion has been too long procrastinated, and the Tension, Fever and Convulsion do continued, and the Natural Heat of the Part is extinguished, which is discovered by the Rising of the Vesiculae or little Bladders, the change of the Read into a Dark colour, tending to Livid, by the decaying and withering, and weight of the Part, and by a certain putrid Cadaverous Stench soon discernible in approaching the Patient. There is no time to be lost, and the Surgeon must use all his endeavours to take of the Convulsion, abate the Tension, recall the Natural Heat, and prevent the entire Mortification of the wounded Part.  
To prevent the Convulsion, Authors advice the cutting the Tendon or Nerve asunder, whose Fibres are apt to be torn by the contraction of the Muscle. But sometimes even after cutting the Tendon asunder, the Convulsion does not cease. To abate the Tension, the swelling is to be Scarified to the quick, throughout its whole Extent, especially in those places where it is Vesicated, or the Scarf-skin separated, or the Skin discoloured. That the Scarification is deep enough, may be known from the Patients crying out, and Blood issuing from the Orifice. The Scarification must begin beneath, and be continued up to the highest part of the Swelling in such a manner, that the lower Angles of the upper Incision may intersect the upper Angles of the lower, and the Skin by consequence suffer no constraint.  
The Scarifications may be multiplied according as the Disease increases, and made longer and deeper if the Gangrene does not stop, in order to apply Medicines to the bottom of the putrefied Slough. All Medicines are to be applied very hot to restore the Natural Heat, and stir up the remaining Spirits to a Vigorous Action. Fomentations may be made with Venice Treacle, dissolved in Spirit of Wine, strengthened with Spirit of Sal Armoniac, or the yellow Water made with Quicklime, and Sublimate corrosive. A Fomentation made with a good quantity of Common Salt dissolved in very strong Vinegar, with the addition of Spirit of Wine, Honey of Roses, and Aegyptiacum is a good Medicine if applied hot to warm the Scarified part. Those who have Experience, may compose variety of these Applications according to their Opinion of their Virtue, and dip Pledgits in them to put in the Incision, taking care to lay on some good Lineament to procure a laudable Suppuration, and a quick Separation of the gangrened and corrupted part.  
This Lineament may be made of Turpentine washed in Spirit of Wine, with Powders of Myrrh, Aloes, Aegyptiacum, Basilicon, Oil of Wormwood, and St. John's wort. After the incisions are filled with these and other like Medicines, it is convenient to apply on the part some Cataplasm, to put a stop to the progress of the putrefaction, to discuss, dry, and abate Pain. This Cataplasm may consist of Meal of Beans, Barley, Wild Vetches, Lupins, boiled in Oxymel with common Salt, Honey of Roses, Juice of Wormwood, and horehound, Powders of Myrrh, Aloes and Mastic, with a little Spirit of Wine added at last, to give the whole a soft Consistence.  
Cataplasms are very good on these occasions, tho' some Practitioners condemn them, upon a pretence they load the Part, stop the Pores, and hinder Transpiration; for this reason they prefer Compresses dipped in some of the before mentioned Liquors, with some Aromatic Spirit of Wine, with Bottles of hot Water, Bricks and Tiles applied to the part to preserve the Warmth. These Bricks and Tiles are to be wrapped in Linen Cloth several times doubled, to prevent burning the Patient. This is the more necessary, because the Parts being in a manner insensible, will endure very considerable burning before the Patient complain of it.  
These Applications must be renewed twice or thrice a day, to work more effectually. In the mean time the Patient must take several Cordial Potions; such as are before prescribed in the Cure of the Erisipelas, applying on the Heart some Epithem of Carduus, Bugloss, borage, Rose and Treacle Water, Juice of Citron and Nightshade, Vinegar of Roses, Powders of the three , Diamargariton frigidum, Confection of Alkermes, Hyacinth and Troches of Camphire.  
If all these Methods fail of their intended effect, and the part appears to be from little shivering Fits, Nauseas, and heaving of the Stomach, and malignant Vapours arising from the putrid Flesh, infested the Heart. The only remaining remedy to preserve the Patient's Life, is a speedy Amputation of the Part, the Method of performing which, I shall show in its proper place.    

REMARKS.  
Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 5. Obs. 18. relates the History of a certain Man of thirty Years of Age, who had endured violent Pains in the Head, in the Fits of an Epilepsy for a long time, he bled him in the Frontal Vein, upon which the Patient lost the use of one of his Eyes, which remained shut. The pain of his Head sometime after grew more vehement, and the Eye more inflamed to that degree, that its Membranes being corroded the Humours fell out, and the Patient for ever lost his Sight. But what is more surprising still is, he was deprived of his Speech, which he afterwards recovered by the Care and Diligence of his Physicians.  
The same Author, Cent. 6. Obs. 92. relates the case of a  Woman, who in the last Month of her going with Child, caused herself to be bled in both Feet at the same time, in hopes of obtaining an easy Delivery, Immediately after these bleedings, she found herself in a very great disorder, the Throes which attended Women in Labour came upon her, and that Night she was delivered of a dead Child before her time was come, very narrowly escaping with her own Life. In the same Observation, he relates the History of a certain Man, who caused himself to be bled twice, one time immediately after the other in both Arms, to relieve him in a Lassitude, and Heaviness of the Head. About three Hours after Bleeding, he found a great weight on the Anus, and a vehement Pain which was greater the following Night, and attempting to walk the next Day, the Pain, Inflammation and Weight increased, still being attended with a burning Fever, great Restlessness, a Nausea, besides several other ill Symptoms. Hildanus searching him found a large Abscess, which after a Suppuration procured, discharged a quantity of Pus of an intolerable weight. This Abscess ascended lengthways of the Rectum, quite to the Os Sacrum, of which he was cured without any Fistula remaining behind.  
Though it be very difficult for a Surgeon to prick the Nerve on the Arm, which lies beneath the Basilick Vein, because it must be a very deep Puncture which can reach it; yet Ambrose Parry assures us, that Charles IX. had this Nerve hurt in his presence, and suffered great inconveniences by it, for a long time after the Accidents were removed, by the Careful and Assiduous use of proper Remedies.    

CHAP. XIX. Of the Operation of the Aneurism.  
THIS Operation is an Incision of the Teguments to lay the Artery bore, and make a Ligature on it.  
THE CAUSE. There are two kinds of Aneurism, the Genuine and Spurious. The Spurious Aneurism is only the casual opening an Artery by the point of the Lancet, joined with a loss of Blood issuing from the opened Vessel. The Genuine Aneurism is a Collection of Arterial Blood, which forms a Swelling within the Artery itself.  
The Genuine Aneurism proceeds sometimes from an internal, and sometimes from an external Cause. The internal Cause of a true Aneurism, is the Action of some sharp and corrosive Humour, which finding a way to get out of the Glands', fixes on the external Tunick of the Arteries, and corrodes and consumes it. The internal Tunick in the mean time is exceedingly dilated, and distended by the constant repeated impulse of the Blood, and the Fibres of the external wanting strength to resist their effort of extrusion, they at length break forth, and form this Aneurismal Tumour. All parts of the Body are subject to Swell of this kind, which are more frequent in decayed emaciated Subjects where the Blood is more Saline, than in corpulent fat People.  
The external Cause is some Accidental Punction of the outer Coat of the Artery, with a Lancet or some such like Instrument, or some Fall or Blow received, or perhaps some more than ordinary straining the Voice, in crying or holding the Breath in Labour, any of which recited Causes, are sufficient to strain or break the Fibres of the external Coat, and the Blood continually striking on the weakened place, produces an Aneurism.  
The Spurious Aneurism is caused by the opening of an Artery which lets out the Blood, which after Extravasation, lodges in the Porosities of the Flesh and Skin, and there forms a Livid Tumour, or is quite evacuated if the Teguments are entirely divided by the Lancet.  
THE SIGNS of a Genuine Aneurism, are an external Swelling, with a sensible Pulsation, the Swelling is soft, and if pressed with the Finger subsides instantly, returning when the pressure is removed. There is no discolouration of the Skin, because the Tumour is supported by the Blood circulating through the Arterial Channel.  
This Tumour sometimes equals the bigness of a Chestnut, and sometimes an Egg. These Swell sometimes break of themselves, and sometimes the Patient carries them with him to his Grave without bursting; because the Artery growing Callous in the place where it was most of all weakened, is by this enabled to sustain the utmost shock of the Blood. These Callosities like those in Fistulas, proceed from the most Saline and Pungent Particles of the Blood, which lodging in the Pores of the Arterial Coats, mix with their Nutritious Juice, and harden it. Sometimes they proceed from the Blood, which being in a perpetual Fermentation, and passing through the Swelling, dries and hardens it, by rarefying and wasting that Humidity which kept its Tunicks wet. The Signs of a Spurious Aneurism, are the deep beating of the Artery, the almost livid colour of the Skin, the Tumour not rising so high as the true possessing a greater space, and not so easily yielding to the Finger, as the true Aneurism, and when the Artery is opened, the Blood coming out with impetuosity and force.  

The OPERATION.  
The Operation is performed in the same manner both in the True and Spurious Aneurism, if preceding Methods prove ineffectual. Place the Patient in a Chair, let a Servant hold the Arm extended, than lay a good Compress round the Arm above the Swelling, and make a Ligature over this, which you may straighten at pleasure, by turning round a small stick called the Turniket or Turnstick. The advantage in laying a compress under the Ligature, is to make it lesle painful, more equal, and prevent pinching the Skin. The Artery may be compressed to any degree required, by turning round the Stick. When the Artery is sufficiently compressed, take the Patients Arm with your Hand below the Swelling, and make an Incision with a Lancet in the other Hand. This Incision must be made lengthways, according to the course of the Vessel, beginning below and ending above, and aught to be too large, rather than too little, to lay the Artery bore. The Tumour being opened evacuate the coagulated Blood with the Finger, and if there be any coherences, cut them with the crooked Scissors, to clear the Wound from the concreted Blood, and of all other extraneous Bodies, which sometimes are found in Aneurisms of long standing. You must loosen the Turniket from time to time, to discover the Orifice of the Artery, and than separate it from the Membranes, which connect it to the neighbouring Parts; the Separation must be made with a Spatula, for fear of cutting it with an Incision Knife. Than hold the Artery with a Hook, to free it from its other Ties, and when it is clear, pass a crooked Needle with a waxed Thread under it, cut the Thread, and draw out the Needle. The point of the Needle must be blunt, to avoid pricking the Part. After this make a Ligature on the strongest part of the Artery; first with a simple knot, and than place a Compress over that strengthened with two other knots on the Compress may be omitted if it shall be thought inconvenient. A like Ligature must be made on the inferior part of the Orifice, to hinder the ramifications of the Arteries from discharging any Blood. The Artery intervening between the two Ligatures must be left uncut, because the two ends of the Artery contracting and shrinking within the Skin, may thrust the Ligature of, which would be more dangerous than the Aneurism itself, since it would be difficult to found the ends, and tie them.  
THE DRESSING. Lay on the Wound Dossils' armed with Restringent Powders, an Emplaster and a Compress. Lay a great square Compress the whole length of the Arm, following the Course of the Artery quite from the Swelling to the Armpit, and keep all on with a Bandage made after this manner.  
Take a Roller or Fillet of more than two inches broad, and an Ell and half or two els in length (more or lesle according to the bigness of the Subject haply one end beneath the Elbow, making two rounds about the Arm, than ascending Spirally (so as to leave one third part of the nether Roller bore in each Turn) in passing over the Tumour compress it a little by straightening the Roller, and continued to ascend in the same manner to the Armpit than turn it round the Breast, and fasten it with Pins. The Emplaster and Compress must be about three or four inches broad, long enough to go round the Arm, and be slit a pretty way at each end, leaving a part plain and undivided in the midst. This Figure is convenient to prevent wrinkles; The Bandage must be kept on three or four Days without undoing it, and in the first Dressing you must be careful to take the Pledgits very gently of.  
THE CURE. Place the Patients Arm a little bended on a Cushion, extending it now and than for fear it grow stiff. Dress the Wound constantly at lest once a Day, continuing the use of Restringent Powders, as Terra Sigillata, Bole Armoniac, Colophonia, Dragon's Blood, Frankincense, and Laudanum. After you are once secure, the Vessels will not re-open, Suppurate the Wound with some Digestive, made with Turpentine and Yolks of Eggs, and after a laudable Digestion obtained, deterge it well, and Cicatrize it. The Patient at first must be allowed only some few Liquids, for fear any Putrefaction arise from Repletion, and the use of solid Aliments, and their Wound must be treated according to the usual method of Practice.  
The Marks or Signs by which it is known that the Artery is hurt, is the Resistance against the point of the Lancet, the elevation and violent beating communicated to the Vein by the Subjacent Artery, the springing out of the Blood by several distinct Jets, as happens in a wounded Artery; but with this difference, that it is not so lively sparkling or florid, and is not projected to so great a distance. If any of these unfortunate Accidents hap, and you are desirous to have the Aneurism cured without Operation, bleed the Patient to abate the rapid Motion of the Blood, and put a stop to the progress of the Tumour, apply on the Artery a small Compress with half a Bean wrapped up in it, lay over this another Compress something larger, and than over that more still gradually increasing, to compress the part more equally; around the Wound apply Defensatives, and keep all on with the Bandage used in the Aneurism, leaving on the Dress as long as possible. When the Patient gins to regain his Strength, you must bleed again, lest the Vessels replete with Blood press on the weak part of the Artery, and occasion a Tumour.  
In a Spurious or Bastard Aneurism, the Blood is extravasated under the Teguments, and the most expeditious way to anticipate the Lividity and Gangrening of the part and the usual Accidents attending these Cases, is to proceed instantly to Operation. But if the Patient will not endure this, apply Compresses and proper Discutients on the part, and have Recourse to frequent Bleeding.  
The external Aneurism is not near so Dangerous as the internal, and it is often impossible to treat it, and even so much as to discover it. The following Medicines are good in external Aneurisms. ℞. Powder of Sumach, Hypocistis, Acacia, Dragon's Blood, Aloes, Frankincense, anʒi. Beaten all with the White of an Egg, to the consistence of an Emplaster, let this be applied to the part to heal the Wound, which must be well cleansed from all the Grumous Blood lodged in it. A plate of Lead applied alone, or besmeared with the Juice of Plantain, and bound on straight, puts a stop to the Growth, or Cures an Aneurism quite, if applied in the beginning. In these Palliative Cures, the Patient is often obliged to carry this Plate about him all his Life.  
Fabricius Hildanus cured after the following manner, a large Aneurism equalling an Egg in bigness, hard and pale coloured, with an exceeding great Pulsation, and hindering the Patient in the free extension of his Arm. In the first place he ordered the Patient to observe an exact Regimen, than applied on the Swelling Emp. de Cicuta, and gave the following Clyster. ℞. Roots of Marshmallows, Leaves of the same, Violary, Mallows, Pellitory of the Wall, Herb Mercury, ā one Handful, Flowers of Chamomil and Melilot, ā half a Handful. Boyl●all in water to the consumption of a third part. Dissolve in the strained Liquor Benedict. Laxativa, ℥ i Honey of Mercury, ℥ two. Common Oil, ℥ iij. Salt one pugil. Mix these for a Clyster, and so give them. The next Morning to disperse the Melancholy Humour, predominant in the Patient's Body. He prescribed the following Julep. ℞. Roots of sharppointed Dock, Polypody of the Oak, Petroselin an ℥ i Agrimony, Speedwell, Dodder, Fumitory, Hop-tops, of each of the Cordial Flower ā. one Handful, Liquorice ℥ i Aniseseeds, sweet Fennel Seeds, ā ℥ ss. Boyl these Ingredients in à competent quantity of Water, till reduced to one third, strain this, adding to each pound of this Decoction, Syrup of Fumitory, and de Epithymo, ā ℥ ij. Cinnamon Water, ℥ iss. and let the Patient take of this Julep every Morning warm. Next he prescribed the following purging Potion. ℞. Of the Decoction above prescribed, ℥ viij. Sena well cleansed, ℥ i best Rhubard, ʒij. Dissolve in a Moiety of this Infusion, Solutive Syrup of Roses, ℥ i Diaturbith with Rhubarb, ʒi. Mix this for a purging Potion; the next Morning returning to the former Julep again each day. He renewed the Application of the Emplastr. de Cicuta on the Tumour. After this he gave him a Purgative Potion made of the remaining Moiety of the Infusion of Sena and Rhubard, with the Addition of Confectio Hamech, ʒss. extract of the Bark of Esula, ℈ ss. Cinnamon Water, ℥ ss. This Potion he gave him upon the third Day after the first Purge. He tells us this Purge wrought so violently, and with that good Success downwards, that the next Morning there was no appearance of any Aneurism or Pulsation in the Part. Than he applied this Emplaster, ℞. Empl. Diachalciteos ℥ ij. Powder of Mastic, Read Roses, Myrtle, Roots of the greater Confound, ā. ʒi. Make these into an Emplaster, with a sufficient quantity of Rose Water; and last of all he applied a knob of Linen on the Tumour, binding this straight on to compress the Swelling, and the Aneurism was cured.  
There remains one necessary caution to be given the Operator in this place, and that is, to extend the Patients Arm at times and by degrees, lest in keeping it too much bend, a deep strong Cicatrix be form, which retains it bend the whole time of his Life.   

REMARKS.  
Riverius Obs. 34. relates the History of a certain Man of 50 Years of Age, of a very Melancholy complexion, who had a large Tumour on the right Clavicle, about half the bigness of an Egg, of the same colour with the Skin, with a very great Pulsation in it, which induced him to think it an Aneurism. The Patient dying, he found the ascending trunk of the Aorta from the Heart to the Clavicle dilated, enough to receive a Pullet's Egg in its Cavity, with its Tunicks very thick and Cartilaginous.  
To regain the free Motion of the Arm after the preceding method is completed, it is necessary to oblige the Patient to extend and bend his Arm, and to turn round his Fist to prevent a Collection of a Glairy substance in the juncture of the Elbow, and too deep a Cicatrix, which sometimes has happened in Persons who have remained Lame all their Lives after for want of due precaution.  
If the Aneurism has been for a long time neglected, and the Operation deferred, the Bandage must not be too straight, and must more frequently be taken of and Compresses applied, which ought to be first well soaked in some Aromatic Wine, with Venice Treacle, or Spirit of Wine, with Volatile Salt of Sal Armoniac, or any hot or Spirituous Liquors, proper to revive the languishing Heat and Spirits of the Part. In short, all Circumstances must be observed, which may conduce to prevent a Mortification of the Part after the Ligature is made.  
Bartholine Cent. 4. Hist. 41. tells us of an Aneurism on the Breast of a certain Man in Naples, which the Surgeons refusing to meddle with, Translated itself behind, and the Patient became hunch-backed.    

CHAP. XXI. Of the Trepan.  
TRepanning is the opening the Skull, to evacuate Pus, or extravasated Blood lodged on the Dura Mater.  
THE CAUSES. Fractures of the Cranium or Skull, are the most ordinary occasions of performing this Operation. These are of two kinds, Incision or Cutting, made by an Instrument with a sharp edge, or Contusion by some blow with a blunt Instrument or Fall.  
Hypocrates enumerates five kinds of Fractures of the Skull, viz. Fissure, Contusion, Incision, Depression, and Contrafissure; but in my Opinion, these may be commodiously enough reduced to two Species, of which Incision, Fissure and Contrafisure, make the first Member, and Contusion and Depression the second.  
There are three sorts of Incision: In the first the Blow is perpendicular, and the edge of the Instrument enters the Skull, and without taking of any portion of it, makes an impression only in it. This by the Greeks is called Eccopè, by Hypocrates Hedra, and by the Latin Writers, Vestigium or Sedes, and in English may be properly enough called an Impression. In the Second, the Blow is more obliqne, and enters deeper into the substance of the Bone; but still without taking any part of, and this is termed Diacope. In the last kind, a piece of the Skull is entirely cut of, and this is named Apokeparnismos.  
Contusions are divided into two kinds; viz. Those which do not, and those which do destroy the Continuity of the Part.  
The First is called by Hypocrates Thlasis, and is a simple Depression of the Bone, and not a real Fracture. This happens in Children principally, whose Bones are pliant and flexible, and easily give way without breaking, like Pewter Pots, or any other Vessels made of malleable Metals.  
The Second only, where there is a division of the Bone, can in a strict sense be termed a Fracture.  
When the Bone is divided, and the Surface notwithstanding remains equal, the Fracture is named a Fissure. This if it be very visible is called Rogme, if scarce seen, or wholly imperceptible, Trichismos or a Capillary Fissure.  
When the equality of the Bone is destroyed, as well as its continuity, and some fragment of the Cranium displaced, the Fracture by Hypocrates is called Esphlasis or Euthlasis, of which he reckons up three kinds: Ecpiesma when the Cranium is depressed, and some Splinter of the Bone sticks in, or presses on the Dura Mater. Angisoma, when there is a Depression, and the Fragment broken of lies under the entire Bone. Camarosis, when either one end of the Fragment is depressed, and the other raised, or both ends are depressed, and it rises in the midst, leaving an Arch as it were vaulted over, from which this Species derives its Name.  
In Infants, an Arch sometimes happens to be made by a Depression of the Bone, without a Fissure, which sometimes by its Elastic virtue, returns to its pristin State; sometimes the exterior Table of the Skull alone, returns to its Natural State, and the inner remains depressed. These Cases can only hap in very young Children, while the Cranium is Membranous before Ossification is completed, and is not possible in Adults, whose Bones are dry and brittle.  
Hypocrates speaking of a Contrafissure, pretends it may hap after three several ways, viz. In the same Bone when the upper part is struck, and the lower broken; or the outer Table receives the blow, and the inner subjacent Table is broken, or in different Bones, as when the Occipital Bone is struck, and the Fracture is in the Coronal.  
It is very improbable that a Contrafissure should hap in most ordinary Skulls, and any Person who considers that the several parts of this Bone are not continuous, but a multitude of pieces separated by Sutures, must needs admit it to be very difficult, to suppose a Fissure propagated from one to the other, and be convinced those Instances alleged by that Author, are not very much to be relied on.  
But I profess here I would not be understood to arraign the Faith of that Great Man, or insinuate a suspicion of his design to impose on Posterity. That strain of Integrity and Candour which runs through every part of his Writings, is too visible to charge him with a Crime of this Nature. I make no doubt, those Instances which he mentions, really happened in the same manner as they are related; but without question, in those Persons the Cranium was one continuous Bone, as in some Bodies it has been found to be without any preceptible Sutures in it. Admitting this to be true, it is not difficult to conceive that the left Parietal receiving a smart Blow, and yielding a little, may communicate the Motion to the Right, and that be craked, especially if we suppose it to be of unequal thickness, and weaker than the other.  
If Contrafissures hap in Skulls divided by Sutures, it is rational to believe they proceed from some Fall, which the Person who received the Blow, might hap to have had during the time he remained Senseless. Now the Wound making a visible Division of the Teguments, without any Fracture of the Bone, and the Fall on the contrary making a Fissure of the Bone without hurting the Teguments, it is very possible the Surgeon not being informed of the Patients Fall, may impute this Fissure to the first Blow. And thus it is very probable, Hypocrates might be led into this Mistake. Nor can it be thought strange, that a Fracture of the Skull should be made, without a Wound of the Teguments, since every days Experience shows us, That Arms, Legs, and other Limbs are daily broken, without any Division of the Skin.  
If it ever hap, as some Practitioners pretend, that the lower Table of the Skull is broken, and the upper notwithstanding remains entire, this odd effect must be explained after this manner. Between the two Tables of the Skull, there is a visible interstice filled with Marrow, and intertexed with Bony Fibres, which middle Substance is very spongy and porous; now if it be true, as most undoubtedly it is, that there is no Vacuum in Nature, the Porosities of this Substance must consequently be filled with some Matter or other; which admit to be the Air; it will than follow, that when a Man receives a smart blow on the Head, and the upper Table yields without breaking, the included Air is compressed, and impetuously shocks the inner Table, which if it be so compact and hard that it cannot obey, must inevitably crack. The same reason may be alleged, in favour of those who espouse the Doctrine of Contrafissures.  
Matter may sometimes be extravasated on the Meninge, though the upper Table of the Skull remain entire; for instance, when the Marrow contained in the interstice between the Plates, by some Accident being corrupted and growing Acrimonious, corrodes and cariates the lower Table, and so discharges itself on the Dura Mater.  
THE SIGNS. Fractures of the Skull are for the most part visible to the naked Eye, and a sensible Fissure appears in the Bone, when the Teguments are removed.  
If no Fissure appear, and there is ground to suspect one, tho' it be so small as to escape the sight, the usual practice is to lay Ink on the Part, and after some little time to wipe it of, for than if such Fissure be, there will appear a black Line. This Experiment cannot be practised in a Fissure of the lower Table, and no assurance can be obtained in this matter till Symptoms appear.  
The Symptoms which discover the Dura Mater and Brain, do suffer in Fractures of the Skull, are various, and shall be recited in their proper places.  
If any Splinters of the Bone be broken of, they press on or lacerate the Dura Mater, and sometimes wound the Brain itself, and 'cause an extravasation of Blood in it. When this happens, and Symptoms discover the Brain is affected, and the Surgeon cannot evacuate the Matter lodged on the Dura Mater, he must proceed to Operation. But if the Bone alone be concerned, though there be a Comminution or part of it cut of, yet if no Symptoms appear, it is sufficient to Dress the Wound after the usual manner.  
If the Dura Mater be inflamed, from whatever cause this proceeds, there is a pain and oppression of the Part, the Eyes are bloated and inflamed, the Face is Read and Swollen, the Patient is Comatose, there is a Fever kindled, attended with a hard Pulse and Rigours, the Patient voids Blood out of his Nose, Ears or Mouth, which last happens in great Commotions of the Brain.  
If there be any pointed Splinters, there is ground to fear they may pierce through the Dura Mater, and Wound it. If there be a depression of the Skull; and some fragments be broke of, there is reason to apprehended an extravasation of Blood, and a Compression of that Membrane. If the Fracture be large, and made with a sharp Instrument, it is most undoubtedly cut.  
If there be a Fissure of the Bone, the Patient be Comatose, and Blood voided by the Mouth, Ears or Nose with a sensible Fever, as was noted above, there is Matter lodged on the Dura Mater.  
The Weight or Oppression proceeds from a great quantity of Matter which presses on the Brain, and its Arteries which convey Blood into, and dilate it:  
The Swelling and Inflammation of the Eyes, proceed from the Inflammation of the Sinus in the bottom of the Brain, which are productions of the Dura Mater. For these Sinus receiving all the Refluent Blood from the Veins of the Eye, when their Mouths are inflamed, must of necessity not receive it so fast as it is conveyed in by the Arteries, wherefore the Globe of the Eye receiving a constant supply of Arterial Blood, while the Venal does not pass of, must needs be distended and inflamed.  
The Inflammation of the Eyelids, arises from the Inflammation of the Pericranium, their internal Membrane being a Continuation of that, and the Inflammation of the Pericranium itself, proceeds from the Pain caused by the Blows and Bruises it receives.  
It is observable, that the Inflammation of the Eyes does not follow immediately upon the Hurt received; but at some distance of time after, sometimes upon the third, fourth or fifth Day. For the Inflammation does not spread itself to its full extent of a sudden, but gradually; and there is a great Tract intervening for it to pass through, before it arrive at the Eyes.  
The Bloated Swollen Face, proceeds from the Inflammation of the Dura Mater, which straightening the Mouths of the Internal Carotid Arteries, forces part of the Blood (which would be conveyed to the Brain by those Channels) to regurgitate and pass of by the external Branches of the same Arteries, to the several Parts of the Face.  
The Coma or Dosiness, proceeds from an interruption in the Circulation of the Blood, which Stagnates in the Vessels of the Dura Mater, and compresses the Brain, and by this means closing the Meatus, intercepts the passage of the Spirits. Now if waking arises from an open free Communication, when this ceases by any occasional cause, which compresses the Brain, and closes the Pores, its contrary Sleep or Dosiness must unavoidably ensue.  
The Fever proceeds from the extravasated Matter, first corrupting, and than being absorbed into the Blood. One drop of Pus mixed with the Mass, is sufficient to produce this effect, and experience shows us, that in Abscesses of the Lungs, nay of the external Parts too, the Patient is never without a Fever.  
The hard deep Pulse proceeds from a defect in the free circulation of the Blood through the Brain, the impediment it meets with here, preventing its rapid descent to the Heart, and its plentiful discharge into the Aorta.  
The Rigor's or Shivering Fits, proceed from the Acrimony of the extravasated Matter lodged on the Membranes. This Acrimony is contracted by its long Stagnating and Putrefying there, and when it pricks the Membranes of the Brain, causes Convulsive Motions, and puts the Animal Spirits into a tumultuous and disorderly State, and driving them in a confused manner through the Nerves into the Muscles, causes Shivering, Twitchings, and other irregular Accidents.  
The Falling prostrate on the Ground after a Blow received, proceeds from a Concussion of the whole Brain, which puts the Spirits into great Confusion and Disorder. Now the Spirits flying to and from without the Direction of the Mind, leave those Nerves which convey them into the Muscles, which serve to keep the Body erect. Nay if it be admitted that a greater quantity of Spirits are transmitted, this disproportion alone is sufficient to explain this effect, since there cannot be an equal contraction of the Muscles to balance the Body.  
The loss of Sense, and a due perception of Objects, proceeds from a defect in the Transmission of the Spirits, which are not at all conveyed by the Nerves to their proper Organs, or at lest in a confused disorderly manner.  
The Giddiness or Vertigo arises from a violent and irregular Motion of the Spirits, which whirling about the Optic Nerve, impress the same motion on the Rays of Light, proceeding from the Object, and depicting it on the Retina. This causes the Objects themselves to appear as whirling round, since the Mind cannot have any Image of a visible Object, except by the impression which its Rays make on the Animal Spirits, residing in the Optic Nerve.  
The involuntary coming away of the Urine and Excrement, proceeds from a defect in the Spirits, sent to the Sphincter of the Bladder and Anus, which are not potent enough to constringe them for the exercise of their retentive Faculty.  
The Deliquium or Swooning arises from a want of Spirits, which are not sent in quantity enough to the Heart, to make so vigorous a contraction as is necessary to drive the Blood into the extreme Parts.  
The Vomiting proceeds from the impetuous rushing of the Spirits into the Stomach, whose influx being for a time suspended, and they collected in the Brain, at length resuming their ordinary Course, force their way through all opposition, and violently entering the Part, excite this Symptom. If the Vomiting follow immediately on the Blow, it is a sign the Concussion was not very great; On the contrary, if the Vomiting hap after some time, it is a sign that the Concussion is violent, because the greater the Shock is, the greater by consequence the Inflammation and Obstruction, which it produces must be. But when the Shock is slight, and these are not very considerable, the Spirits do not stand in need of so vehement an Effort to remove those Obstacles, which impede their return to the Brain. In all great Concussions of the Brain, the Patiented Vomits Bile; but in lesser, the Stomach only throws of the Aliments in its Cavity; the Reason of the difference is, that in all great injuries the Shock extends to the Gallbladder, which discharges that Sharp Liquor into the Stomach, and irritates it to a Convulsive Motion, whereas in the other, the disorderly Motion of the Spirits terminates in the Stomach.  
The Brain itself suffers by extravasated Matter, which either proceeds from the Rupture of some Vessel in great Concussions, or some Cut or Blow which pierces through the Membranes; or lastly, Matter which insinuates itself through them, and translates itself into the Brain. The Symptoms which demonstrate extravasated Matter in the Brain, are a Fever with Paroxysms, Shivering Fits, Vomitings, Convulsion, Delirium, Lethargy, Apoplexies. In this case oftentimes the Liver or Lungs apostemate, which is perceived by a constant Pain on the Side or Region of the Liver, and frequent Rigours.  
We have above ascribed the Fever to the admixtion of the purulent Matter, with the Mass of Blood and the Fus, to a greater quantity than ordinary discharged into it. For the purulent Matter which contracts an Acrimony by its detention in the Brain, becomes a sort of Ferment, which upon its mixture with that Vital Liquor, augments, its Heat and Motion, and as often as a new supply is poured in, must consequently 'cause a new Commotion. This acrimonious Matter mixed with the Blood in its Tour through the various Parts of the Body, pricks the Nerves, molests the Stomach and Membranes. Sometimes passes into one Muscle, than into another and, causes Shivering, Vomiting, and various disorderly Convulsive Motion; and when these effects appear, they demonstrate the Blood and Spirits to be contaminated, and that a Delirium and Lethargy may be soon expected.  
The Delirium proceeds from the Hurry, and Disorderly Motion of the Blood in the Paroxysm of the Fever, and the corruption of the Brain by extravasated Matter, which penetrates into its substance.  
The Lethargy is the effect of a great quantity of Matter extravasated, which being vehemently agitated and corrupted to the highest degree, it's more subtle and fine parrs are carried of by the rapid Motion of the Blood, and the more heavy and unactive part left behind, which falling on the Glandulous part of the Brain, blocks up the Pores, stops the Ostiola of the Glands', and intercepts the passage of the Spirits; and the Brain being thus oppressed and obstructed, a prosound Sopor must necessarily ensue. On the contrary, when the extravasated Matter gins to Dissipate, and the heavy load which oppresses the Glands', is in part driven away by the impulse of new Blood, the Spirits throw themselves with great impetuosity and disorder into the Parts. And this is the reason why Deliriums and Lethargies succeed each other by Turns. In Lethargies of this kind, the Patient's Eyes are commonly open, and very much disturbed.  
The Apoplexy proceeds from the impetuous Motion of the Blood to the Brain, and the excessive quantity of extravasated Matter, which by its weight oppresses the Brain, obstructs the passage of the Spirits, and forces the Sinus of the Dura Mater to regurgitate on every side, and drive back the Blood flowing into them and the Veins, by the Arterial Channels. This oppression and distension of the Brain, destroys all the Animal Functions, and soon puts a Period to the Patient's Life.  
Abscesses of the Liver or Lungs ensuing after Wounds of the Head, are the effects of a Translation of the Matter, which is first absorbed by the Mass of Blood, and after deposited in these Viscera.  
Wounds of the Brain are ever most dangerous, by how much nearer they approach the Medulla oblongata; since the Nervous Filaments which enter the white substance of the Brain, are in danger of being cut.  
A Fracture made with a sharp Instrument is not so dangerous, as if made with a blunt one, or some Fall; for all cutting Instruments do not make any great concussion of the Brain, the injury is confined to the Part which the edge enters; but Falls and Blows shake the whole Brain, burst a thousand small Nervous Filaments, and sometimes Wound the Teguments, break the Skull in divers places, and separate the Dura Mater from it by the rudeness of the Shock.  
If the Wound be made with Fire-Arms, and hurt the Brain or Dura Mater, it is desperate; for this rarely happens without taking of part of the Substance of the Brain, and the greatness of the Contusion is always attended with a speedy putrefaction. But oftentimes when the Cranium only is hurt, the Wound is not Mortal.  
In Wounds of the Head, we may conclude there is a Fracture of the Skull, if the Symptoms appear, tho' no Wound be in the Teguments. For as I remarked above, these being pliant and extensible, may give way to the Blow without being divided by it, but the Skull which is hard and brittle, especially in Adults, must necessarily crack upon a violent Blow. For this reason Great Masts of Ships are made of divers Pieces, that each may be more free to yield to the force of the Wind; whereas if they were made of one piece only, it must be very thick to make a sufficient resistance, and would be easily broken. Thus Swords may be broken without hurting the Scabbard which contains them.  
In all Prognostics concerning Wounds of the Head, great regard is to be had to the Patient's Habit of Body, and the Violence of the Blow. If there be a Fissure only, it is not so dangerous as when some Splinters are broke of, and press on, or prick the Subjacent Membrane, especially if they hung together, and lie one over another; for thus they make a stronger Compression on the Brain. Besides when the Skull is broke in this manner, there is ground to believe the Blow is very violent, and there is a great Concussion of the Brain, which is never without danger. If the Dura Mater be torn by any Splinters of the Bone, the extravasated Blood and the Inflammation, tender the Wound dangerous.  
Great Commotions of the Brain are very dangerous, because in the Universal Shock there is a disruption of several Vessels in divers parts, and it is impossible to discharge and purge it from that extraneous Matter which lodges in it, putrefies and corrupts its substance, and in the end proves Fatal to the Patient.  
If Vomiting hap in the time of a Delirium and Lethargy, it plainly shows, that the Spirits which animate the Brain, have quitted their Post, and abandoned that Part to throw themselves into the Stomach, and this is a mortal Symptom.  
Grinding of the Teeth demonstrates, that the extravasated Blood putrefies and corrupts the white Substance of the Brain.  
Wounds in the Cortical part of the Brain are not Mortal, especially if the Aperture of the Skull be large enough to admit of the application of Medicines to the parts concerned. But if the Wound penetrate the White Substance, it is ever Mortal; for this is composed of an infinite multitude of Nervous Filaments, which being once divided, Death must inevitably follow. Besides great Branches of Arteries lie concealed in the anfractuosities of the Brain, which must necessarily be cut before any Medicaments can be applied, upon whose Division an irremediable Flux of Blood will ensue.  
It is proper before we proceed farther, to inquire in this place, if it be necessary to apply the Trepan in a simple Fissure of the Skull. To which I answer, Fissures of the Skull seldom hap without affecting the Subjacent parts, which pleads for the use of the Trepan in a simple Cleft: However in this Case it is most adviseable to wait till Symptoms appear, since the upper Table may be cleft, and the lower remain entire.  
In Fissures of the Skull, a Tension of the Dura Mater very often ensures, because this adheres to the Skull by a multitude of Vessels, which supply the inner Table with Nourishment, and an infinity of Filaments which pass through the Sutures, especially in Young Bodies. The Tension of the Dura Mater is often followed by an Inflammation, because the Vessels cannot remain long in this State without being broke and discharging Blood, which by its Stagnation grows Acrimonious, pricks and molests the Membrane, and creates an Inflammation, which sometimes ends in a Mortification.  
If in Fractures, Splinters of the Bone offend the Dura Mater, the Patient ought to be trepanned without farther delay (to prevent all Accidents which may arise from extravasated Blood) and the fragments of the Bone removed.  
If both Tables of the Skull be broke, the Operation must be made to prevent Accidents, though none as yet do appear, for it is impossible both these should be broke, without any extravasation on the Dura Mater.  
It may be made an enquiry in this Place, if (after a blow on the Head) the Skull appear entire, and yet by the Symptoms it be evident there is Matter extravasated on the Brain, whether in this case it be advisable to apply the Trepan. There are some Practitioners who are for the Negative; alleging, when the Cranium is whole the Symptoms may arise from a great Commotion of the Brain, and it is impossible to determine the Place where the Matter is lodged. Others pronounce it necessary to Trepan if any of the Symptoms appear, and the Patient feel a fixed Pain in his Head. For my private Opinion, I must declare for the latter; for if this extravasated Matter remains undischarged, the Patient in all probability must be killed by it. Again, if you do not found Matter precisely at the place of the Aperture, the Head may be placed now on one side, now on the other, and the Patient obliged to hold his Breath, shut his Mouth and Nose to compress the Dura Mater, that the Matter may be evacuated.  
Wounds of the Head are more or lesle Dangerous, according to the places in which they are. Fractures of the Occipital Bone are very dangerous, because the Cerebellum, Medulla oblongata, and Lateral Sinus, possess that part of the Head. These parts must inevitably suffer great commotion, and be much shattered, because the Occipital Bone requires great Violence to break it. Fractures on the top of the Head, and in the place of the Fontanel are very dangerous, because the Bones in those parts are very thin, and the blow being for the most part perpendicular, is very smart. The Danger does not in this case depend on the Brain, which lies beneath the Bone, because we have divers Instances of loss of Substance in these parts, and the Patient notwithstanding has been successfully cured. Fractures in the Sutures are more dangerous than in the other parts, by reason of the numerous Filaments and Vessels which are apt to be broken and spill the Blood contained in them on the Dura Mater. Fractures on the Sinus over the Eyebrows are very inconvenient, and difficult to Cure, because these Sinus' being lined with an infinity of small Glands', furnish matter perpetually for Suppuration.  
When after a due and exact consideration of all Symptoms, it does appear there is Pus extravasated on the Dura Mater, there is a necessity of proceeding to the Operation; but because it may be both difficult and hazardous to undertake so nice a matter as this is, without an exact knowledge of the Structure of the Skull; I shall before I deliver the Method of performing it, premise a description of its Composition and Parts.  

Of the Structure of the Cranium.  
The Cranium or Skull, is a Bone composed of divers Pieces, joined togethert in a most Artful manner, so as to form a Cavity to contain the Brain, and defend it from external injuries.  
Nature has not made the Skull one entire Bone, but form it out of several Pieces, the better to enable it to resist exterior Hurts, to which it is exposed, and to prevent any Fracture extending too far upon a blow received. Mechanics seem to imitate this Artifice in works exposed to violent attacks; for instance, in Masts of Ships which are ever made of several pieces put together, that so being flexible they may be lesle apt to break.  
Each Bone of the Skull is composed of two Tables, the Inner and the Outer. The Outer is a little harder than the Inner, and covered with the Pericranium. The Inner has divers Inequalities or Furrows, which the Vessels of the Dura Mater first excavated, and after enlarged, while this Plate was very tender and soft, by their continual beating.  
There is a Medullary Substance called by the Greeks Diploe, and by the Latins Meditullium, which lies between the two Tables, and interspersed with Veins and Arteries, for its Nourishment like the Marrow in the other Bones of Human Bodies.  
The two Tables of the Skull are solid, and serve as a Rampart to defend the Brain, to prevent this being too heavy, as it would be if it were one entire solid Bone; there is placed by the Providence of Nature a spongy light Substance, which by its unctuosity humecting the Bone, makes it more tough and lesle brittle, and disposes it to yield a little to external Blows without cracking. Architects imitate this Structure, by laying Mortar between their Massy Stones, which by their vast weight would break, if some soft substance did not intervene to bear of the pressure. The Cranium of an Elephant is of a vast biggness, and seems to be ponderous, and yet is really very light, and so the Sternum of Ostriches and other Animals; for these Masses of Bones are composed of two thin plates, which contain a great many spongy Lamellae within.  
The Magnitude of the Head, is proportioned to the largeness of the Brain. It's best and most Natural Figure is Oval, something rising before and behind, and flat on the sides. The eminence before and behind contains the Brain and Cerebel, and the flatness of the sides conduces to the more advantageous placing the Organs of the two Senses, of Sight and Hearing.  
The Artist ought to be fully acquainted with the Figure, Asperities, Depressions and Sutures of the Skull, to prevent being imposed on; when he searches it to discover whether there be any Depression after a Blow received.  
The Ancients pretend, that when any Eminence is wanting either before or behind the Head, there are but two Sutures in the Cranium, which represent a T, that when the Head is entirely round, there are two Sutures crossing each other, and forming an X; and lastly, that when the Eminences before and behind jet very much out, there are three Sutures which form and H. Volcherus Coiter relates, that he had seen at the House of that Learned Anatomist Arantius, one which wanted the anteriour Rising, and both the Temporal and Coronal Sutures.  
All the Bones of the Skull are united by Indentures, which are termed Sutures. These Sutures are True, False or Common; True Sutures are those which join the principal Bones of the Cranium, and resemble Stitches. Of this kind there are three, viz. The Coronal which joins the Coronal Bone, or Bones of the Forehead to the Parietal. The Sagittal which proceeds along the top of the Head, from the fore to the hinder part, and joins the Parietal Bones; and the Lambdoidal which joins the Occipital to the Parietal Bones.  
There are three Common Sutures which separate the Bones of the upper Jaw, from the Cranium.  
The Sutures which join the Bones of the Temples to the Parietal Bones, are called Squammose or Scaly, upon a supposition, they barely lie over the Parietal Bone, as the Scales of Fishes do one over another. But this is a mistake, proceeding from a transient view; for upon a more accurate inspection it appears, that all the Bones of the Skull are indented with each other, and the Temporal Bone as well as the rest, is full of several little Angles, where it joins to the Parietal. It may be remarked here, that the extreme edge of the Bone of the Temples, and that of the Parietal slope very much.  
We have noted above, that there are three true Sutures, viz. the Coronal, Sagittal and Lambdoidal. The first receives its name from its resembling a Circular Coronet, or the Greek women's wearing a Coronet or Garland of Flowers on it. The Sagittal is so called from the Latin word Sagitta, or an Arrow, because it shoots in a straight Line, from the hinder to the fore part of the Head. The third is denominated from its Figure, which is not unlike the Lambda or Λ of the Greeks. The Ancient Physicians made Fontanels on the concourse of the Sagittal and Coronal, and the Sagittal and Lambdoical Suture to cure Defluxions on the Eyes.  
The common Sutures may be reduced to two, That which joins the Os Ethmoides; and the other which join the Os Sphaenoides; for the Transversal is no more than a Continuation of the Coronal.  
The Principal use of the Sutures, is to hinder the Fracture of one Bone from extending to another, to suspend the Dura Mater by giving passage to several Vessels and Nervous Filaments proceeding from the Pericranium; and lastly, to give way for insensible Transpiration. The last use assigned to the Sutures, is evinced by the violent head-aches, ordinary in such Persons where Transpirations is obstructed by the extraordinary closeness of the Sutures. In some Persons subject to perpetual pains in the Head, the Sutures have been found separated.   

Of the Bones of the Skull in particular.  
The Bones which compose the Cranium, are the Coronal which possesses the whole Forepart, the Occipital which possesses the whole hinder part, and the Parietal Bones which form the sides. The Os Sphaenoides or Wedgelike Bone, and the Os Ethmoides are common to the Skull and the Face. The minute Bones of the Ear, the Malleus, Incus and Stapes, are contained in the Cavity of the Os Petrosum, or craggy Bone of the Temples.  
The Coronal Bone possesses all the forepart of the Head, and receives its Name from the Crown of Laurel, placed on the Victor's Brows. It is called the Os Frontis, because these Bones together form the Forehead, and is of a Semicircular Figure, smooth and polite without, and very unequal within, by the Impression made by the Vessels of the Dura Mater, whilst the Bone is yet soft and tender. In some Skulls the Sagittal Suture is continued down to the Root of the Nose, and the Frontal Bone divided into two, which division some Authors pretend happens more frequently in Women than Men.  
The Coronal Bone is a little thicker before than the Parietal, and by consequence the Surgeon may turn his Instrument with lesle fear in this, than the other which are thinner. This Bone is joined to the Parietal Bones by the Coronal Suture, and to the Ethmoides, Sphaenoides, and the Bones of the lower Jaw by the common Suture. In the forepart, it composes a great part of the Orbit of the Eyes. The Plates of this Bone are separated above the Supercilia or Eyebrows, and form two Cavities which extend to the middle of the Forehead, and sometimes are very large, and at others very small. There is great caution to be used in Trepanning in this place; for when the Brows are large and prominent, the Sinuosities likewise are large, and extend far. These Cavities open by a common Foramen into the Nose.  
Anatomists have entertained various conjectures of the use of these Cavities, some are of Opinion they serve to reflect the Voice, and form an Echo; alleging, that if these be deficient, the Voice is flat. Others believe they are a Magazine of Air which serves for the production of the Animal Spirits, and imagine this Air does pass through the greater Angle of the Eye to cool it, and that it does likewise very much assist the Sense of Smelling. But since these Cavities are lined with a Glandulous Membrane, interwoven with abundance of Blood-Vessels, it is but reasonable to think, these Glands' discharge a great part of their Serosities and Mucus insensibly into the Nose. For we ever found the Mucus to be furnished by the Aperture of several Sinus; as for instance, the Bones of the upper Jaw and Os Sphaenoides, which are lined by a Glandulous Membrane: The perforations of the Lachrymal Bone, drain a great quantity of Moisture through the Nose, by the Tears evacuated that way.  
The Coronal Bone has several Holes; for instance, two external above the Brows which pierce the Orbit, and through these passes a Branch of the Nerves of the Third Pair, which is dispensed to the Skin, Muscles of the Forehead and Eyelids. Besides the external, there is one within above the Apophysis, commonly called Crista Galli, to which the Root of the right Sinus of the Dura Mater adheres. In its inner side are two Sinus, which contain the forepart of the Brain. It has one eminence with a long edge lengthways, to which the Dura Mater adheres.   

Of the Frontal Bones in the Foetus.  
It is diverting to consider the Ossification of this Bone, which gins at the Circumference, and so proceeds to the Centre, contrary to all others, which proceed from the Centre to the Circumference. In a Foetus of two Months old, the Coronal Bone is a Membrane, which by degrees becomes Cartilaginous. In the third Month several Points appear, which like so many Centres, begin the Ossification and above the Orbits, on each side a bony Crescent appears. In the fourth Month the bone is Ossified, except its middle, which still remains Membranous. The Orbits and the Hole through which the Motory Nerves of the Eye do pass, begin than to be form. The Coronal is divided into two bones by a Suture, which passes through its midst, which is very close at the end next the Nose, and very large at the other near the Fontanel: the bony points of the Orbits which appear as through a Cloud, are very discernible. In the fifth and sixth Month the Ossification advances, the Fontanel is lessened, and the middle of the Coronal is bony; and in the seventh Month the Ossification is perfected. The longitudinal Sinus is seen through the Fontanel, in the eighth Mouth. Kerkringius in his History of the Foetus pretends, that if the Fontanel does not close within some time after the Birth, it will remain open all the Patient's Life; and assures us, he has often seen it open in Ancient People. In the ninth Month the bones of the Head, particularly the Coronal and the Occipital approach, and pass one over the other, which facilitates the passage of the Infant into the World.   

Of the Parietal Bones.  
These are so called from their being placed on each side the Head, like two Walls to defend it. These Bones are externally very smooth, but their inner Surface has several Depressions or Furrows form by the Pulsation of the Arteries, while the part is soft. These Impressions do not unaptly resemble the neither side of a Fig-leaf. These are the most thin of all the Bones of the Cranium, which must be regarded, in applying the Trepan to prevent hurting the Dura Mater with the Teeth of the Instrument. These Bones are contiguous to the Frontal, Temporal, Sphaenoidal, and Occipital Bones; The Fontanel is the place where the Sagittal meets the Coronal Suture. Hypocrates calls this part Bregma, because it is the most tender of all parts of the Skull. The Ancients gave it the name of the Fontanel, imagining that the Brain did most abound with Humidities in that part. Aristotle thinks the Fontanel Ossifies, about the time Children begin to speak; but there is no certain Rule in this matter. In the inside of each Parietal Bone, there are two great Sinus' in the middle. On each side of the Sagittal Suture, there is a small hole for the Transit of the Veins, which convey the Refluent Blood from the Teguments of the Head, to the right Sinus of the Brain.   

Of the Parietal Bones of the Foetus.  
In the three first Months after Conception, there is nothing conspicuous, besides a few points which appear obscurely, and the Ossification of the Membrane gins there. At the end of the fourth Month, the Ossification of the Parietal Bones is completed. At that time there are several Membranous interstices in the Sagittal Suture, and the Temporal and Sphaenoidal Bone; for the Ossification of the Parietal Bones gins at the Centre, and terminates at the Circumference, contrary to the process of Nature, in the Coronal Bone. In the fifth and sixth Month these bones grow considerably, and approach very near each other, so that in the seventh Month, they unite and form the Sutures. The Parietal bones are separated from the Sphaenoides, and Temporal bone by an intervening Membrane. In the eighth Month, the bone begin to touch each other, and in the ninth they are joined to the Sphaenoides and Temple-bone. The Fontanel, as I noted above, is form by the concourse of the two Parietals, with the Coronal Bone, and is not closed till eight or ten Months after the Birth of the Child, and if we may believe Kerkringius, sometimes remains open as long as the Person lives. Midwives usually judge a Child to be dead in the Mother's Womb, when they found the Membrane of the Fontanel closed and sunk, because the Motion of the Dura Mater in living Children, keeps up this part.   

Of the Bones of the Temples.  
The Bones on the side of the Head are called the Temporal Bones, from the Latin word Tempus; because they discover the Age of any Person, the Hair sooner becoming grey in that, than in any other part of the Head. These Bones are placed laterally near the lower part of the Head. The upper part of this bone is than Semicircular, and is called the scaly bone, or Os Squammosum, and the lower part very hard and rough, and therefore called the craggy part, or Os petrosum. The greatest part of these bones is joined to the Parietal, and upper part of the Sphaenoides, and their lower or craggy part, is joined to the lower part of the Occipital and Sphaenoides.  
The Squamous part of the Temporal bone has its outer surface very polite and smooth, but has several Sinus' on its inner side, which receive the Brain. This has likewise several parts, u.g. its external Apophysis or Temporal Process, which the Greeks call Zygomatick from its being joined to the Zygoma, or process from the Cheek bone. It's Mastoidal Process which receives its Name from its resembling the Nipple of a Breast, and is placed behind the Auditory passage. The Process called Styloides, because it resembles a Probe by its long and pointed Figure, to the Superior part of which, the upper part of the Os Hyoides adheres.  
Below the Temporal Process on each side is a small Sinus, into which the lesser Heads of the lower Jaw are articulated, and lastly on the inside, a hard rough Process from its solidity and cragged Figure, called the craggy bone, or Os petrosum, which contains the whole Organs of Hearing. The bones of the Temples have several Holes both within and without, through the first of the internal, passes a branch of the Carotid Artery. Through the second passes the Auditory Nerve, which after divides itself into the hard and the soft Branch. Of the External, the first is the Meatus Auditorius, or Auditory passage. The second is obliqne, and transmits' a Vein to the Jugulars. The third lies between the Mastoides and Styloides Processes, and the fourth penetrates the Auditory passage, and is called the Communicant Dust, through this passage the smoke of Tobacco is sometimes emitted by the Ear.   

Of the Bones of the Temples in a Foetus.  
In the second Month the bones of the Temples are Membranous. In the third Month the Zygomatick Process, and the Circle to which the Membrane of the Tympanum or Drum is fixed, are bony. But during the whole stay of the Foetus in the Womb, the Auditory Channel is Cartilaginous, and Nature to preserve the Drum, has drawn a thick Membrane over it.  
The Styloidal Processes are of a bright read Colour like a Ruby, and lie close to the bony Circle, from whence they derive their Origin, not extending themselves, and standing out as they afterwards do. These Processes do not Ossifie, till a long time after the Birth, extending themselves gradually, and standing more and more out and increasing. In the fourth Month, the Scaly part of the Os Petrosum becomes bony. The Cavities which compose the Organ of Hearing, are included in the craggy Process, and are form of a bright read Cartilege. The craggy Process is as yet wholly Cartilaginous, and there is nothing bony in it, besides a little rough unequal Line, which extends the whole length of the bony Circle, and so passes beyond it. At this time the Temporal bone is composed of three small bones, the Squamous or Scaly bone, the Ring or bony Circle, and the strait Line of the craggy Process. In the fifth Month, the Scaly part of the Temporal bone is joined to the Sphaenoides, and Parietal bone. The Mammillary Process is form of three small bones, the first is called Pyriformis, from its resembling a Pear, which is joined by its slender end, to the Squammous bone. The second is called Scutiformis, from its resembling a Buckler, and is near as thick as the other. The third bone is about the thickness of a pin Head, and divided from the other by the same Cartilege.  
Near the hole through which the Auditory Nerve passes, there is another hole, which in Adults is of a long straight Figure like a small Cleft. The Temporal bone is of a more irregular Figure in the Foetus, than in Adults.  
In a Foetus of six Months old, the Massy part of the Hammer is bony. The longest branch of the Hammer is entirely Cartilaginous, and adheres to the Membrane of the Drum. The Incus or Anvil has nothing Cartilaginous, except the top of its Apophysis. The Basis, and the two Branches of the Stirrup are bony, the Stirrup itself appears Simicircular above. The fourth or Orbicular bone is deficient in the Foetus.  
In the fifth Month, the Temporal bone is composed of six small bones, distinct from each other, viz. the scaly part of the bony Circle, (which has a Channel or Rift, in which the Membrane of the Tympanum is enclosed) the craggy Process which contains the Organs of Hearing, and the three small bones of the Mammillary Process.  
In the sixth Month, the Scutiformis and Pyriformis unite into one. The third bone is a little thicker, the Stirrup is not form; the Hammer and Anvil are a little thicker, but their hardness continues the same. In the seventh Month, the smallest bone of the Mammillary Process joins to the Scutiformis and Pyriformis. The small bones of the Ear do not differ from those in Adults, except that the longer Branch of the Hammer at first is only Cartilaginous.   

Of the Bones of the Ear in Adults.  
The Os petrosum or craggy Process, is divided into three Cavities, viz. the Tympanum or Drum, the Labyrinth and the Cochlea or Screw.  
The Tympanum contains in it four small bones, viz. the Stapes, the Incus and Malleus, or Stirrup, Anvil and Hammer.  
The Stirrup is a small bone, which derives its Name from its Figure. It is composed of two Branches, fixed on a flat Oval Basis. In the joining together of these two Branches above, a small Sinus is form, in which the fourth bone is lodged.  
The second bone takes its Name from a Smith's Anvil, which it is not very much unlike. It consists of three parts; the first is the thickest of all, and forms the Body of the bone, the two other are small Branches, and are only Apophyses of the former. The more bulky part has two Cavities, and one Protuberance to articulate with the Protuberance, and Cavity of the Head of the Hammer. This Articulation resembles a Hinge.  
The Hammer is a little bone, which is something like a Workman's Hammer, the greater and thicker extremity representing the Head, and the thinner and slenderer the Handle. The hinder part of the Head of the Hammer has two Protuberances, and one Cavity adapted to receive the Anvil. The Handle is long and slender, and is made thicker by two Apophyses.  
The fourth Bone has scarce any discernible thickness, and is not very much unlike the Scales of some Fishes. It is convex on the side where it joins the Head of the Stirrup, and a little hollow where it is Articulated with the tip of the Anvil. None of these bones are covered with the Periosteum, and all are kept together in the place of their Articulation with Ligaments. They all have little Holes for the Reception of those Vessels which import Nourishment to them. The Hammer and Anvil are more solid, than the Stirrup, which is an exceeding thin and porous bone.   

Of the Occipital Bone.  
There is no bone of the Head requires more Care and Caution in trying it with the Probe to discover its Fractures, than this, which Difficulty proceeds from its irregular and and capricious Figure. The Occipital Bone composes all the lower and hinder part of the Skull. It's Figure is something Lozenge, and it is near an inch in Thickness. It's exterior part is unequal. This Bone has two Condyli or flattish round knobs, which are received in the two Sinus of the first Vertebra of the Neck, by means of which Articulation, the Flexion and Extension of the Neck is performed. There are in its inner side two great Cavities, which receive the Cerebel; Besides these there are two lesser lateral ones with two remarkable Furrows winding obliquely above the greater Cavities. Through these Furrows the two lateral Sinus of the Dura Mater pass, which discharge their Blood into the Jugulars; in the last place there is a Protuberance, to which the Dura Mater adheres.  
The Occipital is joined to the Parietal, Temporal, and Sphaenoidal bones. This bone has sive Holes, viz. The Great one, through which the Spinal Marrow passes; two Lateral ones, and two more between its Condyli and Processus Styloides. The lower part of this bone has several Protuberances, to which Muscles are inserted. There is sometimes a Triangular bone enchased into the Occipital, by three Sutures. Sometimes this Triangular bone is cleft through the midst, and each moiety joined by a Suture.  
The Lambdoidal Suture is frequently interrupted by several very small and longish bones, which are inserted between the Occipital and Parietal ones, and serve to rivet them together. When the Surgeon searches this bone to discover if it be broke or not, he must consider well the several pieces of which it consists, the small Sutures, and the Triangular bone just now mentioned; for without this necessary caution, he will be apt to be imposed on by its great inequality, and may be induced to believe it broke when it is entire.   

Of the Occipital Bone in the Foetus.  
In the third Month after Conception, the Occipital bone consists of four Triangular ones, viz. one great, and three small ones. The great Triangular bone is sometimes all of one piece, and at other times it is made up of two, three or four bones joined together. After the lesser bones which compose the great Triangular one, are united into one large bone, there is usually form another lesle one of a Triangular figure likewise, one of whose Angles touches the greater Triangular, and the two other extend to the Condyloidal Processes.  
In the ninth Month, this bone is united to the Condyloidal Processes, and the great Triangular bone. The small bone beneath these Condyloidal Processes is triangular likewise, and continues distinct; but sometimes after the Birth it is united to the great Triangular, and the two Condyloidal processes of the Occipital bone. In a Foetus of nine Months old, the great Triangular is sometimes divided into four unequal Portions. From the above recited particulars it is evident, there is no bone in the whole Body, in whose Formation Nature seems to be lesle regular than this.   

Of the Sphaenoidal Bone.  
This bone composes the whole Basis of the Skull, and is contiguous to almost all the bones of the Head, being crowded like a Wedge between them, and this is the reason of its Name. It is thicker on that side where it is united to the Occipital bone, and thinner and smother in its upper part; but its Figure is so irregular, that it would be very difficult to give a clear Idea of it by a Verbal Description, and may be better learned by once seeing it, than by all the words in the World. On its upper side it is joined to the Temporal Coronal and Cheek bone, and on its lower to the two greatest bones of the upper Jaw, the Occipital and the Vomer. It has five Processes on its external Part, two of which resemble the Wings of a Bat, and by the Greeks are called the Pterygoidal or Wing-like Processes, in which are two Sinus termed Fosse. Besides these, there are two more which are flat and smooth, which form a Part of the Orbits, and the neither part of the Temples, which is reckoned as one of these Fosse, and a small Process which is enchased in a Channel of the Vomer. The Sphaenoidal bone has on its innerside two Processes, which the Greeks term Clinoidal, because they bear some resemblance to the Posts of a Bed. Between these Processes, there is a Cavity which contains the Pituitary Gland, and this is called the Sella, because it is not unlike a Saddle. Between the Tables of the Os Sphaenoides, there is a double Cavity separated by a partition in the middle, which forms two Sinus opening by different Holes into the Cavity of the Nostrils. Silvius imagines, that the Pituita distils insensibly from the Pituitary Gland into these Sinus, and by this way is conveyed into the Mouth. But there is little probability of the truth of this conjecture, because there are no visible perforations in the Sella, through which this Humour can be discharged. The Holes of this bone shall be described, when we come to enumerate those in the Basis of the Skull.   

Of the Sphaenoidal Bone in the Foetus.  
In the second Month this bone is Cartilaginous, in the third its two Wings are bony, in the fourth it is composed of eight small bones, viz. the Pterygoidal Processes, the two small bones which support the fifth pair of the upper Jaw, and the two small bones which form the Sella, which are at that time as big as a Pins Head; and lastly, those which transmit the Optic Nerve. The two small bones which support the fifth Pair of the upper Jaw, are divided by the bony Partition of the Nostrils. And those which compose the Sella, are separated by a Cartilege; but in the fifth Month they make but one, which resembles a Crescent. In the fifth Month, the Os Sphaenoides makes but one piece; yet in the midst of the Sella, there is a Considerable Cartilege.  
From the sixth to the ninth Month, the Os Sphaenoides increases, and by degrees hardens; and though it appears divided in several places by tendinous interstices, yet it ought to be accounted but one bone, because these in process of time, wholly disappear in the same manner as in other bones.   

Of the Os Ethmoides or Cribrosum.  
The last bone of the Skull is the Ethmoides or Sievelike bone, which receives its Name from a multitude of small Holes which open into the Nose. In the midst of this bone, there is a small Process called Crista Galli, which very much resembles a Cock's Comb, on the side of this are a multitude of small Holes, through which several Branches of the Olfactory Nerve pass, which serve to line the Cavities of the Nose, and are dispensed to the Organ of Smelling. The Lateral parts of this bone which form part of the Orbit, are called Ossa Plana, because they are flat and polite. These Plates are each pierced with a small Hole called the Internal Orbital, through which passes a branch of the fifth pair. That part of the Os Ethmoides which is continued into the Nose, is a small Plate thicker on that side, which regards the bones of the Nose, and thinner where it terminates in the Channel of the Vomer. On the sides of the Cavity of the Nose are several small bony Plates, called Ossa Spongiosa, or the spongy bones, and are invested with the same Membrane that lines the Cavity of the Nose. Where these Laminae are very numerous as in Praetors, Greyhounds, the Animals generally have an exquisite smell.   

Of the Ethmoidal Bone in the Foetus.  
The Partition or Sepiment which divides the great Cavity of the Nose, the Crista Galli, and the Ethmoidal bone is not bony in the Foetus. The Ethmoides Ossify's about the fifth Month, beginning with those small spongy bones which are fixed to the side of the Sepiment of the Nostrils. In the sixth Month the scaly part of the Ethmoides, which makes up a Portion of the Orbit, becomes bony. The other parts of this bone remain Cartilaginous, for a great while after the Birth.  
But before I leave the bones of the Skull, I cannot forbear presenting the Reader with an exact Description of the Holes in its Basis, which accurate and curious History, I have extracted out of a Book entitled the Complete Surgeon.   

An Account of the Holes in the Basis of the Skull, and the Vessels which pass through them.  
There are nine pair of Nerves which spring from the Spinal Marrow, and pass out of the Skull through as many several Holes. The first pair serves the sense of Smelling, and is divided below the Os Cribrosion into several Filaments, which passing through several Holes, are dispensed to the internal Tunick of the Nose. The second pair are the Optic or Visive Nerves, which pass into the Orbit through several Holes, excavated in the Sphaenoidal bone, immediately above the Anteriour Clinoidal Processes. In that Portion of the Sphaenoidal bone which forms the bottom of the Orbit, there is a Fissure about half an inch in length, which in the lower part beneath the Hole through which the Optic Nerve passes, is almost round, and larger above where it terminates in a very long acute Angle. There are several Nerves which enter the Orbit through this Cleft; as 1. The third pair called the Motory Nerves of the Eye. 2. The fourth pair called by Willis the Pathetic. 3. The sixth pair. Besides these three pair which pass entirely through this Cleft, there passes likewise the Superior Branch of the anteriour Trunk of the fifth pair, which Dr. Willis calls the Ophthalmick Branch. Beyond the inferior part of this cleft, towards the hinder part of the Head, there appears on each side in the Sphaenoidal bone, a Hole which does not pierce the Basis of the Skull, but makes a sort of a Channel about an inch long. This Channel opens behind the Orbit at the top of the space between the Pterigoidal Process, and the third bone of the upper Jaw. The inferior Branch of the Fore-Trunk of the fifth pair, passes through this Channel. About the sixth part of an inch beyond the Channels, there are two more Holes in the Sphaenoidal bone of something an Oval Figure. These lie on the back side of the Sella, through which the posteriour Trunk of the fifth pair passes. The Hole through which the Auditory Nerve or seventh pair passes, is in the midst of the posteriour part of the Os Petrosum, which looks towards the Cerebel. This Hole which is very large is the Mouth of a Dust or Channel, which running through the Os Petrosum, and sinking obliquely downwards to the depth of a sixth part of an Inch, forms the bottom of a Sack, terminating partly in the Basis of the Cochlea, and partly in the Mouth or Entry of the Vestibulum. At the bottom of this Channel are several Holes; The most considerable of these is, that in the upper part through which a portion of the Auditory Nerve passes, and this is the entry of another Channel made in the Os Petrosum, which opens between the Mastoidal and Styloidal Processes. The other Holes transmit the branches of the soft pair of the Auditory Nerves. Below this Channel, there is a considerable Hole form by the meeting of two unequal Ridges, the largest of which proceeds from the Occipital bone, and the other from the inferior part of the craggy Process. From the middle of the Superior part of this Hole, there is a small bony point jets out, to which an Appendix of the Dura Mater is affixed, which divides the Hole into two parts. Through the anteriour of these, the Nerves of the eighth pair and the Spinal Nerve passes out; as for the posteriour Hole, its use shall hereafter be assigned. Near the great Hole of the Occipital bone through which the Spinal Marrow passes, there is an Oval Hole through which a Nerve of the ninth pair passes. This Hole is entirely made in the Occipital bone, and proceeding a little forward, passes obliquely from behind forwards. In the forepart of the Skull that Hole is sometimes double, but it's two Mouths reunite on the external part of the Skull, and the two Branches which compose the Origin of that Nerve passing through them likewise, unite before they leave the bone. Thus I have enumerated all the passages of the nine pair of Nerves, which proceed from the Medulla Oblongata; there remains only the Intercostal Nerve, and the tenth pair: The first of which passes out of the Skull by the same Hole, through which the internal Carotid passes in, and the latter arises from the Spinal Marrow between the Occipital bone, and the first Vertebra of the Neck, and passes out through the same Hole of the Dura Mater, by which the Vertebral Artery enters.  
The Vessels of the Dura Mater are the Carotids and Vertebrals with their Ramifications. In the Sphaenoidal bone behind the Hole through which the posteriour Trunk of the fifth pair passes, there is another little roundish Hole, which transmits' a Branch of the external Carotid Artery, which entering the Skull, adheres to the Dura Mater, and sends out divers Ramifications, which supply with blood all that portion of the Membrane, which covers the sides and the top of the Brain. At the bottom, and at the top of the external Lateral part of the Orbit, above the acute Angle of the cleft of the Sphaenoidal bone, there is a Hole through which a small Artery passes, which springs from that Branch of the internal Carotid, which imports Blood to the Eye. This Artery is dispensed to all that part of the Dura Mater, which covers the Anteriour part of the Brain. The Vertebral Artery after it enters the Skull, dispenses a considerable Branch on each side, which is dispensed to all the Portion of the Dura Mater which covers the Cerebel. As for the Veins which accompany these Arteries, they pass almost all out of the Skull by the same Holes, through which the Arteries enter in. There are four great Arteries which supply the Brain with Blood and Spirits, viz. the two internal Carotids; and the two Vertebrals. The Internal Carotids enter into the Skull by a particular Channel in the Temporal Bone. The Mouth of this Channel is of an Oval Figure, and is seated on the external part of the Basis of the Cranium, before the Sinus of the Internal Jugular. This Channel proceeds obliquely from behind forwards, and after running about a quarter of an inch in length, ends near the posteriour part of the Sella in the Sphaenoidal Bone. The Artery makes a Flexus here, which forms a Roman S. In the place where the Carotid Arteries strike through the Dura Mater, they sand out a great Branch which passes into the Orbit, by the Inferior part of that Hole which transmits' the Optic Nerve. The Vertebral Arteries issuing out of the Holes of the Transverse Processes of the first Vertebra of the Neck, in their Progress are reflected under the Superior Obliqne Processes of 7 other Vertebrae; after this they strike through the Dura Mater, and running along on the Spinal Marrow, enter the Skull through the great Occipital Hole, and than inclining to each other, unite and form but one Trunk. The Veins which export the Refluent Blood from the substance of the Brain, empty their Contents into the Sinus of the Dura Mater, all which discharge themselves into the Lateral ones, which issue out of the Skull immediately below the Nerves of the eighth pair, by the hinder part of the Hole form by the juncture of the Occipital bone, and craggy Process. The Lateral Sinus open into the internal Jugulars, whose Mouths are contained in a considerable Sinus, wrought on each side of the external part of the Basis of the Skull, and commonly known by the Name of the Sinus of the internal Jugular Veins. In the upper and posteriour part of the Hole through which the Lateral Sinus go out, there is an Aperture which is the extremity of a Channel. This Channel has its Mouth or Entry behind those Condyls, which stand on each side the great Occipital Hole, and after a Course of about a sixth part of an inch through the Substance of the Bone, opens immediately into the Vertebral Sinus, from whence indeed it seems to take its Origin. From hence it is evident, that the blood contained in the Lateral Sinus is discharged two several ways, viz. The greatest Portion into the Jugulars, and the other into the Vertebral Sinus, which sometimes appear only on one side, at other times are intercepted on both sides, and than all the Blood contained in the Lateral Sinus, is discharged into the internal Jugulars. Behind the Mastoidal Process, there is on each side a considerable Hole, through which passes a large Vein, which conveys back a great part of the Refluent blood from the Teguments and Muscles, on the hinder side of the Head. This Vein opens into the Lateral Sinus, in the place where there Flexuosity gins. In some Subjects, this Hole is only on one side, and sometimes there is none at all to be found; when this happens, the Blood contained in these Vessels, is emptied into the External Jugulars, with which the Branches of this Vessel communicate in three places on each Parietal bone, on the side of the Sagittal Suture, and at a little distance from the Lambdoidals. There is a Hole through which passes a Vein which conveys back the Refluent Blood from the Tegument of the Head, and this empties itself into the upper Longitudinal Sinus. These Passages are sometimes stopped upon one side, and sometimes on both, in which case the Blood contained in the Branches of this Vein, is discharged into the external Jugular. In the midst of the Sella, there are two or three small Holes, through which some Modern Authors have imagined the Lympha contained in the Pituitary Gland is discharged into the Sinus of the Sella; but these Holes are filled with Vessels which carry the Refluent Blood from the Adjacent Bones and Membranes; nay, these Holes themselves are seldom to be found in Adult Persons. Between the Ridge of the Coronal Bone, and that of the Christa Galli, there is a Hole which is the Mouth or Entry of a Channel, which takes its course downwards for the space of about the sixth part of an inch, through the thickness of the inner Table of the Coronal Bone: The Root of the upper Longitudinal Sinus is inserted here, and it likewise transmits' several Blood-Vessels which serve for the Nourishment of the inner Table.  
There are several other Holes in other parts of the Basis of the Skull, the Principal of which are on the craggy Process. These transmit divers Vessels for the Nourishment of the Temporal bone, which contains the bones of the Tympanum. The other Holes transmit Vessels which supply with blood, the various parts of the Basis of the Skull.   

The OPERATION.  
In applying the Trepan, the Artist must ever observe not to fix his Instrument on the Sutures, especially the Fontanel; because there are, as I before noted, an infinity of small Vessels which pass through them, and connect the Dura Mater to the Skull in those places. If the Operation were made there, there would be great Danger of tearing those Fibres and Vessels with its Teeth, or perhaps opening the Longitudinal Sinus in Trepanning on the Sagittal Suture. If the Blow hap to be on the Sutures, and you judge there is Blood extravasated on each side of the Head, the surest way is to apply the Instrument on both sides, because the Dura Mater adheres to the Sutures so strictly, that there can be no Communication from one to another.  
The Trepan must never be placed directly in the middle of the Coronal, nor the Occipital bone, especially towards their lower parts; because the Dura Mater adheres very firmly to the productions in these places, and there is great danger of tearing it in turning round of the Instrument.  
You must never Trepan on the Eyebrows, because of the great Cavities beneath, which are lined with a very thick Membrene, and the bone being double in this place, instead of coming to the Brain after the Perforation is made, you only discover a Cavity, and there remains still another bone to go through, which makes the Operation difficult and troublesome. Besides as we observed before, the Wound would be a long time in Healing, because the Glandulous Membrane which lines the Cavity, supplies matter for a plentiful Suppuration.  
You must never Trepan on the Temporal bone, unless in case of great necessity, especially in that part where it is contiguous to the Parietal, because here its thinnest part joins to the lower part of the Parietal, and one part of the Temporal bone must necessarily escape, since it only lies on the Parietal, and this creates great difficulty in the Operation.  
You must never Trepan on the Lateral Sinus, which lie on the side of the Occipital, for fear of opening those Sinus with the Teeth of the Instrument.  
When any Fragment of a bone is depressed, or there is a Comminution; you must not fix the Trepan over them, but on one side. For if you should place it over, you would run a risk of thrusting those Fragments into the Brain, and Mortally wounding the Patient; and for this Reason, the Instrument is better applied laterally, than on the Depression itself.  
The Trepan may be applied on any other part of the Skull, except those mentioned; but if the Bone be much shattered, and the Fragments or Splinters be so large, that upon the taking them out there is sufficient room for the Application of Medicines; you may supersede the use of this Instrument, there being no occasion for any farther Perforation.  
The Incision of the Teguments must be made after some of the following ways, viz. On the Temporal Muscle it must have the Figure of the number 7, or Letter V, or which is better be made lengthways, following the course of the Fibres, and be large enough to place the Instrument. In all other places of the Head, the Incision is ordinarily made in form of a Cross; ✚ but I think the long T is better, provided there be room enough to apply the Instrument. In Wounds of the Forehead the Incision is best made transversly, following the course of the Wrinkles, for than the Cicatrix will created lesle Deformity.  
After a blow on the Head it is necessary to search, especially when the Skull is bore; and if the Orifice be not large enough, it must be Dilated, and the Bone laid bore, in order to discover the Nature of the Fracture. When the Incision is made, the Wound must be filled with dry Lint to absorb the Blood, which otherwise would hinder a due inspection of it. If Blood issue from any Artery, the Artist must make a Ligature on it, and leave the Wound in this condition till the next day.  
If the Bone be very much shattered, and some Fragments of it depressed, it must be raised, and you must leave the Dressing till the Haemorrhage be stopped, that so you may consider of the best place to apply the Trepan.  
After the Incision is made (whether it be of the form of a Cross, ✚, V or T) the Teguments removed, and the Pericranium scraped of (by a Spatula, or with the Nails) the Flux of Blood stopped, and four and twenty Hours are lapsed, since all these Preparatives are made (which last Circumstance is not always necessary, especially when some pressing Symptoms require greater Hast) you may proceed to the Operation itself in the following manner.  
Place the Patient's Head in a convenient Posture; this is ordinarily done by laying it on a Pillow, and most Surgeon stop the Ears with Cotton, to prevent his hearing the Noise of the Standards by, or the grating of the Instrument. When the Head is conveniently placed, begin the work by making a small hole with the Perforative or Piercer, in this small Hole put the Pin in, to keep the Trepan Stable, which otherwise would be apt to roll about, and make several Incisions with its Teeth. You must be careful to choose a Head suited to the largeness of the Hole you intent to make; Hold the Handle of the Trepan with the left Hand, and support the Forehead with the same Hand that holds the Trepan, that so you may press its Head against the Skull, and make the Perforation more commodiously; At first turn your Instrument very quick. When the Trepan has taken sufficient hold take it of, and lay aside the Pin; for if this continued in much longer, there will be great danger of piercing the Dura Mater, some Skulls being exceeding thin. Cleanse the Teeth of the Instrument with a little brush, every time you take it out, and after place the Crown in again. Every time you take out the Instrument, which is to be done frequently, you ought to try how deep you have gone, for fear lest in turning it too hastily round, you endanger a Laceration of the Dura Mater by its Teeth.  
You must likewise with a quill cut after the manner of a Tooth-picker, try the depth of the Perforation in each part of it, that in case it be cut more on one than the other side, you may lay the stress of the Instrument on the opposite.  
When you found Blood in the Teeth of the Trepan, you may be assured the Instrument has passed through the first Table of the Skull, and is arrived at the Diploe. When you perceive this, you must turn slowly and very cautiously, for fear of taking of the first Table, and leaving the second, which Accident makes the Operation more tedious and troublesome. When this happens, take out that piece which is in the Trepan, and continued to cut through the second Table without being surprised; for the first Table is very apt to be broken of after blows with a blunt Instrument, because the Shock most commonly separates the Diploe from the Bone. Try from time to time with the Myrtle Leaf, whether the piece you are about to take out shake, and be near cut through. This is done to prevent hurting the Dura Mater, which you must inevitably do, if you continued to saw the Bone, without searching if it be lose or not. Some Artists use the Terebellum for this purpose, but in this Case it is necessary to have made a way into the Bone while it is stable, before the application of the Trepan. In taking out the piece which shakes, you must not attempt to pull it away forcibly, but remove it gently, for fear of Lacerating the Dura Mater, which frequently cleaves to it in young Bodies. If the Dura Mater adhere to the Skull, it may be separated with the Myrtle Leaf. Some Practitioners wait for a Suppuration to separate them, but since this happens for the most part only in young Subjects who have the Dura Mater soft and lax, the Bone may conveniently enough be free from it by the Spatula or Myrtle Leaf.  
When the Piece is removed, there always remain in the bottom of the Aperture several little Asperities, which are to be pared away with the Scalper Lenticularis, or Lenticular Instrument Knife (so called from a small knob not unlike a Lentil) with which you press a little the Dura Mater to facilitate the issue of the extravasated Blood and Pus.  
To evacuate the Blood and Pus, place the Patient's Head inclining in such a commodious posture, that the Matter may make its way to the Aperture, and than bid the Patient shut his Mouth and Nose, and hold his Breath. These Efforts force the Dura Mater to approach close to the Aperture, and drive out the Matter extravasated on it. This Rising of the Dura Mater is effected by the contraction of the Diaphragm in the Retention of the Breath, which must necessarily constringe the descending Artery passing between its Tendons, and by consequence drive a great proportion of Blood into the Ascending Trunk, which passes by the Carotid and Vertebral Arteries into the Brain.  
The Extravasated Matter which presents, must be absorbed by false Tents. If any Blood or Pus be lodged under the Dura Mater, it must be let out with a Lancet, having an especial care not to Wound the Brain. The Prudent Surgeon in this Case, aught to conceal his Lancet in a false Tent, and so convey it in and perform his Work, under pretence of wiping the Membrane.  
THE DRESSING. In the first place, put into the Aperture a Sindon dipped in Honey of Roses, and Spirit of Wine, and introduce this between the Skull and Dura Mater, to humect, deterge and attenuate the Matter. This Sindon is a Rag of very fine Linen, cut exactly round, through the midst of which you must pass a Thread for the drawing it out, in dressing of the Wound It must be larger than the Aperture, for the conveying the benefit of the Medicines, with which it is imbibed to the neighbouring parts, and preserving the Dura Mater from being hurt by the Asperities of the Bone, when the Brain is dilated. Over this Sindon apply another armed with proper Medicines, and than fill the remaining part of the Aperture with pledgits dipped in some vulnerary Liquor. Next lay a large Pledgit of dry Lint to cover the Bone, and between the Lips of the Wound, put in Dosils' armed with some good Digestive made of Turpentine, and the Yolks of Eggs, in the last place cover all with an Emplaster, and keep it on with the Bandage, called the Great Cap for the Head.  
To make this, Take a large Napkin and fold it lengthways unequally, or in such manner that it want three inches of being folded in the midst. When you have thus disposed it, take it in the midst, so that the four Fingers of each Hand be placed under, and both the Thumbs over it, and bring it behind the Patient's Head, and not before, for fear of striking him over the Face with it. Before you place the Napkin on the Head, bid a Servant keep the Dress on with his Hands, for fear of throwing them of, or disordering the Compresses and Emplasters. Than apply it on the Forehead; so that that part which is three inches longer than the other, may fall on the Nose, and bid a Servant hold the two upper ends under the Chin, or let the Patient do it himself if he be able, and do you take the two lower ends and draw them straight to the side of the Head, with both Hands (thus several Pleats will be made on the side of the Head, resembling a Goose Foot) than bring these two ends behind the Head, and crossing them there, pin them where they end. In winding the Napkin round the Head, it forms two great Sacks or Bags which fall on the sides, wherefore take the two ends which the Servant held in one Hand, and slide your other Hand open into the Bags, and draw them down, so that they may make as few folds as possible, than bring them to the top of the Head, and apply them to the lesser Angles of the Eye. Be careful where they cross each other on the top of the Head and behind, to make every thing fit very well, and Pin them. In the last place, tie or pin the two ends which you gave the Servant to hold under the Chin. When the Dressing is thus finished, let the Patient be laid down, and proceed in a proper Method for his Cure.  
THE CURE. The Patient must be dressed twice a day after the manner above described, and the parts round the Wound embrocated with Oil of Roses, with the addition of a little Spirit of Wine. But observe here, the Head ought to be shaved before the use of these Applications. One of the principal cares of the Artist ought to be, to procure a laudable Digestion in the External Wound, nothing gives the Patient greater Relief than this; because the Dura Mater has a great Communication with the Teguments, by means of the intervening Blood-Vessels. The Patient's Chamber must be kept in a Temperate warmth, with a good Fire in it, if the weather be Cold. The Wound must never be opened without a Chasingdish of Coals, and the Curtains drawn close, to prevent the Air from corrupting it.  
Sometimes the Inflammation of the Dura Mater is so violent, that it forces itself out through the Perforation of the Skull; to remedy this Accident, you must stop well the Hole, and have Recourse to Bleeding, Clysters, and a cooling Diet.  
In Wounds of the Brain and Dura Mater, there arises sometimes a Fungus or soft fleshy Excrescences, which are form out of the Oily Substance, which abounds in the Brain. When these tumors hap apply Desiccatives, as Spirit of Wine, Tincture of Aloes, etc. and eat all greasy Medicines. If these fail, use the more mild Cathaereticks, as Turpentine dried and powdered, Powder of Iris Florentina,  Alum; or lastly, if these are not sufficient, Read precipitate. Observe here for the more easy consuming the Excrescences, the Wound must be so filled, as to compress them a little.  
Next after these the Decoctions of the Vulnerary Plants boiled in White-wine, with a little Honey of Roses, are to be commended. In short, Desiccative or Humecting Medicines are proper, according to the different condition of the Wound. But of whatever kind the Applications are, they ought to be actually hot, and that to as high a Degree, as the Patient can well endure them.  
If the Flesh be firm and sound, the Surgeon must endeavour to keep it so; but if it be flabby and soft, he must compress it, and apply good Resolvents.  
The Pledgits which are laid on to the Bone, aught to be dipped in such Spirituous Liquors, as promote exfoliation, for which intent Tincture of Euphorbium is excellent.  
Besides Local Applications, Internal Medicines must be given as occasion requires, and the Body always kept open.  
In all his Dress, a prudent Surgeon must be careful not to use foul , or such as have before been made use of in ill conditioned Sores (as is done in Hospitals, where they boil all the Rags in a Lee, and after use them again) because there remain in their Pores some Acid Corrosive Spirits, which excoriate and gangrene the Dura Mater. All Oleous and Acid Medicines are injurious to the Membranes, the first, because they stop the Pores, and hinder Transpiration; and the last, because they coagulate the Humours, and created Obstructions.  
There is no certain time can be assigned for the exfoliation of the Bone, sometimes it is completed sooner, sometimes later. The Callus which fills the Aperture, is most commonly form in 40 or 50 Days. It is sooner perfected in young, than in old Bodies, but is never so firm as the Natural Bone.  
Before I leave this Subject, I shall present the Reader with an instance out of Fabricius Hildanus, of his Process of Cure in a Fracture of the Skull. This Author tells us, in a certain Case, he began the Cure, by giving the Patiented a Clyster, and after that was come away shaving his Head, and embrocating it with Oil of Roses and Myrtils. Next he made a Crucial Incision, raised the Teguments, cleared the Pericranium, laid the Skull bore, and filled the Wound with fine Tow wetted with the white of an Egg. The next day he removed several Fragments which were broke of from the first Table, and applied the Trepan. And the Patient being in vehement Pain, he laid on the Dura Mater a small Satin Sindon, humected with Honey and Oil of Roses, and filled up the Hole with the following Digestive. ℞. Turpentine washed in Sage and Betony Waters, ℥ i Oil of Roses, ℥ iss. Yolks of Eggs, ʒij. Gum Elemi dissolved with these Oils over a gentle Fire, and strained, ℥ i Add to these Saffron in powder, ℈ i Yolks of two Eggs, Mix these together into an Unguent.  
After having applied this Mundificative to the Wound, he laid on an Emplaster of Basilicon, embrocating the whole Head and neck with Oil of Roses and Myrtles. The same day he gave him a Clyster, prescribed him a Regular Diet, continuing to treat him in this manner for several Days. In the mean time he discharged the Pus through the Aperture, and by degrees the Fever and other Symptoms abated.  
After the Pain and Inflammation were abated, he mixed some drops of Spirit of Wine with Honey of Roses, to lay on the Dura Mater, applying to the Wound itself this Detergent. ℞. Root of Avens, Angelica, Round Birthwort, Iris Florentina, ā. in powder, ʒi. Extract of Sage and Betony, ℈ ij. of Gum Elemi dissolved in Oil of Roses, ʒij. Mix these in a Mortar, and make an Unguent with a sufficient quantity of Honey of Roses, and a little Spirit of Wine, and than apply it to the Aperture. Next he laid over all the following Emplaster. ℞. Emplaster of Betony, ℥ iiij. Gum Elemi dissolved in Oil of Roses, ℥ i Damask Roses, Myrtilsin powder, ā. ʒi. Mastich, Calamus Aromatticus, Angelica, Avens, ā. ʒi. with a sufficient quantity of Oil of Roses and a little Wax, make an Emplaster.  
During the whole Process of the Cure, he gave him constantly Clysters once every other Day, or sometimes every Day, if he did not go to Stool, purging him upon occasion with the Solutive Syrup of Rhubarb, Agarick, Senna, Manna and Cassia, till the Patient was entirely cured.   

REMARKS.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 1. Obs. 13. relates that he had seen a Woman who after receiving a Contused Wound on the right Parietal Bone (which was broken and depressed by the blow) vomited Bile and crude Aliments. He took of about 4 fragments of the Bone, and a small portion of the Brain about the bigness of a Bean. The next day he removed more Splinters of the Bone with a Portion of the Brain about the bigness of a Hazel Nut, he continued to take of several more small Portions of the Brain, notwithstanding which the Patient was perfectly cured.  
In the same Observation he assures us, he had seen a Maid wounded on the Head, who had several large Fragments of Bones taken out, and the meanings being rotten, one side of the Brain lay bore. For the space of three weeks together, the Surgeon was obliged to remove some Portion of it, which Nature separated, so that one part of the Brain was entirely taken out; However it lay thus open, several Carnous Tubercles' sprung up on its Substance, of which each was as big as a Vetch. These Tubercles' sensibly increasing, joined one to another, forming a pretty solid Carnous Tegument, which filled all the Cavity of the Brain, and covered it, and the Girl in all appearance recovered her Health, but the Cure of this Wound being neglected, she died six Months after. That which occurred most worthy of Remark in this Case, was, that in the beginning of this Cure, the Patient did all her ordinary business about the House, as if she had been perfectly well, without any Pain or Fever.  
Some Years ago, there was in the Hôtel Dieu at Paris, a certain Woman who receiving a blow on the Head, the Teguments were all corrupted, and a Moiety of the Skull was laid bore. Both Tables exfoliated, so that part of the Frontal Bone, and a Moiety of the two Parietal Bones came away all at a time; and this Bony Case being removed, the Brain lay bore, and its Motion was very discernible. By degrees it was covered again by a Carnous Matter, which consolidated, but this Cover never arrived to such a degree of hardness, as to resist the impression made by the Motion of the Brain. Upon the lest touch imaginable with the Finger on this Carnous Membrane, the Woman instantly seemed to see a thousand Candles. She had a Cap of Lead made to cover the part, and defend it from external injuries, and carried about the exfoliated Bone, as a Cup to receive Alms in.  
The same Author, Cent. 3. Obs. 12. informs us, he had seen a Child of 10 Years of Age, who had a great Depression on the Occipital Bone upon a Fall: Not dangerous Accidents appearing at first, the Parents neglected the Cure. The Child who before was very witty, lost his Memory and Judgement, and was rendered incapable of Study or Learning a Trade, and at Thirty six years of Age, became perfectly Stupid.  
He farther relates, that a Child of three Years of Age falling upon his Forehead, made a Depression large enough to turn the little Finger in; no other Application was used, besides a Compress dipped in Spirit of Wine, and renewed every day, and the Child was perfectly cured without any inconvenience remaining behind. These Relations compared make it evident, that the Functions of the Soul are not performed in all parts of the Brain, since the depression of the Occipital Bone in one produced a Stupidity, and yet in the Frontal, the same Accident was attended with no consequence prejudicial to the Patient.  
If Wounds of the Head are attended with extraordinary Accidents, they sometimes prove very serviceable to the Patient. F. Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 8. assures us, that a certain Person having the Cranium fractured at the Concourse of the Sagittal and Coronal Suture, by this Wound was cured of a Vertigo of long standing. There remained a slight Ulcer on the place of the Fracture, which perhaps effected this cure by the discharge of Matter.  
Sckenkius tells us, a certain Epileptic Person happening to have a Fracture on the Skull, was by this means cured of a Distemper, with which he had been for many years afflicted.  
Riverius Cent. 1. Obs. 37. relates the History of a young Girl of 7 years of Age, who for the space of two Months, had been tormented with so violent a Pain in her Head, extending to the Eyebrows, that she begged to have her Head cut open with a Knife. This vehement Pain fling her into two or three violent Fits of an Epilepsy to that degree, she foamed at the Mouth. At length she died, and a great quantity of Pus burst out of her Nostrils, which caused the Physicians to believe, there was an Abscess in the Brain. To discover which they opened the Head, but nothing appeared there, besides a serous Moisture. But if these Gentlemen had opened the Frontal Sinus, it is very probable they would have found an Abscess in those Cavities; for most of those Abscesses which found an Exit by the Nose, do not proceed from the Brain, (since there is no passage for thence,) but are discharged from the Cavities of the Eyebrows or Cheeks.    

CHAP. XXII. Of the Fistula Lachrymalis.  
THIS Operation is an Incision made near the greater Angle of the Eye, to discharge the Pus in a Fistula of that part.  
THE CAUSE. The Tumour proceeds from a sharp Saline Humour, which flowing through the Lachrymal Ducts, corrodes and tumefies the small Caruncle seated in the greater Angle of the Eye, from whence it comes to pass, that the Tears finding no passage into the Cavity of the Nose, through the perforations made in the Lachrymal Bone, they must of necessity run down the Cheek, while on the other hand, the Acid and Corrosive parts of the Lachrymal Humour, excoriate the Caruncle, and form an Ulcer, which soon degenerates into a Fistula. The Corrosive Serum is not confined to the Gland, but very often extends its malign effects farther, and Cariates the Bone, which happening, makes the Operation absolutely necessary. However, we must not imagine that the Lachrymal Humour is ever the Original of this Malady; for sometimes there happens to be an Abscess or Inflammation in the Lachrymal Gland itself, without the Lympha's, being in any manner concerned in it. When this happens, there is Pus always lodged in it, which is ever discharged through the Nostrils, when the Patient squeezes the place, as most commonly they do once a day, to avoid the Pain and Trouble of the Operation. If the Patient be careful to discharge the Pus in this manner, the Tumour often does not increase, and it may remain his whole Life-time, without any notable inconvenience.  
THE SIGNS of a Fistula Lachrymalis, are an involuntary flowing of the Tears down the Cheek, which notwithstanding is no certain proof, since a simple Obstruction or Inflammation of the greater Angle of the Eye, may suffice to produce this effect. The infallible Mark of a Fistula, is a Pus flowing out of the corner of the Eye, or by the Nose. If the Bone be not corrupted, the Cure may be more easily accomplished.  
In Searching to found whether the Fistula terminate in the Bone or not, observe if there be a hard Substance which resists the Probe, without any Pain at all; for in this Case it is evident the Bone is bore, since if the Periosteum covered it, the Sense would be exquisite, and the Probe cause great pain. If the Bone be smooth and even, and the Pus which comes away be neither thick nor Oily, it is a Mark that it is sound; on the contrary, if the Bone be rough and uneven, it is Carious.  

The OPERATION.  
Place the Patient in a Chair, and let his Head be kept steady by a Servant, than bind up the Sound Eye to prevent his seeing the Instrument, and make a Semicircular Incision with a Knife on the Tumour. In doing this, be cautious of cutting the Eyelids, for this would 'cause a deformity never after to be removed. Try with the Probe, whither the Bone be carious in order to dilate the Wound; for if the Caries extend beyond the Incision, you must open farther with the Lancet, or a Spunge-Tent to lay the Caries bore.  
If after Incision you found the Bone Carious, the Actual Cautery must be applied. When Inustion is necessary, place a Probe on the Bone, and on this a Cannula or Pipe, which in its upper part is made after the form of a Tunnel, take out the Probe, and introduce an actual Cautery into the Cannula, and pass it lightly over the Cariosity. The use of the Cannula is to direct the Cautery, and prevent it from burning the adjacent parts.  
It is common to pierce the Lachrymal Bone through with the Cautery, but this seems to be needless; because this Bone being corrupted by the Pus lodged in the Fistula, and by the Air and Medicines applied to it necessarily exfoliates, and being very thin comes away entire, and so leaves a hole on the side of the Nose.  
THE DRESSING. After the Operation is over, fill the Wound with small Dossils' of dry Lint, and lay on a dry Pledgit, a small Emplaster and Compress, and keep on all with the Bandage.  
The most plain and simple Bandage, is made with a Handkerchief folded Diagonalwise, or form of Triangle. Take this in both Hands in the middle with your Thumbs on, and your fingers under it, pass it behind the Head, and apply its middle on the Eye, slide your Hands on the Handkerchief behind the Head, and engage it there with the two other ends, which you must bring before, pinning them where they end. This Bandage is proper for all parts of the Head.  
Another sort of Bandage for the Head, may be made after this manner. Take a Roller two els in length, and an inch and a half broad, apply the end of the Roller obliquely on the Parietal Bone, pass this over the part affected, descending on the opposite Cheek, and so passing behind the Head, and than again over the Eye affected, making three rounds in the same manner as the first; than bring it several times round the Forehead, and lastly fasten it.  
If there be occasion to bind up both Eyes, you must proceed in this manner; take a double-headed Roller an inch and a half broad, and four els in length, apply the Roller behind the Head, than bring each end of it over each Eye, crossing it on the Nose, next descending over the Cheeks, pass behind the Head, returning on the same Rounds of the Roller made the first going about the Head; than bring the two ends of the Roller about the Forehead, and continued your Rounds about the Head, till the Roller is spent, and than fasten it. These last Turns of the Roller about the Head, stay the first made on the Eyes.  
THE CURE. Let the Patient lie on his Back, that by this means the Tears may pass of by the Orifice that you have made. The Curiosity of the Bone, and the Callus of the Fistula, must be both entirely destroyed, before the Wound is capable of being cured; and therefore the Superfluous Flesh must be consumed with some effectual Caustick.  
The Cure of a Fistula, principally consists in consuming the Callus, and after that is removed healing the Ulcer; for this purpose if necessity require, you must enlarge the Orifice of the Fistula by Tents made of Elder Pith, Roots of Birthwort, or Sponge prepared with Wax. Dried Gentian Root alone is good, or the same smeared with some emollient Unguent. This Root has two good effects, when it is armed with some emollient Unguent, viz. It softens the Callosity, and widens the Mouth of the Fistula, and when it is drawn out, is commonly Swollen to twice the size it was when put in. To make this more effectual, you may sometimes strew on it  Alum, by which means you may dilate and consume the Callosities at once.  
When the Callosities are removed, and the Exfoliation and Suppuration completed, cleanse the Ulcer with Detergent Injections made of Spirit of Wine, Juice of Tobacco, the Exuviae of Serpents powdered, or Hydromel. The following Medicine is good, ℞. Honey of Roses. ℥ iij. Spirit of Wine, ℥ ss. Sweet praecipitate, ʒss. Mix these and inject them. The Dose of Praecipitate must be increased or lessened, as Circumstances shall require. Plantain Water with Mercurius Dulcis mixed, is very good to make warm Injections with. Juice of Crabs pounded with Leaves of Tobacco, and after pressed out and mixed with Mercurius Dulcis, is an excellent Mundificative; and Mercury mixed with Vulneraries, is one of the best Detergents, in the World. The following Medicine successively Deterges Consolidates, and Cicatrizes all sorts of Fistula's, without having recourse to actual Fire. ℞. Clarified Honey, ℥ ij. Boil it to a Viscid Consistence, and when it gins to cool, add to it Aloes, Frankincense well Powdered, ā. ʒi. Assa foetida pulverised, ℥ iss. beaten these together very well for a consider able time in a Mortar, to the consistence of an Unguent.  
Before I leave this Subject, I shall present the Reader with Hildanus' process in curing a Fistula Lachrymalis, in the left Eye of a Child of 13 years of Age, which he had had for four years. This was reputed incurable; for not only the Bone was Carious, but the Lachrymal Gland was so corroded, that the Tears ran plentifully through the Fistula, when the Child cried, who was very Refractory, and would not suffer the Actual Cautery to be applied. In the first place he prescribed a good Regimen, purging the Patient with Medicines adapted to his Constitution. Next he applied a Seton to his Neck; after the Seton had discharged itself for some time, he applied a Potential Cautery on the Seton, to enlarge the Orifice, which was very straight. After the Escar was separated, he dilated the Fistula, and laid it open quite to the Bone with an Escarotick Unguent, and Sponge Tent, and filled the Fistula with powder of Euphorbium, applying over it an Emplaster made with Gum Elemi, without any other Mixture. In this manner he continued to treat the Patient for seven Weeks; after which the Bone exfoliated; and when this was effected, he put some few drops of good Balsam with Lint into the Wound, which soon after healed and the Fistula was entirely cured. Sometime after he took of the Seton and cicatrized the Wound. Fabr. Hildanus, sets a great value on powder of Euphorbium, in the Cure of Fistula's.  
There is another Method of curing these Fistula's, delivered by Hildanus, Cent. 6. Obs. 3. He gins the Cure by an exact Diet, than purges of the most predominant Humours; Next he fortifies the Head with Medicines, both Internal and External. The Internal are Decoctions of Guajacum, Sarsaparilla, Sassafras, China, Betony, Sage, Rosemary, Marjoram and Primroses. Conserves of Betony, Rosemary, Sage, Primrose, Peony, Confection of Alkermes, Citron Peel, and other of the Like Nature.  
The External are Powders of Benzoin, Styrax Calamita, Mastich, Olibanum, White Amber, Grains of Kermes, Roots of Iris Florentina, Flowers of Betony, Rosemary, Marjoram, Read Roses, which are to be strewed on the Head, or applied with quilted Caps.  
Next he makes revulsion of the Matter, which discharges itself on the Eye; for which purpose he commends Cupping-Glasses applied to the Shoulders, and Vesicatories behind the Ears. Seton's are of more use still, because they potently attract the Matter, which otherwise would make its way to the Fistula, and purge and strengthen the Head. He assures us, Seton's are of so great importance in the Cure of Lachrymal Fistula's, that many times it could not be effected without their Assistance. Before the Seton be made, the Body ought to be very well purged, and the Seton ought to run for some time, before you proceed to the Cure of the Fistula.  
After these Preparatives, the Wound must be dilated with a piece of Gentian Root, prepared Sponge, or some good Caustick. The Patient's Eye must be kept very close, and very well guarded when Caustics are applied, to prevent their running into it, when they begin to melt; some Author's open Fistula's with one or two drops of Oil of Vitriol, or Aqua Fortis, and consume their Callosity with these Caustics, but this Practice is to be condemned, because the sound Bone is corroded, and damaged by these Acid Liquors.  
After the Fistula is laid open, Dossils' with Praecipitate prepared, aught to be put into the Wound, and over them an Emplaster with Gum Elemi. This Powder must be put into the Wound once or twice a day, according as the Ulcer is more or lesle moist, and it is best to dress it but once a day. It is not convenient at first to search the Wound with a Probe, to discover if the Bone be carious or not, it suffices to put the preceding Powder into it, for this will easily waste the redundant Flesh, and if the Bone be sound, it will cleanse and Cicatrize the Ulcer without effecting that.  
If the Bone be Carious, it must be laid bore as far as is possible, and filled with Euphorbium, in fine Powder; This is the best Remedy in the World against a Cariosity, and there is no reason to apprehended its excessive Acrimony, But observe here, Powder of Euphorbium is never to be mixed with common Oil, according to the abusive practice of Apothecaries; for this obtunds its Virtue and Strength, besides common Oil is injurious to the Bones, as well as the Acid Spirits of Vitriol, Sulphur and Aqua Fortis. Some Practitioners in Cariosities of the Bone in Lachrymal Fistula's, make use of the Actual Cautery, but Powder of Euphorbium is preferable.  
When the Ulcer is sufficiently deterged with Powder of Praecipitate well prepared, and the Flesh almost grown up, some good Balsam may be applied to make a fair and smooth Cicatrix: And in the time of Dressing, some Drops of the following Collyrium must be put, three or four times a day, into the Eye. ℞. Plantain and Rose Water, anʒiss, Water of Eye-bright and Valerian, ā. ʒi. Seeds of Quinces reduced to Powder, ℈ i Mix these, and leave them to infuse 7 or 8 Hours, than strain them, and add to the Liquor Tutty prepared, Led calcined,  Hartshorn prepared, ā. ʒi. Camphire, ℈ i Mix these very well in a Mortar, and make a Collyrium, which is to be applied very Hot. Observing this Method, the Patient (our Author assures us) by the Blessing of God may be cured.   

REMARKS.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 14. tells us, that a young Man happening to have a Vein in the inner Angle of the Eye opened, a great Flux of Blood ensued, which proved fatal to him.    

CHAP. XXIII. Of Cataracts.  
THIS Operation is a Punction made in the Globe of the Eye, with a Needle to depress a certain Opake Membranous Concretion which covers the Pupil, and hinders the Transmission of the Rays of Light.  
THE CAUSE. Authors who pretend to assign the Causes of Cataracts, differ very much in their Opinions; some conceive, they are no more than an Obstruction of the pupil, made by the Viscosity of the Aqueous Humour, which is enclosed between the Cornea and Wea; others believe it is a small Webb, spread before the Crystalline Humour. Others again imagine it is a small Film, which separating itself from the Crystalline floats in the Aqueous Humour and are persuaded that all the Parts are existent in the first conformation, that Cystis' are never form de novo, but are only Membranes disengaged from the Neighbouring parts, which increasing in thickness, receive nourishment from the parts, to which they adhere. This Opinion they pretend to confirm, by observing that Cataracts are a Texture of several pellicles or thin Films, applied over one another, which may be easily discovered when the Cataract is Ripe. They farther pretend to evince, that a Cataract is only a Membrane disengaged from the Body of the Crystalline, because if it be depressed after it is perfectly form, the Crystalline Humour is depressed together with it. And they endeavour to persuade us, that by this means the Rays of Light wanting that due Modification in the Crystalline Humour, which is required for distinct Vision, all Objects appear confused after the Cataract is couched, and the Patient is obliged to wear Spectacles.  
THE SIGNS. If the Cataract be black, yellow or leaden, it is for the most part incurable. It's thickness and adhaesion, is the reason why in making the Operation, there happens a Laceration of the Pupil, and this being disabled from constringing and relaxing itself, all the Rays of Light which enter the Eye, strike on the Retina in a disorderly manner, and make a confused Vision.  
Blue and Greenish Cataracts, or such as are of the Colour of Pearl or burnished Iron, are Curable by Couching them with the Needle.  
When there is no perceptible Motion in the Pupil, it is a sign the Cataract is fixed to the Weà This is inseparable from old Cataracts, and such are not to be meddled with.  
The way to found whether the Cataract be firm enough to admit of Operation, is this. Put a Convex-Glass, or a Viol of Water before the Patient's Eye, and behind this set a lighted Candle. If the Patient can discern any Colours through these, it is a sign the Cataract is not Ripe, but if he can not, it is time to depress it.  
Cataracts happening after Fevers and violent Headaches, are difficult to Cure. Cataracts are more easily cured in Children, than in grown Persons.  
Cataracts in their beginning, when Objects seems to appear as through a Cloud, are called Suffusions. Some Cataracts have the consistence of Parchment, and these have an Elastic quality, and when they, are depressed spring up again, cover the Pupil of the Eye, and frustrate the Operation.  

The OPERATION.  
When you are well assured the Cataract is in a condition to admit of it, proceed to the Operation. The Spring and Autumn being the most temperate, are for that Reason the most proper Season for this purpose. When you undertake this, choose some fine Day, bind up the Patients sound Eye, and than place him in a Chair with his Face turned toward the Light; yourself sitting on a Seat directly before, and something higher than him, and a Servant being placed behind to keep his Head on his Breast. When all things are disposed in this manner, bid the Patient turn the Eye affected towards his Nose, that so the Tunica Conjunctiva may be more apparent. Than take a hafted Needle, some of which are Flat, some Round, some Three-cornered, and with this pierce the Conjunctive Tunick close to the Cornea, on the same side with the lesser Angle of the Eye. But observe here, carefully to avoid hurting the Vessels of the Conjunctiva. When the Needle is in, you must boldly thrust it to the mindle of the Cataract, and keep it depressed below the Pupil. If the Cataract does not spring up again, the Operation is well performed; but if it does rise, you must keep it down with the Needle, till it is entirely Subjected.  
The Needle must be of well polished Steel, and before you thrust it into the Eye, you ought to pass it through a piece of Woollen Cloth, or the Brim of a Hat. This smoothens it, and takes of any roughness or inequality, which might put the Patient to pain.  
When the Needle is drawn out, you must close the Eyelids, and not present Objects as some do, to try if the Patient can discern them; because the Cataract as yet not being secured in the place where it is lodged upon the Motion of the Eye, is apt to rise. Because the too sudden striking of the Light on the Filaments of the Retina after a long Disuse, must inevitably prove hurtful to it, and 'cause Dangerous Consequences.  
THE DRESSING. This consists only in applying a Pledgit dipped in a Collyrium made of Plantain and Rose-Water, with the white of an Egg, and over this a Compress kept on with a Handkerchief folded cross-ways, or any of the Bandages used in the Fistula Lachrymalis, which have been amply described in their proper places. Observe that the sound Eye ought to be bound up to restrain it from Motion.  
THE CURE. The Patient must keep his Bed for three or four Days, after which he may be permitted to rise and repose himself in a Dark Chamber.   

REMARKS.  
In the Miscellanea Curiosa, There is a Relation of a Studious Gentleman, who being about to divert himself by playing on some Musical Instrument, one of the strings breaking, the end struck him over the Eye, which caused a vehement Pain. Cooling Ophthalmick Remedies were applied to abate the Inflammation. The Gentleman happening to wake in the Night, found he could see every thing in his Chamber, even to the most Minute Figures in his Pictures and Hang. The Patient being surprised at this wondered Accident, shut that Eye which had received the Blow, and found immediately he was in Darkness. He next shut the sound Eye, and opened the other, upon which he found the Chamber, and all the objects illuminated. Than he called for a Light, but could not bear the strong impression which Objects made on his Eye. This Symptom lasted for several Days, ceasing gradually.  
In the same Collections, Obs. 93. We read of a certain Man, who having the Pox and Venereal Ulcers upon him, and being under Cure for the same, as the Symptoms abated; his Sight was depraved in such a manner, that all Objects appeared double, but the Cure of the Distemper being completed, he regained his perfect Sight.   

REMARKS.  
Riverius Cent. 3. Obs. 45. tells us, that a very thick Cataract ensuing on an Ophthalmy of a long standing, in a Girl of 8 years of Age, the spot spread itself over a Moiety of the Iris, which at last he cured by a Solution of Sal Armoniac in Rose Water, letting it stand in a Copper Vessel, till the Liquor had obtained a lovely Blue Colour. The proportion of Sal Armoniac aught to be such, as may make the Liquor moderately sharp, and this must be applied with Compresses.    

CHAP. XXIV. Of Delivering Women.  
THIS Operation is an Extraction of the Child, together with the Membranes which contain it, and Placenta, out of the Mother's Womb.  
THE CAUSE of a Big belly, is the Child contained in the Womb.  
THE SIGNS which demonstrate Conception, are the mutual Conjunction of the Seed of both Sexes, a more than ordinary pleasure in the Act of Coition; because at that time the Neck of the Womb compresses the Yard more straight, an agreeable Titillation, and leaping in every part of the Woman's Body. However these must not be reputed certain Signs, that a Woman has conceived, since we see every day, that some are impregnated without emission of Seed, or receiving the lest Pleasure.  
If after Reception of the Male Seed the Womb is close, nothing comes away, and the Man's Yard is not so wet as commonly; this is a sign that there is a Conception, and that the Masculine Seed is retained in the Womb.  
A Woman after Conception, feels some small pain round about the Navel, and some working in the lower Belly, which arises from a strong Contraction of the Womb, when it closes itself, which creating a Motion in the Bladder, draws down the Vrachus, which terminates in the Navel, and this creates a little pain in that part. This Commotion of the lower Belly proceeds, from the Irritation of the Rectum by the Motion of the Womb which lies on, and is appended to it.  
It is observable, that the Internal Orifice of the Womb in Women who have had Children, is not so exactly closed in the time of Conception, as in Women who never had a Child.  
The Nausea, the loss of Appetite without any visible Distemper, a longing after odd and uncommon things, Sickness and Vomiting continuing for a long time together, Listlessness, Doziness, Frowardness, and ill Humour without a Reason, Pains in the Teeth, to which she was not subject before; extraordinary Spitting, Retention of the Courses, or Evacuation of them at an unusual time, Rising of the Breasts, a Hardness and Pain in them, the Nipple growing hard, and increasing in bigness a little (because of the Repletion) the increasing of the little Circle, its brown Colour, the Protuberance of the Navel, the softness and laxity of the Eyelids, which are difficulty kept open, their heavy aspect with a Yellow Livid Circle round them, the Eyes sunk, their Whites Turbid, a Languishing look, the Blood let out bad, Emaciation, a Big belly which gradually increases, all these after Coition are signs of Conception, all which sometimes appear at once, and sometimes only part of them.  
The Reader ought here to observe, that several of these Signs hap to Maids in a Retention of their Courses; as for instance Nausea, Vomiting, though not so frequently, Rise, Hardness and Pain in the Breast and Belly, Appetite to odd and uncommon Things, livid Eyes, their Womb may be closed. On the contrary, Women may sometimes have their Courses the whole time of their going with Child, but not in so great plenty as at other times.  

Of the Signs which precede, and accompany a Natural Delivery.  
Sometimes the Life of the Mother, as well as that of her Child, is endangered by hastening her Delivery, before the Term of her going with Child is completed.  
Colic Pains arising from Wind imprisoned, and moving to and from in the lower Belly, which ruffling up and down, are not directed to the lower part of the Womb, (as all Throes in a true Labour,) are no Signs that a Woman ought to be Delivered. These Colic Pains are dispersed by warm  applied to the Belly, or Carminative Glisters, whereas these augment the Pains in Real Labour. These sergeant Pains, may sometimes proceed from a Diarrhaea, or the Paroxysm of a Fever.  
The true Signs which precede a Natural Labour, and hap within a few Days before, are unusual Pains in the Reinss, the Rising of the Belly which was above falls down, which makes the Woman walk with more difficulty than before, and Stimulates her to Urine, because the Foetus bears down on the Bladder; Lastly, a Flux of Glairy Humour from the Womb which humects the Parts, and dilates the passage of the Infant.  
The Signs which accompany Labour, are great Pains in the Back and Reins, which redoubling by Intervals, terminate at the bottom of the Belly with repeated Throes. The Woman has a fuller, quicker, and higher Pulse than ordinary; Her Face is Read, and inflamed by the vehement efforts she makes to help the Birth. The Natural parts are tumefied, because the Infant struggles to get out; and if Vomiting Supervene, it is a sign that the Child will soon be born. This Vomiting arises from a certain Sympathy, between the Womb and Stomach, because of the Communication of Nerves between those parts.  
When the Delivery is near, there happens a Universal Trembling, especially in the Thighs and Hamss, a general Heat, and the Humours which than come away, are often tincted with Blood. The Internal Orifice of the Womb is open, which may be felt with the Finger, and the Membranes containing the Foetus present themselves; These appear harder and tenser, according as the Pain is more or lesle Vehement. The Pains continuing the Membranes break, and the Waters come away, and the Naked Head of the Child presents itself to the Orifice.  
When all or most of these Signs appear, it is certain that the Woman is near her Delivery, whether she have completed her Term or not.   

The OPERATION.  
When you perceive by the abovementioned Signs, that a Woman is really in Labour, take care that neither her , or any thing else be about her Belly, which may straighten it; and give her some pretty strong Clysters before the Child be in the passage, to evacuate the Rectum, and provoke the Woman to go to Stool. After this make a Bed for her, if it be Winter near the Fire. The Bed ought to be so placed, that you may commodiously go round it.  
If the Woman be full of Blood, take away some of it when the Pulse rises. This practice is useful to free the Breast, to assist Respiration, and prevent a great loss of Blood or Fever after her Delivery. Than let her take some good Broth, or a new laid Egg, and let her walk in her Chamber, and from time to time take a Spoonful or two of Wine not too strong, because all Heady Wines, and strong Liquors, are apt to kindle a Fever. When her Pains take her, advice her to help her Throes.  
The Artist ought from time to time, to feel the internal Orifice of the Womb, to discover whether the Waters are not ready to break, which so soon as he perceives, he must anoint the Parts with some Emollient Oil or Grease, and keep near the Patient to observe all her Motions, Complaints, and Pains, to make a Judgement whether her Delivery be near, without being obliged so often to try the Parts. Let the Patient ever and anon rest on her Bed to recruit her strength, but she must not be suffered to lie on it too long, especially if it be a low Pallet-Bed, because by Walking, the Weight of the Infant dilates the Internal Orifice of the Womb, and the Pains are more vehement and frequent; on the other Hand, she must not be too much Fatigued in her first Pains, for fear her strength be exhausted too soon.  
When the Waters present, let them break of themselves if the Labour be Natural, because if you should break them before her Delivery, the passage would be dry, and more difficult for the Infant to slip through. After the Waters are broken, introduce the Finger into the internal Orifice of the Womb, to try if the Head of the Child present itself, which may be known if it be Hard, Thick, Round, Heavy, and equal, for all other parts would be rough and unequal, Hard or Soft, according as they differ.  
For the delivering the Woman, place her on a Bed covered with a Quilt, and not a Featherbed, with Linen several times doubled, to receive the Blood and Waters (which come in great abundance from her) and prevent their incommoding her. The most convenient Posture to place her in, is on her Back, with her Head and Breast a little raised, so that she be neither lying nor sitting; for in this manner she will be able to breathe more easily, and have more strength to help her Pains, than if she were otherwise, or sunk in her Bed. Being thus placed, she must spread her Thighs abroad, folding her Legs a little toward her Buttocks, which must be raised by a small Pillow underneath, to the end that the Coccyx or Rump-bone may give back; lastly, she must have her feet stayed against some firm Thing, and hold some of the Assistants by the Hand, that she may better stay herself during her Pains. The Woman must be encouraged to hold her Breath, and bear down her Pains as well and as strongly as she can. Here I must condemn the Practice of some Midwives, who press the Superior parts of the Belly, to thrust the Child gently down: This bruises the Womb, and hinders the Delivery. The Artist ought to content himself (having, first Anointed his Hand with some Oils or Greases) to dilate the inner Orifice of the Womb, putting his Fingers up into its entry, and spreading them in the time of her Pains, thrusting by little and little the sides of the Orifice, towards the hinder part of the Child's Head.  
When the Head gins to advance, the Artist must seat himself conveniently to receive the Child, and with his Finger's ends endeavour to put back the inner Orifice of the Womb over its Head, and as soon as it is advanced as far as the Ears, or thereabouts, take hold of the two sides with his Hands, slipping his Fingers under the Jaws, and upon the first great Pain which comes, draw it forth. Here let him take great care that the Navel-string be not entangled about the Neck, or any other Part, lest thereby the After burden be pulled with Violence, and with it the Womb to which it is fastened, and so it 'cause a Flooding, or break the string. It must also be observed, that the Head be not drawn forth straight, but moving it too and from, that the Shoulders may more easily make their way, and this must be done without losing time, lest the Head being past, the Child be stopped by the bigness and largeness of the Shoulders, and so be Suffocated in the passage. As soon as the Head is born, he may slide his Fingers under the Armpits, and draw out the rest of the Body.  
When the Child is drawn forth, place it on its side with its Face towards you, lest the Blood and Waters which follow immediately after, should incommode it, or it may choke it by running into its Mouth or Nose, as they would do if it were laid on its Back.  
If the Woman's Pains continued after the Birth, and her Belly be big, and putting your Hand into her Body, you found another gathering of the Waters, it is a sign there is a Child still remaining in the Womb. If this be so, you must not endeavour to fetch away the Afterbirth, till the Woman be delivered of all her Children (because Twins never have but one Burden, to which there are fastened as many distinct Strings and Membranes, as there are Children) and if it should be drawn forth after the Birth of the first, the rest would run a Risk of losing their Lives, and besides it would endanger a Flooding.  
For this reason let the first string be cut (being first tied with a Thread three or four times double) and fasten the other end with a Thread to the Woman's Thigh, to prevent the inconvenience it may cause, by hanging between her Legs; and when this is done, break the Membranes of the Child which remains in the Womb to let out the Waters, and draw it out of the Mother's Body, observing the same Circumstances as in the first, after which fetch away the Afterbirth in the following manner.  

How to fetch away the After-burthen.  
When the Child is born the Artist taking the String, must wind it once or twice about one or two Fingers of his left Hand (for instance, the Fore and Middle Finger joined together) the better to hold it, or he may take it in his left Hand, wrapping it in dry Linen, to prevent it from slipping between his Fingers; having done this, let him draw it moderately, and with the right Hand take another hold of it above the left near the Privities, drawing likewise with that very gently, resting the while the forefinger of the same Hand extended, and stretched forth along the String towards the entry of the Vagina, always observing to draw it from that side where the Burden cleaves lest. In performing this, he must avoid the Membranes of the Infant, which sometimes hung out after the Birth, and investing the String hinder him from keeping it Firm. But above all things, let him be careful to draw the Burden gently, for fear of breaking the String, or drawing down the Womb with it, or causing a Flooding, which would be of dangerous consequence. In the mean time the Woman may blow strongly into her Hands shut, or stop her Nostrils, or she may put her Finger into her Throat, as if she would excite Vomiting, or else strive as if she were going to stool, bearing down and holding her Breath, all which Motions have the same effect, and serve to loosen the Burden, and facilitate its expulsion. If this do not suffice, after you know on which side the Afterbirth is situated, bid an experienced Nursekeeper press the Belly lightly with the flat of her Hand, bringing it gently downwards by way of Friction: When the Burden is come away, it must be considered whether it be entire, and if the lest part remain behind, so much as the Skirts or any Clods of Blood, the Hand must be put up into the Womb to bring them out.  
When the String is broke and the Placenta is retained, you must speedily introduce your Hand into the Woman's Body, and before the Womb can close (having first anointed it with some Grease or Oil, and pared your Nails close) bring it away. This is easy to be done, if it does not cleave to the Womb; but if it does adhere, you may easily distinguish it from the Womb itself, by the several inequalities in its Surface, and than by trying with your fingers on which side it cleaves lest, begin to disengage it there, thrusting the end of your Fingers between it and the Womb, continuing so to do till it be entirely freed, and than gently draw it out. You ought to be careful in separating the Burden, to avoid scratching the Womb, for fear of a Flooding, Inflammation or Gangrene, and it is better to leave some part of it behind, than endanger such Accidents.  
If the Womb be not open enough to receive the Hand, anoint the Woman's Privities, and introduce two or three Fingers, with which apprehended that Portion of the Burden, which almost always presents itself at the internal Orifice, and draw it gently, and a little obliquely on one side and the other, and so proceed forwards, keeping what you first seized in its Membranes.  
If all these Methods fail, and you cannot fetch it than away, you must have recourse to Injections made with Decoctions of Mallows, Marshmallows, Pellitory, Linseed, with the addition of Oil of sweet Almonds, Lilies, or a bit of fresh Butter, these injected into the Womb are proper to suppurate, and so bring it away. Strong Clysters are very Serviceable, because the Patients striving to go to Stool, very much assists the expulsion of the Burden.  
Bleeding in the Foot or Arm is necessary as occasion requires to prevent a Fever; but if the Woman be free from it, good Restoratives may be given her, as Broths made of Veal or Poultry, with a little Juice of Orange, or Wine and Water.   

Of Difficult and Unnatural Labours.  
You may be assured the Child is living if the Woman has received no Hurt, if she has laboured under no very great inconvenience during the time of her going with Child, if she has enjoyed a good Health, and finds the Infant stir within her.  
If you doubt whether the Child be alive after the Waters are broke, pass your Hand gently up into the Womb, and take hold of the String as near the Navel as may be, to feel the Pulse of the Umbilical Arteries, or put the Tip of your Finger into its Mouth, to feel the Motion of the Tongue.  
You may conclude the Child to be Dead, if he has not stirred for a considerable time; if there be a Flux of  Matter from the Womb; if the Woman feels great pain and weight in her Belly; if the Womb be not stayed, but falls like a Ball from one side to another, on which ever side she hap to lie, if she have frequent Syncopes and Convulsions; if the Navel-string or Burden, have for some time been out of the Mother's Body; if putting the Hand into the Womb the Child be cold, the Navel have no Pulsation, and the Tongue remain unmoved; if the Head feel soft, and the Bones move too and from, riding over one another in the Sutures; if the Woman has received any Hurt, or lost a great quantity of Blood, or she be not arrived at her due Term; if the Waters have been broke for a considerable time; if her Face be of a Leaden Colour, her Eyes sunk, her looks faint and dejected, her Breath ill scented, her Breasts decayed, her Belly fallen, without any Waters coming away from the Womb. If divers of these Signs hap together, there is good reason to believe the the Child is Dead.   

When the Child presents with the Feet First.  
When this happens, the Artist must introduce his Fingers into the Womb to dilate it by spreading them. When the passage is wide enough, introduce your Hand into the the Womb, and if only one Foot present, consider well whether it be the Right or the Left, and so you may better judge on which side the other Foot lies, which you must search for, and so draw forth both together; but before you proceed thus far, you must be well assured that this is not the Foot of another Child, for you would sooner kill both Mother and Children, than deliver her after this manner; you may easily prevent Mistakes of this kind, by sliding your Finger along the Leg and Thigh to the Twist, till you found the two Thighs joined to one Body, and this way has this convenience, that at one and the same time, you found the other Foot in order to bring it away with the former. When one Foot is found, tie it with a Ribbon, that so you may not loose that again, in searching for the other. When both Feet are found, taking them with both Hands above the Ankles, and holding them close together, draw them till the Thighs and Hamss of the Child are come forth; as soon as the Knees are come out, take hold of the Thighs above them, wrapping them in a Napkin to prevent the Hand from sliding, and than proceed to draw the Child to the upper part of the Breast. Than bring down the two Arms of the Child on the sides of the Body, taking hold of his Hands near the Wrist, rather than in any other place. This is the best way to disengage them in the passage, and here care must be taken to prevent breaking them, by forcing them too much. You must be careful the Child's Belly and Face be downwards, to prevent the Chin from stopping on the Sharebone; wherefore if it be not in this Posture, you must reduce it, which may easily be done. To effect this, slide the flat of one Hand to the Pubes of the Child, and with the other hold the two Feet, turning the Body till the Breast and Face be downwards; having in this Posture brought the Child to the Shoulders, you must proceed to draw it out in the mean time, advising the Woman to bear down, that the Head may succeed in the place of the Shoulders, and not stop in the passage.   

When the Head stops in the passage.  
In this Case, put the Child's Thighs into the Hands of some one of the Assistants to draw gently, whilst you by degrees disengage the Head from the Bones of the Passage. To do this, slip one or two Fingers of your Left Hand into the Child's Mouth, to disengage the Chin, and with your Right Hand embrace the hinder part of its Neck above the Shoulders, and so draw it out above. This must be done as promptly as is possible, for fear the Child be Suffocated.  
If the stopping of the Child's Head in the Passage, arise from its ill Position, turn the Face downward, sliding the flat of the Hand over its Face to cover its inequalities, for the more easy turning and putting it into a more commodious Situation; but the Head and Body must be turned together, for fear in turning one without the other, the Child's neck be twisted round. After these Circumstances observed, the Afterbirth must be fetched away as before.   

How to fetch away the Childs Heal when it is separated from the Body, and remains behind in the Womb.  
If the Head be small and soft as in Abortions, it may be easily drawn out, but if it be big, the Artist must put his right Hand up into the Womb, and search for the Mouth, and putting one of his Fingers into it, and his Thumb under the Chin, take hold of the lower Jaw and draw it out.  
But if the lower Jaw come of from the Head, he must draw his right Hand out of the Womb, and slip in his left, and with this stay the Head; and in his right, he must take a straight strong Hook or Crotchet with one Branch, and slide it all along the inside of his Hand, keeping the point towards it, for fear of hurting the Womb. Having i● troduced it in this manner, he must turn it to the Head, and strike it into one of the Eyes, or Holes of the Ears or Occiput, or between the Sutures, and so bring away the Head, making way for it with his left Hand, when he has brought it near the Passage, he must withdraw his other Hand, which would be apt to hinder its coming away, however he must leave two or three of his Fingers on the side of the Head, to prevent the Wombs being Wounded by the Instrument, if it hap to loose its hold.  
If the Artist decline using the Crotcher, he may take a Fillet of soft Linen, three quarters of an Ell long, and three Inches in Breadth folded double, let him hold the two ends with his Left Hand, and the middle with his Right, being first anointed with fresh Butter, let him introduce the end of this Fillet into the Womb, and pass the middle over the Child's Head, than drawing the two ends of the Fillet together, let him bring the Head out.  
If these means fail, the Artist must thrust his left Hand into the Womb, and than slide in a crooked Knife with his Right, with the point turned toward his Hand, for sear of wounding the Womb. When it is in he must turn it to the Head, and make an Incision in that to evacuate the Brain, and lessen its bigness. The Knife must be thrust in with the left Hand to prevent hurting the Hand, and must be small with a long Handle. If the Burden be loosened from the Womb, it must be brought away first of all; on the contrary if it adheres firmly, the Head must first be drawn forth.   

When the Child's Head thrusts the Neck of the Womb out before it.  
When this Accident happens, the Woman must not be obliged to walk or stand up, but must be kept in her Bed with her Body lying even, and not so much raised as in a Natural Labour. You must omit giving sharp Clysters, and all such things as may moisten and relax the Womb, and when the Child thrusts forward, the Artist must have one Hand on the side of the Head, to put back the Womb to its proper place, continuing to do this till the Child be born, without drawing the Head as in Natural Births. But if the Child be stopped in the Passage, and be in danger of being Suffocated, he must draw it gently out by the Head, whilst some other Person thrusts back the Womb with his Hands, and when this is done, he must fetch away the Placenta.   

When the Child's Head comes first, and cannot come forth, because it is too big, or the Passage not sufficiently dilated.  
In this Case the Bearing part must be fomented and relaxed by Oils and Emollient Greases, and all endeavours used to bring the Child into the World. If these prove useless, and it be certain that the Child is dead, the Artist must not longer scruple to fix his Crotchet into the Head, and so bring it out. Before this be done, let him introduce a Catheter well Oiled into the Bladder to evacuate it, putting the Child's Head a little aside, for the more easy slipping it in. After this, let him slide the flat of his Right Hand into the entry of the Womb to the side of the Child's Head, and with the left let him introduce a Crotchet, which ought to short and strong, and in entering it must be turned to the inside of the Right Hand; after it is in, let him turn it and strike it into the middle of the Parietal Bone, and draw it gently till it has taken fast hold; than let him take out his Right Hand, and introducing his Left Hand to guide it, fetch it out with the Instrument. If there be occasion, the Artist may use another Crotchet to the opposite side of the Head, to draw the whole more equally. In the last place (drawing out his Instruments,) let him take hold of the Head with both his Hands, to bring out the rest of the Child's Body.   

When the Child presents the side of the Head or the Face to the Birth.  
To prevent the Child's advancing farther in this Vicious Posture; Let the Woman lie down, and 'cause her to lean a little on the opposite side, to the Childs ill position, than let the Artist slide up his Hand to the side of the Child's Head, to bring it right. If this do not succeed, he must put his Hand up to its Shoulders, that so thrusting them back a little into the Womb, he may give it a Natural and Convenient Situation, after which he may proceed to deliver the Woman in the usual manner.  
If this succeed not, let him search for the Feet, and bring them out first.   

When the Child's Head is born, and the Body stopped in the passage by the Shoulders.  
Draw the Child's Head gently, sometimes by the sides, sometimes taking it with one Hand under the Chin, and with the other on the Top of the hinder part of the Head, alternately drawing one side and the other to facilitate the Birth. If the Shoulders cannot pass, slide one or two fingers of each Hand under the Armpits, and so draw out the Child. If it be stopped by a Hydropic Belly, introduce the Left Hand into the Womb, quite to the right side of the Belly, and pierce that with a Crotchet (for the introducing which, you may make use of your Right Hand) and when the Waters are let out, bring away the Child.   

When the Child comes with one or both Hands together with the Head.  
As soon as this ill Position of the Child is perceived, it must be prevented from proceeding farther. The Woman must be placed on her Bed, with her Hips raised a little higher than her Head, and the Artist must put back the Child's Hand, guiding it as much as may be, to give way to the Child's Head, which having done, if the Child's Head be on one side, it must be reduced to its Natural Posture in the middle of the Passage, and so brought away as in ordinary Births.   

When the Child presents one or both Hands foremost.  
The Hand or Arm must be thrust as speedily as may be into the Womb, and the Artist must introduce his Hand under the Child's Breast and Belly so far, till he finds the Feet, which he must gently pull towards him to turn it, and draw it forth, observing to do this with as little Violence as may be.  
In introducing the Hand into the Womb, observe to slide it within the Membranes, that so it may turn more easily without hurting the Womb.  
If the Arm come too far out, and cannot be put in without great difficulty by reason of its bigness, and it be certain the Child is dead, it is than advisable to take it of as high as is possible, beginning with an Incision around it, and cutting through the Bone with sharp Pincers, as is practised by Ambrose Parrè. But I think it better to twist it once or twice round; for by this means it will easily separate from the Body in the Articulation, and there will be no danger of hurting the Womb by the Asperities of the Bone.   

When the Child presents Feet and Hands together.  
When the Womb is sufficiently dilated, let the Artist slide his Hand into it far enough to reach the Child's Head, and put back that together with the Hands, to the bottom of the Womb, leaving the Feet in the same place where he found them, to draw the Child forth by.  
Observe that whenever the Child or any part of it is to be thrust back into the Womb, the Woman must have her Hips raised.   

When the Child presents with the Knees first.  
It must not be suffered to advance far in this Posture, wherefore having placed the Woman aright, put back the Child's Knees, and to unfold its Legs, put one or two of your Fingers under the Ham, directing them by little and little all along behind the Leg, until you reach the Foot, that so having disengaged one, you may do the same to the other, proceeding in the same manner as with the first; after which having brought both together, deliver the Woman in the same manner, as when the Feet present first, observing to bring the Face of it downward, and such Circumstances as are noted where we treat of that Labour.   

When the Child comes with the Shoulder, Back or Breech.  
The Artist must thrust the Shoulder a little back, that so he may have the more liberty of introducing his Hand into the Womb, than sliding it along the Child's Body on the Belly or Side, as he finds it easiest, and searching for the Feet, he must turn it and bring them to the Passage, and so deliver the Woman.  
If the Back present, he must slide his Hands along it towards the lower part, till he finds the Feet, and than draw it forth, as if it presented with the Feet first.  
If the Child come with the Breech first, he must gently thrust it back, and sliding up his Hand along the Thighs to the Legs and Feet of the Child, he must bring them gently one after the other forth of the Womb, by folding, stretching, turning and drawing them gently towards the side on which it comes easiest, being careful not to wind them too much, or 'cause a Dislocation, and than let him draw forth the rest of the Body, as if it came with the Feet foremost.  
If the Child's Buttocks hap to be so far engaged in the passages, that it is impossible to thrust it back, the Artist must draw it out in this Situation, by sliding one or two fingers of each Hand on each side of the Buttocks to make his way to the Groin, with as little Violence as may be, and than having crooked them inwards, let him draw the Breech just out to the Thighs, and so by drawing and wagging from side to side, he will disengage them from the Passage, as also the Legs and Feet one after another (being careful not to Dislocate any part) and than he may extract the rest as before, when coming with the Feet.   

When the Child presents Belly, Breast or Side.  
When the Child presents the Breast or Belly, let the Artist slide gently the flat of his Hand (being first well anointed) towards the middle of the Child's Breast, and thrust that back to turn it, than let him slip up his Hand under the Belly till he finds the Feet, and bring them to the passage to draw it forth, observing always to turn it, so that the Breast and Face may come downwards.  
When the Child presents the Side, the Artist must thrust back the Body of the Child, and introduce his Hand into the Womb, sliding it along the Thighs till he has found the Legs and Feet, and than turn it and draw it forth.  
If several Children present to the passage together, the Artist must carefully heed which Members belong to each Child, for fear he draw them both at once; if two or three Feet come forth, let him take two, viz. one Right and one Left, and slide his Hand along the Legs and Thighs up to the Twist if forwards, or to the Buttocks if backwards, to found if they belong to the same Body, and when he is certain of this, let him thrust back the Foot of the other, to facilitate the passage, and draw forth the nearest, observing the same Circumstances as when the Child presents with the Feet first, remembering likewise not to fetch away the Burden, till the Second Child be born; for sometimes there is but one common Placenta to both Children, which being separated from the Womb, would 'cause a great Flooding, and be apt to incommode the Operator, nor can any remedy avail to remove this, till the Woman be delivered of both her Children.  
When one Child is come away, the Artist must tie the Navel-string and cut it, and after that is done, bring away the other Child by the Feet, and fetch away the Burden as in a Natural Delivery.  
If the Child present any other part besides the Feet, the same Method must be used, which is above directed in each different Situation, observing to draw forth that which is farthest advanced in the passage.  
When the first Child is come away, and the Waters of the second are not broken, the Membranes must be torn with the Fingers to let them out, because the Passage being dilated by the Birth of the First, the Second will come away without any difficulty.   

When the Navel-string comes first.  
Let the Woman be laid very warm in her Bed, and the String replaced in the Womb as soon as is possible, to prevent its cooling. The Artist must endeavour to put it back behind the Child's Head, and keep it there with his Fingers till the Head be fully come forth, which will hinder the coming down of it again.  
If it be necessary to draw the Hand out of the Womb before the Head be past, let him put a very fine Rag between the Head and the side of the Womb, to stop the place where the Navel-string passed, leaving one end of the Rag without, to draw it out when he pleases; and let a Compress dipped in Wine well warmed be applied externally to the Womb, to defend the Navel from the injuries of the external Air.  
But if the String yet come forth upon every pain, than without further delay let the Artist bring the Child away by the Feet, which he must search for, though it should come with its Head; and let him gently thrust that back, provided it be not too far advanced; for in this Case it cannot be done without great Violence, Pain and Hazard of the Woman's Life.  
To search for the Feet, let him slide his Hand on the Child's Breast and Belly, and when he has found them, turn the Child and draw it out. When the Navel-string comes first, the Child must be Baptised immediately after the Birth, if it be not already done whilst it 
* This only regards Persons of our Author's Religion, viz. Roman Catholics, who hold unbaptised Infants are excluded Heaven.  remains in the Passage.   

When the Burden presents first, or is come away before the Child.  
When the Placenta presents first, nothing can be felt but a soft Body; there is a Flooding and concreted Blood comes away, and the Woman faints.  
When this happens, the Woman must be delivered with all Expedition, and if the Membranes are not broken, the Artist must put a little on one side that part of the Burden which presents, and break the Membranes with his Fingers, and let out the Waters, and turn the Child at the same time, if it be in any other posture than with the Feet foremost, and draw it forth immediately.  
But if the Burden be almost come forth, and the Membranes broke, he must bring away the Placenta before the Child, not amusing himself with tying and cutting the string before he draws out the Child, to prevent losing one moment of time in delivering the Woman, because the Infant is in great danger of losing its Life, and the Mother has a continual Flooding.   

When there is great Floodings and Convulsions in Labour.  
The best Remedy in this case, is to deliver the Woman immediately, without the lest delay, fetching away the Child by the Feet; if the Flux of Blood be very moderate, and nothing else require it, you must not forward the Labour, and the Woman may go out her Natural Term.  
If the Membranes are not broke when the Flooding appears, they must be torn as soon as the Womb is a little dilated, because the Burden is fixed to those Membranes, and these being extremely agitated and moved by the Pains of the Mother, the Placenta must consequently be moved, and a Flux of Blood ensue. If a Convulsion hap, the Woman must be delivered immediately. This is the best expedient in this case, for the saving the Lives of both Mother and Child, if the Womb be open; but if it be not, than let the Artist have recourse to the usual Remedies; for instance, Bleeding in the Arm or Foot (if the Accident arise from Repletion) giving sneezing Medicines or Clysters to cause Throes and dilate the Womb, in the mean while humecting it with Emollient Fomentations.  
To deliver the Woman let the Waters be broke, and the Child drawn out by the Feet, unless its Head be engaged in the Passage, and than fetch it by that. If the Child be certainly dead, let it be drawn out with the Crotchets, as was before directed.   

When the Child is Hydropical or Monstrous.  
If the Dropsy be in the Head, let the Artist gently introduce his left Hand, on the right side of the Child's Head, which he will perceive to be very big, and the Sutures separate from each other; when he finds this, let him with his right Hand slide a crooked Knife all along the inside of his Hand, with the point turned towards his Hand, for fear of hurting the Womb, and having conveyed it very near the Head to the place of the Sutures, turn it in that place, and make a sufficient aperture to let out the Waters, and draw forth the Child. The same Method may be used to let the Water out of other tumefied Parts.  
But if the Child be of any Monstrous Figure, or too big, or two grow together, they must be dismembered, without which it is impossible to fetch them out of the Womb. To perform this, let the Artist introduce his left Hand into the Womb, and conveying in the crooked Knife to the parts he intends to separate, let him cut them of as near the Joint as possible. If two Bodies are joined together, let him separate them in the place of their cohaesion, and draw out one after the other by the Feet.   

When the Infant is dead in the Womb.  
Give strong Clysters to the Woman to excite her Throes, and than deliver her as soon as is possible. In order to this, evacuate the Bladder of its Urine, and if the Child present with its Head first thrust it back, and introduce the Hand into the Womb, sliding it under the Child's Belly, and search for the Feet, and turning it by them draw it forth, as we have so often directed. But here the Artist must have an especial care that the Head do not remain behind, because the Child is most commonly rotten; and when this happens, it must be drawn out in the manner above directed.  
If the Head be too far advanced in the passage, it may not be thrust back for fear of doing Violence to the Womb, but the Child must be drawn forth fixing Crotchets in his Head, and proceeding after the manner we have elsewhere described.  
If the Dead Child present an Arm, bring it away from the Body by twisting it once or twice round, and do the same in other parts of the Body; and after the Child is thus brought away, collect all the parts of the Body, and compare them to see if any be missing. Observe here to avoid using Crotchets, though you are certain the Child is dead, if it can possibly be brought away by any other means; because the Assistants and Midwives are most commonly very censorious in this case, and will not fail to impute the Child's Death to the Artist.   

Of a Mole and False Conception.  
A Mole is a Mass of Flesh without Bones, Joints or Distinction of Members, or any regular or certain Figure, Moles have no Burden or Navel-string, but adhere to the Womb, and draw Nourishment from it, and are sometimes contained in Membranes. If Women cast them before the second or third Month, they are commonly called false Conceptions, and Moles if they are retained in the Womb for a longer time and grow larger.  
There is little difference in the Signs to enable us to distinguish between a Mole and false Conception; except that the Belly in Women who have Moles, is harder and more painful, and appears equally extended on all sides, not rising to a point before, and tumefies sooner than if she were really with Child. Moles are voided of Life and Motion, are not encompassed with Waters, and attended with more inconveniences, than a Natural Conception, and the Woman has no Milk in her Breasts, though she can press some Serosities out of them.  
When you are assured the Big belly does only proceed from a Mole, try to bring it away as soon as is possible, giving the Patiented some Purgative Medicines, in case there be no Fever or Flooding; and when these begin to operate, give a sharp Clyster to excite her Throes, and when the Womb gins to dilate, relax it with Grease and Emollient Oils. Bleeding in the Feet, and half Baths are very serviceable in this case.  
If a Mole be not too large, or adhere too firmly to the Womb, it will come away without the Assistance of any Remedies; but if it cleave strongly, or be exceeding large, when the Womb is sufficiently dilated, the Artist must slide in his Hand and fetch it out, or make use of a Crotchet or sometimes a Knife, to divide it into pieces.  
If the Mole cleave to the Womb, he must separate it from the part with his Fingers, which he must by degrees insinuate between them, beginning in that place where it adheres lest, and proceeding till it be entirely loosened, having great care to have his Nails pared close, for fear of hurting the Womb.  
If it be a False Conception, slide one Finger into the Womb, and bend it on one side and another, till you can enter a Second and a Third, or a Fourth, and than taking it between the Fingers, fetch it away together with the concreted Blood; and if no Portion hap to remain behind, the Flux of Blood will soon cease. But if the Orifice be so small, that the Artist cannot possibly introduce more than one Finger, let that be the Forefinger of the Right Hand, and let him thrust that as far as he can, and turn it about to loosen the False Conception from the Womb, and bring it away with the Finger; and if he cannot do this, let him make Injections into the Womb to suppurate it. The Flooding will undoubtedly cease, if no part of the Conception be left behind: But if the Internal Orisice cannot be more dilated than is mentioned, and the Flooding be so violent as to endanger the Woman's Life, the Artist having introduced the Forefinger of his Left Hand, must take with his Right a Crane's Bill or Forceps, and sliding this along his Forefinger, extract the Unnatural Body in the Womb, taking care not to pinch the Womb itself, which he may prevent by guiding the Instrument with his Finger.   

What is fit to be done to a Woman newly laid, and her Child.  
THE DRESSING OF THE MOTHER. When a Woman is Delivered, lay to her Privities a Closure of Linen six or seven times doubled, which must be changed upon account of her Cleansings, but first those must be removed, which received the Child in her Labour. As for her Posture, place her in her Bed with her Head and Body a little raised, to give way for her cleansing and free breathing, and let her put down her Legs and Thighs close by one another, with a little pillow under her Hams; and let her lie on her Back, that so the Womb may resume its Natural Situation. After the Closure is removed, let an Anodyne Cataplasm be applied, made of two ounces of Oil of Sweet Almonds, with the Whites and Yolks of two Newlaid Eggs, beaten and stirred together with a Spoon over warm Emberss, till it be of a due consistence. Let this Cataplasm be applied hot, and continued on for the space of three or four Hours, renewing it if there be occasion; it appeases pain in the bearing part after Labour.  
In the next place make a Decoction of Barley, Linseed, Chervil, Marsh-mallows, and Violet Leaves, and with this foment the part three or four times a Day, for the space of five or six Days together, to cleanse the Privities from Clods of Blood, and other Filth which proceed from the Cleansings.  
Nurse-keepers lay a Compress of a Triangular Figure, four or five times double on the Belly, to bear up the Womb as they pretend, and two others rolled up on each side, to keep it directly in the middle; than lay a square Napkin all over the Belly, and after that Swath it with another Napkin three or four times double, and about a quarter of an Ell broad. But the Belly ought by no means to be compressed for the first fifteen Days, and if it hap to be so, the Bandage must be removed, to anoint it well with Oil of Sweet Almonds, but after that time it may be a little straightened, to contract and keep the parts together.  
If the Newlaid Woman intent to Suckle her Child, lay a soft and fine  on her Breasts to keep them warm, and prevent the Milk from Curdling. If the Milk begin to come too plentifully into them, embrocate them with a Mixture of Oil of Roses and Vinegar, and lay on them a fine Compress dipped in it.  
After the Cleansings are finished, strengthen the Womb with a Decoction of Provence Roses, and Roots and Leaves of Plantain in Smith's Water. After that use this astringent Lotion to close the Parts. ℞. pomegranate Peel, Cypress Nuts, ā. ℥ iss. Sealed Earth, ℥ ss. Provence Roses, ℥ i Roch Alum, ʒij. Infuse these Ingredients for the space of a Night in five half pints of Claret alone, or diluted with Smith's Water, (lest the Wine alone be too sharp) boil all till it be reduced to a Pint, than strain it, and express it strongly, and with this foment the Parts well Night and Morning.  
THE DRESSING OF THE CHILD. Put the Child into a warm Blanket, and take a brown Thread four or five times doubled, of a quarter of an Ell long, with a knot at each end to prevent its entangling. This Thread and a pair of Scissors, must ever be in readiness against the time of Labour; than tie the Navil-string with this Thread about a Finger's breadth from the Belly, and make a double knot, than turning the Thread round the Navel, make two other knots on the opposite side, and so cut the string about a Finger's breadth more beyond the Ligature towards the Placenta. The Ligature must be so close that no drop of Blood may pass it, but not so straight as to cut the Navel.  
The end of the Navel must he wrapped round with a small Rag, dry or dipped in Oil of Roses, and another doubled Rag laid on the Belly on the upper side, to repose the Navel on with a Compress over this, and these lesser Dress kept on with a Swath of three inches broad, rolled round the Body. The Navilstring dries and separates near the Belly, within five or six Days or thereabouts.  
Let the Child's Body be cleansed with Wine and warm Water, especially the Head, Groin and Armpits, and wiped with soft Rags, or a Sponge dipped in Wine lukewarm, or if the Excrements be very tenacious, in Oil of sweet Almonds. Let the Nostrils and Ears be unstopped with little Tents, and the Eyes wiped with a soft dry Rag.  
When the Child's Body is cleansed from all the adhering 〈◊〉 view it well to see if no part be dislocated, and all the Passages be open for the voiding its Excrements; and if they do not come away, give him by the Mouth some Syrup of Violets or Roses.  
After the Child is cleansed, cover his Head with a little Linen Biggen, with a Woollen Cap over that, but observe first to place a Compress the openness of the Sutures, and pin it without. Behind the Ears put Rags to dry the Filth, and than lay other Rags on the Breast, and in the Folds of the Armpits and Groin, and so Swath him in his Linen and Blankets well warmed binding him lightly on its Breast and Stomach. The Arms and Legs must be wrapped in the Blanket, and kept straight lying by each other, with a little of the Blanker between to prevent them from Galling, by rubbing against each other, and the Head must be kept steady with a stay fastened on each side the Blanket.   

How a Woman ought to govern herself during her being with Child.  
The Air in which she breathes must be Temperate, and if it be not so by Nature, it must be reduced to due temper by Art, warming if it be too cold, or cooling it if too hot.  
A Pregnant Woman ought to eat too warm an Air, because it weakens and enfeebles the Body; on the other hand, she must with equal Care avoid an Air which is Cold and Foggy, which may 'cause Rheums and Coughs, which putting her Body into an Agitation, may make a Concussion of the Womb, and 'cause an Abortion. She ought not to live in straight narrow Lanes or Allies, or near common Sewers, or other stinking places; because ill Scents will make her apt to miscarry. She must avoid the noxious Fumes of Charcoal, especially when not burnt in a Chimney, and also all Perfumes and other sweet Scents, especially if she be Hyfterical.  
If a Pregnant Woman has a longing after odd things, she must be indulged, though perhaps the things she desires are improper, provided she eat moderately. But if she have no extravagant Appetite, let her eat any sort of wholesome Meats, in such quantity as may suffice for the Nourishing herself and Child, in which her Appetite is to be a Rule. Fasting or long Abstinence is hurtful, because it heats the Blood, and conveys ill Nourishment to the Child, which renders it weak, and decayed, and often makes it struggle to free itself before its time, and seek for better Food. On the contrary she must not eat too great quantity of Meat, especially at Night, because the Womb in the last Months of going with Child possesses a great part of the capacity of the lower Belly, and hinders the Stomach from retaining much; and hence when it is overcharged, it causes Belches, Indigestion, and difficulty of Breathing, proceeding from a compression of the Diaphragm, which wants liberty of Motion. Let her therefore eat little and often, and let her Bread be of the best Wheat, white and well baked, and not brown Bread or baked Crust, which swells in the Stomach. Let her eat good Nourishing Meats, as the most tender pi●ces of Beef, Veal, Mutton, Lamb, Fowl, as Pullet's and fat Capons, or Partridge, Pigeons boiled or ●oasted as she desires; Newlaid Eggs are very good, and Pregnant Women seldom having good Blood, aught to put into their Broth such Herbs as purify it, as Sorret, Lettuce, Succory and borage. A Woman with Child ought to eat no Highseasoned Pies, especially the Crust which is difficult to digest; and if the eat Fish, it ought to be fresh and not salted, and such as is bred in Rivers and Running Waters, because Pondfith usually tastes of Mud, and breeds ill Juices. She may drink at Meals a little good old Wine diluted with Water. Read Wine is be●ter than White, and strengthens the Stomach, helping Digestion, which is always bad in the time of pregnancy. If she was not used to it before, she must gradually accustom herself to it, but must never have it cooled with Ice, or any otherwise drink it too cold, for cool Liquors are apt to breed the Colic, and by consequence endanger Abortion. On the contrary, she must not lesle carefully avoid what is heating, such as all Salt, Sharp, Bitter, Aperitive and Diuretic things, which provoking the Courses, are apt to make a Woman miscarry.  
Women with Child are apt to have a sharpness of Stomach, to prevent which they must refrain eating of Fruits, Salads, Sugar, and drinking of Wine, which extremely sours all their Aliment, and lastly keep their Bodies soluble.  
Women with Child must have moderate Sleep, that is eight Hours at lest, and ten at the most in the Nighttime, and little or none at all in the Daytime. However Women who are used to sleep in time Daytime, must be indulged in this bad custom, rather than do violence to Nature in breaking an ill habit too abruptly.  
As for Exercise and Rest, these differ according to the times of Pregnancy. For the first four or five Days after Conception, a Woman ought to keep herself in Bed, and decline the embraces of her Husband. During all the remaining time of her going with Child, she must use no violent exercise, must not go in any Coach, Chariot, or on Horseback, because these Agitations of the Body are apt to loosen the Foetus, and if she have occasion to go abroad, it must be in a Chair or Litter. She must not carry any great Burden, or lift her Arm too high; and for this reason she ought not to dress her own Head. The lifting of the Hands has caused many Abortions, because the Ligaments of the Womb are relaxed by these violent extensions. Her shoes ought to be lowheeld, because the Rising of her Belly hindering her from seeing her Feet, she is apt to fall.  
If a Woman happens to stumble, fall or hurt her Belly by any other Accident, and she found herself to voided Blood, or a Bloody Serum, or indeed any Water from the Womb, let her repose herself some Days without seeing her Husband, till these evacuations cease, and she found no pain in the Reinss or Bladder.  
In short, she must govern herself so in all exercises, as to exceed in too much Rest rather than Motion, because a much greater danger attends the one than the other; and when ever a Woman is advised to use exercise to facilirate her Delivery, it must ever be understood to be very moderate. A Woman with Child ought to abstain from the embraces of her Husband, the two last Months before her Term, because in these Caresses, there is a great Agitation of the Body and Compression of the Belly, which often occasions a wrong Posture of the Child. A Woman with Child ought to have a presence of Mind, and to be prepared against all Surprises which may hap, as Claps of Thunder, Firing of Canon, and other sudden Noises, which Resolution is difficult to be obtained.  
Women with Child are subject to a Constriction of the Belly, because the Foetus presses on the Rectum, and hinders a free discharge of the Excrements; besides there is usually in Women with Child a certain Heat of the Bowels, which disposes them to Costiveness. Let a Woman who is subject to this inconvenience eat Boiled Apples, Stewed Prunes, New Figgs, Mulberries, Honey with Bread, Rye Bread, Veal Broth, etc. and take a Clyster of Warm Water frequently to humect and relax the Gut. Let her sometimes take clean Cassia ℥ ss. or Veal Broth with the Emollient Herbs, and an ounce of the best Honey. If these innocent Remedies are not sufficient, give her mild Clysters made of a Decoction of Mallows, Marsh-mallows, Pellitory, and Aniseeds, with two Ounces of brown Sugar dissolved in it, adding a little Oil, or a Decoction of Bran, adding Honey of Roses with a piece of fresh Butter, or any other thing as occasion requires. But here be cautious not to give sharp Clysters, or any thing which may excite a Diarrhoea, and cause too great an Evacuations because this will endanger an Abortion.  
She must moderate her Passions, especially Anger and Jealousy; and care must be taken not to Surprise her with Fear, or the Relation of any Accident which may affect her with extraordinary Grief. These Passions put the Spirits into a Disorder, and often 'cause Women to fall in Labour at that very instant.  
When a Woman finds or suspects herself to be with Child, she must not as that Sex usually does w●●● Bodies with Whale-bone, for these hurt the Breast, and compress the Belly, and often causes the Children to come before their time, and sometimes misshapen. These Nice I adies out of affectation of showing a good shape, spoil their Belly, which after they are laid is full of Wrinkles, because the Skin not having liberty to extend itself on all sides, forces its way towards the Thighs, where being exceedingly stretched, it can never after regain its pristine State, but hangs down like a Purse, and this Folly sometimes causes them to have Ruptures. For this reason  Women must have their Clotheses lose without Buskins which compress the Belly, and the Foetus in it. In the last place they must never bathe for fear the Womb open, and an Abortion ensue.  
A Woman with Child if occasion require may Bleed, but the Evacuation must be small, and there is no great regard to be had to the time, provided the quantity by not too large.   

Of Vomiting in Women with Child.  
A Woman has most commonly an inclination to Vomit in the beginning of her Pregnancy, and at such times there is no great apprehensions; but if this continued it weakens the Stomach exceedingly, and it is more apt to corrupt, than digest the Food. These Vomitings continued till the third or fourth Month, which is the time the Child stirs most. After that time Women usually begin to regain that Appetite which they had lost the first Months, and this seems necessary, because the Child growing greater, requires a larger supply of Nourishment. Sometimes the Vomiting persists, and than the Woman is in great danger of Miscarrying, because these Commotions throw the Foetus lodged in the Womb downwards. Some Women are more afflicted with this Accident in the latter Months, than in the first, because the Stomach is compressed by the distension of the Womb. This Vomiting when it happens to Women whose Children lie high, does not cease till their Delivery.  
You need not be concerned if a Woman Vomits in her first going with Child, if this be not attended with any extraordinary straining, but if it persist after the fourth Month, some Remedy must be used; because the Foetus growing large, requires Nourishment as well as the Mother, and must necessarily be deprived of it, if she continues to cast it up, besides the commotion of the Body endangers an Abortion, or a Descent of the Womb.  
This Vomiting cannot be stopped of a sudden, but must be abated and checked by degrees, by taking good Sustenance, and eating but a little at a time, because the Stomach being repelled by the Womb, the Meat regurgitates. To this end let the Patient make her Meat palatable with Juice of Oranges, Lemons, Pomgranats, or a little Verjuice or Vinegar, as her Appetite serves. She may take often a Decoction made of Flower of Barley, first baked a little in an Oven, and than mixed with Yolks of Eggs, to make it more Nourishing and easy of Digestion. She may likewise eat after her Meals, a little Marmelade of Quinces, or Jelly of Goosberries, and drink some old Read Wine mixed with Spring Water, or in want of that clear River Water with Iron quenched in it. Let her refrain from all fat Meats, which are apt to relax the Stomach and excite Vomiting, and so do all things which are sweet and prepared with Sugar. Let her give a grateful sharpness to whatever she eats, for all sharp things are Astringent, and preserve the Tone of the Stomach. A Spoonful of Aquavitae▪ or a Glass of Sack now and than, is very proper to take of Nausea's and Vomiting.  
If Vomitings continued after a Woman is gone half her time, have Recourse to m●ld purges, as Sena, ʒi. Rhubarb, ʒss., and Syrup of Succory, ℥ i This is a good Medicine to attenuate and carry of the tenacious Humours lodged in the Stomach and Guts, or purge her with Manna, Cassia, Tamarinds, and such like Lenitives, never omitting a little Rhubarb and Compound Syrup of Succory. But a Woman under these Circumstances, must never use violent Medicines, as Antimony, Hellebore, or Scammony, for fear of an Abortion.  
If notwithstanding the Woman continues to Vomit, it is best to leave the cure to Nature for fear of an Abortion, which will infallibly follow when she is seized with the Hiccough.  
Note here it is convenient to Bleed in these cases before purging, interposing some small interval of time between these Evacuations, for fear of putting the Blood into too great a Commotion.  
The cold Air is a great enemy to Women apt to Vomit, and therefore they ought to go warm clad, and wear a Lamb's Skin on their Breast and Stomach.   

Of Pains in the Back, Reins and Hips of  Women.  
The Pains of these parts proceed from the distension of the Ligaments of the Womb, which are inserted in these places. The best Remedy to appease these Pains is Rest, and a  Woman who in straining has distended these Ligaments, aught to loose a little Blood in the Arm, and keep her Bed for some time. If the Pains arise from a bearing down of the Womb on the lower parts, the Woman must keep her Bed, or at lest her Belly must be suspended with a large Swath till the time of her Delivery.  
If there be any extraordinary excretions from the Womb mixed with Blood during these Pains, there is great danger of Abortion, and it shows the Womb gins to open. But to avoid being deceived in passing a Judgement in this case, consider well if there be a great Repletion of Blood, or the Woman be subject to the Gravel, both which are capable of producing this Accident; and if either of these appear to be the cause, let proper Remedies be used, but with great Moderation.   

Of Pains in the Breast.  
When a Woman becomes Pregnant, her usual Monthly evacuations ceasing, and she breeding still new Blood it dows to the Breasts, and distending the Vessels there creates great Pain. A Woman at this time must be exceeding careful not to hurt these parts which are extremely sensible. She must not go with her Bodies straight laced, for fear of a Contasion, which may end in an Inflammation and Abscess. If the Pains of her Breasts continued after the third Month, let her Bleed in the Arm, forbearing all Repellent and Restringent Medicines, let her use a cooling Diet, moderately Nourishing, and keep her Body open.   

Of Difficulty of Urine.  
When the Foetus compresses the upper part of the Bladder, it necessitates a Woman to make Water every Moment; but if it compresses the Neck, as in the first Months after Conception, it intercepts its Passage. Sometimes the sharp Salts of the Urine pricking the Bladder, stimulate a Woman to make water frequently, and inflame the Bladder, from whence a Suppression of Urine ensues.  
If a Woman with Child have a Stone in the Bladder, it is exceeding troublesome, and the Womb pressing the Bladder on it, creates insupportable Pain, if the Stone be rugged and unequal.  
There is a necessity to help this Accident as soon as is possible, because the Woman's straining to make water, force's down the Foetus, and hastens the Birth. If it proceeds from a Compression of the Bladder by the bigness and weight of the Womb, the Woman may in some measure help this by keeping up her Belly with both Hands when she makes water; or suspending it with a Swath, or which is best of all keep her Bed. If it proceeds from the Acrimony of the Urine, which inflames the Neck of the Bladder, it must be abated by a cool Regimen, and drinking a Ptisan, refraining from Wine. She may use Emulsions Morning and Night made with the Cold Seeds in Barley Water, with a Spoonful or two of Syrup of Violets, or Nymphaea. If this do not abate the Inflammation, let her Bleed in the Arm, and foment all the External part of the Neck of the Bladder with warm Milk, or a Decoction of the emollient cooling Herbs, as Mallows, Marsh-mallows, Pellitory, Violet Leaves, with a little Linseed; or inject the same into the Neck of the Bladder, adding to it a little Oil of Violets or warm Milk; the Woman in the mean time must refrain from Copulation.  
If these Remedies prove ineffectual, hold up her Belly and introducing a Catheter (being first well Oiled) through the Vrethra into the Bladder, by this means evacuate it, and if the Suppression return, use the Catheter again, as long as occasion shall require. If this inconvenience continued, let her use the Half-Bath, having an especial care that she be not moved by it; all hot Diuretics endanger an Abortion, and therefore she must eat the use of them.  
If the Difficulty of Urine proceed from a Stone of the Bladder, thrust it back with the Catheter if it be large, but if it be small, try to fetch it away with an Extracter, putting the forefinger into the Vagina to keep it steady, and hindering it from recoiling into the Bladder.   

Of a Cough and Difficulty of Breathing.  
Women whose Children lie high are subject to a Cough, because the Womb bears up the Diaphragm. A violent Cough is one of the most dangerous Accidents which can be fall a Woman with Child, and must be carefully prevented by a regular and cooling Diet, avoiding all sharp and high Seasoned Meats. If it arise from the sharpness of the Lympha, she must refrain from all four things, as Oranges, Lemons, Pomgranats, Vinegar, Verjuice, which are to irritate the Part, and excite a Cough. On the contrary, let her use all such things as temper and sweeten the Blood, as Milk-meats, Decoction of Liquorice, Sugar-candy, Syrup of Violets and Mulberry's, some Spoonfuls of which she may mix with her Ptisan (made of Jujubes, Sebesten, Raisins of the Sun, French Barley, with a little Liquorice,) adding to all these a few Clysters. In the last place, if all these means prove ineffectual, and there appear manifest signs of Repletion, let her Bleed at whatsoever time of her going with Child it be, for moderate Bleeding can never be so dangerous as a continual Cough.  
If her Cough proceed from taking cold, let her keep herself warm in her Chamber, and take some Spoonfuls of Syrup of  Wine. To make this, ℞. the best Wine half a Pint, Cinnamon grossly powdered, ʒii. Cloves, n. vi. Sugar double Refined, ℥ iv. Put these together in a Silver Porringer, and boil them upon a Chasing-dish to the consistence of a Syrup, of which let the Woman take at Night an hour or two after a light Supper, or let her take a little good Rosa Solis. It is requisite the Woman have her Body open, to which end she must sometimes take Clysters, have all her Drink warmed, speak little, and refrain from Copulation. If she want Sleep▪ that must be procured by mild Somniferous Juleps, and not by strong Narcoticks, which are dangerous in pregnant Women, and never to be used without pressing necessity.  
Some Women bear their Children so high, that they have not liberty to breath, in this case Bleeding is necessary to discharge the Lungs, and make room for their expansion. If this difficulty of Breathing proceed from a Compression of the Diaphragm, the Woman must go lose in her Dress; must eat but a little at a time and often; must refrain from all viscous or windy Meats, as Pease, only feeding on things easy of Digestion, and Laxative; must eat all Melancholy apprehensions, and sadness of Mind; for these Passions are apt to divert the Blood, and determine it to the Heart in so great a quantity, as may endanger a Suffocation.   

Of Varicose Swell, and Pains in the Thighs and Legs.  
In the last Months of a Woman's going with Child, the Womb being very much distended, compresses by its weight the Iliac Veins; by which the Refluent Blood is hindered in its Ascent, and the Saphena and Crural Veins, together with all the Vessels of the Legs and Thighs, are tumefied by its Regurgitation, and the Blood itself stagnating, causes great Pains and Swell. These varicose Swell only admit of a palliative cure during the time of Pregnancy, viz. by laying a compress of Rags, and binding it on the tumefied Vessels. Let the Roller with which the Part is bound, be about two or three inches broad, and begin to apply it below, ascending to the Varices, which being constringed by this Bandage, are incapable of farther Dilatation, and the Blood hindered from staying too long, and corrupting in them, whilst at the same time it finds a passage through the other Vessels, and by consequence the Circulation is not intercepted. Let the Woman during this keep her Bed as long as she can, because the Blood ascends to the Head more easily, whilst she is in this Posture, than when standing. If the Varices arise from Repletion, let her Bleed in the Arm. Bleeding in the Varices themselves is condemned by Practitioners; as being an equivalent to Bleeding in the Foot, a thing never to be Practised in Women with Child.  
Some Women have only Oedematous Swell (proceeding from abundance of ill juices) which retain the impression of the Finger. These are to be cured by promoting Transpiration, by applying compresses dipped in Aromatic Tinctures, and repeated twice or thrice a Day; for instance, ℞. Rosemary, Bays, Time, Margerum, Sage and Lavender, ā. one Handful, Provence Roses half a Handful, Balaustians Alum, ā. ℥ i Boil all in three Pints of Read Wine, to the consumption of one third, and than strain it through a Linen Cloth, and keep it for use.   

Of the Haemorrhoids.  
The Haemorrhoids in Women with Child, arise from the stopping of their Courses, which constrains the Superfluous Blood to seek that way for its discharge; oftentimes they proceed from great straining in going to Stool,  Women being for the most part bound.  
If the Piles are small and indolent, care must be taken (whether they be within or without the Body) to prevent their increase by the use of Medicines, proper to hinder and prevent a Fluxion on the Parts, but if they are large and painful, the Pain must be appeased; for so long as that continues, the Fluxion necessarily increases. And therefore if there be an apparent Repletion, let the Woman Bleed to abate and divert the plenitude, let her Diet be Regular, moist and cooling, let her abstain from all high seasoned Meats; and refrain from the embraces of her Husband. If the Piles proceed from her being bound, and the Excrements are hardened in the Rectum, which frequently happens in Persons who have been a long time without going to Stool, give her a Clyster of Warm Water, or a Decoction of Mallows, Marsh-Mallows, Pellitory, Violet Leaves, Linseed with Honey and Nenuphar, mixing with it a little Oil of sweet Almonds, and Fresh Butter, without any sharp Ingredients which will not fail to exasperated them, especially when the Piles are inward. To pass in the Pipe with lesle trouble in giving the Clyster, put the lesser end of a Pullet's Gut on it. Let her keep to a cooling Diet, and Repose herself on her Bed till the Fluxion cease, and during this time foment the Piles with Warm Milk from the Cow, or Decoctions of Marsh-mallows, Tapsus Barbatus, and Linseed. Oil of Eggs alone, or Oils of sweet Almonds, Poppies and Nenuphar beaten up with the Yelk of an Egg, for a long time together in a Leaden Mortar, are admirable to alloy the Pain, and if the Inflammation be very great, a little of Galen's Cerate, mixed with an equal quantity of Populeon, may be put in. If the Piles do not go of, and the Swelling does not abate after the use of these Remedies, open them with a Lancet if they are hard, or if they are soft apply Leeches, which will serve well enough, and created lesle Pain.  
If the Piles discharge Blood in great quantity, the Life of the Mother and Child are both very much endangered; and therefore to prevent this Mischief, foment well the part with a Decoction of Balaustians, pomegranate Peels, and Provence Roses in Smith's Water, adding a little Alum; or apply a Cataplasm made of Bole Armoniac, Dragon's Blood, Terra Sigillata, and the White of an Egg. Bleeding in the Arm likewise is very proper, to turn the Course of the Blood.   

Of a Looseness in Women with Child.  
Women with Child are subject to divers sorts of Loosnesses, all which are apt to make them Miscarry, if they be violent and last for any considerable time; but the worst of this kind is a Dysentery or Bloody Flux, because this is accompanied with vehement and sharp Pains in the Guts, which cause Throes and great Straining to go to Stool, which often brings the Birth before the due term is accomplished.  
Timely care must be taken in these Fluxes of the Belly to prevent Abortion; and for this end their Nature must be considered; for instance, In a Lientery ensuing on continual Vomiting, which frequently happens, the Woman must abstain from all sorts of unusual Food; must eat nothing but what is Nourishing, and easy of Digestion, and that in small quantity too, that the Stomach may more easily concoct it; she must drink a little Read Wine diluted with Water, in which Iron is first extinguished, instead of her Prisan which is not proper on this occasion, unless she have a high Fever (for except it be high, she need not refrain) and in this case she may take some good Cordial or Restorative before and after Meals, as a Spoonful or two of Syrup of  Wine, a little Hippocras or Alicant. She may before Meals eat a little Conserve of Roses, or Marmelade of Quinces, and wear a Lambskin on her Stomach, to preserve and strengthen its Natural Heat, which is necessary for Digestion. She must not take any purgative Medicine, for these are apt to destroy the Tone of the Stomach, and disable it from performing its Office.  
When the Flux is no more than a simple gentle Diarrhoea of no long standing, and the Woman is not much incommoded or endangered by it, it is sufficient to moderate it without stopping it all at once; but if this Evacuation continues above four or five Days, the Tenacious Humours lodged in the Guts, must be carried of by some mild Purgative, as an Infusion of Rhubarb with Syrup of Succory, or an Ounce of Double Catholicon with Rhubarb.  
But if the Looseness continued notwithstanding, and become a Dysentery, and she have constantly bloody Stools, great pains in her Bowels, and a Tenesmus, she is in very great danger of Miscarrying. The way to prevent this mischief, is to purge with the Medicines before mentioned, and prevent the breeding of ill Humours in the Bowels by a good Diet. To this end let her eat Veal or Chicken Broth, with the cooling Herbs boiled in it, with a Quince to alloy the sharpness of the Humours; let her eat Rice boiled in her Broth, or let some Newlaid Eggs be beaten in, because these smoothen the inside of the Guts.  
A Woman in this condition may drink Chalybeate Waters, with a little Wine if she have no Fever, or if she have, she may take a spoonful of Syrup of Quinces or Pomgranats in a glass of water, and eat a little Marmelade of Quinces, or Conserve of Roses, or some other Restringent and Corroborating things after being well purged. To abate the violent and sharp Pains in the Belly and Rectum, which arise from a discharge of sharp Humours on the Parts, and excite continual Throes endangering an Abortion, give a Clyster made of the Decoction of a Calves or Sheep's Head, adding to it two Ounces of Oil of Violets, or of New Milk, with the Yolks of two Newlaid Eggs beaten with it, and give the Patiented a little Laudanum in the Yelk of an Egg, to 'cause her to rest quietly. When she has retained these Anodyne Clysters as long as she can, next give her detersive ones made of the Decoction of Barley, Mallows and Marsh-mallows, with Honey of Roses, and after these Astringent ones (without Oil or Honey, which are laxative) beginning with the weakest, as Lettuce or Plantain Water, and after giving stronger made of a Decoction of the Leaves and Roots of Plantain, Tapsus Barbatus, Horsetail, Provence Roses, and pomegranate Peel boiled in Smith's Water, adding Terra Sigillata, Dragon's Blood, anʒij. and with this foment the Fundament. Before the use of these Restringents, the Woman must be purged with the Medicines above mentioned, for fear of endangering the Life of both the Mother and Child, by a Retention of abundance of vicious Humours.  
But since Dysenterick Pains frequently proceed from a sharp Humour lodged in the Stomach, and the effect of Clysters does not extend so high, it is convenient for the Patient to drink half a Porringer of New Milk twice or thrice a Day, and this Remedy has often relieved Pregnant Women in Dysenteries. But the Cow which gives this Milk must not be Heated, have a gross full Body, or have lately Calved, but aught to be sound and fed upon a good Pasture well watered.   

Of the Menstruous Flux in Women with Child.  
Sometimes Women have their Courses for the first four, nay six Months. When a Woman voids Blood downwards, it must carefully be considered whence it proceeds, and in what manner, whether it be the ordinary Courses, or a Real Flooding. If it be the Courses, the Blood comes away at accustomed times, and flows by degrees from the Neck of the Womb, and not from its Bottom, as may be discovered, if trying with a Finger if the Internal Orifice be exactly closed, which could not be if the Blood come from the bottom of the Womb; to all which add, if it be the Courses it will be small in quantity. Sometimes this Evacuation of Blood is not Menstruous, and yet must not be thought a Flooding, for if the Woman be full of Blood, and the abundance be greater than the Foetus can consume, this Evacuation is so far from being hurtful to the Mother or Child, that if the Womb was not discharged of that Superfluous Blood, the Foetus would be suffocated by it. On this occasion it is better to bleed moderately, than leave Nature to perform her Work.  
If there be no visible Repletion, and ●ne Courses continued after a Woman is with Child, it proceeds from an extreme fluidity of the Blood, which persisting during the whole time of her going with Child, makes her subject to miscarry, or if she escape, her Child will be weak, tender, and unhealthy. To prevent these Accidents, let her Repose herself in her Bed, refrain from all Meats which may heat the Blood; eat Anger, using a cooling Diet, and seeding upon Meats which breed good Blood, and thicken it, such as are good Broths made with Chickens, Necks of Mutton, or Knuckles of Veal, in which may be boiled cooling Potherbs, as Purslane, Lettuce, etc. Newlaid Eggs or Jellies, with Rice and Barley boiled in them are good. She may drink water in which Iron has been quenched, with a little Syrup of Quinces, she must refrain from Copulation, because by heating the Blood, it excites it to flow more. If all these Means are ineffectual, and the Flux continues, make a Revulsion by Bleeding in the Arm, if the Woman's strength permit, and apply to the Mother's Belly Compresses dipped in strong Wine, in which a pomegranate with its Peel, Provence Roses, and a little Cinnamon have been boiled, but the best way is to correct the Mothers Blood.   

Of Floodings.  
Floodings proceed from the bottom of the Womb with great Pain, and come of a sudden, the Blood runs away in great quantity without intermission, except when some clods seem sometimes to lessen the Flux, or stop it for a time, but soon after it returns with greater violence, and kills both Mother and Child, unless timely prevented.  
When this Flooding happens to a Woman who is young with Child, the cause most commonly is some Mole or false Conception, which the Womb labours to expel, and in the effort breaks the Blood-Vessels. In Women who are really with Child, it proceeds from a loosning of the Placenta, whose separation opens the Mouths of the Vessels. This most commonly is occasioned by some Blow, Slip or Hurt, though sometimes it is caused by the Child twisting himself in the Navel-string, and so drawing the Placenta very strongly. This Flooding never ceases till the Woman be delivered, and is more violent and dangerous in proportion to the largeness of the Foetus.  
Every Evacuation of Blood does not require the Woman to be Delivered immediately; for sometimes the loss is very small, and may be stopped by keeping her quiet in her Bed, bleeding her and confining her to a good Diet, and the Blood perhaps is only her Courses, or proceeds from some Vessel which opens itself on the outside of the internal Orifice, and keeps the Womb from being exactly closed. In this case it is necessary to try whether the internal Orifice is open on the inside, or whether the Child can be felt across the Membranes, for if so, it is a Demonstrative proof it is a Real Flooding, and the Woman will soon Miscarry.  
If the Blood come away in small quantity, and the Evacuation do not last long, leave the Delivering the Woman to Nature, provided she have a competent degree of strength, and no dangerous Accidents hap. But if it come away in great abundance, or the Woman have Swoonings or Convulsions, it is absolutely necessary to deliver her at whatever time it be, whether she have the Pains of Labour or 〈◊〉 and there is no other way to preserve the Life of the Mother and Child. To this end let the Artist place the Patient on her Back, and anointing his Hand with Fresh Butter or Oil, by degrees insinuate his Fingers close together into the Womb, and spread them one from the other when they are in the Entry, and dilate it by degrees without violence. When he has his Hand in the Womb, if he finds the Waters are not broke, let him tear the Membranes, and slip his Hand in and fetch away the Child by the Feet, and after that bring away the After-burthen, which does not adhere very firmly, taking care to leave no clods of Blood behind; for these will 'cause the Flooding to continued, which otherwise would soon cease.  
Since in all great Losses of Blood, great Weakness must necessarily follow, let the Patient be strengthened with good Broths, Jellies, or a little Wine; for Liquid Aliments, have a more prompt effect than Solids. Let her smell to some Spiritous Liquors, as Aqua Vitae, Queen of Hungaries Water, or lay a Toast steeped in Wine, in which Cinnamon has been infused, or Bleed her in the Arm if her strength permit, and she be not too much exhausted; observing to close the Orifice from time, to time, for the more easy diverting the current of the Blood, without weakening her too much.  
You may try to stop the Flux of Blood by Napkins dipped in Oxycrate made with Plantain Water, applied to the small of the Back, or let the Patiented lie on a Mat, and take two or three Ounces of Juice of Purslane; if all these Remedies are ineffectual, deliver the Woman forthwith, though she be not above three Months gone, leaving nothing in the Womb, and this is the only means to save her Life.   

Of the Weight or Bearing down of the Womb.  
The Weight and Bearing down of the Womb, hinders a Bigg-bellied Woman in her walking, and causes a Stupor of the Hips and Thighs, Pains in the Groin, a Difficulty of making Water, and discharging the Excrements in the Guts, (because it compresses the Bladder and Rectum, and draws down the Ligaments,) all which Accidents are capable of making a Woman Miscarry. The best Remedy in this case, is to keep her lying a-bed, but if she be not in a condition to do this, let her support her Belly with a large Swath, to case the Ligaments, which are very much strained, and when she makes water, let her hold up her Belly with both Hands to keep it from pressing on the Sphincter.  
If the Neck of the Womb be too much relaxed by the Humidities, let her purge at convenient times, and use a dry Diet, feeding much on Roasted Meats. Let her not go straight laced, for fear of compressing the Womb which bears down too much already.   

Of a Dropsy of the Womb.  
The Womb is sometimes swollen and distended with water, which is apt to impose on Midwives, who mistake this Distemper for a Woman's being with Child.  
Sometimes these Waters are enclosed in a Cover, and sometimes they are in the cavity of the Womb. When they have no Cover, they are often mistaken for a true Big-belly, and this error remains till the usual Term is completed. The longer any Woman retains these waters, the more she runs a risque of her Life, and sometimes they grow to so vast a bulk, that some have been found with 30 lb. in their Womb.  
To distinguish between this Hydropical Swelling, and a true Great Belly, consider well the Signs of Pregnancy which are delivered above, that having nothing common with this, except a Distension of the Belly, and a Suppression of the Courses. In a Dropsy the Woman has her Breasts flaggy, soft and fallen, has no Milk in them, does not feel the Child stir, perceiving only a Fluctuation of the Water, has a great pain and weight in the Belly, which is more extended in its circumference, and does not rise to a Point, and the colour of her Face is worse, than when with Child. Barren Women are more subject to this Indisposition, than those who have had Children; and these have the Inner Orifice of the Womb, straighter and thinner than the other.  
Dropsies of the Womb sometimes hap in Women who are with Child, and in these cases the Waters are without the Membranes which contain the Child. Sometimes too they are enclosed within the Membranes, and the Woman seems to be big with two or three Children, though she really have but one, and that very weak too. Sometimes abundance of these Waters come away two or three Months before Labour, and in this case it is certain they are without the Membranes, for if the waters were broke, the Child of necessity must needs follow.  
When this Dropsy happens to a Pregnant Woman, all the Relief she can have is the patiented expecting her time of Labour, and in the mean time using a drying Diet. But if there be nothing besides Waters contained in the Womb, let her use a Half-bath, Diuretic Medicines, and all such things as provoke the Courses, to evacuate them. Farther, let her Bleed in the Foot, and purge with strong Hydragogues. The Bourbon Waters are very good, especially if she Bath at the same time she drinks them.   

Of Oedematous Swell in the Lips of the Privities.  
Sometimes the Lips of the Privities are so much Swollen, that Women cannot bring their Thighs together, or walk without a great deal of Pain. The Lips are Transparent as in a Hydrocele, which arises from the Waters which distend them. It is necessary to discuss this Tumour before the time of a Woman's Labour, because it straitens the Passage, and hinders her Delivery. To this end give her a Ptisan made of Roots of Dog-grass and wild Succory, in three Pints of which dissolve a Dram of Crystal Mineral, or a little Spirit of Salt dulcified; or make some slight Scarifications on the Lips to discharge the Waters. Apply to these Scarifications a little Ointment of Roses, and Compresses steeped in some Aromatic Wine to strengthen the parts, confining the Woman to such a Diet, as may hinder the breeding of more Waters. Scarification with a Lancet, is much better than the Application of Leeches, because the Aperture made by these little Animals is so small, that it closes immediately, and Scarifications may be kept open as long as you think fit, by laying on unctuous Medicines.  
These Oedematous tumors are not very dangerous, when they are without Fever; but when they proceed from an Inflammation attended with a Fever, the Womb is most commonly affected too, and it proves fatal to the Person.  
Sometimes there are varicose Swell on the Lips of the Womb, which causes a troublesome itching. Women who labour under this inconvenience, are Sanguine for the most part, and have their Body bound. To remedy this, let them bleed in the Arm, keep their Body open, refrain from Copulation, and use a cooling Diet.   

Of the Veneeral Disease in Women with Child.  
If a Woman with Child labour under the Venereal Distemper, and be in her last Months, she must wait till her Delivery before she attempt a Cure, for fear of dying if she hap to be in a course of Physic at the time of her Labour. If the Distemper be not far gone, which is to be known by the Accidents, a Palliative cure m●st be attempted for the present, using a regular Diet, and gentle purging. But if a Woman be in the first Months of her going with Child, and the Pox be very high, and attended with such Accidents as threaten her with Death, if her cure be deferred for too long a time, let a slight Salivation be raised by inunction of the upper parts only, as the Hands and Arms; but observe here, you must never in this case give any Mercurial Preparations by the Mouth, and use the utmost care lest the Frictions throw the Patient i unto a Looseness, this by disordering the Womb and exciting Throes, 'cause an Abortion. Bathing which is sometimes used as a preparative to Mercurial Inunction, must be omitted in this case, but she may use Ptisans to humect and prepare her for a Salivation, by which (if it be prudently managed) she may be very well cured, and notwithstanding retain her Child till its due time.   

Of Abortions.  
If a Woman be delivered before her seventh Month, it is called an Abortion, but if at any time after the beginning of that, to the beginning of the tenth Month it is called a Birth, because at that time the Child can live, and never before it.  
All acute Distempers 'cause an Abortion, because they kill the Child, and than it can remain not longer in the Womb. Intermitting Fevers sometimes make a Woman Miscarry, by causing a great pain in the Belly, and disordering the Child, which commonly struggles very much in the time of the Fit. There are several Accidents which endanger an Abortion, such as are great Vomitings, which by the straining of the parts, compress the Womb, and force it to disburden itself. Nephritick Pains, Colic and Griping of the Guts, Stranguries when the Woman labours much in making water, Great Looseness with a Tenesmus, abundance of the Courses from the opening of the Womb, excessive Bleeding, Flooding from a loosning of the Placenta, Dropsy of the Womb; in short, whatever makes a great Agitation or Concussion of the Woman's Body, as hard Labour, Falls, Leaping, Dancing, Riding, Walking, Loud crying Excessive Laughing, Blows over the Belly, sudden and surprising Noise upon firing a Cannon or a clap of Thunder, especially in the younger sort, long Watching which impairs the Strength, long Abstinence which weakens both Mother and Child, Stinks and ill Smells, as a Lamp of Oil extinguished or the fume of Charcoal, the Callosity of the Womb, or its smallness which being compressed by the Omentum, wants room to dilate itself, for the Reception of the Child, Compression of the Womb by straight lacing the Body to appear well shaped or conceal a big Belly, frequent Copulation, especially in the last Months, which opens the Womb. Phlegmatic Women subject to the Whites are apt to Miscarry, because the Womb is moist and lax, and the Placenta easily separates. The great abundance of Blood which is carried to the Foetus too plentifully sometimes, suffocates it. Vehement Rage which puts the Spirits into a great Hurry and Disorder, sudden Fear or the Relation of bad News, often 'cause a Woman to Miscarry on the Spot. When Children are Monstrous, they never come at their due time. The ill Posture of the Child in the Womb sometimes puts him on struggling, which loosens the Placenta, and opens the Womb. In the last place, Children are sometimes so large, that the Womb is not capacious enough to contain them, or the Mother able to give them Nourishment.  
If after any of these Accidents, a Woman have violent Pains in her Belly and Reinss, clods of Blood come away from the Womb, and the Waters are broke, it is certain an Abortion is near. If the Woman feel a great Weight in her Belly, and the Child fall as a Ball on which side soever she lie, and stinking Humours come from the Womb, she will Miscarry of a dead Child; especially if the Breasts, which before were hard and full, fall and decay. We have above directed how to prevent these kinds of Abortions, and therefore shall remit the Reader thither.  
A Woman who is subject to Miscarry aught to keep her Bed, use a good Diet, and refrain from Copulation, so soon as she perceives herself with Child, avoiding all Diuretics and Aperitives, and all Passions of Mind, go lose in her Dress, wear low-heeled Shoes, and take care not to stumble. When a Woman with Child happens to receive any hurt, let her keep her Bed, have Compresses steeped in some astringent Wine, applied to her Belly, and let her be immediately bled in the Arm, without deferring it as usually.  
Observe here, that a Woman must never be Delivered, whilst she has a continual Fever on her, for in this case she will die immediately after her Delivery. It is a mistake to think her Cleansings will remove that, on the contrary it increases them, and the Cleansings are entirely suppressed. And therefore all endeavours must be used to abate the Fever before the Woman's Delivery.   

How to order a Woman when her Reckoning is up.  
When a Woman's term is up, she must abstain from all violent exercises, lest they 'cause a Flooding, occasion the Child to take a wrong Posture, or hasten the Birth some days before its time, all which is very prejudicial to the Woman: On the contrary let her walk moderately, repose herself more near the end of her time, than in the beginning of her pregnancy, and let go lose in her Dress. Let her observe a Regular Diet, using Meats which yield good Juices, and are easy of Digestion, rather roasted than boiled, to humect more, and keep her Body open, that so she may not be obliged to take Clysters, which are apt to hasten the Birth. For the eight or ten last days, let her anoint the bearing parts with Oil of sweet Almonds, and Greases to relax and soften them, and open the Passage, especially if it be the first Child, because the parts are straighter. Women who are in years, and never had Children, must have a great care to relax the parts well with Greases, because they are dry, and do not yield so easily, besides the Articulation of the Coccyx or Rump-bone is very firm, and does not easisily give way in Labour.  
womans when they are near their time, may not bleed by way of prevention, unless they are subject to Flooding, nor in the seventh Month; because this creates a Disorder in the Body, and puts them in danger of Miscarrying.  
Women near their time, aught to be provided with some able Midwife or Artist, whom they must sand to as soon as they found any great Pains in their Belly, for some times the lest Colic Pain or Gripe flings them into Labour.   

How a Woman is to be ordered after her Delivery.  
When a Woman is completely Delivered, and the Burden brought away, a Closure of fine Linen Rags five or six times doubled, must be applied to her Privities, to prevent the cold Air from entering her Body, which would shut the Vessels, and stop the Cleansings, and 'cause vehement Pain and Griping of the Guts, with an Inflammation of the Womb, a Fever, Pleurisy, and frequently Death itself.  
After the entry of the Womb is closed, let the Woman who is newly Delivered, be carried to a Bed provided for the purpose, and covered with  to receive the Cleansings. But if she be Delivered in her own Bed, which is best, to avoid the trouble of carrying her to another; let the  and other things be removed, which were laid to receive the Waters and Filth in Labour, and let her be placed in a convenient Situation, that so she may take herrest, and recover the Strength she has lost in Labour. Let her Body be raised for her more easy breathing, and the flowing of her Cleansings, which if they are retained cause great Pains. Let her put down her Thighs and Legs close to each other, and have a Pillow under her Hams to support them; Lastly, let her lie on the middle of her Back without turning either to one side or another, that so the Womb may resume its natural Situation.  
As soon as the Woman is Delivered, give her an Ounce of Oil of sweet Almonds drawn without Fire, with an equal quantity of Syrup of Maiden Hair to cool her Throat, which is heated with her cries in Labour, and take of her Gripes. However if, the Woman nauseate this Remedy, forbear it, and give her some good Broth as soon as she is a little recovered from the Fatigue of her Labour, and leave her to Sleep, suffering no noise to be made in the Chamber, drawing the Curcains, shutting the Windows and Doors, not imitating the Practice of some who forbidden a Woman to sleep after her Labour; good Repose being the most proper means to recover her Strength, and abate all Accidents which hap.   

Of Applications to the Belly and Breasts of a Woman newly Delivered.  
As soon as the Woman's Bed is fitted, apply to her Privities an Anodyne Cataplasm made of two Ounces of Oil of sweet Almonds, and two Newlaid Eggs, both Whites and Yolks stirred together over warm Emberss, to the consistence of a Cataplasm, and spread on a Rag, and laid on moderately warm. This Cataplasm is very good to abate the Inflammation of the Parts after hard Labour; when it has lain on three or four Hours, renew it if the Inflammation shall require it; Lastly, make a Decoction of Barley, Linseed, Chervil, Agrimony, Marsh-mallows and Violet Leaves, and wash the Lips of the part two or three times a Day, to clear it from Blood and other Filth proceeding from the Cleansings, and to appease the Pain, foment it with Warm Milk Barley and Chervil Waters.  
Astringents are not proper till fifteen days after delivery, when the Purgations are come away, and than such as strengthen the parts may be used; as a Decoction of the Roots and Leaves of Plantain and Provence Roses, in Smith's Water. After the Cleansings are entirely over, which is about the space of three Weeks, to corroborated and close the parts, Water of Myrrh or an Astringent Lotion may be injected, v. g. ℞. pomegranate Peels, 4. p. Cypress Nuts, ℥ iss. Acorns, ℥ i Terra Sigillata, ℥ ss. Provence Roses, ℥ i Roch Alum, ʒij. Infuse all for the space of a Night in half a Pint of strong Read Wine alone, or diluted with Smith's Water if it be thought too sharp; or boil till it be reduced to a Pint; strain it through a Linen Cloth and express it, and with this foment the Part well Morning and Night.  
As soon as a Woman is delivered, let the Skins of some Animal be laid on her Belly to keep it warm. If her Labour has been very hard, let her be very gently Swathed, because her Belly is very sore; nor must these be straitened till her Cleansings are all over. Some Midwives and Nurse-keepers lay a Compress doubled on the Belly, and another large square one over that, and keep these on with a Napkin in three or four Folds, of a quarter of an Ell broad, and so straiten and compress the Belly, but these do only bruise and hurt it. It is better to lay a great square Compress on the Belly for the first fifteen days, to keep it in its right position, undoing this Bandage several times a Day to anoint the Belly (if it be sore, and she be gripped) with Oil of sweet Almonds, which is better than all the Pomatums in the World. When that time is over, you may straiten the Belly and bring the parts together, in which you have nothing to fear, because the Cleansings being finished, the Womb is diminished in its bulk, and there is no great danger of hurting it, provided it be moderately straight, for if it be too straight the Womb is thrust down, and the Woman suffers great inconvenience by that means, and the Flux causes her Belly to remain big for a long time after.  
If the Woman intends to suckle her Child, let her Breasts be covered with fine soft , to prevent the Milk from curdling in them. If the Milk flow in great abundance to the Breast, embrocate them with a mixture of Oil and Vinegar, and apply Rags dipped in it to them.   

What Diet a Woman ought to observe during the time of her lying in.  
A Woman newly delivered, must observe the same Diet as Persons in a Fever to prevent it. She must be very regular and abstemious the three or four first days, taking only some Veal or Chicken-broth, Newlaid Eggs, or some good Golly, refraining from all solid Meats.  
When the abundance of Milk is over, she may be permitted to eat a little Broth at Dinner, or a little boiled or roasted Chicken, by degrees increasing the quantity of her Meat, which always must be easy of Digestion; Let her ordinary Drink be a Ptisan made with Dogs-Grass, Barley and Liquorice, or boiled Water, which she must not drink cold; she may drink a little White-wine diluted with Water, after the first five or six Days.  
Women used to hard Labour, require more plentiful Nourishment than others; and it is sufficient for these to lessen the quantity of their ordinary Food.  
Let the Woman keep her Bed and rest herself well, not disturbing her Mind with the concerns of her Family, and avoid all Talking, let her Body be kept open with Clysters, giving her at lest one Ounce in two Days, and let her be careful to order herself in this manner, till her Cleansings are over. In the last place to finish all, and purge of the remaining impurities, let her take Cassia with the purgative Syrups, and bath and cleanse her Body to receive the Embraces of her Husband.   

How to dry up the Milk.  
If a Woman does not intent to suckle her Child, apply to her Breasts a Mixture of Oil and Vinegar, or Ointment of Populeum and Galen's Cerate all spread on Rags or Brown Paper, or a Rag dipped in Warm Verjuice, with a little Alum dissolved in it to make it more astringent, or the Leeses of Wine, either by itself or mixed with Oil. All these are repellents, and hinder the Humours which breed Milk from flowing too plentifully to the Breast.  
To discuss and dissipate the Milk which is already gathered in the Breasts, apply a Cataplasm made of the four Meals (viz. Barley, Fenugreek, Linseed and Fitches) Honey and Saffron boiled with a Decoction of Chervil and Sage, or make a Cataplasm of Honey alone, or rub the Breasts with it, and lay on them Leaves of read Cabbage, having first cut of the great Ribs, and deadned them before the Fire. Or make a Decoction of Box-leaves and Sage in Urine, and foment the Breasts with this, and let Rags dipped in it be applied to them. In the Application of these Remedies, great care must be taken that the Woman do not take Cold, as likewise of inflaming the Breast for fear of an Apostem; wherefore Remedies must be changed as Symptoms altar. One good way to prevent the breeding of Milk in the Breast, is Purging, and keeping the Body soluble with Clysters. Much stirring of the Arms is apt to created a Pain in the Breast, and therefore the Woman must use them as little as possible.  
About three Weeks after a Woman's delivery, when the Milk is entirely gone of, Astringent Medicines may be used to strengthen the Breasts. To this end apply to the Breasts  dipped in Myrrh Water, or anoint them with Oil of walnuts, being careful not to 'cause hard and painful Swell by the use of Astringent Medicines.   

Of Flooding in Women newly Delivered.  
When the Burden is great the Vessels most commonly are very large, and if it be brought away with violence, a great Flooding follows. This Flux of Blood happens likewise, when any Part of the Burden remains behind in the Womb, or there is any false Conception in it; for Nature striving with its utmost efforts to expel any extraneous Body, breaks the Vessels, and pours a Torrent of blood out of them. Sometimes Serosities only flow from the Womb, and the Standards by are inclined to believe the Flooding is stopped, when indeed the Mouths of the Vessels are only blocked up by clods of blood; after the removing which the Flooding returns, and is often more vehement than before.  
Flooding is the most dangerous of all the Accidents which befall Childbearing Women, and the Blood sometimes comes away in such large quantities, that there is no time to remedy it, and the Woman dies upon the Spot. If it proceed from some portion of the Burden retained in the Womb or Clods of blood, or some false Conception, all endeavours must be used instantly to bring away those extraneous Bodies, but if after they are removed, the Blood does notwithstanding continued to flow, bleed the Woman in the Arm if she have strength to support it, and whilst she bleeds stop the Orifice from time to time, and let her lie along (that is with her Head not too high) and keep herself still, that by this means the Blood may flow in lesle proportion to the lower parts, and a sufficient diversion be made without too much weakening the Patient. Her Belly must not be straitened with any Swath or Compress, for all Bandages are hurtful, if the Belly be sore. Instead of this, let the Air of her Chamber be kept cool, and cover her lightly for fear of heating the Blood, and putting it into a Ferment, (and so increasing the Flux) and give her some strong Clyster.  
If in spite of all these Remedies the Flooding does not cease, lay her upon fresh Straw with a single Cloth on it, and apply to her Loins Napkins dipped in cold Oxycrate, or if it be Winter a little warmed. Let her take a little Juice of Purslain alone, or mixed with her Broths, or make Injections of Plantane-Water. Some pretend that a Girdle of Knotgrass put about the Waste, stops all Fluxes of Blood:  
Every half Hour to recruit her Strength, she may take a little strong Broth, or some spoonfuls of Jelly, or Yolks of Newlaid Eggs at convenient distances of time, not eating too much at a time, for fear of overcharging her Stomach. Let her Drink be Read Wine diluted with a little Water, in which Iron has been extinguished, and let  dipped in Aromatic Tinctures, or in defect of these in  Wine, be applied to the Region of the Heart.  
When the Flux of Blood gins to stop, and the Woman is a little recovered from her Weakness, let her use a Ptisan made of Burnet and Barley for her ordinary Drink. If these Remedies have not their due effect, the Patient's Life is in great Hazard, and if she escape, you must expect in a few days a Violent Pain in the Head, with a continual Fever attended with cold and hot Fits, and this sometimes is intermitting. Women who recover after violent Floodings, have their Legs ordinarily Swollen for some Months after, because the new Blood must of necessity be serous, and cannot recover its due Consistence in a considerable time. The first Courses which come after Flooding are very plentiful, and in greater quantity than usual, which makes the Woman fear the Flooding is returned; but this proceeds only from the Largeness of the Blood-Vessels, is not dangerous, and requires no other Remedy than Rest, and refraining from Copulation.   

Of the falling out of the Womb after Delivery.  
When there is a falling out of the Womb, the Woman feels a great weight at the bottom of her Belly, great difficulty in making Water, a Pain in her Reinss and Back, and a Reddish Water comes away from the Neck of the Womb, which is relaxed and hangs out.  
To remedy this indisposition, let the Neck of the Womb be forthwith reduced to its Natural place, and if the Woman be young, and the Disease be recent, she may be cured, but if it be of long standing, the Cure will be difficult to perform. If the Womb come quite forth upon a Woman's delivery, and be not immediately reduced, her life is in very great danger. When this happens, the Artist must have a care not to mistake that large portion of Flesh which hangs between the Thighs for some extraneous Body, it being the Neck of the Womb itself, which has lost its Rugosities by its Relaxation. If he draws this, there is great Danger of causing a Flooding, and killing the Patient.  
For the curing of this Disease, it is necessary to reduce the Womb to its Natural place, and retain it there. To do this let the Woman make Water, having first to facilitate the Work given her Clysters to evacuate the gross Excrements in the Rectum, than let her lie on her back with her Hips raised higher than her Head, and foment with Milk or Wine lukewarm, that which hangs out between her Thighs, and take the Neck of the Womb with a soft Rag, and reduce it to its Natural place, thrusting it with the Hand sometimes on one side, sometimes on the other. If the Neck of the Womb be so large that it cannot enter, anoint it with Oil of sweet Almond, to put it up the more easily; and when it is reduced, wipe of the Oil for fear it relax the part, and occasion its falling out again. If the Womb cannot be reduced, there is great danger of its gangrening, and killing the Woman.  
When the Womb is replaced, let the Woman be laid on her back, with her Hips a little raised, and her Legs crossed, and her Thighs close to each other, for fear of its falling out again, and put a Pessary into the Neck of the Womb to keep it there. These Pessaries are made of a thick piece of Cork covered with white wax to preserve them from rotting, and keep them from hurting the Neck of the Womb, and may be drawn out from time to time to cleanse them; The Reader will found the Figure of them in the Plates annexed at the end.  
Whilst the Cleansings continued, there is no other way to strengthen the Womb, and keep it in its proper place, but by Pessaries, for Astringent Medicines suppress those purgations, and are of dangerous consequence, and compressing the Belly by Swathing it, forces the Womb still down. Let the Patient have the Pan given her in Bed, and in voiding her Excrements, let her lay her Hand before to keep the Womb from falling out. When the Cleansings are over, Astringent Injections may be used, and the Pessary covered with Medicines of the like Nature, and the Woman be purged if occasion require. If she be newly delivered, she must not rise from her Bed in six or seven Weeks, during which time she must refrain from the Embraces of her Husband.   

Of the falling out of the Fundament.  
When the vehement straining of a Woman in her Labour, has occasioned the falling out of the Fundament, if the Child be advanced in the Passage, advice her not to help her Throes so much, and defer the Reduction till after the Birth, because it cannot be done before without bruising the Gut. But so soon as she is delivered, reduce it in the same manner, and observing the same Cautions as in the falling out of the Womb. But omit on this occasion giving of Clysters, because they are apt to excite a straining to go to stool, and endanger a Relapse.   

Of the Hemorrhoids.  
Women are commonly troubled with the Piles during their lying in. To prevent this inconvenience, let them sit with their Fundament in a Basin full of Warm Water, for a quarter of an Hour at a time, or foment the Piles with Warm Milk, for the first Days, or Oil of Eggs beaten in a Leaden Mortar, either alone or mixed with Oil of Populeon, being careful to put in no Ingredients which may irritate them. By procuring a good Evacuation of the Lochia from the Womb, this Pain abates of consequence.  
Leeches applied to the Piles in any of the first days, are apt to divert the due Evacuation of the Cleansings, and bring a Fluxion on the Piles, and for this reason if used, must be deferred till eight Days or more after Delivery.   

Of Contusions and Rents in the External parts of the Privities.  
The great Dilatation of the Privities which is made by the Child in making its way out, cannot fail of sometimes making Contusions and Lacerations, and if these Accidents are neglected, they degenerate into malignant Ulcers, by reason of the continual Heat and Filth of that Part. If there be only simple Contusions or Excoriations, there is nothing farther necessary than the applying a Cataplasm made of the Yolks and Whites of Newlaid Eggs, with Oil of sweet Almonds seethed over warm Emberss, and stirred till they unite. Let this Cataplasm be spread on fine Stupes or Rags, and applied warm, leaving it on for the space of five or six Hours. Next lay Rags dipped in Oil of St. John's wort on the Excoriated Lips, renewing them twice or thrice a day, bathing the parts each time with Barley Water, and Honey of Roses, etc. to cleanse them from the Excrements which come from the Womb. When the Patient makes Water, cover the Lips of the Privities with fine Rags, to prevent them from being excoriated by the sharpness of the Urine. If these excoriations are painful, the best Remedy is Oil of Walnuts drawn without Fire.  
Sometimes Midwives do so much violence to the Bearing part, that it is very much inflamed, and a great Abscess form in it; when this happens, it is necessary to give vent to the Matter, and after that is discharged, to inject some vulnerary Decoction made of Barley Water and Honey into the Cavity, with a little Honey of Roses, and Spirit of Wine, and so treat it in the same manner, as all ordinary Ulcers.  
Sometimes the Perineum happens to be rend quite down to the Fundament in the Birth, so that the Anus and Privities make but one common Hole. If this were left in this State, the Woman would be delivered with more ease of her next Child; but notwithstanding it is better to reunite the parts as soon as may be, because the Excrements coming that way disgust the Husband, and the Woman is by no means fit to receive his Caresses.  
Wherhfore having cleansed the Part with Read Wine lukewarm, let the Rent be stitched with three or four separate Stitches, according to the length of the Laceration, and take at each Stitch good hold of the Flesh, and than dress it with some Agglutinating Balsam, as Arcaeus Lineament, covering the Wound with Pledgits or Linen , to prevent the Excrements from falling on it, which would 'cause a great deal of Pain, and hinder its Coalition, and let the Woman keep her Thighs close till the Cure be perfected.  
If she afterwards hap to be with Child, let her take care not to anoint those parts with Greases and Emollient Oils, for some time before her Labour, that so the Parts giving way in the Birth, may not be torn. A Woman who has once had an Accident of this kind, aught to employ a skilful and dextrous Artist, because in all Labours after, there is very great danger of Laceration, the passage being very much straitened by the Cicatrix.  
If the Reunion of the Wound be neglected at first, the Callosity on the edges must be cut of with a pair of Scissors, and it must than be Stitched, as is above directed.  
If the Child stop too long in the passage, there is a Retention of Urine which creates an Inflammation and Ulcer in the Bladder, which in time becomes a Fistula, and emits the Urine involuntarily. This Fistula when there is a loss of Substance, and great part of the Neck of the Bladder is consumed by the Suppuration, is incurable, otherwise it may be healed by due Care and Diligence.   

Of Pains happening to Women after Delivery.  
After a Woman is delivered, she ordinarily is troubled with sharp Pains in the Reinss, Back, Groins, and sometimes in the Womb, and all over the Belly. These Pains are sometimes Continual, and sometimes Intermitting, and proceed from wind in the Guts, or some extraneous Body remaining in the Womb after Delivery, which Nature strives to expel with her utmost efforts. Some false Conception, some portion of Burden, or some Clods of Blood in the Womb, may be the cause of these After-pains, which cease not till they are ejected, and are not like the Wind-colic alleviated by giving of Clysters, but rather exasperated.  
Sometimes these Pains proceed from a sudden Suppression of the Cleansings, and than the Womb is distended and inflamed, the Belly is hard and Swollen, and the Woman is quickly killed by it.  
Sometimes these Pains arise from an Excessive Distension of the Ligaments of the Womb, and than they are fixed in the Back, Reins and Groins, the places where these Ligaments are inserted, and sometimes they reach to the Womb itself especially when it has suffered much contusion in Labour.  
To prevent these Pains arising from Wind, let the Woman take a mixture of Oil of sweet Almonds, with Syrup of Maiden Hair. Oil of Wallnuts is better if the Taste be not too Nauscous These Medicines by their Unctuosity, make way for the Contents of the Guts to slip more easily through them. If the Woman have an aversion to any thing of this Nature, give her some very hot Broth, or half a Glass of Hippocras, provided there be no danger of a Fever. She must keep her Belly warm, must not drink her Ptisan cold, and must lay warm  on her Belly, if her pains be very troublesome to her, anointing it with Oil of sweet Almonds, or applying a Pancake of Eggs fried with Oil of walnuts, taking care not to Swath it too straight. The next morning give her Clysters made of a Decoction of the Emollient Herbs, with a little Linseed boiled in it, adding Honey of Roses and Oil of sweet Almonds of each three Ounces, or a little fresh Butter, repeating these Clysters as often as occasion requires. Some Women as soon as they are delivered, drink the Broth of an old Partridge boiled with Leeks, others take a Draught of Milk boiled, to which they put five or six Walnuts pounded with a little Sugar, and so strain all hot through a Linen Cloth, but these Remedies are insignificant, if the pains arise from any extraneous Bodies retained in the Womb; for these must necessarily be expelled, and when that is effected, the Pains will cease of their own accord, except the Blood hap to leave any Clods, and if so, these will not fail to produce as sharp Pains as those after Labour.  
If the Cleansings which were copious before, hap to be stopped on a fudden, vehement and sharp pains will follow, and care must be taken to procure an Evacuation of them by Clysters, Hot and Aperitive Fomentations applied to the Privities, and Bleeding in the Foot.  
As for the Pains in the Back and Groins, which proceed from the great extension of the Ligaments, they are to be removed by Rest, and a Regular way of Living.   

Of the Cleansings, and the Signs when they are Good or Bad.  
Those Cleansings are good which are Bloody the first days, and after loose that colour, and by degrees become white. Their Consistence ought to be uniform without any concretions or clods, farther they ought to be voided of all Acrimony and ill Scent, and come away in a moderate quantity.  
They must not continued bloody longer than the first days, otherwise instead of Cleansings, there would be a dangerous Haemorrhage. When they gradually loose their Read Colour, and grow White, it is a sign the Vessels begin to close, and when their Consistence is equal without any clods or concreted Matter, it is certain there is no mixture of any Heterogeneous Substance with them; when they have no ill Scent or Acrimony, it is evident there is no Inflammation or Corruption of the Womb; In the last place when they flow moderately, the Superfluities only are discharged, but when they flow in great Quantity, the Woman is exceedingly weakened, seized with Convulsions, Swooning Fits, is extremely emaciated, and continues pale for a long time, and her Thighs and Legs swell, and become Hydropic.   

Of the Suppression of the Cleansings, and the Accidents which follow thereupon.  
When the Cleansings are suppressed, the Humours corrupt by their long stay in the Womb, or 'cause some Inflammation. If the Cleansings hap to be suppressed in the first Day, there ensues an acute Fever, a vehement Pain in the Head, Pains in the Breast, Reinss and Back, a Suffocation and an Inflammation, which extends all over the lower Belly, and this becomes distended. Besides this, the Woman finds a great difficulty of Breathing, stoppage at Stomach, palpitation of the Heart, Syncopes, Convulsions and Delirium, and these Symptoms frequently prove Mortal to her. If the Suppression continues, there is great danger of an Abscess in the Womb, or perhaps of a Cancer or Aposthumes in the lower Belly, Sciatica's, Lameness, or Inflammations, and Abscesses of the Breasts, according as the Humours take there courses, and these Suppressions are more dangerous by much, than those of the Courses.  
A Looseness sometimes is the cause of the Suppression of the Cleansings, and sometimes it proceeds from a disorder of the Spirits caused by violent Fear, Sadness, or Dejection of Mind, Anxiety, or any dismal Apprehension. Great Cold constringes the Vessels, and coagulates the Blood in the Womb, Cold Drink, and Restringent Meats have the same effect, and very much stirring, diffuses the Humours through the whole Body, and hinders their discharge by the Womb.  
To bring the Lochia well down, let the Woman avoid all perturbations of Mind; let her lie in her Bed with her Head and Breast a little raised, (keeping herself very quiet, that so the Humours may be more easily carried downward) let her observe a good Diet, something hot and moist; let her rather use boiled Meats than Roasted, and if she be any thing Feverish, drink Broths only with a little Jelly, avoiding all binding things, and let her Ptisan be made with Aperitives, such as Roots of Succory, Dogs-grass and Asparagus, with a little Anise-seed and Hops, and every other time let her take a little Syrup of Maidenhair in a Glass of the Ptisan, and carefully eat Cold Drink. Let Clysters be given her, and her lower parts fomented with an Emollient and Aperitive Decoction made of Mallows, Marsh-Mallows, Pellitory of the Wall, Camomile, Melilot, Roots of Asparagus and Linseed, with which Decoction the Womb may likewise be injected, and with the remaining Herbs let a Cataplasm be made, adding a little Oil of Lilies or Hogs-grease, and apply this very hot to the Belly. Besides this, let her Thighs and Legs be strongly rubbed down, bathing them with the same Emollient Decoction very hot. But here bleeding must by no means be forgot, and if the Woman be very Sanguine, first bleed her in the Arm, and after when the Symptoms are abated in the Foot.   

Of the Inflammation of the Womb after Delivery.  
Very often the stopping of the Lochia, does cause an Inflammation of the Womb, and is the Death of most Women to whom it happens. Sometimes this Inflammation arises from some Hurt or Bruise.  
An Inflammation of the Womb may be known, by being much more swelled after Labour than is requisite, the Woman feels a very great Heaviness in the bottom of her Belly, and that is sweeled and blown up almost as big as before Delivery, she has a difficulty in making water, and going to stool, or she perceives her pain increase in voiding her Excrements (because the Womb presses the Rectum, and by its Proximity, communicates the Inflammation, as well as to the Bladder) to which add, that in this case there is a high Fever, and great difficulty of Breathing, and a Hiccough, Vomitings, Convulsion, and Death soon follows if not timely prevented.  
Contusions of the Womb often cause Abscesses and Schirrous Swell, which continued for a long time, and sometimes end in incurable Cancers.  
As soon as the Womb appears to be inflamed, extract or procure the expulsion of all extraneous Bodies, which may hap to be lodged in it, without doing the lest violence to it for fear of exasperating the Malady; correct the Humours by a cooling Diet, and let the Patiented use Food that Nourishes little, drinking only Broth (but not too strong) made of Veal and Pullet's, with the cooling Herbs, such as Lettuce, Purslane, Succory, Borage, Sorrel, or the like; let her abstain from Wine, and drink a Ptisan made of the Roots of Succory, Dogs-grass, Barley and Liquorish; let her keep herself very quiet in her Bed, and not be Swathed too straight; let her Body be kept open with simple Anodyne Clysters, without the lest sharpness, for fear of causing Throes, which extremely pain the inflamed part, and of all Passions of the Mind, let her especially avoid Anger.  
The Redundancy of the Humours may be evacuated, and diverted by bleeding; first in the Arm, and after in the Foot if there be occasion. It is convenient to cover the Belly with Galen's Emplaster to cool it, or embrocate it with Oil of sweet Almonds mixed with a little Vinegar. Injections may likewise be made into the Womb, but these must be cooling only, without the lest Astringency, (such as are made of Barley Water, with Oil of Violets, or warm Milk are very proper) observing to use nothing which is excessively cold, avoiding all sorts of Diuretics, and keeping the middle way in the Cure, for fear of Inflaming the Womb by the use of hot things, which provoke the Flux. Bleeding is good for the making an Evacuation, without any of these consequences. But observe here, all Purges how mild soever, are hurtful in this Case, as well as in all Inflammations and Fluxions on the Womb, even the lest that can hap.  
Sometimes an Inflammation of the Womb is converted into an Aposthume, which yields a great quantity of Matter, in this case you must be contented with a good Regimen and Detergent Injections to carry of the Pus, and for this purpose you may make use of a Decoction of Agrimony with Honey, or Syrup of Wormwood, adding (if the Corruption be great) a little Spirit of Wine.  
If the Aposthume degenerate into a Cancerous Ulcer, it will only admit of a Palliative Cure.   

Of Schirrosities of the Womb.  
Schirrhous Swell frequently proceed from the application of Cold and Restringent Medicines to the Woman's Belly, or injecting something of that kind into the Womb.  
If the internal Orifice only is Schirrhous, the Womb is not larger than the common size; but if the whole Body of it be affected, it is exceedingly tumefied, and this often happens upon an Inflammation after Labour, or upon some disorder or suppression of the Courses. For the more certain knowing there is a Schirrosity in the Womb, lay your Hand on the Woman's Belly, or introduce your Finger into the Womb, and you will found it big with an extraordinary hardness. The inner Orifice is larger, harder, shorter, and more unequal, than it ought if there be no Inflammation, or the Schirrus be not disposed to Cancerate, it is indolent, but if it be inclined to either of these, the Pain is very great.  
If the Womb be Schirrous, the Woman finds a great Lassitude, a Weight at the bottom of her Belly, feels Pains in her Reinss, Groins and Hips, and has a frequent Motion to make Water, and these Pains increase when she makes an effort to voided her Excrements, because the Womb compresses the Rectum and the Bladder by its Weight. The Courses are entirely suppressed, or in very small quantity, or irregular, which is occasioned by the Obstruction of the Part.  
The best way to begin the Cure, is by bleeding in the Arm, and gentle Purging, for violent Purging in this case is hurtful, and exasperates the Disease, Emollient Oils, Greases and Cataplasins applied to the Belly, and emollient Injections into the Womb are serviceable, after which the Patient may use the Whole or Half-bath. After she has for several days been treated in this manner, let her bleed in the Foot, refrain from Copulation, and observe a cooling Diet to alloy the Heat of the Blood. Thin Milk, especially that of Asses is good in this Distemper, but the drinking the Mineral Waters, is yet better.   

Of a Cancer of the Womb.  
This is commonly the consequence of a Schirrosity, Inflammation or Aposthume, after Labour. Ill conditioned Whites, and virulent Gonorrhoeas of long standing, conduce very much to this, by the erosion of the Womb.  
It sometimes happens to Women upon a cessation of their Courses, because the Vessels being stopped by degrees, the blood brought to the Womb, stagnates, corrupts and ulcerates the substance of the Part, which soon becomes Cancerous.  
When a Woman has a Cancer in the Womb, she feels a pricking pain, and a heaviness which is caused by the sharpness of the Humours, and the bearing down of the Womb. This Pain extends to the Reinss and Groins, and the Patient feels a great Weight at the bottom of her Belly, and a general Lassitude of the whole Body; she has a difficulty of Urine, and a Serous, , Virulent, Blackish Gleet comes from the Womb. Sometimes the Blood comes away wholly fluid, and sometimes it is concreted. When the Ulceration is in the inner Orifice of the Womb, it may be perceived by the Finger, or may be seen by the help of the Speculum Matricis; but if it be in the bottom, there is no way to know it but by the condition of the Matter which comes from it, and by the Symptoms above mentioned. These Ulcers are very unequal, Sordid and Stinking, and the Corruption is sometimes so great, as to breed Worms.  
Cancers of the Womb are incurable, and only admit of Palliating Remedies, which abate the violence of the Pains. The Patient must not take any thing sharp, either inwardly or outwardly, for fear of increasing the Disease and Pain, and hastening her End.  
Women who have a Schirrhus or Apostem in their Wombs, or who are subject to Flooding, or have a Cessation of their Courses, especially when they are advanced in years, are most of all subject to Cancers. Such Persons as are threatened with this Disease, upon the account of the ceasing of their Courses, have not better Expedient than to bleed in the Arm at convenient times, to supply the defect of that Evacuation, and by this means prevent too great a Redundancy of Blood and Humours in the Womb; and this they ought to do for several years together, till those Vessels which conveyed the Blood are very much diminished. If such a Woman has been very subject to frequent Haemorrhages, let her refrain from Copulation, because this Action brings Blood into the part; Let her observe a cool and moist Diet, and eat all Aperitive, Diuretic or Violent purging Medicines; Let her drink new Milk from the Cow to sweeten the Blood, and frequently drink Broths made of Pullet's, whose Bellies were first stuffed with the cold Seeds. The Cow whose Milk she drinks must be sound and not overheated, fed with good Pasture, and one who has not lately Calved; for all Errors of this kind are dangerous.   

Of a Looseness happening to a Woman newly laid.  
A Looseness when it happens to a Woman soon after her Delivery is dangerous, because it diverts the Cleansings from flowing to the Womb, and by this means often proves fatal to the Patient. That which makes this case dangerous, is, that Remedies proper to stay the Flux, such as Astringents and Purgatives, are not to be admitted of, especially at first. In this case therefore give the Patiented strong Broths to strengthen her, and abate the Flux, give her Anodyne Clysters made of a simple Decoction of Bran, or the cooling Plants either alone, or with the addition of Milk, or the Yolks of Eggs to abate the Pain, or let her take some grains of Laudanum in the Yelk of an Egg. If the Looseness be accompanied with a Fever, let her bleed. However, if there be a visible Danger of the Woman's losing her Life by the continuing of the Flux, use all common Remedies in this case, without the lest Scruple, and when that is stopped, attempt to procure an evacuation of the Cleansings, which for a time were suppressed.   

Of Ruptures of the Belly in Women with Child.  
The Womb sometimes is distended to so large a size, that it breaks through the Peritoneum, and causes Ruptures so large, as to contain the Womb and Child in it. These Ruptures sometimes hap above and below the Navel, between the Musculi Recti, in the Navel itself, and in the Groins, which are the weakest parts of the Belly. They commonly proceed from great Straining of a Woman in Labour, or vehement Vomitings, or violent and frequent Sneezing, or some accidental blow on the Belly. This Disease causes want of Digestion, Vomiting and severe Colic pains, and often when the Gut which is fallen cannot re-enter, Death is the Consequence, or at lest there is a necessity of making an Incision into the Belly, as in a Bubonocele.  
To avoid Accidents of this Nature, the Woman must be forbidden to lace herself, or straiten her Belly, that it may have room to extend itself every way. But if she hap to have a Rupture, she must wear a Bandage with Compresses adjusted to the Part, to prevent the Guts from intruding themselves into the Swelling. If the Rupture be in a place into which the Womb can insinuate itself, the Woman must have an especial care to prevent this Fatal Accident, by the help of good Bandages, and she would do well to keep her Bed during her being with Child.   

Of an Inflammation of the Breasts after Delivery.  
If a Woman with Child has received a Blow on her Breasts, or compressed them by lying on them, or has left too great a quantity of Milk in them, without drawing them, an Inflammation will infallibly ensue, which sometimes is the cause of Apostems or Schirrosities, which degenerate into Cancers. The Breasts being very sensible when they are inflamed, soon produce a continual Fever with Deliriums'.  
The best way to prevent an Inflammation of the Breasts, is to procure a good Evacuation of the Cleansings, and if they are suppressed to provoke them, that so all the Humours which flowed too plentifully to the Breasts, may take their course downwards. For this purpose bleed her first in the Arm, and than in the Foot. In the mean time Embrocate the Breasts well with a Mixture of Oil of sweet Almonds, and after that apply Galen's, cooling Emplaster, with a third part of Populeum, or a Cataplasm made of the Settle found in a Cutler's Grindstone Trough, and Oil of Roses with a little Vinegar, or if the Pain be violent, make a Cataplasm with the Crumb of White Bread, Milk, Oil of sweet Almonds, and the Yolks of Eggs, and apply it to the Breasts, and over that lay Compresses dipped in Oxycrate or Plantain Water. But great caution is to be used in Astringent Remedies, lest if they be too strong, they occasion a Schirrus, which in time may become Cancerous.  
After the Height of the Inflammation is over, let Discutients be used to dissipate the Milk, which flows in too great abundance to the Breasts, but the best way in this case, is to draw them by Sucking; for if any great quantity be left in the Breasts, it will necessarily Suppurate. However it is necessary to use discussing Applications first, because Sucking brings Milk into the Breasts. But if the Milk runs of itself leave it, for this is enough to empty them. Milk may be resolved by applying a Cataplasm of pure Honey to the part, or ●ubbing them with a read Cabbage Leaf, having first deadned it by the Fire, and taking care not to straiten the Breast. The following Discutient is very good. Take a good Read Cabbage and boil it in River Water till it be soft, and the Water evaporated. Pound this in a Wooden or Stone Mortar, and after pass it through a Sieve, adding Honey and Oil of Camomile, and apply this Cataplasm to the Breasts.  
Let the Woman in the mean time use a cool Diet, not very Nourishing, to prevent breeding too much Chile. Let her keep her Body open, that so the Humours may discharge themselves downwards, while the Inflammation remains; let her lie in Bed on her Back, because when she is up, the Weight of her Breasts increases the Pain. On the fourteenth or fifteenth day after her delivery, when the Cleansings are pretty well come away, and she is free from a Fever, she may be purged as often as seems convenient. If notwithstanding the use of these Remedies the Pain does not abate, there is reason to believe there is Pus in the Breasts.   

Of the Curdling and Clodding of Milk in the Breasts.  
About the fourteenth or fifteenth day after Labour, the Milk often is apt to Curdle, and than the Breasts become hard, unequal, and rugged, without any Redness, and all the Glands' filled with curdled Milk, may easily be discerned; The Woman finds a great Pain; and cannot Milk them as before, she finds a Shivering in her Back, which seems to be like Ice. This is followed by a Fever of four and twenty Hours continuance, and sometimes lesle, if the clodding of the Milk do not turn to an Inflammation of the Breast, which will undoubtedly hap, if it be not emptied or dissipated.  
This clodding of the Milk, for the most part proceeds from the Breasts not being well drawn, either because she has too much Milk, or the Infant is too weak, or she has no desire to be a Nurse; for the Milk in these cases remaining in the Breast, sours and clods. This Accident may sometimes hap from taking Cold, or keeping the Breasts not well covered.  
The most certain Remedy in this Case, is to draw the Breasts speedily, till they are well evacuated, but because the Woman is not soft Milcht, and the Child cannot draw them strongly enough, let another Woman draw them till the Milk comes freely, and than she may give the Child Suck; and to the end that she may not afterwards breed more Milk than the Child can draw, let her use a Diet that yields but little Nourishment, and keep her Body open. But when it happens the Woman neither can nor will be a Nurse, than her Breasts must not be drawn, for fear of attracting more Humours, for the Disease will ever recur, if they be not emptied; wherefore it is necessary to prevent the coming of any more Milk into them, and to resolve and dissipate that which is there. For this purpose the Woman must be bled in the Arm, have strong Clysters given her. Bleeding in the Foot and Purging, are very serviceable in this Case, and to resolve and dissipate the curdled Milk, apply some Cataplasm above recommended, as that of pure Honey, or the four Meals boiled in a Decoction of Sage, Mint, Smallage and Fennel, mixing with it Oil of Chamomil, with which Oil the Breasts may be well anointed.  laid over pots of Salt Butter are very good, after having used all things proper to resolve the concreted Milk.   

Of Apostems in the Breasts of a Woman new laid.  
If a Woman feels a great Pain, and there be a stronger Pulsation in one place than another, a Hardness, a Livid Colour, with a softness in the midst, it is a sign the Breasts will Apostemate.  
To suppurate the Apostem, apply on the Breasts an Emollient and Ripening Cataplasm made of Mallows, Marsh-mallows, with their Roots, Lily Roots and Linseed bruised, and boiled to a Pap, that it may be pulped through a Sieve, and so no hardness may be left to hurt the Breasts, which at that time are in great Pain, after mix a good quantity of Hogs-grease or Basilicon with it, or lay a little Cloth thick spread with the same Basilicon, upon the place where it is likely to break, and the Poultis all over it, renewing it twelve Hours after, or at farthest next day, continuing this Remedy till the Apostem be ripe. Or you may make use of the Emplastrum Divinum, malaxed with Oil of Lilies; This is preferable to all others of the like Nature, for this purpose. As soon as the Apostem is Ripe, it must be opened, if it open not of itself. The time when it is sit, may be known by the ceasing of the beating the Woman felt before in her Breasts, and that the Pain and Fever is very much abated, and than besides the middle of the Apostem is raised to a Point, and very soft, and the contained Matter may by the Finger be perceived to fluctuate. The Apertion must be made with a Lancet, or with a grain or two of some Caustick, making it large enough to evacuate the concreted Matter. It is best to use the Lancet, because there is no loss of Substance, and the Scar is not so Disfiguring. The Orifice must be made in the most commodious place, for the Evacuation of the Matter, taking care that none of the large Vessels near the Armpits be opened, After that, all the Matter and putrified clodded Milk is discharged, deterge the Apostem after the ordinary manner, observing not to make the Tents too long, or too hard, but of very soft Dossils' of Lint, without thrusting them too far in, and fasten a Thread to the first to draw it out, if there be occasion, because these Apostems are most commonly deep. If there be great Pain, dip the Pledgits in Oil of Eggs, or Basilicon mixed with some Digestive, if there remain any thing yet to Suppurate; after this deterge the Ulcer with Honey of Roses, or Vnguentum Apostolorum, laying on the Emplast. Divinum, to soften and discuss the remaining hardness.  
If there be several Apostems in different places of the Breast, in this case there is no need of laying open every one of these small Holes, but it suffices to make one or two Apertures in some depending part large enough, because the Breasts are Spongy, and these Apostems communicate with each other. But the most prompt Remedy, is to drive the Milk quite back; and for this purpose give the Woman Clysters, and purge her frequently, confining her to a Diet which is not very Nourishing.  
You must not always stay till the Cataplasms break the Abscesses, and sometimes there is a necessity of opening them with a Lancet, because if the Matter Stagnate too long in the Breasts, it will corrode that Glandulous part, and form Sinuosities very difficult to cure.   

Of the Excoriation and Loss of the Nipples.  
Very often Women that are Nurses, and especially the first time, are subject to have their Nipples excoriated, for the small holes of the Nipples not being sufficiently opened, the Child takes more pains to Suck, than when the Breasts do almost run of themselves. Sometimes these Chaps and Excoriations, do so increase by the Childs continual Sucking, that in the end it quite takes the Nipple of from the Breast, and the Woman is not longer capable of giving Suck, and there remains an Ulcer very hard to be cured.  
This may sometimes hap from Childrens biting and mumping the Nipples, and sometimes their Mouths are so hot, that they make the Nipples sore, as when they have those little Ulcers called Apthae or a Thrush, and much sooner if they have the Pox, with which they infect their Nurses.  
These Excoriations if they are neglected, at length become very Malignant Ulcers. Wherhfore as soon as they begin, let the Woman forbear giving her Child Suck, till they are perfectly cured, and in the mean time drive back the Milk, for fear of an Inflammation, from too great abundance of it. If only one Nipple be sore, she may give Suck with the other; to these sore Nipples, Desiccative Medicines must be applied, as Alom or Limewater, or they may only be bathed with Plantain Water, laying on them small soft Rags dipped in those Liquors, or apply an Emplaster of Ceruse or Pompholyx, or Starch; but an especial care must be taken that nothing be applied which may disgust the Child, for which reason many only use Honey of Roses.  
To prevent Hurts in these Parts, and hinder the Woman's Clotheses from cleaving to them, let a little cap of Lead be put on, as well to defend them, as to give Issue to the Sanies, which proceeds from those little Ulcers, or that the Milk which distils from the Breast, may pass that way.  
If the Child has sucked of the Nipple, the Milk must than be quite dried away, because otherwise it would be impossible to cure these Ulcers, which in time would become callous and malignant.  
If the Child be put to another Nurse, and the Ulcers in its Mouth have no Malignity, 'tis enough to wash them with Barley Water mixed with a little Juice of Citron, and let the Nurse use a cooling Diet.  
When the Nipples are quite lost, the small Holes are closed up by the Ulcers, but if notwithstanding she shall desire to give Suck, another Woman may by degrees make her new Nipples, after the Ulcer shall be perfectly healed, whose Sucking by degrees will draw them out, and by this means unstop the Root of the old Nipples, or if she have no Woman to Suck her, let her use a Glass Instrument, with which she may herself Suck them five or six times a Day, and to shape them and preserve them when they are drawn out, let her put on them a small cap of Wood   

Of the Swelling of the Legs and Thighs, in a Woman newly laid.  
If the Swelling be very great, there be an Inflammation, and it proceed from Suppression of the Cleansings; if there be a Fever, difficulty of Breathing, a great Tension and Pain in the Belly, the case is dangerous. If there be but an indifferent Swelling only, without any of the above mentioned Accidents, there is no great difficulty in the Cure.  
For this purpose, procure a good Evacuation of the Cleansings, give the Woman an Aperitive Ptisan, made with the Roots of Fennel, Parsley and Dogs-grass, with a little Crystal Mineral. Sometimes give her an ounce of Syrup of Maiden Hair in a Glass of the Ptisan, with five or six drops of the dulcified Spirit of Salt, and about half a dram of Sal Polychrestum. If she have no Fever, and it be fifteen days after her Delivery, she may be purged.   

Of the Suffocation of the Womb after Delivery.  
Some Women in Hysterick Fits have a high Pulse, others a very low one, as it were sunk in, others have scarce any at all; some became pale and motionless, others have a good colour in their Cheeks, and have several Convulsions, some have not the lest appearance of Breath, and others Breath with great Difficulty, and great Heave of the Breast; some are insensible, without remembering any thing they have done, or said; others never loose their Reason or Judgement, some are Gay and Merry, Langhing and Singing, others are Sad and Dejected. Some are attacked with frequent Fits, others very seldom. The Fits sometimes last for several Hours or Days, and sometimes are suddenly over. The most ordinary Signs of the Hysterick Passion, are difficulty of breathing, which causes a Suffocation with a great constriction of the Throat, as if the Patient had a Morsel which she could not swallow, and the Throat were gripped with a Man's Hand. There is a great Weakness and Palpitation of the Heart, Nausea's, and sometimes a Flux of Water and Serosities from the Mouth; frequent yawning, sometimes is a Forerunner of the Fit. The Woman feels a Pulsation of the Arteries in the bottom of her Belly, a leaping and contraction of the Womb, a Rusling of wind in the Stomach and Guts which distends them, and bears up the Diaphragm, sometimes she is delirious in the Fit, and has Convulsive Motions preceded by a Pain, Weight, and Dizziness of the Head, Dazzling of the Eyes, Drowsiness and Forgetfulness. Sometimes after these Convulsive Motions, she is thrown into a Mortal Apoplexy, or a Palsy of one side, which continues for several years.  
To prevent this Distemper, if there be a Suppression of the Cleansings, bring them down by relaxing all the parts round the Womb, and the Thighs by a half-Bath, by bleeding in the Foot and purging. If it be a  Woman who labours under this Distemper, let her only bleed, and keep her Body open with Clysters. The use of the Mineral Waters is admirable, to prevent the Hysterical Passion, in case the Patient be not with Child. If the Suffocation proceed from any extraneous Body in the Womb, extract it, or procure its expulsion by Medicines. Let the Patient avoid all sweet scented things, all Sweetmeats, or any thing prepared with Sugar, all Melancholy and disturbing Passions, and keep her Body open. If she be a Married Woman, let her often embrace the privileges of that State if not, let her keep a cooling Diet, using Emulsions and Bathing.  
In the Fit which is ordinarily attended with difficulty of Breathing Suffocation, Weakness, Palpitations of the Heart, it is usual to present to the Patiented things which have a very ill Scent, as Partridge Feathers, or Sols of Shoes burnt. Some fling a Dram of lighted Camphire into a pot of Water, leaving it till it be extinguished, and give this Water to the Patient to drink, or give two or three drops of Oil of Amber in a Spoonful of Broth, or Orange-flower Water. But the best way is to unlace the Patient's , and give her a Spoonful or two of Cinnamon-Water or Aquavitae; this is a good Cordial, and promptly dissipates the Windiness in the Stomach, which is the cause of these Suffocations. A Spoonful or two of Wine alone is very good. Smelling to Spirit of Wine is better than Vinegar. The scent of  Paper, or a Musket Match is very good. If she be with Child, she may not smell too stinking Scents, for fear she Miscarry. If she be not with Child, let her take Sneezing Powders, with Powder of Betony, or Tobacco without Perfume. You may put a grain or two of Salt into the Patient's Mouth, to bring away the Water and Serosities which slow thither in great abundance.  
If any large Evacuations precede the Fit as a great Looseness, Flooding, or an immoderate Flux of the Whites, or a great abundance of the Cleansings, and the Woman's Pulse be low and languid, her Face pale, and her Body cold, you must forbear bleeding; on the contrary, it she have a Florid Colour in her Face, her Pulse be high, and there be a Suppression of the Courses or Cleansings before, and she have Convulsive Motions, I think bleeding is very proper, first in the Arm, and after in the Foot.   

Of the Whites.  
It is very difficult to distinguish Whites in Women, from virulent Gonorrhoea's. In the Whites the Matter is whiter, more serous, especially if it be copious, and lesle foetid than in Gonorrhoea's. On the contrary, in Venereal cases it is more stinking, thick, blackish, yellowish, greenish, and sometimes is of a reddish Colour, by the mixture of a bloody Serosity. When a Woman has the Whites, the Courses become irregular; sometimes instead of her Courses, she has a Flux of Blood which becomes serous, and appears like the Water in which Flesh has been washed; when it is a little abated, after some time some clods of black corrupted blood come away among the putrid Matter. A Woman who has the Whites, can lie with her Husband without pain, but she who has an Ulcer cannot. The Matter which comes away in the Whites, most commonly is White, Serous, not unlike Whey, without any ill Scent, tho' sometimes it is yellow, stinks, and by its Acrimony causes a great Smarting of the Parts. It is very difficult to distinguish the Whites from Gonorrhaea's. Women with Child are more subject to this Distemper, which is occasioned by the Suppression of their Courses. Few Women are wholly exempt from this inconvenience, but at some time or other lalour under it; but some are much more subject to it than others. Women who have not their Courses regularly, those who are Phlegmatic, have a soft Skin, are pale coloured, or lead a Melancholy Sedentary Life, are most of all subject to the Whites; but young Girls who are not of an Age to have their Courses, never have them. The Whites weaken the Woman, humect and relax the Womb to that degree it cannot contract and close itself, and by consequence cause Barrenness. The Woman's Countenance becomes pale, her Legs swell, she loses her Appetite, has Pains in her Back, Weakness, Palpitation of Heart, and Hysterick Fits. If the Whites continued long the Woman is emaciated, and becomes Hectical; Nay, sometimes such a Relaxation of the Womb ensues, that it becomes Cancerous if neglected.  
For the Cure of this Distemper, Bleed and Purge the Patient well, and prescribe a good Diet to her; let her go to the Baths, and after drink the Chalybeate Waters, or others of the like Nature. Phlegmatic Women whose Flesh is tender and soft, aught to drink the hot Waters, as those of Bourbon and Vichy in France [or the Bath in England] or a Sudorific Decoction made of the Roots of China and Salsaparilla, taking for a fortnight before, a Glass of a Laxative and Diuretic Ptisan made of Maiden Hair, Roots of Dog-grass, Asparagus, Smallage and Fennel, with a Dram of Senna, adding every three days, four or five drops of the dulcified Spirit of Salt, or half a Dram of Sal Polycrestum; and during this time, let her observe a good Diet, refraining from Copulation, and avoiding all Melancholy and Dejection of Mind. The most proper time to begin the use of Medicines, is immediately after the Courses are over. After these Medicines, the Patient may use Astringent Injections made of equal parts of Plantain and Myrrh Water, but she must forbear when the time of the Courses is near, for fear they 'cause a Suppression; for my part, I would not advice any Woman to use Styptic Applications, because this part is the common Sink, where all the Filth of the Body is discharged.  
When the Whites are very Acrimonious, and 'cause a smarting of the Parts, Barleywater or Whey, or simple Water may be injected three or four times a Day, (except in the time of the Courses,) to alloy the Heat and Pain, prescribing a good Diet, and between while, purging her till the Cure be completed.  
Thou the Patient may seem to be cured, and the Whites cease, or at lest are very much abated, the Woman must notwithstanding frequently take Medicines, and all her Life observe a good Diet, otherwise she will be in very great danger of a Relapse.   

Of Dieting and ordering a Newborn Babe.  
It is not usual to give a Child Suck, till ten or twelve Hours after its Birth, and than the Nurse must Milk a little into its Mouth and on its Lips to give it a Relish, and when the Child has taken the Breast she must squeeze it till it be accustomed to Suck of its own accord.  
If a Nurse have plenty of Milk, give the Child no other Food for the first two Months; but for the first two or three Days, give it but a little at a time, for fear of overcharging its Stomach, and after increase the quantlty. When the Child is grown a little bigger, you may give it either in the Day or Night, as much as it desires, a little and often, for if it take too much at a time, it vomits it up, the Stomach being too weak to digest it. But if you can govern the Child, it would be better to give it the Breast but once every two Hours, and never in the Nighttime, unless when it wants Sleep.  
After the Child has been fed the first two or three Months with Breast-Milk only, you may give him a Pap made of Flour and Milk, though but little at first, and not too thick neither jest his Stomach be overcharged. That this may be easier of Digestion, put the Meal in an Earthen Pan into an Oven, as soon as the Bread is drawn, stirring it often to dry it equally. Pap made thus, is much better than the common way; for being made with raw Flour, it is very difficult to boil it well, without consuming the best part of the Milk, leaving the thickest part behind, which by its long boiling loses its goodness. When the Child has taken Pap thus made, which must be but once a day, (especially in the Morning) or twice at most, the Nurse may give it Suck to wash it down into the Stomach, and dilute it there.  
If Pap be given to a Child newly Born, as some Women indiscreetly do, it causes Obstructions, Difficulty of Breathing, Gripes, Swelling of the Belly, and Convulsions, of all which Death is the Result, and therefore it is best to forbear the three or four first Months, provided the Nurse do not want, Milk.  
When the Child has sucked its Fill, let the Nurse lay it to Sleep, not in the same Bed she lies in herself, for fear of overlaying it, but in a Cradle close by her Bedside, and let her put a Mantle over the Head of the Cradle, to prevent Dust falling on its Face, and the Daylight, Sunshine, Candle or Fire in the Chamber from offending it; let her lay it to sleep on its Back with its Head a little raised upon a Pillow, and to make it Sleep the sooner, let her rock gently with an equal Motion, without too great shaking; but that she would have him go to sleep, it is best not to use him to it at first. He may sleep at any time in the Day or Night, and ordinarily the better he is the more he sleeps; however if he exceeds in this respect, let his Nurse carry him in her Arms to the Light, sing some little Song to him, show him some glittering thing, or dance him in her Arms.  
When he is in the Cradle, let it be so turned that the Light may be directly in his Face, that he may not be tempted to look aside; for doing so often, his Sight will be perverted, and he become Squint-eyed. But the best way is to let him see no Light at all.  
The Nurse must open and change the Child, at lest twice or thrice a Day, and sometimes in the Night too, if it be necessary to cleanse him from his Excrements, and shifted the Blankets, which must be put into a Bucking-Tub, and not slightly washed, as most hired Nurses do; because there comes a certain Salt from the Excrements, which insinuates itself into them, and causes a great itching, smarting, and excoriation of the Child's Body.  
The Child must always be opened before the Fire, and his Blankets and Clouts well warmed and dried, before he be put into them, lest their cold and dampness, cause a Colic and Gripes. The Nurse must put Rags behind his Ears, and under his Armpits, to dry up the Moisture. During the first four or five Days, she must be careful not to make the remaining part of the Navil-string fall of too soon, before the Vessels be closed, and every time she opens the Child, she must see whether the Navel for want of being tied fast do not bleed; and after the end is fallen of, let her still for some time Swath the Navel, continuing to keep a Compress on it till it be well cicatrized, and something sunk in. Besides this, let her put upon the Mould of the Head under the Biggin, another Compress to keep the Brain warm, and prevent the Child's taking cold. Let her also be very careful not to suffer the Child to cry too much, especially at first, lest the Navel be protruded outwards, and 'cause an Exomphalos, or a Rupture in the Groin. The best way to quiet him is to give him the Breast, and to lay him clean and dry and present something to amuse and please him.  
Some foolish Nurse's use to suck the Child's Breast, to draw out the Serosities, and form a Nipple in Girls, but this is a ridiculous Practice; it suffices in this case to apply Rags dipped in Oil of Roses and Vinegar, and forbear Swathing the Part too straight.  
Of the Weakness of Newborn Children.  
Children sometimes suffer so much by a bad Labour, that it is difficult to know whether they are alive or dead, not any part of their Body having the least sensible Motion, and being as Blue and Livid, especially in the Face, as if they were choked. However, you may be assured a Child is alive, if laying the Hand upon the Breast you feel the Motion of the Heart, or touching the Navel-string near the Belly, a small Pulsation of the Arteries may be perceived.  
The best-help in this case, is to lay him speedily in a warm Bed and Blanket, and carry him to the Fire, and there let the Midwife sup some Wine and spout it into his Mouth, repeating it if there be occasion; let her lay Rags dipped in warm Wine to the Breast and Belly, and let the Face be uncovered, that he may draw Breath the easier, let her keep his Mouth open a little, and cleanse his Nostrils with small Linen Tents dipped in White-wine.   

Of Contusions or Bruises of a Newborn Child.  
Children frequently receive Bruises on the Head in their Birth, and sometimes have a knob near as big as an Egg, especially if the Mother be in Years, and it be her first Child, because the inner Orifice of the Womb is Callous, and cannot be dilated without great difficulty, and the Midwife sometimes does much mischief by handling it too roughly.  
These tumors are often so large, that they hinder the Artist from discovering which part presents, and often times make them think it is the Shoulder which they feel. But this Error is easily discerned, because these tumors though feeling fleshy, are notwithstanding harder than any Shoulder or Buttock of a Child, which parts are always soft and without Hair, as the Head hath; besides the Bones may be easily perceived, if the Finger being anointed with Oil or fresh Butter, it can be introduced into the inner Orifice, for the Parts within the Womb are not Swelled. If a Child comes with any part besides the Head, and they remain a long time pressed in the Passage, they will swell likewise.  
The best way to prevent these sort of tumors, is to procure a speedy Delivery. To this end grease well the Internal Orifice of the Womb to relax it, and dispose it to give way for the passage of the Child; and as soon as the Child is born, foment the tumors with warm Wine or Spirit of Wine, and lay Compresses dipped in the same on them; some Midwives only dip a Compress in Oil and Wine bear together. If a Tumour will not be discussed by this means, but comes to Suppuration, the Matter must be let out as soon as is possible, for fear it corrupt the Bones of the Head; In this case it must be opened with a Lancet, and an Emplaster of Betony applied on the Wound. If it be any other Part than the Head which is swol●, let it be wrapped in Compresses dipped in a Decoction of Provence Roses, Camomile Flowers, and Melilot.  
Some Male Children have the Scrotum very much swelled, which may proceed from a Contusion or Waters contained in it. In both these cases, Compresses dipped in Wine with Roses boiled in it, must be applied.  
The greatest Mischief is, when by the badness of the Labour or unskilfulness of the Midwife, a Leg or Arm is broken or dislocated; if this hap a Surgeon must be called, and the Part dressed after the same manner as in grown Persons, having regard to the Weakness and softness of the Bone.   

Of the Mould and the Sutures of the Head being too open.  
Very often Children who come before their time, have the Mould of their Head, and the Sutures open. This arises from the distance and separation of the Bones from one another, which are not steady, but may be moved to and from, and yield on every side. When this happens, you must not think to bring the Bones together by binding the Head straight, for this would press the Brain which is very tender, and kill the Child. It is sufficient to bind them softly with a small Crosscloth, to prevent the inconvenience of their being unsteady, and commit the rest to Nature's Work, which in time will unite the Bones.  
There are some Children which have the Mould open till they are three years old more or lesle, according to their Strength. In this case, 'tis convenient to cover the Part with a Linen Cloth three or four times double to prevent taking cold, and to defend the Brain from external Injuries.  
It happens sometimes, that although the Bones be big enough to unite in all Parts; yet they are separated from each other in the place of the Sutures, by a quantity of Waters contained between them and the Dura Mater, and sometimes between the Skin and the Pericranium, or the Pericranium and the Skull, and sometimes in the Sinus of the Brain itself. If the Water is contained between the Teguments and the Bones, and the Swelling be not very large, the Child may be cured by opening and evacuating the Waters, or discussing them.   

Of Gripes and Pains in the Belly of a young Child.  
Many Children are so gripped, that they cannot forbear crying out Night nor Day. This is the first Distemper which happens to them, and they often die of it.  
The principal cause of these Gripes, is the Meconium which is contained in their Guts, which by its long stay there grows sharp, and pricks their Membranes, or becoming hard, the Infant cannot voided it, nor the new Excrements, which proceed from the Milk which he first Sucks. It sometimes happens because the Child not being able to Suck with ease, he swallows in sucking the Milk with Difficulty, much Air and Wind, which being retained in the Stomach, and sliding into the Guts does distend them, and 'cause a great deal of Pain.  
This Wind is sometimes caused by a Child's taking a greater quantity of Milk than he can digest, or the Woman giving her Breast-Milk soon after Labour, before it be purified, or perhaps because the Child has taken Cold. Very often these Gripes proceed from giving him Pap too soon, or not well boiled; because this is Gross, Viscous, and apt to engender Wind in the Stomach. Worm's sometimes by their stirring and biting, do very much torment Children. In the last place, the Midwife may have caused this by forcing back the cold and clodded Blood out of the Navel-string before it be tied.  
To avoid these Pains, the Nurse must avoid giving the Child suck till the next Day, lest the Milk mix with the Excrements, and so corrupt and grow sour, increasing the quantity by little and little, till the Child be used to this sort of Food. If it be the Meconium, which by its long stay causes these pains; give them at the Mouth a little Oil of sweet Almonds or Syrup of Roses, and put a Suppo●tory made of Beet stalks into the Fundament, or a Sugar Almond dipped in Honey, or a small Clyster.  
If the Child cannot Suck, and this proceed from its being Tongue-tied, the Fraenum must be cut in the manner shall be taught in its proper place, and if the Nurse be hard Milcht, change her for another.  
Whilst the Child is gripped give it no Pap, because this Food does created Obstructions, breed Wind, and often 'cause Convulsions.  
If the Gripes proceed from Worms, lay a Cloth dipped in Oil of Wormwood mixed with Ox Gall on the Belly, or a small Cataplasm made with Powders of Rue, Wormwood, Coloquintida, Alees, and the Seeds of Citrons incorporated with Oxgall, and  of Lupins, and if it can take any thing by the Mouth, give it a small infusion of Rhubarb, or half an Ounce of compound Syrup of Succory, having before given it a small Clyster of Milk and Sugar.  
When these Gripes are caused by Wind, or any sharp Humours in the Guts, anoint the Child's Belly all over with Oil of sweet Almonds, or Oil of walnuts, Camomile, and Mellot mixed together (having first warmed them) in which also a Cloth may be dipped to lay upon it, or a small Pancake may be made with an Egg or two fried in Oil of walnuts, and applied to it, or you may give the Child a little Anodine or Carminative Clyster as occasion requires ever keeping him very warm.   

Of the Inflammation, ulceration, Shooting forth, or Rupture of the Navel of a young Infant.  
If the Navel-string fall of before it be entirely closed and cicatrized, there happens an Inflammation and Ulceration at other times; (although it be outwardly healed, yet not being so within) it is dilated, and protruded out till the Tumour be as big as an Egg, which is called an Exomphalos. This proceeds from the continual cries of the Child, or some violent Cough.  
In this case endeavour by all means to appease the Child's Cough, and quiet it to prevent its continual Crying, without which the ●umour would daily increase. If the Child's un●●smess pro●●ed from the Gripes, they may be Remedied in the manner above directed. If the Navel be inflamed, apply Galen 's Cerate mixed with a Moiety of Populeon, or a small Compress dipped in a Mixture of Oil of Roses and Vinegar, or Unguent of Roses with Album Rhasis.  
When the Ligature is come away, and the Navel is Ulcerated, apply Desiccative and Restringent Medicines, as Rags dipped in Limewater, which is not too strong, or Plantane-water with a little Alum dissolved in it. If the Ulcer be very small, lay on it a little Pledgit of dry Lint, some add a little Powder of a rotten Post. These Medicines are better than Emplasters which are never so drying, by reason of the Greases and Oils in their Composition, Ceruse Emplaster, or Desiccativum Rubrum, or Diapompholygos are the best, in applying which, you must observe to lay a Compress of Rags, and keep it on by Swathing the part, till the Navel be entirely form, for the Child by its crying breaks the Vessels, or causes an Exomphalos.  
As to the Rupture of the Navel in young Children, the cure of it must not be undertaken otherwise than by Swaths and Compresses sitted for the purpose, at lest till such time as they are grown to a competent bigness, and than if these do not effect the cure, you may perform the Operation.  
If after the Inflammation there ensues an Apostem, the Child most commonly dies; for if it be opened to discharge the Matter, the Guts protrude themselves out, as soon as the Child gins to cry. If the Surgeon be solicited to make the Operation, let him deliver his Prognostic, that so the Child's Death if it should so fall out, may not be imputed to him.  
But if the Apostem be small, and the Child has Courage and Strength enough to endure it, let him open it a little, which possibly may free the Child from this inconvenience.   

Of the Smarting, Redness and Inflammation of the Groins, Buttocks, and Thighs of an Infant.  
If the Nurse does not keep the Child very clean, the Acrimony of the Excrements will not fail to 'cause a Redness and Smarting, and Inflammation of the Groins, Thighs and Buttocks. She must therefore keep it very cleanly, use a cooling Diet herself, and refrain from all things which are apt to heat the Blood, that so the Heat of the Child's Water may be allayed. Let her Bathe the part inflamed with Plantain Water, adding a sourth part of Lime Water, or if the Pain be very great, foment it with lukewarm Milk. Many Women use Powder of a rotten Post, or a little Mill-dust which they strew on it. Album Rhasis, or Diapompholygos spread on a Rag in form of an Emplaster, is not amiss, but the best of all is a Lotion of Saccharum Saturni, the effect of which, may be seen in an Hour after. When the Nurse opens the Child, let her be careful to wrap the Inflamed parts with fine white Rags, that they may not by rubbing together, be more galled and pained.   

Of Ulcers or a Thrush in the Mouth of a Child.  
Very often the Milk of a Nurse that is Redhaired, addicted to Drinking, or very Amorous by its Heat and Acrimony, causes small Ulcers in a Child's Mouth, which are called Aphthae, and sometimes Cankers. Some of these are simple and superficial, and are cured with much ease, some again are ill conditioned, and caused by a Pocky venom, and hap after Malignant Fevers, or are Scorbutic and putrid; these spread themselves to the Throat, make deep Escars, and often are Mortal to Children, because they want Strength to undergo the cure.  
To cure Ulcers in the Mouth, you must take care to alloy the Heat of the Nurse's Milk, prescribing her a cooling Diet, (and Bleeding and Purging her if she be Plethoric) and wash the Child's Mouth with Barley or Plantain Water, and Honey of Roses, or Syrup of dry Roses, mixing a little Verjuice, or Juice of Citron to deterge the Viscid Humours, and cool the Mouth. For this purpose, fasten a dry Rag to the end of a hule Stick, and dip this in any of the above mentioned Medicines, apply it gently to the Ulcerated part, to prevent the Inflammation from being increased by a violent rubbing. During this, the Child's Body must be kept open.  
If the Ulcers participate of any Malignity, let such Topics be applied as will have a prompt effect. For this purpose touch them with Plantain Water sharpened with Spirit of Vitriol taking care to prevent the Child from swallowing it. The Remedies must be so much sharper and stronger, as the Ulcers are deeper and more malignant; as soon as they are cauterised with this Water, let the Child's Mouth be washed with a Decoction of Barley, Agrimony, and Honey of Roses, or touch them with the same. As often as you shall think convenient, at lest till a slop be put to their spreading. Some rather choose to cauterize these with small Tents of Rags dipped in boiling Oil, because they apprehended if the Child should swallow them, that they could not in the lest prejudice it. It will not be amiss to purge of the ill Humours in the Child's Body, by giving him a little clean Cassia or Syrup of Succory with Rhubarb. If the Ulcers are Venereal, these Remedies will have little effect.   

Of the Pain and other Accidents in breeding the Teeth.  
The Breeding of Teeth is the cause of a great many Accidents, and often proves fatal to Children. In the time of their cutting, they are troubled with Inflammations of the Gams, Fevers, Convulsions, Loosnesses, especially when the Dog or Eye-teeths cur, and the Child is large, full of Humours and Costive.  
When the Teeth cut, the Gums and Cheeks swell, there is a great Heat and Itching, which often makes Children put their Fingers into their Mouth to rub them, from whence some moisture Distils down into the Mouth, because of the Pain they feel there; the Nurse in giving them suck, finds the Mouth hotter; they are very much changed and cry every Moment, and cannot sleep, or but very little; and small points of the Teeth may be seen and felt through the Gums, which appear thin and pale on the top, and Read and Inflamed on the sides; and if it happens to be a long time, the Pain is so excessive, that it sometimes kills the Child.  
To prevent these Accidents, the Nurse must keep a good Diet, and use all things that may alloy the Heat of her Milk, for fear of putting the Child in a Fever, who already is very much in Pain; and let his Body he kept open with Clysters if he be bound.  
To help the cutting of the Teeth, let the Nurse from time to time pass her Finger over the Child's Gums, gently rubbing them; and give him a stick of Liquorice to champ, or a little end of a small new Wax-candle, which is very good to soften the Gum; or a Silver Coral with small Bells to divert him from thinking on the Pain he feels. Some Women instead of a Coral, put a Wolf's Tooth in. If the Gums are hard and thick, these things do no good; some Nurses make an Incision with their Nail; but 'tis better done with a Lancet, because that is not so painful, and makes no Contusion.  
If the Pain in cutting of the Teeth cause Convulsions, open the Gum with an Incision Knife, going so deep till you feel the Hardness of the Teeth with the Instrument; keep the Child's Body open, forbear giving him Pap, anoint his Belly with some Purgative Syrup, and the hinder part of his Neck with Oil of Lilies, and let the Nurse observe a good Diet.   

Of a Looseness in Children.  
Children being wholly fed with Liquids', the Fibres of the Stomach are relaxed, which is apt to 'cause a perpetual Looseness. This often happens by reason of the great Pain which attends the cutting of the Teeth, and sometimes from the sharpness of the Milk which irritates the Guts.  
A Looseness which is of no long standing, and without a Fever, is not to be accounted dangerous, but if it continued long, it will be convenient to put a stop to it, for sear the Child be too much weakened by it; for this purpose let him suck well purified Milk, giving but a little at a time, to the end he may the better digest it; give him an Infusion of Rhubarb, to purge away the ill Humours; gentle Anodyne Clysters may be likewise given with Milk, Yolks of Eggs, and Honey of Roses; but after purging, let them be made with Plantain Water. You may likewise mix the Yelk of an Egg in the Pap he eats, rub his Belly with Oil of Quinces, and lay upon his Stomach Compresses dipped in Read Wine, in which Provence Roses have been boiled.   

Of Vomitings.  
Vomiting in Infants is frequently the occasion of other Distempers, if it proceeds too far. It most commonly proceeds from their drawing more Milk than their small tender Stomaches can retain and digest. Sometimes the badness of the Milk, the Nurses dancing the Child too much, a violent Cough, or too great a Compression of the Stomach, are the causes of this Accident; to all which the sweetness and lukewarmness of the Milk contribute much.  
When the Child sucks more than it should, the Nurse must not give it so much, and but a little at a time. If the Milk be bad, let the Nurse be changed for a better; if the Vomiting be caused by a Cough, some proper Remedies must be used to appease it; if by the dancing of the Child, the Nurse must forbear shaking it so rudely; if from a Compression of the Belly, care must be taken that it be not Swathed so straight. If there be any ill Humours in the Stomach, it will be convenient to purge the Child, with a gentle Infusion of Rhubarb, or half an ounce of compound Syrup of Succory; and after this, if judged necessary, it may take a little Syrup of Quinces, and Compresses dipped in an Infusion of Provence Roses, Cinnamon and Cloves in Read Wine, may be laid on the Stomach.   

Of Ruptures in Children.  
The most frequent causes of this Accident are their vehement Crying, and violent Coughs; besides the Moisture and Softness of their Bodies does not a little contribute to this: in the last place too straight Swathing by forcing down the Guts, often causes Ruptures.  
This Mischief must be remedied as soon as discovered, because the continual descent of the Gut, dilates the place through which it falls every day more and more. Ruptures in Children are more easily cured, than in grown Persons.  
Whilst Children are in Swaddling Clouts, the cure of true Ruptures which hap to them, must not be undertaken but by a Swathe-band, which is sufficient. This is effected by a Roller, putting a Compress or Truss just upon the Rupture, after having first reduced the Gut and Omentum into their Natural place. To do this, lay the Child with his Head low, than with both Hands reduce them by degrees, thrusting the Tumour with one Hand, and putting in the Gut with the other; after the Guts are reduced, lay a thick Compress on the dilated place, and Swath it in the same manner as was directed in the Rupture of the Groin or Bubonocele. Because it is very difficult for a Nurse to make this Bandage, a small Truss may be used in stead of it, which must be waked to prevent being rotten by the Child's Water, and more than one must be had in readiness for change. For the better curing the Child, let him be kept in Bed forty or fifty days, and care be taken to prevent his Coughing and Crying, and his Belly must not be compressed. Some foment the place with Smith's Water, and than lay on Emplast. ad Herniam.  
The Hydrocele or Hernia-Humoralis, is a Collection of Waters in the Scrotum. To refolve these tumors use Spirit of Wine, or a Fomentation made of a Decoction of Camemil, Melilot, Rue, Margerum, and Fennel, and apply Compresses dipped in it to the part, and after this dry the Scrotum with a Solution of Alum in Limewater, and to strengthen the part, lay Compresses dipped in a Decoction of Roses and Alum in Read Wine.  
If these Remedies are ineffectual, make an Aperture with the Lancet to evacuate the Waters.   

Of Scabs upon the Head and Face of young Children.  
These are seldom Malignant, and it is a mark that they are not so, when they are only superficial, moist and yellow, and when their Crust is removed, the Skin appears of a Florid read Colour, without any notable Ulceration.  
The Humours must never be repelled, because the discharge they make is useful to preserve the Body from ill Distempers, and the Child ever has its Health best when they come out. However to prevent the breeding of ill Humours, take care that the Nurse be a Sound and Healthy Woman, keep the Child's Body open, and purge it now and than with a little Syrup of Roses or Succory. The crust must be digested and brought of, to give the Matter a better issue; for which purpose you may make use of fresh Butter or Oil of sweet Almonds, laying on a Cabbage or Beet Leaf after, which must be renewed twice or thrice a Day, to avoid the offensive Scent, Continued the use of these Remedies till the Child be cured, ever endeavouring to procure a plentiful discharge of Matter, after which Nature will finish the rest of the Cure. In the mean time keep the Child's Hands tied to prevent his Scratching his Face, which would inflame it more, and bring down a Flux of Humours.   

Of the Smallpox and Measles in Children.  
The Small Pox is a Disease in which abundance of small Pustles do break out all over the Body, which grow white, and after ripen. The Symptoms of the Small Pox and Measles are so very like, that it is difficult to distinguish them on the first, second or third Day.  
The Signs which precede the Eruption of the Pox are a Fever, Stupor, a great Beating and Pain of the Head, Lassitude, a Pain in the Back, Sickness, Vomiting, Difficulty of Breathing, Yawning, Sneezing, Itching of the Nose, Inflammation of the Eyes, a general weariness of the whole Body, and a Urine very turbid. As for the Eruption upon the third or fourth Day, a great many small Pustules arise, which increase in bigness and number till the eighth or ninth Day; at which time they grow white, and gradually ripen; and the Face and Head Swell, the Eyes are closed by the distension of the Eyelids, the Nose is stopped, the Voice grows Hoarse, there is a dry Cough, a Pain in the Throat, and a great Difficulty of Breathing; If there be abundance of Pustules, the whole Body is Swollen.  
There is a sort of Small Pox voided of Malignity, this at first is attended with a Fever, which ceases immediately after the Eruption, the Pustules rise to a point, suppurate kindly, and are soon well. The Matter is white, uniform, and well digested: When the Distemper is Malignant, the Pustles are brown, flat, livid, or ill coloured, have little black spots in their middle, break out more slowly than when they are kind, have no Digestion at all, or at lest a very bad one, are filled with a Sanious Matter, attended with a Malignant Fever, Delirium, Difficulty of Breathing, Syncope, and Dysenteries; sometimes they leave behind them Malignant Ulcers, Cariosity of the Bones, loss of Sight, Deformity of the Face, or Lameness of some Limb.  
If the Fever be not very high, and abate in proportion to the Eruption of the Pustles, if they be not very numerous, and grow white and ripen quickly, the Distemper is not very dangerous, but if the contrary hap, it is a sign of Death. The Small Pox in Children, is not so dangerous as in grown Persons, because their Skin is more soft and Porous, so that they break out more kindly than in those who have the Skin more compact, and the Pores not so open.  
The Measles are never so dangerous as the Small Pox, because the Peccant Matter Transpires more easily and quickly. These are most commonly over in three or four Days, after which the Pox sometimes appears, which occasions the one Distemper to be mistaken for the other.  
For the more successful curing this Distemper, prescribe the Child a good Diet, let him forbear all solid Meats, and feed only on Liquids; such as Veal or Chicken Broth, or a little Jelly. Let him drink a Prisan of French Barley, Roots of Dog's Grass, Liquorice, and Raisins of the Sun. Never give Pap to a Sucking Child, till it be perfectly recovered, and let the Nurse keep a cooling Diet. Do not suffer her to carry her Child into the open Air, but let her keep it close in the Chamber, neither too hot nor too cold; for too hot an Air dissipates the Spirits, and too cold an one stops the Pores, hinders Transpiration, and checks the Eruption. The Child's Sleep must be moderate, and his Belly kept open. If the Small Pox be attended with a High Fever in the beginning, together with a Difficulty of Breathing, and other like Symptoms bleeding is necessary. Purging in the beginning of the small Pox is not to be admitted, for fear of turning the course of Humours which tend toward the Skin, but after it is proper to evacuate the remaining impurities.  
From time to time give the Child all sort of Cordial and Strengthening Things, such are a pure Air, good wholesome Food, Juice of Oranges, Syrup of Lemons, and Pomgranats in the Ptisan, or a little Wine allayed with Water, but if it be a sucking Child, Milk must serve in stead of all other Cordials.  
As soon as the Pustles begin to appear, anoint them with Oil of sweet Almonds, rubbing them with a Feather dipped in it. Some use Cream, fresh Butter, or Stolen Lard melted and washed in Rose-water, and beaten up in a Marble Mortar, and with this they grease them till they are perfectly cured. When the Pustles are ripe, which may be known by their Whiteness and Itching, which usually is about the Ninth Day, the biggest of them may than be pierced (by a Gold or Silver Needle, or by cutting the cops with a pair of Scissors) to discharge the Matter, lest by its too long stay, it ulcerate and corrode the Part too deeply. Afterwards to dry them up, anoint the Face with a Lineament made of fresh Cream, mixed with white Chalk, continuing this Remedy till the Scabs be quite fallen of, using it Night and Morning, or make use of Ointment of Roses, with a little powdered Ceruse mixed with it.  
To prevent the Small Pox from causing too great a Defluxion on the Eyes, apply cooling Remedies, as Rose and Plantain Water from the beginning, Breast Milk is very good to bathe the Eyes with; Let the Nurse from time to time unstop the Child's Nose, that so he may breathe with more ease. Give him sometimes a little Syrup of Violets to smoothen his Throat, or give him a little Syrup of Lemons or Pomgranats, but Milk alone is sufficient for a Sucking Child.   

How to cure the Venereal Pox in Children.  
If the Mother have the Pox when the Child is born, it will infallibly be infected by her, and this may be easily discovered when it is so, by Bustles and Ulcers in all parts of the Body, especially in the Belly, Fundament, Head, and between the Legs.  
If the Nurse who gives it Suck be Poxed, she will communicate it to the Child with her Milk. In this case the Distemper first appears in the Child's Mouth, and the sharpness of the Milk makes several Ulcers in it. But we must not presently conclude the Nurse has the Pox, because the Child has Pustles in several parts of its Body, for these sometimes proceed from the Milk being overheated, and therefore some other Symptoms must be looked for before you can be assured of it.  
There is nothing farther necessary for the cure of simple Pustles, than changing the first Nurse, and giving the Child to another whose Milk is sweeter, and who will take care to keep it clean. But Children who come into the World with the Pox on them, most commonly die of it, and those who receive it from their Nurses, are very difficultly cured, their tender Age being unable to support the Fatigue of Medicines.  
If the Nurse be Poxed, take the Child from her and give it to one who is Sound, who must be confined to a cooling Diet. Let the Nurse wash her Nipple with Wine every time she gives the Child Suck, and let her Purge from time to time, for fear of being infected. If no Nurse can be found who will venture to Suckle the Child for fear of being infected herself, take one who has abundance of Milk, and let her squeeze her Breast and drop it into the Child's Mouth, or let her Milk her Breast into a Porringer, and give it a Spoonful now and than, or let her put her Milk into a Funnel, at the end of which there is fastened a Rag rolled up, and put this into the Child's Mouth for him to suck, or dip Rags in her Milk and let him suck them. But the best way is to let him suck a young Goat, fed on purpose with good Hay, and other convenient things.  
Let the Child be Bled and Purged, and after if he have Strength enough, anoint him with a Mercurial Ointment, rubbing only the Pustles and Ulcers, in doing which and reiterating the Frictions a small Flux will be raised by degrees, which must be almost insensible, lest the Humours being stirred and carried in too great abundance to the Mouth, 'cause it to Swell and Ulcerate, and hinder the Child's Sucking. Wherhfore but a small quantity, of Mercury must be mixed with the Ointment, and after one Friction or two, you must forbear five or six Days; and see how the Flux will rise, and than if there be occasion, give a few Grains of the Mercurial Panacea in the Child's Pap. Let the Nurse wash its Mouth with a Lotion of Barley Water, with the addition of Honey of Roses, or Syrup of Wormwood with White-wine, to clear it from the froth which is usually gathered about it, and that he may voided the Drivel better, let him lie upon his Side and not upon his Back, lest falling upon the Stomach or upon the Lungs, it should choke him. Let him be always kept warm without carrying him into the Air, and watch diligently the effects of the Medicine.  
The common Way to make this Mercurial ointment, is thus; Take half an Ounce of Quick-silder, pass it through a Leather to clear it from its adhering Filth, and than mix it in a Mortar with four Ounces of Hogs. Grease, till it be very well incorporated; than take two Drams of this Ointment for each Friction, more or lesle in proportion to the Child's Strength.   

How to choose a good Nurse.  
The Mother is doubtless the best Nurse that a Child can have, if there be no reason to the contrary. The best Age for a Nurse, is from 25 Years to 35, because about that time, a Woman is stronger and more healthy than at any other. The common Opinion is, that a Woman is most fit to be a Nurse, two or three Months after her Delivery, because at that time the Milk is purified, and her Body purged by her Cleansings, but she cannot be so much longer, because in this case the Milk would not continued so long, as would be necessary to suckle the Child. She must not have Miscarried, but had her Child at due time. The Milk of a Woman who has been Delivered of a Male Child, is commonly thought to be best, and it is to be preferred if it be her Second Child, because she may than very well be supposed to have some Experience in the Ordering and Managing her Infant. Mauricean prefers Milk of a Fortnight old, to that of three or four Months, and if it be for a Girl, he prefers a Nurse who has a Girl, to one who has had a Boy.  
She must be Sound and Healthy, and born of Parents who were so, and never had the, Stone, Gout, Kings-Evil, Falling-Sickness, or any other Hereditary Distemper. She ought to have a clear Skin free from all Scabs, Itch or Scald; she ought to be strong and able to watch and tend the Child as occasion requires. It is convenient she be of a middle Stature, neither too large nor too little, too lean or too fat; but above all, she must not be with Child. Let her Complexion be Sanguine, and her Flesh plump and firm. She must not have her Courses, for that is a sign her Blood is too hot, or she is too amorous; she must not have the Whites, for these are a sign of a bad Habit, she must not be read Haired, or marked with any Spots, but her Hair must be black or of a Chestnut brown. She must be well shaped, neat in her , and handsome in her Face, having a Sprightly Eye, and Smiling Countenance; she must have good Eyes, Sound and White Teeth, and aught to have a Sweet Voice, to sing to and please the Child. She must have no ill Scent come from her, as usually read Haired Women have, and those who have black Hair and a white Skin, for their Milk is Hot, Sharp, and of an ill Taste and Scent; She must not have a strong Breath, as they who have a stinking Nose, and bad Teeth, because she would infect the Child's Lungs by often drawing in the corrupted Air.  
Her Breasts ought to be pretty large to contain a sufficient quantity of Milk; they ought to be pretty firm and plump, and not flaggy or hanging down; for a large strutting Breast, is the Mark of a good Habit of Body. As for the Nipples they must be well shaped, not too big nor hard, nor callous, nor sunk in, but they must be raised, and have several small Holes that the Child may Suck without any great pains; she must have Milk sufficient, and not in too great excess, because the Child not being able to draw it, it grows stolen in the Breast, and by its long stay there, turns sour and curdles; and therefore she may let another Child suck the remainder. Her Milk must not be too thick nor too waterish, which may be known by Milking it into the Hand, and the turning it a little on one side, for if it run of immediately, it is a sign it is too Fluid, but if it do not run of at all, it is too thick; the good is of a consistence between both, which runs of gently in proportion to the inclining of the Hand, and leaves a Trace behind it. The whitest Milk is the best, and the farther any recedes from that the worse it is, it ought to have a pleasant smell, and aught to be well tasted, that is, sweet and sugared without any Acrimony or Heat. But we must not forget one principal condition of a good Nurse, and that is, that she be an Honest and Conscientious Woman, because these qualities will make her sober and careful of her charge, and preserve her from Drinking and Venery.   

How to prevent Childrens growing Squint-eyed, Awry, Crooked or Lame.  
To prevent a Child's becoming Squint-eyed, choose a Nurse whose Sight is firm and strait, lest by her ill example, he get a bad Habit, Children being wondrous apt to imitate what they see done. Let his Cradle be ever so placed, that he may always have the light before him, because when it is on one side, the Muscles of the Eye are apt to act independently on one another. To redress this inconvenience, let the Child wear a Mask upon its Face with two small Holes right against the Eyes to see through, which will 'cause him perceiving no light but through them to direct his Eyes that way, and by degrees quit the ill Habit he has got of looking aside.  
To prevent the Child's growing crooked, awry or lame, the Nurse must swaddle his Body straight, equally extending his Arms and Legs, and Swathing his Body sometimes one way, sometimes another, jest if she should swaddle it always alike, the parts should retain an ill Figure. The Nurse must lay him on his Back straight and not bending, and when she holds him in her Arms, let her carry him sometimes upon one, and sometimes upon another, for holding his Legs always in the same Fashion, it would be a great Hazard if they did not grow crooked, and this compression especially about the Knees, is the cause why so many Children have crooked Legs.  
When any Parts have contracted an ill Figure from whatever cause it proceed, let this be remedied with Swaths and Compresses conveniently placed, to keep the Part in a good Posture, whilst the Child is in his Clouts. When he is grown a little bigger, small Leather Boots may be used to straighten the Legs; if the Foot only be awry, Shoes underlayed of one side higher than the other, will serve the turn. When the Breast or Backbone are in fault, it must be helped if possible, or at lest hinder from growing worse, by a little Bodice of strong Whale-Bone very well lined on that side where it jets out. A Cross made of Steel is now in use, the Traverse of which passes over both Shoulders, and the perpendicular lengthways of the Body, this Instrument is very convenient, and does not appear.  
Those who would seriously apply themselves to the Practice of Deliveries ought to have that excellent Piece of the famous M. Mauriceau on this Subject ever before them, and read it Day and Night. I dare engage the intelligent Reader will perpetually found new matter in it. This is a Noble, Useful and Lasting Monument, from which Posterity will reap great Advantages.    

REMARKS.  
Mauriceau assures us, He delivered a Woman of a Dead Child, which she had retained in her Womb for two Months, after being severely exercised with a Violent Cough. Thou the Child was entirely stripped of its Scarf-skin; yet it had not the lest ill Scent, being kept in this manner from all manner of Cadaverous Putrefaction. The Mother retained it to the end of the ninth Month, without any notable inconvenience (and continued in perfect good Health till after her Delivery.  
The same Author relates, Obs. 465. that on the 21st of November, 1686. He laid a Woman nine Months gone with Child of a Girl perfectly Sound, her Burden appeared to be Sound, though the Mother had in the Neck of the Womb several Miliary Pustles and Yellow Excrescences, which undoubtedly proceeded from a Virulent Gonorrhaea, which her Husband probably had given her above a year before.  
Obs. 422. He relates that on the 25th of January, 1686. He happily delivered a Woman of a Male Child, the Child was seized with a great Defluxion on the Head, caused by a great quantity of cold Water which the Priest poured on the Mould in Baptising him. This cold Water created so great an Obstruction, that it could not breath through the Nose, and therefore was incapable of Sucking, and obliged to quit the Breast, as soon as it had taken it into its Mouth, and this killed the Child in four days after.  
Obs. 692. He tells us a Woman Miscatryed of a Foetus wholly emaciated, which was about the length of a Man's Finger, being about three Months gone, and this was occasioned by a great Clap of Thunder which surprised her.  
Obs. 688. This Author mentions a Woman who was delivered at Nine months' end of a Girl very sound and well, though the Mother voided near a Quart of Water in one Day, above two Months before, and after voided a considerable quantity more at different times. He makes a question whether these Waters were the effect of a Dropsy, or were really the Child's Waters, and concludes they could not be any other than a Dropsy, because the Child had been incapable of sustaining such a loss, and the Woman must of necessity have been delivered when the first Waters came away.  
Obs. 489. He tells us he had laid a Woman of 35 years of Age, whose Hymen was entire, and only perforated with a small Hole, she was with Child though her Husband could never break that Membrane, and enter her Body, as she herself assured him. This Example makes it evident, that a Woman may become big with Child without introducing the Yard, and that it is sufficient that the Seed be lodged within the Neck of the Womb.  
Obs. 393. He remarks, that a Woman of sixteen years of Age and a half was got with Child tho' she never had had her Courses.  
Obs. 20. He tells us that a Woman having had a continual Oppression in the time of her going with Child, was bled four or five times in the Arm, twice in the Foot, once in the Throat, notwithstanding which she was delivered of a Healthy Child at her due time.  
Obs. 30. He tells us that a Woman of Eighteen years of Age, was happily delivered at her due time of her first Child who was very well, as the Mother herself was, though she had been bled Ninety times during her going with Child, particularly in her eighth Month 22 times in the Arm, and twice in the Foot.  
Obs. 23. He tells us that a Woman of 22 years of Age, and seven Months gone with Child, underwent a Salivation for the cure of a Pox; The Flux was so copious, that she filled five or six Basins every Day. This Woman was cured of her Distemper, and at last happily delivered at her due Term of a Healthy, Sound, Child, which perhaps would have died of the Pox, if the Woman had not gone through this Course.  
Obs. 40. He relates that a Woman having a Prolapsus of the Womb made use of a Pessary, who was notwithstanding got with Child, though she did never take that Pessary out.  
Obs. 70. He tells us that a Woman who had been Hydropical for the space of nine Years, was notwithstanding pregnant, and when her time was up, delivered of a lusty Child; the Dropsy increased till the time of her Delivery, and she had four Children whilst her Distemper was on her, amongst which was a Girl who appeared to be seven years of Age, when she was really not above four and a half. After her Delivery, her Belly did not sink more than if a Pullet's Egg had been excluded, and she appeared as big as if she had near 30 quarts of Water in her Belly.  
Obs. 249. He relates that a Woman whose Belly was two els of Paris measure in Circumference, was notwithstanding got with Child, and delivered several times when her time was up. This Woman in good Health weighed 110 lb. and when she had her Dropsy, 220. and yet had her Courses very regularly. This Woman made Issues in her Legs, whereby all the Water of her Body being evacuated, she died within a few days after.  
Obs. 105. He relates that a little Woman who had had several Children, when she was not with Child, would often emit wind with as great a Noise as from the Anus, adding, that he had seen several Women who though with Child, have been subject to the same Accidents.  
Obs. 146. He tells us that a Woman at the end of her eighth Month, was delivered of three Children, each of which had a separate Burden, tho' the Woman was Paralytic on one side of her Body.  
In Obs. 174. He relates that a Woman having the Nymphae excessively long, which was unpleasing to her Husband, and incommoded her very much in Riding, by rubbing against each other, she cut them of and lost twelve Porringers of Blood in five or six hours.  
In Obs. 223. He mentions a Woman who seeing her Husband return from the Army with his Head bound up, was deprived of her Senses by the sudden Fright, fell into a Flooding, and was delivered of a false Conception.  
Obs. 245. A Woman about six Months gone with Child being overturned in her Coach, and exceedingly affrighted by the Accident, the Child in her Womb died, and continued there for the space of a Month, notwithstanding which it was not much corrupted, being preserved by the Waters; for if these had come away, it must of necessity have putrefied.  
Obs. 246. He tells us he had seen an Abortive Foetus of five weeks old, which though no longer than his Nail, had all its parts as perfectly form, as one of nine Months.  
Obs. 251. He relates, that a young Woman dying after she had been two days in Labour, not being able to be delivered, the Child which was very large presenting its Head and one side of his Face, was opened after her Death, and the Child was found dead; and though its Head was in the passage, by its struggling it had broke through the Womb, and thrust the Burden into the cavity of the Lower Belly.  
Obs. 301. He mentions a Surgeon who cutting the Fraenum in a Child that was Tongue-tied, opened a Vein which poured out a great quantity of Blood, and this coagulating in the Stomach killed the Infant.  
Obs. 315. He assures us he had seen a Woman eight Months and a half gone with Child, who having had a very dangerous Pleurisy about two Months before, was siezed with a continual Fever and Delirium, of which she died after ten days Illness. As soon as she was Dead, an Incision was made into the Womb, and a Child taken out which lived about two Hours.  
Obs. 342. He mentions a Woman who entirely lost her Senses upon hearing of the Death of her Child, about five or six Days after her Delivery, who notwithstanding became pregnant, and after was happily delivered of another Child, and restored to the use of her Reason.  
Obs. 383. He mentions a Woman of twenty years of Age who being supposed by the bigness of her Belly to be with Child the first time, and about six Months gone, had violent Vomitings, which after some time were stayed by the bringing up a Worm as long as a Man's Hand; after this she fell into a Hectic Fever and continual Looseness, with which being very much wasted she died. Upon opening the Body the left Testicle was bigger than a Man's Head, and filled the whole capacity of the lower Belly, weighing fifteen pound, and was of a very compact Substance, the Right Testicle was as big as both a Man's Fists, containing in the midst of it a Glairy Matter, resembling the White of an Egg. The Womb itself was no bigger than that of a Child of eight years old.  
Bartholine and Forestus assure us, that a Woman with Child having the Small Pox, was after delivered of a Child who had Scars, from whence it is evident that the Mother and the Child had the Distemper both at the same time.  
Amatus Lusitanus, Centur. 5. tells us that a Woman with Child having taken an Infusion of Saffron, was after delivered of two Girls, whose whole Bodies were tinged yellow. This Accident gave occasion to some Virtuosos, to make the Experiment in a Bitch whose Whelps became all yellow.  
In the Miscellanea Curiosa, Obs. 42. there is a Relation of a Woman in Hungary who being in Labour, and the Foetus having his Head out, drew it back into the Womb, where it continued a Fortnight longer, and after was born without any ill Accident.  
Mr. Boil in his Experimental Philosophy, relates that a Child was heard to cry in his Mother's Belly.  
In the Scholion to the 62 Obs. of the Miscell. Curiosa, we are told that in the Year 1624. a Woman nine Months gone with Child, heard her Child sigh in her Belly whilst she was at Church in the Town of Colberg, several Women besides heard it. After this Child was born, its Mother and itself both were poisoned by a certain Person, her Husband died of the Plague, the House in which she lived was fired, and a great part of the Family burned, and others lost there Limbs, and not long after a terrible War broke out in that Country, all which Mischiefs the People did believe, this Childs crying did Presage.  
Pliny in the third Book of his Natural History, Chap. 3. relates that a Child being half born, retired back into his Mother's Womb. This Prodigy happened the same year that Hannibal destroyed the City of Saguntum.    

CHAP. XXV. Of the Caesarean Birth.  
THIS Operation is an Incision into the Belly and Womb, to take out the Foetus.  
THE CAUSE of this Operation is the largeness of the Foetus, which cannot pass by the Natural and Ordinary way, or perhaps its breaking through the Womb, and so falling into the Belly, or the Womb insinuating itself through the Rings of the Abdominal Muscles.  
THE SIGNS. The largeness of a Child is easily known, by the Mother's Belly being excessively swelled. This may be farther evinced if putting your Hand up into the Womb, you found there is an Hydrocephalus. You may conclude the Womb has thrust itself through the Rings of the Muscles, if it be not in its proper place, and you may believe the Child has forced its way into the Cavity of the Belly, if there be nothing in the Womb, and you have certain indications of the Woman's being with Child.  

The OPERATION.  
Place the Woman on her Back, and than make a longitudinal Incision below the Navel, and on one side the Linea Alba, and cut through the Teguments till you lay the Womb bore; Be sure to make the Incision large enough to extract the Foetus, and when this is done make an Incision through the Body, and on one side the Womb put the forefinger of the left Hand into the Incision to widen it, and guide the Point of the Scissors or Knife on the Finger, to prevent hurting the Child; than open the Membranes which contain the Foetus, and bring both it and the Burden away, after having dextrously disengaged it. Wipe the Blood of the Wound with a Sponge dipped in Wine warmed, and make a Suture of the Belly, as in its proper place was directed, without stitching the Womb at all.  
THE DRESSING is the same as in the Gastroraphia. Put a Pessary into the Vagina, for the more easy evacuating the Blood and Cleansings, and making Injections into the Womb.  
THE CURE. Dress the Wound once a Day with some good Balsam till it be cicatrized, and let the Motion of the Belly be checked with such Instruments, as were described in the Operation of stitching the Belly.   

REMARKS.  
In the Journal des Scavans, there is a Relation of a Woman of Chateau Thierry, who some years before being ready to lie in, called in the Surgeon of the Place, who seeing her case very bad, undertook to make the Caesarean Section. The Mother was six Months under Cure, and the Child lived 13 Months. The Woman sometime after her Cure had a Hernia Ventralis, which increased to a great size, she supported this Rupture with a Bandage hanging from her Shoulders, but the Pain increasing with the Swelling, and this at last Ulceraring, forced her to seek for a Cure in the Hôtel Dieu, where she remained three Months, in which time the Rupture risen so high, that it suffocated her. Mr. Saviard who was than Surgeon in that Hospital opened the Body, found the Peritoneum connected to the Omentum and small Guts by several Membranous ties, and the Ileum and Jejunum contained in the Swelling. He found a Cicatrix in the Womb within and without, with some Membranous Skirts on the Cicatrix within.  
Sennertus relates, that a Woman bending a Stick for the Hooping of a Tub, one end sprung back and hitting her a blow on the Groin, broke the Muscle of the Peritoneum, by which means the. Womb insinuated itself into the Groin in such manner, that it could not be reduced into its Natural Place. The Woman became Pregnant, and the Womb with the Foetus in it hung between her Thighs, and there was no possible way to deliver her without making an Incision, When the Operation was over, the Womb could not be reduced into its Natural place, but the Skin was brought over so as to cover it, and so it was Stitched. The Womb lessened by degrees till it came to its Natural size, but the Woman after some time happening to do some work, the Wound gangrened and killed her.    

CHAP. XXVI. Of a Polypus.  
THIS Operation is the Extraction of a Carnous excrescence in the Nose.  
THE CAUSE. A Polypus is a carnous excrescence form in the cavity of the Nose. For the better understanding the cause whence this proceeds, we must consider that the internal Membrane of the Nose is very thick, spongy, and abounds with a Viscid, Glutinous Humour, and that its Pores are so disposed, as to admit the gross and terrestrial parts of the Blood to pass, and from the comparing these causes, it will not be difficult to conceive the manner how these Excrescences grow. For by the increasing Heat of the Blood, and the Rapidity of its Motion, the lesle viscid parts exhale, and the rest is condensed into a hard Substance, and when this is once form being detained in the Membrane, it extends the Vessels, tumefies the Glands', and by the accession of new Matter, a Fungous' Carcinomatous Mass is engendered.  
The Polypus sometimes proceeds from an acrid Lympha, which corrodes the Glands' and the Tubuli of the internal Membrane of the Nose, and the Nutricious Juice emptying itself there, is coagulated round the Orifice, and this concreted Lump is called a Polypus, though sometimes it is only a Mass of tumefied Glands which cohere together. The great Agent in this, is the Acidity of the Humours which is the general cause of all Corrosion and Coagulation in Animal Bodies.  
THE SIGNS of a Polypus are manifest, viz. a Carnous Excrescence, which sometimes comes out of the Nose, and at other times hangs down the Throat, hindering Respiration, and sometimes occasioning great Fluxes of Blood.  
Some Polypus are Schirrous, others Painful, and apt to degenerate into Cancerous Ulcers; which last are most commonly the effect of some Venereal Distempers too long neglected; some are soft and of a White or Read Colour. These latter most commonly do not adhere so firmly, and by consequence are cured with lesle difficulty.  
All tumors in the Nose must not presently be pronounced to be Polypus', for sometimes they are only attendants of an Ozaena, which is an inveterate, sordid, stinking Ulcer of the Nose, which emits an acrimonious ill coloured Matter, and causes great Pain by its excessive sharpness, corroding the internal Membrane like an Aquafortis. This Ulcer is covered with a large, moist Crust, from which a thick foetid Matter distils and makes the Breath stink, infecting those who come near it.  
This Ulcer like all others, proceeds from an Acrimony of the Humours by which it corrodes the Membrane of the Nose.  
If a Polypus be not treated Skilfully, it degenerates very often into a Cancer.  
There are some Polypus' which fill the Nostrils, and when this happens, the Nose becomes hard and Schirrous, and the Patient cannot breathe through the Mouth without blowing.  
If both Nostrils be stopped, the Disease is incurable. If the Excrescence be hard, of a livid colour, painful, or adhere to the Bony Lamellae of the Nose, or be Cancerous, all tampering with it, in stead of appeasing, will exasperated it. But if it be of a Fleshy Substance, Whitish or Read colour, and voided of Pain, it may suffer the Operation.  

The OPERATION.  
This is done with a Forceps, which is to be introduced into the Nose, that so taking hold of the Polypus, and turning the Instrument one way and another, you may pull it out by the Roots.  
If the Excrescence be so large as to hung out of the Nose into the Mouth, you must extract it with the Forceps through the Mouth. This is the way that a Polypus ought to be extracted, as often as it can be practised, because by this means it is most easily eradicated.  
The Ancients consumed Polypus' quite to the Roots, with Potential or Actual Cauteries conveyed into the Nose by a Cannula; but these ways are grown obsolete, though they may have their use when the Polypus has a large Basis, and adheres firmly, for in this case it would be impossible to bring it away with the Forceps.  
THE DRESSING. If a Haemorrhage ensue, stop it with a Tent armed with astringent Powders, or Syringe the Nose with some Styptic Water.  
THE CURE. If the lest Roots of the Polypus remain, a new one will infallibly arise, and therefore Suppuration must be encouraged to consume them, and Savin or some other powders used if that be not sufficient. But observe here not to apply Caustics without necessity to the Septum of the Nostrils, and to lay some Tent on to defend those parts, which you would have remain untouched.  
Since Polypus' most commonly arise from the sharpness of the Blood, it is evident a good Diet must be kept to sweeten it. To this end, let the Patient abstain from all Acid, Salt, or Peppered Meats; let him drink a Ptisan made of Barley, and other Vulnerary Ingredients; give him Alkalis and Sudorificks, as Powder of Vipers, from ℈ i toʒss, Diaphoretick Antimony to the same quantity, Blood of a Stag, from ℈ ss. upwards, which may be taken separately, or more of them together, to the quantity of ʒss. or ℈ ij. in a Glass of Carduus Water. millipeds dried in an Oven and powdered, are a very good Alkali, and may be given in a Ptisan. Apozems of Guajacum, Salsa Parilla and China are good Sudorisicks, but when the Patient takes any of these Medicines, he must keep his Bed and Sweat. These Remedies must be frequently repeated for the more effectual sweetening of the Blood.  

Of Ulcers in the Nose.  
Though these are not Polypus', yet it seems very proper to refer them to this place. These Ulcers are very difficultly cured, all Mercurial Medicines are good in these cases, which may be taken from 15 to 30 or 40 grains in Conserve of Roses, and must be continued from a long time, Sudorificks likewise are good. In short these Ulcers must be treated in the same manner as Venereal ones.  
If these Ulcers are Scorbutic, you may make use of the following Lineament. ℞. Crabs Eyes, Sperma Ceti, ā ℈ ss. Cinnabar, gr. 6. Sugar of Lead, gr. i. Camphire, gr. iij. mix these with a sufficient quantity of Balsam of Peru. Or you may use the following Injection if you please, ℞. Hydromel, ʒi. Juice of St. John's wort, Wormwood, Smallage, Spirit of Feverfew, ā. ʒi. Myrrh and Camphire, ā. ℈ i If the Bone of the Nose be carious, apply the actual Cautery.  
Fumigations of Frankincense, Amber and the Gums are useful in these cases.    

REMARKS.  
Riverius in his communicated Observations, Obs. 24. tells us, he had cured a Polypus in this manner: In the first place he prescribed an exact Regimen, and purged the Patient, and after that he made use of the following Lineament; ℞. Pomegranate peels, Galls, anʒiss. Savin Tops, ʒij.  Chalcitis, ʒiss.  Alum, ℈ iv. mix these with Aegyptiacum, and apply the Mixture to the Tumour. During the time of Cure, he frequently rubbed the Neighbouring parts with an Unguent made of Bole and lethargy, with the Addition of Amber.  
Sometimes large Worms have been voided by Ulcers of the Nose. Kerkringius in his Observations relates, that a Woman had for a long time been troubled with a Difficulty of Breathing, a Violent Cough and Pain in her Head, but at last in blowing her Nose, she voided a long Worm with a multitude of Feet, a forked Tail, and Horns on its Head, it was very lively, and stirred much about. The same Woman voided another of a greenish Colour, and a like Figure. He adds, he kept this Worm for a considerable time, and that it generated another little one itself.    

CHAP. XXVII. Of Amputation.  
THIS Operation is the Extirpation of a Member, when there is some Gangrene, Mortification or Fracture, and the Bone is very much shattered.  
THE CAUSE. The difference between a Gangrene and Sphacelus, or Mortification, is that one is incipient only, and the other is complete.  
These Accidents arise from a defect in the due distribution of the Blood and Spirits to the Part. Inflammations of a part ill treated, and the Application of Emplasters hinder Transpiration, and by consequence the Blood Stagnating corrupts, and the part Mortifies, which at first is only a Gangrene, but after becomes a Sphacelus.  
When there is an interruption in the Motion of the Heart, the Blood does not duly circulate, and the Spirits not being distributed to the Extreme parts, they become i'll, the Face grows pale or livid, and the Limbs loose their Sense and Motion. On the contrary, as soon as the Heart recovers its Motion, the Blood freely circulates through the Parts, and they are restored to their Sense, Motion, and Natural Colour From all which it is most evident, that the Life of an Animal consists in the free Circulation of the Blood through every part, and the Mortification occasioned by excessive Cold, or strict Ligature in Fractures of the Bones, which stop its Motion are demonstrative proofs which confirm this Assertion.  
Gangrenes sometimes proceed from Obstructions of the Nerves, because for want of a free supply of Spirits, the Parts loose their Sense and Motion, and by consequence the Influx of the Blood ceases; This is clear in Paralytic. Persons, in whom the parts affected ever gangrene first. From which I infer, that the causes of Gangrenes are a deficience of Blood and Spirits, arising from some coagulation of this Vital Liquor, or other impediment in its Circulation.  
This is illustrated by comparing the Blood with any Vinous Liquor. For all Wines whilst they retain their Spirits continued to be potable, and preserve an easy and gentle Fermentation; but when once the Spirits are exhaled, and the acid parts prevail over the rest, they loose their sweet and pleasant Taste, become eager and sour, and sometimes only a dead insipid Phlegm. How much the Spirituous parts conduce to the good Temper of the Mass, is evident in the distillation of Wine; for when ●he Spirituous Parts are drawn of, the remainder is a m●●e nauseous and useless Phlegm. It happens just after the same manner in the Blood of Animals; for when the Spirituous Parts are lost, the rest becomes a heavy unactive Mass, bereft of that principle which should preserve a gentle Fermentation in it.  
When any part suffers by intense Cold, especially the Extremities, the Circulation is intercepted, by reason of the constriction of the small Vessels, and when the quantity of the Blood imported is so very small, the parts must needs suffer a Diminution of their Sense and Motion, and by consequence Gangrene.  
Men who die of excessive Age, are most commonly seized with a Gangrene, because their Blood loses all its Spirits, which are the true Humidum Radical; and for the same reason Mortifications hap after Excessive Labour, Loosnesses of a long continuance, or long Fasting, in short, whatever wastes the Spirits.  
Gangrenes often seize the Feet and Scrotum of Hydropical Persons, because their Blood is serous and wants Spirits, and there is lesle Heat in the extreme parts, besides the Serosities compressing the Channels which Nature has form for the conveying of the Blood to all parts of the Body, must necessarily intercept its Motion.  
The aptness of parts which suffer by extreme cold to gangrene, proceeds as well from a concentration of the S●●●its, as an obstruction in the Motion of the Blood, which is plain by the instance of a Bottle of Wine, which if it be exposed to the Air in a vehement Frost, the Watery and more gross unactive parts will be frozen all round, and the more Spirituous and Fine ones remain liquid in the Centre, nor can it be imagined but excessive Cold must have a like effect on Animal Bodies.  
The Back and Buttocks of Persons who are forced to keep their Beds for a long time often gangrene, and this arises from a Compression of the Vessels, which not conveying Blood enough, and by consequence the Part wanting a due supply to animate it, must necessarily grow cold and mortify.  
Great Inflammations, Contusions and Aneurisms, (especially if there be Blood spilt in the interstices of the Fibres) very often terminate in a Gangrene, and this is not difficult to accounted for, because the Extravasated Blood putrefying, must necessarily compress the small Channels, and intercept the Motion of the rest, and it is evident that this is so, because the Pulsation ceases in proportion as the Gangrene increases, and the part losing its Natural colour, becomes pale or livid.  
When Olcons, Greasy, or Astringent Medicines are applied to Inflammations or Erysipelas', they most commonly gangrene, because the Oily parts stop the Pores and hinder Transpiration, and there being a continual congestion of Matter in the part which cannot be discharged, it must necessarily compress the Vessels, and hinder the influx of the Blood and Spirits. The Mischief of Astringent Medicines, proceeds from the same reason, and in the Hot Countries where the Pores are more open, Gangrenes do not so frequently hap after Inflammations, as in colder Climates.  
Gangrenes after an Inflammation, are more apt to seize on soft and spongy parts, as the Gums, Lips, Genitalss or Brain, than on the solid, which do not imbibe so great a quantity of Humours.  
Gangrenes sometimes ensue on Ulcers, Wounds, Scorbutic Spots, or sharp or corrosive Medicines, because these being attended with Pain, an Inflammation of necessity must follow.  
Carbuncles most commonly Mortify, because they proceed from excessive sharp Humours, which like an Aquafortis corrode the Vessels and the Parts. In the last place, when the Humours of the Body grow sharp and corrosive, they frequently leave a Mortification behind them, as we see hap in Malignant Fevers, in the Small Pox, and many other Distempers where the Humours are very much corrupted.  
THE SIGNS. In Gangrenes which seize superannuated Persons, arising from a deficience of Spirits, there is no sensible Heat or Inflammation, the Part withers, loses its Sense and Motion, and the Person dies gradually.  
When a Gangrene follows on a Dropsy, the Pain at first is very slight; but afterwards the Legs are inflamed, and it increases. When a Gangrene proceeds from external Cold, the Pain is very acute; at first the Part becomes read, livid, and afterwards black, the Spirits abandon it, and a Mortification ensues with a shivering Fit, not unlike that intermitting Fever. If the Gangrene proceed from Compression, Ligature, tumors, or Luxations, or Fractures, or long lying on the Back, there is a Stupor, and a perfect privation of Sense and Motion.  
If a Gangrene follows an Inflammation, the Pain and Pulsation cease, the Part becomes of a pale read or violet colour; there are a great many Vesiculae or small Blebs' arise on the Surface of the Skin, which are filled with a Salt Muddy Water, the Natural Heat is extinguished, and the Part becomes soft and flabby, and retains the impression of the Finger. If the Mortification be perfected, the Patient falls into a great Languor, attended with a Burning and Malignant Fever, Vomiting, and other Symptoms which plainly discover Death is not far of. These Accidents hap upon the applying, Repelling and Emplastic Medicines.  
When a Gahgrene happens upon the use of an Actual Cautery, or other Caustick Medicines the Part is benumbed, and loses its Sense and Motion. When it proceeds from any Malignant Matter, as in the Bites of Venomous Creatures, there is a Mortification of the part, a Fever, Vomiting, Delirium and Syncope.  
The Signs of a Sphacelus or perfect Mortification, are a heaviness in the Part, Blackness, Stench, the Flesh is flabby, has no Sense, the Skin separates from it, and it grows dry. Sometimes a part which is perfectly Mortified, does not presently loose its Motion, which proceeds not so much from itself, as the Muscles which move it being fixed to a sound part. There are some Pustules which arise on the Skin, because when the Blood Stagnates in the part, there comes a sharp corrosive Serum from it, which insinuating itself under the Skin, separates it, raises it, and forms these small Eruptions. There is no Pulsation in the Part, and it becomes pale and livid, because the Circulation of the Blood in the Part ceases, and being extravasated it putrefies. The Pains proceed from the irritation of the Membranes and Nervous Fibres by the corrosive Serum, and they cease when the load of extravasated Matter presses on the Nerves, and intercepts the Motion of the Spirits through their proper Channels. The great quantity of Serosities which moisten the Fibres, make the Part soft and flabby; add to this, that upon a Cessation of the Influx of the Blood and Spirits, the Parts must necessarily be relaxed.  
The Acids which corrode and destroy the Neighbouring parts, assist the Mortification in its progress. If an Ulcer mortify (besides the forementioned Signs) it emits no Matter, or at lest what it does is ill coloured, and has a Stench.  
A Sphacelus is incurable, except by an excision of the Mortified part. A Gangrene or Mortification arising from an internal Cause is curable, because though you should extirpate the part, the Gangrene would be reproduced in another. Fleshy parts replete with Blood are more easily restored than any others, on the contrary Nervous parts are more apt to Gangrene, and cured with more difficulty.  
A Gangrene proceeding from an external cause, must be cured with all speed, and prevented from spreading itself. That which seizes Superannuated Men and Hydropical Persons is incurable, and the Amputation of the Member would be altogether useless.  
A Gangrene in the soft internal Parts, is very apt to Sphacelate.  
Gangrenes are much sooner cured in young than in old Persons, and in Robust, than in weak Men. Those which proceed from intense Cold, and seize the extreme parts only are curable, provided the part be not Mortified.  
Gangrenes occasioned by great Inflammations, tumors, Fractures, Luxations, Contusions, Aneurisms, Erysipelas', Ulcers, Burns, Scorbutic Spots, Bites of Venomous Animals, Application of Unctuous Medicines, Caustics, Actual Cauteries or Compression may be cured in the beginning.  
The Operation must not be undertaken on slight occasions, and a Surgeon must consider well whether there be a probability of Success; for instance, if the Mortification be on the upper part of the Thigh, it would not be advisable to meddle with it at all, because it is too near the large Vessels, and Parts necessary to Life. It would not be proper to perform it when there is a High Fever, with Vomiting and a Syncope, because these are Mortal Symptoms, but it may be practised in Cariosities and Fistula's of long standing in the Joints, or when the Bone is entirely broke, and the Splinters run into the Flesh and Tendons, and prick some Nerves or Blood-Vessels, and cannot easily be reduced to their Natural place; but if they can be reduced, and the Inslammation be not very considerable, forbear Amputation.  
Complicate Wounds are difficultly cured, and especially in ill Subjects, and there is great reason to fear Pain and Inslammation, which are often attended with bad consequences.  
When Cariosities and Fistula's arise from any Hurt, Contusions, or crushing of the Parts, whilst they are recent, do not affect the Joints, and the Humour which produces them is voided of all Maliguity; you must try to cure them by Medicines, and not proceed to an Amputation of the Part presently.  
But if the Distemper proceed from some Screphulous Humour, or some Abscess or Ulcer which is the Crists of the Fever or an Universal Corruption of the Blood, or if they are of long standing in the Joint, or the Cariosity, Pain and Inflammation are very considerable, and the part disabled from performing its Natural Functions, it must be extirpated if the Patients has strength enough to undergo the Operation. But before you proceed to it, let the Blood be prepared and sweetened by general Remedies, Sudorisicks and Cordials.  

The OPERATION.  
A Limb must never be cut of in the Joint, without a Visible necessity for it.  
The Leg must be cut of as near the Knee as is possible, though the Mortification spread not farther than the Foot, for the more commodious carrying a Wooden Legg. The most proper place for this purpose, is about four finger's breadth below the Joint, precisely beneath the Termination of the Tendons which cover the Rotula. On the contrary cut as little as may be of the Arm, because it serves as an Ornament and Counterpoise to the Body, and an Artificial Hand may be made to be useful in some cases. Cut of as little of the Thigh as is possible, that the Digestion of the Wound may be made in a shorter time, and the Patient have strength enough to undergo the Cure.  
To cut of the Leg, let the Patient sit in a Chair or on the side of his Bed, and let one Servant hold him behind, and another stand before to hold his Leg, than draw the Skin below the Knees up, that so it may the more easily cover the Bone after the Operation is over. Than make two Ligatures, one above the Knee, which you must straiten with the Turnstick or Tourniquet, and the other above it. The first Ligature serves to compress the Vessels, stop the Flux of Blood, and take of the Sense of the Part. These Ligatures must be made on a thick Compress laid along the Ham, and before you straiten the Ligature above the Knee with the Stick, you must lay a small Pasteboard under it, to hinder it from pinching the Skin, and being painful to the Patient. This way is very useful to command the Blood, and let out as little or much of it as you judge convenient after the Amputation. The Ligature below the Knee serves to keep the Flesh steady, and aught to be placed at lest four finger's breadth below the Joint.  
When the Knee is steady, let the Surgeon place himself between the Patient's Legs, and with a crooked Knife make an Incision around quite to the Bone, and to do it better, let him make it with his right Hand, resting his Left on the Back of the Knife, which for this reason must not have an edge there; Let him scrape of the Periosteum with a slender strait Knife, and cut the Flesh between the Bones with it, lest if he tear them with the Saw, he 'cause some farther Accidents.  
Before you saw the Bone, take a Fillet and slit it lengthways to the middle, than put the two ends on the Flesh which is cut, and draw it up to make way for the Saw, and than saw the Bone as near the Flesh as possibly you can, for this shrinking and wasting in the Digestion, without this way of prevention would remain uncovered, and created the Patiented abundance of Trouble.  
Let the Surgeon take the Leg in his left Hand, and the Saw in his Right, and fix it at once on both Bones, and than begin with the lesser Focil and end with the greater, for if he should begin with the Tibia first, the other would not be able to sustain the Saw, but moving to and from would tear the Flesh; Let the Saw at first be a little incliped and saw gently, but after faster. Whilst the Surgeon Saws the Bones, let a Servant who holds the Leg by the Foot bend it, and bring it a little against the Saw to facilitate its Passage. When the Bones are sawed through, take of the Ligature which kept the Flesh steady below the Knee, and loosen the Stick, and let such a quantity of Blood out as you judge the Patient's Strength can bear, and than stop it by the Dress.  
THE DRESS loosen the Turniket a little, that so you may discover the Orifices of the Arteries, and than lay a Vitriol Button on them; Let one the Assistants keep these Buttons on, as well as the dry Pledgits laid on the Bone, whilst you cover them with a great Pledgit of Tow armed with Astringent Powders, as Bole Armoniac Terra Sigillata, Dragon's Blood, Frankincense, and a Thousand such like things; lay this in the Palm of your Hand, and at once apply it on the Stump. Some cover this with a large Hog's bladder armed with Styptic Medicines, and lay over all a Compress cut in form of a Cross, applying its middle or plain part on the Stump, and its ends on the Leg. Next there must be three Compresses applied which must be of a competent breadth, and about the third part of an Ell in length, or proportioned to the Part, one of these is to be laid to the Hamm, and so brought over the Stump, and applied to the Knee, the middle of the Second is to be applied to the Stump, and so disposed as to cross the other, and the third to be laid on the extremity of the Stump, making a turn round the Leg.  
To keep the Dress on, take a Roller of three els in breadth, and more than two Inches broad, rolled up at one end, apply it first to the edge of the Stump, and make two turns about it, and than mount to the Knee ascending spirally, and pin it where it ends without binding the Knee, but whether this be above or below the Knee, it matters not very much.  
When you have done this, take another Roller of more than two Inches broad and four els long, rolled up at both ends, and applying the midst of the Roller on the centre of the Stump, bring both Heads up to the Knee, and make a turn round the part with one Head to stay the other, which you must bring straight down and so over the Wound, than bring it up and with the other Head make a round to keep it firm and steady, and thus you must continued to do till the Stump be covered, still keeping one end above the Knee to make several Rounds, for the keeping the other steady, but when the stump is covered, make several Rounds about the Part, with the Heads alternately to keep the ascending and descending turns steady, and in the last place pin them above the Knee.  
Some Practitioners prefer a Ligature of the Arteries to the Vitriol Button, for stopping the Blood. If you would practise this way, you may proceed in this manner. Loosen the Turniket to discover the place whence the Blood issues, and when you have found this take hold of them with a Forceps made with a little Ring to rise and fall, for the holding them firm at pleasure. This sort of Forceps is very convenient for apprehending the Artery, and when you have hold of it, take a crooked Needle with a wax Thread, and having passed it into the Flesh below the Artery, with the two ends tie the Vessel, and than laying a small Compress waxed on it, fasten it by two other knots; when you have done this loosen the Turniket to see if there be any other Arteries, and if there be, tie them in the same manner as the first. After the Ligatures are all made, take of the Tuniket, and bring the Flesh as far as you can to cover the Stump, and proceed to dress it as is above directed, omitting the Vitriol Buttons and other Stypticks, which are not necessary, except some little Artery, (as most commonly it does) hap to bleed, and in this case you may apply some slight Styptic.  
THE CURE. When the Operation is over, let the Patient be laid down, and let the Part be kept supported on a Pillow. If Vitriol Buttons have been applied, and no Ligature made on the Vessels, the Hand must be kept on the Stump the first Day for the better applying Medicines, and preventing a Flux of Blood. But in case Ligatures be made, this is needless, at lest it is not necessary to continued the Hand on for so long a time.  
Some use the Actual Cautery to stop the Blood, but in this way when the Escar separates the Arteries, open and pour out Blood afresh, which often occasions the loss of the Patient's Life.  
If the Blood be stopped with Vitriol Buttons, the Dress must not be taken of till two Days after the Amputation, that the Stypticks which are applied, may have time enough to close the Vessels (whereas on the contrary if a Ligature be made, the Dress may be taken of the first day, without danger of a Haemorrhage) and the Second Dressing must be made in the same manner as the first, omitting the Hog's Bladder and Vitriol Buttons, and only strewing on Astringent Powders. The Dress must be removed as gently as may be, for fear of exciting a Haemorrhage. When you are once secure from any Flux of Blood, it is than time to remove the Dress, and endeavour to procure a good Digestion with Turpentine and Yolks of Eggs, and when you have obtained that, deterge with Aegyptiacum, or Unguent de Apio, and Cicatrize the Wound, keeping a Pledgit of dry ●int on the Bone during the whole Cure.  
When the Digestion is over, lay Compresses on the stump to press the Part, and hinder the Growth of Superfluous and Luxuriant Flesh, which usually happens at that time.  
When the Part is convulsed after the Operation, as sometimes it is from the vehemence of the Pain, and the Hurry and Disorder of the Spirits, let not the Artist loose time by endeavouring to make a Ligature on the Arteries, but let him immediately apply the Vitriol Button to the Part, and Pledgits dipped in some Styptic Water.  
This is Fabricius Hildanus' Process in Amputations. In the first place he does not remove the Dress till the third Day, unless the Pain be very urgent, but he embrocates the remaining Stump of the Limb twice a Day, with a Mixture of Oil of Roses and Myrtlis, laying Defensatives on the Neighbouring Parts. After the Second Dressing when he is secure from any Haemorrhage, he lays aside Astringents, and applies the following, or some like Digestive. ℞ Turpentine washed in Plantain Water, ℥ iij. Oil of Roses and sweet Almonds, ā. ℥ i Gum Elemi dissolved and strained, ℥ ss. Saffron, ℈ i Mix these Ingredients, and with the Addition of the Yolk of an Egg make a Lineament. This he continues till he has obtained a good Digestion, and than he deterges with the following Lineament, or something of the like Nature. ℞. Turpentine washed in Wine, ℥ iij. Powders of round Birthwort, the Florentine Iris, Flour of Barley, ā. ʒiv. Honey of Roses, ℥ i Spirit of Wine, ℥ ss. the best Venice Treacle, ʒij. Mix these Ingredients, and make a Lineament.  
When the Wound is deterged, he draws down the Skin and Flesh to cover the Bone, and applies an Agglutinating Emplaster on the Stump. This he makes after this or the like manner. ℞. Fine Flour, ℥ i Mastich, Frankincense. Dragon's Blood, Powder of Roses, Gum Tragacanth, ā. ʒij. Beaten up all in a very fine Powder with the White of an Egg, and as much Oil of Roses as will bring it to the consistence of Honey; and the next Day if the Medicine be too thick, put some Rose and Plantain Water into it to bring it to a just Consistence. When he finds it expedient to dry the Wound, he strews Powder of round Birthworth, Showbread, Iris Florentina, Bark of Pine, Guajacum Wood, ā. ℥ ss. and when the Agglutinative Emplaster falls of, he applieth another.  
During the whole Cure, he is careful not to suffer any Oily thing to touch the Bone, using the Actual Cautery to it to procure Exfoliation, but withal, being careful not to touch the Marrow for fear of Inflammation, and defending the Bone with dry Lint, till Nature has invested it with Flesh. If any Fleshy Excrescence happens to arise, he consumes it with a Mixture composed of  Alum, ʒij. Lapis Calaminaris, Calx of Lead, Cerate, ā. ʒi. Calcined Vitriol, ʒss. reduced into a very fine Powder. In the last place, he cicatrizes the Wound with Emplastr. de Palmite de Cerussa cocta, the read Desiccative Unguent, or other like Medicines.   

REMARKS.  
Some time since a young Man in the Hôtel Dieu had his Leg cut of, upon the account of a fierce Gangrene on it, but the Wound itself gangrened again, and the Surgeons were forced to cut of the Thigh. At first he seemed to do well, but soon after a large hard Swelling arose on the upper part of the Thigh, which extended quite to the Groin, this in some small time gangrened, and killed the Patient. This Observation shows, that internal Gangrenes are incurable, and that it is not enough to take care of Dressing the Part outwardly, but great regard must be had to the Blood to sweeten that, which sometimes is as sharp and corrosive as an Aquafortis.    

CHAP. XXVIII. Of the Paronychia or Whitlow.  
THE Operation in Paronychia's, is an Apertion of the extremity of the Finger to let out the Pus, which sometimes is lodged under the Periosteum.  
THE CAUSE. A Paronychia is a Tumour at the extremity of the Finger, and Root of the Nails on the third Joint, though sometimes it is found on others.  
There are two sorts of Paronychia's; in the one the Matter is between the Bone and Periosteum; and in the other between the Muscles; and both commonly proceed from a sharp corrosive Humour.  
THE SIGNS. When a Paronychia is lodged under the Periosteum, there is a burning Heat, a sharp Pain, a Pulsation within the Part, a great Tension, and an Acute Fever. When it is only between the Muscles, there is lesle Heat and Pain, the Pulsation is not so deep, nor the Tension so great, and the Fever is lesle.  
The Heat and Pain proceed from the great Ebullition of the Blood, and the Acrimony of the Matter which molests the Fibres of the Periosteum. The Tension arises from the Fermentation and Rarefaction of the Humours, for when any Matter is in Motion, since the Parts shock and mutually repulse each other, they must needs leave Vacuities between them, and by consequence the Matter must occupy a greater space, and compress the Neighbouring Vessels. The Pain and Pulsation proceeds from the Arteries, beating and striking on a sensible Part, which is pained and inflamed, and it cannot be conceived, but that the repeated strokes must necessarily increase the Symptoms; The Fever proceeds from the sharp Humour of the Paronychia being absorbed by the Blood, and communicating a Vicious Taint to it.  
There is reason to believe the Tumour to be ripe, and the Pus fir to be let out, when the Symptoms cease or abate.  

The OPERATION.  
This consists in evacuating the Pus, and making an Aperture on the side of the Finger quite down to the Bone, for the Periosteum must necessarily be opened, if the Matter be ●odged under it. The Incision as I remarked before, must be made on the side, to avoid cutting the Tendons with the Lancet.  
THE DRESSING. Put a small Tent and a little Pledgit armed with some good Digestives into the Wound, and cover these with an Emplaster in form of a Cross, than lay over this a Compress cut in the same Figure, and let the centre be applied on the Extremity of the Finger, laying the Ends along on the sides, and keep all on with a Fillet three quarters of an Inch broad, and about a quarter of an Ell in length; there must be a little Hole made at one end of the Fillet, and the other end must be slit three Inches in length; when it is thus disposed pass the slit end through the Hole, and so bring the Fillet straight to the Finger, and than wind it spirally round, ascending and descending gradually. If the Surgeon pleases, he may make a Case of the Skin of any Animal to keep the Fingers warm, and fasten this Case to the Wrist with small Ribbons.  
It is very convenient to keep the Arm in a Sling, which may be made of black Taffata, otherwise a Napkin will serve well enough for this purpose. Put the middle of the Napkin under the Patient's Armpits, and bring the two lower ends over the opposite Shoulder, than wrap the Arm in the Napkin half folded with the Elbow down and the Hand a little raised and the Thumb uppermost, than bring the two upper ends of the Napkin over the other Shoulder, and order it so that it may sit neatly.  
THE CURE. Procure a good Digestion with proper Medicines, as Turpentine or Oil of Eggs, forbearing all greasy things which are apt to rot the Tendons, and than deterge the Ulcer.  
To cure the Tumour without proceeding to Operation, you must endeavour to appease the Pain with the Liquor of Worms baked in an Oven, Balsam of Sulphur is good to discuss this Painful Tumour, or bring it to Suppuration, when it is disposed. A Lineament made of Earwax and Saccharum Saturni, with a little Oil of filberts is excellent, and so is a Cataplasm of Human Dung.   

REMARKS.  
Riverius Cent. 4. Obs. 19 mentions a Woman who was cured of a Paronychia in lesle than a quarter of an Hour, by holding her Finger in the Ear of a Cat. Whilst her Finger was there, she found at certain Intervals of time, a Heat extending the whole length of her Arm, and a great Pain at the Ends of her Fingers, the Heat would sometimes cease for a small while, and presently after return with a like Pain: The Animal was in such extreme Torment, that two Men could scarce hold it.  
Fabricius Hildanus relates, Cent. 1. Obs. 97. how he cured a Paronychia at the extremity of the Finger. The Patient he tells us was in very great Pain, had a Fever, Vomited very much, though there was no apparent Swelling or Inflammation as yet. For some time he Fomented the Part with a Decoction of Camomile and Melilot, Flowers of Fenugreek and Quinces in Cows Milk. Afterwards he took of the Surface of the Skin, and there appeared under it several Read Spots which he cut, and there came a read Water from them. When this Water was let out, he applied to the part rags dipped in a Mixture of Spirit of Wine and Venice Treacle, upon which the Pain immediately ceased, and the next day the Patient was entirely well, however he purged her, and than all the Symptoms vanished.    

CHAP. XXIX. Of Applying Caustics, and making Issues.  
THIS is an Artificial Division of the Skin, by means of some Caustics laid on it.  
THE CAUSES. The occasions which require Caustics, are usually some Distempers of long standing, which cannot be removed by other Medicines, as Catarrhs, tumors, Arthritick Pains, Callosities in Ulcers, Abscesses not ripe, when some indications require them to be opened, and in general they are useful for purifying the Blood, and discharging all Superfluous Moisture.  
THE SIGNS which indicate the application of Caustics, are all or any of those Causes .  

The OPERATION.  
When you intent to apply a Caustick to any Part, first lah on an Emplaster with a Hole in the midst, of the same size and shape you design the Escar, and than having wet the skin with a little Spittle bruise the Caustick and lay it on, covering it with another Emplaster, and leaving it for a longer or a lesser time, according to the thickness of the Patient's Skin, and the Strength of the Medicine.  
The most proper places for the application of Caustics in making of Issues are in the Neck, between the first and second Vertebra, in the Arm on the outside, in a little Cavity between the Biceps and Deltoides Muscle, in the inner part of the Thigh in a small place between the Sartorius and Vastus internus, in the internal part of the Knee, a little below the Termination of the Flexors of the Leg, etc. The principal things to be regarded in Issues are, That as much as possible they be in a Place where the Patient may dress them himself: That they be near the great Vessels, that so there may be a great discharge; and in the last place, that they be in the Interstice of two Muscles, as remote from the Tendons as may be.  
To make a good Caustick, take one part of Calx viva, and two parts of Pot Ashes, put these in an Earthen Pot, pour hot Water on them, leaving them in Infusion five or six Hours, after that boil them, and filter that which is clear through a Brown paper, and evaporate it in a Copper Bason, or an Earthen pan glazed. There will remain a Salt at the Bottom, which you must put in a good Crucible and melt it, keeping it in a strong heat, till the Moisture be exhaled. When you found it is reduced to the form of an Oil in the Bottom, cast it into a Basin and cut it into parts of what size and shape you please whilst it continues hot, and put these into a strong Glass Bottle, stopping it with Wax and a Bladder, because the Air soon resolves the Caustick into a Fluor, and for the same reason it must be kept in a dry place. These are the strongest Caustics of all, and perform their effect in the space of half an Hour.  
The Lapis Infernalis is very useful, for consuming Luxuriant and Superfluous Flesh by lightly passing it over them. To make this, Dissolve in a Glass Vessel what quantity of Silver you please, with about thrice the same quantity of good Spirit of Nitre; set this Vessel in a sand Heat, and evaporate about two thirds of the Liquor, than pour the rest hot into a good Germane Crucible, which must be pretty large by reason of the ebullition which is made, place this on a small Fire, and leave it there till the Matter, which is very much rarified, sinks to the Bottom, than increase the Fire, and it will become like an Oil, pour this into an Ingot well greased and heated and it will coagulate, and may be kept in a Glass well stopped. This Stone may be made with a Mixture of Copper and Silver, but than it will not keep for so long a time. If you put in an Ounce of Silver, you will have an Ounce and five Drams of this Caustick.  
THE DRESSING consists in covering the Caustick with an Emplaster to keep it on the part, and than laying a Compress over that, binding all on with a Roller more than two Inches broad. After the Caustick has lain on for a sufficient time, take of the Dress and scarify the Escar with a Lancet, laying on some good Digestive or a little fresh Butter, continuing this till the Escar begin to separate, and than if you design to make an Issue put in a small Pea or a little Orrice Root round, and keep this on with a small Compress and Bandage, the Bandage must be made of Linen Cloth, long enough to go round the Arm, and three or four Inches broad, and on the Hem or Edge of this there must be two or three Holes made to put Ribbons through, and this Bandage is very convenient, because the Patient can dress these Issues himself, and draw it as straight as he judges convenient.  
THE CURE. The Ulcer must be dressed twice a Day, putting in a new pea of Orrice every time, and the Cloth changed every time to prevent its stinking. If proud Flesh grow in the Issue, let it be consumed with  Alum.   

REMARKS.  
Riverius in his communicated Observations, Obs. 2. relates that a certain Person had been for a long time ill afflicted with a Pain in his Back, of which at last he died. Sometime before his Death, he had had an Issue made in his Thigh four fingers breadth above the Knee, upon the Escar falling of, there came away an ounce and a half of Sanious Matter, and every day after above an ounce of true Pus. The Man being opened after his Death, there was a great quantity of Pus found in the Lungs, which occasioned his Death. There was found a great Apostem in the Back, from whence his Pain did proceed, and a Channel extending from the Apostem to the Issue, through which the Pus discharged itself; This Remark does sufficiently prove how useful Issues are in cases of this Nature.    

CHAP. XXX. Of making a Seton.  
A Seton is an Artificial Ulcer made by the passing of a Needle, with a Skein of Silk through the Skin.  
THE CAUSE of this Operation, is the same with that of making Issues.  
THE SIGNS which indicate Seton's, are the same with those of an Issue.  

The OPERATION.  
Seton's are usually made in the Neck. When the Patient is sat down, turn his Head and pinch up the Skin; than take a Needle made like that which the Packets use, with a Skein of Silk soaked in Oil of Roses, and pass the Needle through the Patient's Skin, leaving the Skein in it. Some use a perforated Forceps with a Hole in it, and with this they pinch up the Skin of the Neck, and pass the Skein through the Skin.  
THE DRESSING consists in laying a Compress on the Seton, and keeping it on with a Fillet round the Neck.  
THE CURE. Take care every Day to take of the Dress, and draw the Skein a little to change it, and continued the Seton as long as the Physicians shall judge necessary.   

REMARKS.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 4. Obs. 4. relates that a Boy of 11 years of Age was subject to Fluxions which increased very much, sometimes discharging themselves on the Eyes, Teeth or Ears, and causing great Pain in those parts, sometimes again falling on the Throat, Lungs or Stomach, and there causing a Hoursness of Voice, a Cough, a Nausea, Vomiting, and several other bad Accidents, till in fine his Body was reduced to a very Weak, Feeble Condition, at last a Seton being made on the Fontanel or Mould of the Head, the Child grew better from Day to Day, and in a few Months was so recovered, that his Friends did not know him, he appearing quite a New Person.    

CHAP. XXXI. Of Cupping and Scarifying.  
WET Cupping is the Scarifying of the Back, to bring the Blood and Spirits into the Part by the help of a great Glass Vial filled with lighted Tow, and applied on the Scarifications.  
Dry Cupping is without Scarification.  
THE CAUSE. Cupping is useful in Apoplexies, Epilepsies, Hysterick Fits, Palsies, Contractions of the Ligaments and Tendons which sometimes hap after Fractures and Dislocations, because when the part is warmed and rarefied, its Pores open themselves, and receive in the more Subtle parts of the Medicines applied to it.  
The Ancients applied Cupping-glasses to Venereal Bubo's, Pestilential tumors, and the Bites of venomous Animals to draw the Venom out of the Part, but later Authors disapprove of this Practice, because, say they, the Poison insinuating itself into the Mass of Blood, a Cupping-glass is not capable of putting a stop to the Mischief; others again reject Cupping-glasses on all occasions whatever, denying that Scarifications determine the Blood and Spirits towards the Part which is Cupped, or that by diverting the Humours another way, the suffering Part is thereby eased, and its Inflammation abated. Those who oppose this Practice tells us, that if this were true, the part which is cupped would appear inflamed, because it is not possible that the Blood and Spirits should flow very plentifully to a Part without a visible Inflammation of it, which nevertheless in this case is not discernible. Besides if any such Inflammation should arise, the Motion of the Blood would be interrupted by a Division of the Vessels, as it happens in all recent Wounds, and not be determined thither by the Pain or Attraction of the Cupping-glasses. Whence they conclude, that once letting Blood or taking any Sudorisick or other proper Remedy, will have a better effect than all the Cupping in the World.  
The Ancients very foolishly applied Cupping-glasses on the top of the Head, in an Inflammation of the Wula, and on the Hypochondria to stop bleeding of the Nose, or under the Breasts in Women, to stop the Flux of the Menstrua, or on the midst of the lower Belly to draw up the Womb, and on the Region of the Kidneys to alloy Nephritick pains.  
THE SIGNS which indicate the use of Cupping-glasses, are all those Distempers above mentioned.  

The OPERATION.  
There are two sorts of Cupping, the wet and the dry way; the first is designed to draw the Blood; and the latter only to irritate the Part, and rarefie the Humours contained in it.  
In order to apply Cupping-glasses, place the Patient in a proper Situation according to the place on which you design to fix them; than rub the Part very well with a warm Cloth, and setting fire to the Tow in the Glass apply it, and the fire will be presently extinguished, and the Flesh tumefie in that place. In stead of Tow, you may put a small wax Candle lighted in a little Tin Candlestick on the part, and clap one of the Glasses over this, the Candle will immediately go out, and the Flesh swelling rife up into the Glass, which you may leave on for as long a time as you please. This is the way of dry Cupping.  
But if you would draw Blood, make Scarifications on the Part as deep as you judge is convenient, beginning beneath and rising upwards, because if you begin above and descend, the Blood will hinder you from performing the Operation well. The Scarifications must be made a cross one another, that so the skin may have no check. When this is done, you may apply Cupping-glasses on the Scarifications, in the same manner as in the dry way of Cupping, and the Blood will run into the Glass, which when it is half full must be removed to empty it and another applied, repeating this as often as there is occasion.  
There are three sorts of Scarifications, some Superficial, and these are small scratches which do not enter the Skin, others are middling and extend to the Flesh, the last sort are larger and deeper, and are slashes. The first are only useful in Distempers of the Skin, and the Incisions in Gangrenes and dangerous Distempers.  
THE DRESSING. After dry Cupping lay on the Part a Compress dipped in Spirit of Wine, simple or Camphorated, and keep it on with a Napkin folded in three pleats, and fastened round the Breast if the Back be cupped, or with a Fillet if it be the Leg or Arm.  
When the Part is Scarified cleanse the Incision with Spirit of Wine, and make a Bandage.  
THE CURE of Scarifications consists in applying a Desiccative Emplaster to cicatrize them.   

REMARKS.  
Fab. Hildanus in his Treatise de tuendâ Sanitate observes, that when there is a Coma, a heaviness in the Head, Defluxions on the Eyes or Throat, that Cupping-glasses may than be applied on the Shoulderblades, and that the Patient must barely stand before the Fire, and not be in too hot a place, for fear lest the Vena cava which runs along the Back be too much heated, and the Blood be put into a Ferment.  
In Cent. 4. Obs. 13. He relates the History of a Man of forty years of Age, of a good Temper of Body, who was siezed with a violent Flux of Blood at the Nose. His Physician ordered him to keep himself in a hot place and undergo a Cupping, which together so increased his Bleeding, that in a few Hours he lost several Pints. The Flux continued and became so violent, that the Blood discharged itself outwardly, as well as into the Stomach, and in a few Days time, the Patient voided 27 l. by the Nose. This Observation shows us, that on a like occasion the Patient ought never to be kept in a very hot place, or have Cupping-glasses applied according to the present Practice.    

CHAP. XXXII. Of Leeches.  
LEeches are a sort of Water-worms, applied to a Part to draw out Blood.  
THE CAUSE. Leeches are applied to such parts as cannot endure Scarification; as the Face, Lips, Nose, Fingers, Joints, and the Fundament in the Piles.  
THE SIGNS that Leeches ought to be applied, are those above mentioned, viz. a necessity of Scarifying, and an unaptness in the Part to admit of it.  

The OPERATION.  
You must not make use of those which are taken out of standing Waters, as Marshes and Pits, (which most commonly have a large Head, and shine in the Night like Glow-worm's, and have their Back streaked with Blue) for these often are dangerous and cause Inflammations, Fevers and Syncopes; Those are best which are found in clear and running. Water, are long and slender, have a small Head, and a greenish back streaked with Yellow, and their Belly a little Reddish.  
Before Leeches be applied, let them stand for some Days in a Vessel of clear Water to Vomit. When Leeches are kept in a Glass for use, the Water ought to be changed once in three Days, and for about ten or twelve hours before they are applied, let them be kept in a Box, for this makes them more Hungry, and draw Blood with more eagerness.  
Before you apply them, chafe the Part well with a Sponge dipped in warm Water or Milk, and if the Leech do not stick to the Part, lay on a drop or two of the Blood of some other Animal. Put them to the Part in the Box itself, for if you touch them with your Fingers they will be irritated, and will not by't. When the Patient feels several Pricks take away the Box, and if there be not enough fastened to the Pa●● apply it again  
If the Leeches fall of before they have sucked Blood enough, take others up in a Napkin and apply them to the same Punctures which the first have made. When they do not draw enough cut of the little end of their Tail, for the Blood coming away as fast as they suck it, they will never be satisfied and suck perpetually, besides by this means what quantity they draw may be known. When they have drawn enough you must not pull them away, for than they will leave their Sting in the Wound, but throw some sharp thing or other on their Heads, as Ashes or the like, and than they will quit their Hold; after which you may let a little Blood run, for this carries of any Venom that may hap to be left in the Wound.  
THE DRESSING. Wa●h the Punctures with Salt Water, and apply a Compress with convenient Bandage. If the Blood does not stop lay on the Punctures some Astringent Medicines, as a Compress dipped in some Styptic Waters, as Ashes of Galls, or some other Astringent Powders. However a Compress and Bandage is necessary, and if there be an Inflammation, the Compress may be dipped in Spirit of Wine Camphorated; and here note, this is sooner made by repeated extinction of lighted Camphire, than the common Way by a Solution of it.  
THE CURE. Lay small Pledgits of Lint on the Punctures, and if there be any Inflammation, let them be dipped in some Spirituous Liquor.   

REMARKS.  
If Leeches are taken out of a Stagnating or Muddy Water, or have not well disgorged themselves, they sometimes leave Ulcers behind them in the part which they Wound.    

CHAP. XXXIII. Of Vesicatories or Blisters.  
VEsicatories are certain Applications which raise small Bladders or Blisters on the Skin.  
THE CAUSE. The Occasion of applying Blisters are Vertigo's, Fluxons on the Eyes or Ears, Pains of the Teeth, Epilepsies, Apoplexies, Soporose Distempers, the Gout, the Bites of Venomous Animals, and the Stinging of Wasps, Bees, etc.  
THE SIGNS which indicate Blistering to be necessary, are some one of those immediately above recited.  

The OPERATION.  
Blisters are raised with Cantharideses or Spanish Flies dried and powdered, and mixed with Leaven, and so applied to some one part of the Body. Before you apply any Visicatory make a light Friction of the part with a course Cloth to open the Pores, to make way for the more prompt Action of the Caustick Salts. The Skin of a Child which is thin and of a delicate contexture, does not require so strong a Vesicatory, as that of a grown Person, and more or fewer Vesicatories ought to be applied in proportion to the quantity of Serosities you intent to draw.  
The Patient may know when a Blister is drawn, by reason he does than feel the Pain which the Emplaster causes at first.  
Blisters must not be opened till after some Days, when the Flesh gins to grow a little harder, for otherwise the Air entering too soon, would created violent pain.  
Blisters ordinarily rise in six or seven Hours. If you desire to have a continual evacuation, leave the Blistering Emplaster on the part, and a Serosity will continually come away. In Pains of the Teeth Blisters are frequently applied to the Neck, and kept running for a long time.  
THE DRESSING. When a Vesicatory is taken of▪ and the Blisters opened, apply a Compress dipped in some Spirituous Liquor, and keep it on with some Bandage adapted to the Part; for instance, on the Temples with a Handkerchief folded Triangularwise, on the Trunk of the Body with the Napkin, and on the Limbs with a Roller.  
THE CURE. If you do not desire the evacuation for any long time, take of the Vesicatory, wash the Part with some Spirituous Liquor, and than lay on some good Desiccative Emplaster.   

REMARKS.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 6. Obs. 99 relates that a young Fellow playing the fool with some of his Comrades in an Apothecary's Shop, seeing a Box of Cantharideses, asked what they would give him to eat twelve of those Spanish Flies, they made a Bargain, and presently told him out the number, upon which he took and swallowed very greadily. About Midnight he was tormented with cruel Pains in his Stomach, and pissed Blood. However he was so fortunate as to escape with Life, which was partly owing to the Skill and Care of his Physicians, and partly to their being only in a gross Powder.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Centur. 6. Obs. 88 relates, That a certain Person having a Cold Pituitous Swelling on the Knee, a certain Barber applied to it a Vesicatory made of Leaven and Spanish Flies, which Ulcerated the whole Knee, created likewise a vehement Pain, Restlessness and Fever, with a Pain in the Reinss, Back and Belly, and after that he had a great Heat in the Neck of the Bladder, and could not voided any thing besides some drops of Blood, with intolerable pain; but Hildanus removing this Cataplasm the Pain abated, the Patient made Water without difficulty, and all other Accidents ceased. The Barber being incensed at his removing his Emplaster applied another, but the Accidents returning with more vehemence than before, and the Patient being sensible of the reason, discharged the Empirick. After this he purged him well with Hydragogues, and Sweated him with a Decoction of Box, Guajacum, Sassafras, and Roots of China to purge of that Viscous Homour, from whence the Swelling did proceed. In the last place, he applied Vigo's Cataplasm hot for a Month together, renewing it twice a Day, and the Patient was cured.    

CHAP. XXXIV. Of the Extirpation of the Uuula.  
THIS needs no Definition.  
THE CAUSE. The occasion of this Operation is some Erosion, Gangrene, or Exorbitant Swelling of the Wula, which hinders the Patient from Breathing or Swallowing his Aliments.  
THE SIGNS of a Gangrene in the Wula, are the same as in any other part of the Body. When a Man cannot Swallow or Breath without great difficulty, and there seems to be a Lump in the Throat, it is a sign the Wula is inflamed; besides this may be easily seen by inspecting the Mouth.  

The OPERATION.  
Depress the Tongue with the Speculum Oris, than take hold of the Wula with a Forceps, and cut if of with a pair of Scissors.  
THE DRESSING Not Pledgit, Compress or Bandage, can be applied to this Part.  
THE CURE consists in stopping the Blood with Styptic Gargarisms. If it be requisite to procure a good Digestion, make a Gargarism for this purpose, with a Decoction of Mallows, Marsh-mallows, white Lily Roots, Figs, and other like ripening Ingredients, and when the Patient uses it, let him retain some of it for a considerable time in his Mouth. In the last place, make a detergent Ptisan with the Vulnerary Plants or warm Wine, which often suffices alone.   

REMARKS.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 19 relates the History of a young Man, whose Wula was so large he could not breath without great Difficulty, it filled up all the Roof of his Mouth quite to the Dentes Incisores. This Swelling was hard, livid, unequal, painful, and distended with black Veins, and adhered to the Roof of his Mouth. The Patient putting himself into the Hands of a Mountebank, soon after died.    

CHAP. XXXV. Of the Varices in the Veins.  
THIS Operation is a Ligature or straight Bandage of a Vein, which is dilated.  
THE CAUSE. The internal Cause of Varices is a Thick, Grumous, Blood, coagulated by some Acid, which hinders the Circulation, and necessarily dilates the Vessel.  
Women with Child frequently have Varicose Swell in their Legs, because the Iliac Vessels being compressed by the Foetus, the refluent Blood cannot pass in a due quantity through them, and consequently must regurgitate and distend the Vessels in the Feet and Legs.  
The SIGNS. These tumors are great swollen Veins, of a Violet, Livid or Black colour, which frequently are seated on the Legs near the Knees. These tumors upon the lest compression disappear, but instantly return. Sometimes these Swell are very serviceable to the Patient, especially if they are Hypochondriacal or Melancholy Persons, but if the Blood ferments in them, and seems disposed to burst the Vein, threatening a Malignant Ulcer by its sharpness, or the Pain be violent, than you may make the Operation.  
The OPERATION  
Pinch up the Skin a cross the Tumour, and let a Servant hold one end; do you take the other end and make an Incision lengthways, till you have laid the Vessel bore, than take the Vein with a Hook to separate it more conveniently from its Membranes, and pass a Needle threaded with a double waxed Thread, and tie the Vein below the Dilatation, and open the Vessel with a Lancet to let out the Blood. If you have no mind to make this Operation, you may open the Vein with a Lancet to let out the Blood, as in Bleeding, and when you think you have drawn enough make a straight Bandage, and forbear undoing it till the Swelling be down, and the Vein reduced to its Natural Size; or when you have taken away Blood enough, apply a Plate of Lead on it with Astringent Medicines, and bind this Plate on very strictly, for by this means the Blood being hindered from passing through that Vein, it will by degrees be lessened, till it is entirely gone.  
If you have no mind to open the Varix, you may apply a Sponge dipped in a Decoction of R●ch Alum, Common Salt, and four Pomegranates, applying it twice a day, and continuing it on for the space of a Month. When the Varix appears to be dried away, remove the Sponge and keep the part bound straight for a Month or two, till the Swelling entirely disappear.  
The following Medicine is good against all Pains and Swell of the Varices. ℞. Unguent of Populeon, Mucilages of Psyllium, Linseed and Foenugreck, ā. ℥ iss. O●. of Camomile, Flower of Beans, ā. ℥ ij. and with Wax q. s. make a Cerate or Emplaster.  
THE DRESSING. After the Ligature is made on the Varix, dress it with some good Digestive or Balsam, that so the extremities of the Vessels may cicatrize, and than put Dossils' into the Wound, and lay on a Pledgit armed with some good Digestive, and over this a Compress, keeping all on with a Roller above two Inches broad, and of a length proportioned to the Part, and rolled Spirally on it.  
THE CURE consists in dressing the Wound twice a a Day, Deterging it, and than Cicatrizing it. The Threads will rot in the Suppuration, and than they may be drawn out.  
It is not enough to treat the Patient in this manner, but you must farther be careful to sweeten the Blood with Sudorificks, as a Decoction of Guajacum, China and Sarsaparilla, not forgetting Purging and Bleeding, if the Physicians approve of it.  

REMARKS.  
Marcus Aurelius Severinus, in his Book de Chirurgia efficaci, Ch. 37. relates, That a certain Person had a Varix on the Knee, form by the conjunction of several Veins united in such manner, that they made a little Hillock which after separated, and proceeded in their course up into the Groin.  
Bartholin in Hist. 56. relates that a young Fellow continuing 13 Days without making Water, all the Veins of his Body became Varicose, and several of them broke, but upon giving the Patiented Diuretics he made Water, and the Swelling of the Vessels went of.    

CHAP. XXXVI. Of Reducing the Fundament.  
THIs Operation is the Reduction of the Gut into its Natural place, when it is fallen out.  
THE CAUSE. The falling out of the Rectum, proceeds from straining in going to stool, from a Paralysis of the Muscular Fibres of the Sphincter, or a Relaxation of them by a constant Defluxion of Humidities, or some vehement Cough, long Looseness, Dysentery, or the Piles, any of which are sufficient to produce this effect.  
THE SIGNS. This Disease is visible enough, part of the Gut hanging out of the Anus.  
If it be of long standing, the Reduction is very difficult and dangerous, and there being most commonly a large Tumour, the Gut is inflamed and gangrenes.  
If it proceeds from a Paralysis of the Sphincter, the Disease is very hard to cure, and whatever pains you take to replace it, it notwithstanding soon falls out again. But when it is recent or in young Persons of a good Habit of Body, it may be remedied without any great difficulty.  

The OPERATION.  
To reduce the Fundament, place the Patient on his Belly with his Head low and his Hips raised, and having dipped your Fingers in Oil of Roses, gently thrust in the Roll form by the extraversion of the Rugous Membrane of the Rectum, or take a Compress dipped in Warm Milk, and with this thrust the Fundament up.  
THE DRESSING. Foment the Part well and apply Astringents to it, keeping them on with the double T, or the Roller with four Tails suspended with a Collar. The Way of making which Bandage, is described at large in the Operation of cutting for the Stone, and the Fistula in Ano.  
THE CURE. Let the Patient lie on his Belly for several Days together, that so the Gut may have time to recover its Strength, and rub the Part well with Oil of Beetles. This Oil is made by the infusion of a good quantity of Beetles in Oil of Turpentine, exposed to the Sun for a considerable time. Oil of Turpentine alone is sufficient for this purpose.  
If the Belly be bound give Clysters frequently, or let the Patient take an Ounce of Oil of sweet Almonds with a dram of Cream of Tartar. If the Pain be very troublesome, foment the part with a Decoction of Cowslip and Camomile Flowers in Milk. Fumigations of Frankincense and Mastic are good; In short, to prevent the Fundament from falling out again, use all sorts of Astringent Remedies.   

REMARKS.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 3. Obs. 76. tells us, that a certain Countryman going to stool, the Rectum fell out, and it being vehement cold Wether, he was seized with so sharp a Pain, that he was forced to remain in the place, being unable to stir. The Gut grew as big as an Egg, and his Excrements which were very liquid, came away perpetually. Hildanus being called to him, treated him in this manner. In the first place he applied this Cataplasm to the Anus. R. Leaves and Flows of Tapsus Barbatus, Flowers of Melilot and Camomile, Roots and Leaves of Mallows, ā. one Handful, Seeds of Linseed and Fenugreek, ā. ℥ ss. Aniseeds, ℥ i Boil the Ingredients in Cow's Milk, and apply Stuphes wrung out of it, continuing them on for the space of an hour; than he strewed a little of the following Powder on the Gut. ℞. Read Roses, Pomegranate Peels, Cypress Nuts, Mastic, Frankincense, Crocus Martis, Calx of Lead, Mix equal parts of these, and make a Powder. Than hanging the Patient up by the Heels, and having wrapped his Finger in a very fine Rag dipped in the Decoction, he put it into the Gut, and gently thrust it into its Natural Place. Than he anointed the Os Sacrum and the Rump-Bone with a Lineament made of Oil of Roses and Worms, ā. ℥ i Oil of Rosebuds, ℥ ss. mixed all together. In the last place, he purged the Patient with the compound Syrup of Roses, made with Rhubarb, Agarick and Senna, having first bled him in the Arm.    

CHAP. XXXVII. Of Reducing the Womb when it is fallen out.  
THis Operation is the Restoring the Neck of the Womb to its Natural place.  
THE CAUSE. The Relaxation of the Neck of the Womb after Delivery, sometimes proceeds from the unskilfulness of the Midwife in drawing too violently its Rugae, and tearing it from the Parts to which it adheres, and sometimes it arises from the Natural Laxity of the Part.  
The abundance of Humidities which flow hither, sometimes 'cause this falling out of the Womb, as it is commonly, but improperly, called, since it never is the Body of the Womb which comes forth, but the Vagina only.  
THE SIGNS. The falling out or Relaxation of the Vagina, may be perceived without any great Difficulty; there appears a Thick, Hard, Round Substance not unlike a Gut, which hangs between a Woman's Legs, and has a Roll at bottom with a Hole in the midst, which is commonly mistaken for the inner Orifice of the Womb.  
A simple Relaxation of the Neck of the Womb is not dangerous, if there be no Inflammation, Ulcer, or Gangrene. When the Disease is recent, there is no great Difficulty in curing it, but if it be of long standing, it is incurable. If it proceed from an internal Cause, and the Relaxation increase by degrees, the Distemper is curable; but if the falling out of the Womb proceed from some external Cause, as the straining of a Woman in Labour, or the Midwives' forcibly drawing out the Rugae, there is but little probability of Success.  

The OPERATION.  
For the restoring the Vagina to its proper place, let the Patiented lie on her Back with her Hips raised, and the Artist having first Humected his Fingers with Oil of Roses, may than gently thrust it into its Natural place. If the Vagina be very much tumefied and cannot re-enter, he must by no means handle it roughly, for fear of an Inflammation or Gangrene; but he must humect and foment it with Emollient Decoctions, and forbear reducing it till the Swelling be dispersed. If there be a Mortification already on the Vagina, it must be speedily cut of, which is the only means he can have recourse to save the Patient's Life. For the doing this, let him make a Ligature on the Sound part, and cut of that which is corrupted; and if there be a Cancer draw the Vagina to him, and extirpate that by the Roots, stopping the Blood with good Stypticks.  
THE DRESSING consists in introducing a Pessary into the Neck of the Womb, which is to be done in this manner. Take a good thick bit of Cork, and cut it into the shape of a Cylinder of two Inches or more in Diameter, in proportion to the largeness of the Vagina. This must not be round, but five or six cornered, or of any other Multangular Figure for the better retaining it, and must have a Hole in the midst to give Passage to the Menses: This Pessary must be dipped in white Wax to prevent it from rotting, and likewise from hurting the sides by its inequalities; and must be introduced as far as is possible into the Neck of the Womb to retain it, and be kept in till the Person be cured, or all her Life-time if there be a necessity for it.  
THE CURE. For restoring the Tone of the Vagina, make a Fumigation with the Skin of an Eell, or Mastic and Olibanum. Fomentations with Spirit of Feverfew Camphorated, cure obstructions of the Womb, and dry up the Superfluities, or a Pessary may be put up into the Vagina, as was above directed. If any Fleshy Excrescences grow in the Neck of the Womb, cut them of. If there be any Venereal Ulcers, dry them up with Limewater mixed with Spirit of Wine, or ℞. Spirit of Wine Camphorated, ℥ iv. Olibanum in Powder, ℥ i Saccharum Saturni, ʒss.  Alum, ʒi. Dissolve all these together, and apply them hot; Or make a Nutritum with a sufficient quantity of Oil of St. John's wort, Oil of Elder and Limewater.   

REMARKS.  
Kerkringius in Obs. 53. relates that a certain Woman having for a long time been incommoded with a Fleshy Excrescence hanging out of the Lips of her Privities, every one thought it to be a falling out of the Womb, but it being opened after her Death, it appeared to be an Excrescence of the Vagina.  
The following History made a mighty noise some time since, both at Paris and Tholouse. A certain young Woman at Tholouse had a Relaxation of the Vagina, resembling a Man's Yard, and some pretend she abused it that way, it being six Inches in Length, and Four in Circumference in the middle, where it was very hard. This falling out of the Vagina, gradually increased from her Childhood, she was searched by the Physicians of Tholouse, who gave their Opinion, that this falling out of the Womb was a Real Yard, and upon this Determination, the Magistrates of the Town ordered her to go in Man's Habit. In this Equipage she came to Paris, where she got Money by showing herself, till upon assurance that she was a Woman, and a promise of being cured, she was brought into the Hôtel Dieu, where the descent was soon put up, and she was forced to resume her Female Dress to her great Regret.    

CHAP. XXXVIII. Of Opening Abscesses.  
THis is an Incision made into an Abscess, to let out the Pus contained in it.  
THE CAUSE of Abscesses is some gross Humour, which being brought into a Part by the Circulation of the Blood, and being not able to pass through the narrow Channels is congested there. This Feculent Matter is form of a crude, viscous Chyle, coagulated by Cold, or some acid or astringent Applications, or a thousand like Accidents.  
THE SIGNS which discover an Abscess, are a great Pain, Inflammation, and Pulsation of the Part, and a Swelling which gradually increases to its height; but when the Suppuration is completed, the Pulsation and Pain cease, the Tumour grows softer than at first, and becomes white in some places.  

The OPERATION.  
The Tumour must be opened with a Lancet, or some Caustick.  
If you would make the Operation with a Lancet, choose the thinnest and most depending part, to avoid putting the Patient to more pain than need, and giving the Pus a free discharge. The Orifice must be too large rather than too small, for the more convenient applying of Medicines and evacuating the Pus, which sometimes is Grumous and Concreted.  
When the Abscess is very large, you must not empty it at once, for fear the Patiented fall into a Syncope, nor squeeze it to express the Matter, for fear of making a contusion of the tender Flesh.  
If the Skin which covers it be thick, as for instance in the Heel, pair it for making an Incision more conveniently and easily.  
In opening an Abscess, hold the Lancet between the Extremities of the Forefinger and Thumb, in the same manner as in bleeding; but if it be large and the Skin be thick, as in the Thighs and Buttocks, hold it between the Thumb and the middle Finger, that so you may employ more force in the using it.  
If the Patient be timorous, you may open the Abscess with a Caustick in the manner above directed, and this is done with lesle Pain. If you endeavour to break the Tumour by Topical applications, as the Dung of Animals, or Human Excrements, which are best of all, let them be applied as hot as the Patient can endure them, and be kept on the Part with a Compress and Bandage. But observe here, it is by no means adviseable to wait till some swell break of themselves; for instance, such as are in the Breast, Belly, or Fundament, or near any Bones, Tendons, or other Nervous parts, because the long detention of the Pus in those parts is apt to rot them, or leave Fistula's behind it. The same caution is to be used in Venereal Bubo's, because the Pocky Venom if it be not soon discharged, is apt to infect the Mass of Blood, and so in Paronychias for fear the Pus rot the Tendons of the Finger if it be kept in too long.  
THE DRESSING. This consists in putting Dossils' of dry Lint into the Wound (which like a Sponge absorb the Superfluous Moisture) with a dry Pledgit and a Compress over them, keeping these on with a Bandage adapted to the part.  
THE CURE. Take of the Dress twice a day, endeavouring to procure a good Digestion, and when you have obtained this, Deterge and Cicatrize.  
Besides local Applications, internal Medicines are of very great use in the cure of Abscesses, as Purgatives to cleanse the Stomach and Guts, Alteratives to purify and sweeten the Mass of Blood, of which last kind are all Sudorificks, v. g. Diaphoretic Antimony, Powder and Salt of Vipers, the Dose of which is about half a Dram in two or three Spoonfuls of Carduus Water, or any other convenient Vehicle.  
In case there be a Fever, you may make use of some preparations of Nitre, as Nitre Antimoniated, Sal prunellae, etc.   

REMARKS.  
Bartholin Cent. 1. Hist. 30. tell us, that a certain Child of four years old (who had a Dropsy of the Head, and no Member bigger than a Man's Thumb) had an Abscess upon the Spine in the Region of the Loins; upon opening this Swelling, there issued out a great quantity of Blood, and the Head became lesle, but the Child died within three Days after. The Author conjectures, that this Abscess had a Communication with the Spinal Marrow, and that the Medulla Oblongata was corrupted.    

CHAP. XXXIX. Of the Hydrocephalus or Dropsy of the Head.  
THis Operation is an Incision made in the Head, to let out the Waters lodged in that Part.  
THE CAUSE. An Hydrocephalus is a Watery Tumour on the Head.  
This Distemper most commonly proceeds from an Extravasated Lympha, occasioned by some Blow, Fall, Wound or Compression of the Vessels. This Water is contained in different places, as v. g. between the Pericranium and the Teguments, between the Cranium and Dura Mater, between the Membranes of the Brain, or in its Ventricles.  
THE SIGNS. When the Water is between the Pericranium and the Skull, the Swelling feels soft; if it be lodged between the Skull and Dura Mater, or in the Substance of the Brain, there is a great Pain in the Head attended with a Coma, the Head is large and heavy, and in Children it is Swollen, their Forehead is prominent, and their Eyes run with Water.  
Children most commonly die of this Distemper, and if the largeness of their Heads increase it is an ill sign; if the Water be lodged in the Ventricles of the Brain, there is no cure to be hoped for.  
If a Hydrocephalus be accompanied with an Apoplexy or Lethargy, Death is not far of. If the Patiented voided Blood at the Nose, it is a sign the Lympha is very Acrimonious and Pungent. This Distemper is Chronical, and frequently Mortal to the Patient.  
If the Water be lodged between the Teguments and the Skull, the Distemper is curable; but if it be beneath the Skull there is no great Hopes; however if the cure be attempted, it must be done in the following manner.  

The OPERATION.  
Make an Incision through the Teguments with a Lancet, and let the Orifice be large enough, because the Water most commonly is thick and foul, and let it in the next place be made in the lowest part to discharge the Swelling, which must be done at divers times, and not at once, for fear the Patiented fall into a Syncope.  
When the Water is beneath the Skull, apply the Trepan, and if it be under the Dura Mater, pierce that with a Lancet.  
THE DRESSING is the same as in the Trepan, and is described in the Chapter concerning that Operation, where the Reader if he please to take the pains may found it.  
If the Water be only under the Pericranium, the putting a Cannula into the Incision is sufficient.  
THE CURE. Confine the Patient to a regular Diet, let all his Food be drying, as roasted Fowls, etc. and let him drink good Wine. Let his Exercise and Sleep be moderate, and let him frequently take Purgative, Diuretic, Diaphoretic, and Cephalick Medicines.  
The best Purgatives in this case are Hydragogues, as Powder of Jalap, ʒss. in any little Vehicle, Resin of Jalap, from 8 to 15 gr. in Conserve of Roses, Scammony from 8 to 15 gr. in the same Conserve, or its Resin, from 8 to 12 gr.  
The best Diuretics, are Volatile Salt of Amber, Sal Vegetabile, Nitre refined, or some drops of Spirit of Salt.  
The best Diaphoreticks are the Roots of the Sudorific Plants, as Sarsa Parilla, China, or Guajacum boiled in a Ptisan, and Diaphoretick Antimony, Powder or Salt of Vipers, the Dose of which we have frequently repeated.   

REMARKS.  
Some years since there was a Girl of ten years of Age shown at St Germains Fair, whose Head was two foot and three inches in Circumference. This Deformity began to appear some time after her Birth, and she was so stupefied with it, that she could neither Speak nor Walk, only some times she would cry like a little Child; her Skin adhered to her Bones, and her Legs were crooked, she lived upon Milk and Spoon-Meat, and the Bones of her Head were separated, especially in the place of the Fontanel.  
Kerkringius assures us, that in opening a Child of three Months and a half old, who died of an Hydrocephalus, he found nothing besides a thick saline Serum in the Brain.  
Tulpius tells us, he had taken five Dutch pints of Water out of the Head of a Child, and its Brain had lost its round Figure.  
Kerkringius assures us, he had found a Brain in a young Lad of fourteen years of Age, without any Consistence. This Lad in his Life-time, had been very stupid and drowsy, there was a distance between the Pia-Mater and the Brain, and another between the Brain and the Cerebel.  
In the Miscellanea Curiosa, there is a Relation of the taking 30 Ounces of clear Saline Water out of the Head of a Child of one year old. At first those who dissected him did imagine there was no Brain, because it had lost its globous Figure, and the Medulla Oblongata adhered to the Arch of the Bone. In prosecuting the Dissection, there was no Fat beneath the Skin, which always is found there in Children. There was a great quantity of Water in the Thorax, like that in the Head. The Kidneys were of a very unequal bigness, the Pituitary and Pineal Glands' in the Brain were wanting, and in its Basis there were several Nervous Filaments, which were judged to belong to the eighth pair, and were besmeared with a thick Mucilage.    

CHAP. XL. Of Opening parts imperforate.  
THis Operation is making an Orifice with an Instrument, in parts where the Natural ones are deficient.  
THE CAUSE. The Occasion is a deficiency in Nature, when Children are born with their Ears, Nose, Mouth, Privities, Yard or Fundament closed with a Membrane (which is a continuation of the Skin) or some Fungous or Schirrhous Excrescence.  
THE SIGNS. These defects are visible upon inspection, and the Child which is so imperforate, cannot breathe through its Mouth or Nose, or voided its Excrements by its Fundament.  
If the Auditory passage be stopped by a Thick Membrane, the Child will remain deaf all its Life-time, unless this impediment be early removed. If the Rectum in Girls open into the Privities, this is incurable, and the Excrements will be voided that way.  

The OPERATION.  
The Foetus naturally has a Membrane which covers the Drum of the Ear, and if this Membrane be very thick, and Nature of its own accord does not resolve it, you must pierce it with a Lancet, otherwise the party will be deprived of Hearing.  
If the passage be stopped by an Excrescence, cut it of with a pair of Scissors, or make a Ligature with a Thread, straightening it by degrees; but the Scissors are best, because the Ligature is some time before it takes it of. Sometimes this Fungous or Schirrous Substance possesses all the Dust, and than no Scissors can reach it; in this case you must have recourse to Caustics, to consume the remaining Carnosity. When you use these, you must be very careful to prevent them from hurting the Drum of the Ear, for if they should touch this, they would not fail to corrode it through, and the Party loose his Hearing for ever; to prevent which Mischief, I think it would be convenient to fasten them to the end of your Probe, that so you may draw them out at pleasure.  
When the Child's Nostrils are closed by a Membrane, it must be cut in the midst lengthways. Sometimes Childrens Nostrils adhere together after the Small Pox, in which case they may be separated with a Spatula; but if they adhere too firmly, or are stopped by some Carnosity, the Lancet must be used.  
Sometimes the Vrethra is closed by a Membrane, which hinders the Child from making Water. In this case an Incision must be made with a strong Lancet directly down, for fear of Wounding the Glans. If the Glans hap to be closed at its extremity, and perforated under the Penis in the Vrethra, open its extremity with a Lancet, and introduce a Leaden pipe to pass through, and Scarify the preternatural Aperture, and Cicatrize it, and than bind up the Yard with a Narrow Fillet, leaving the Child to piss through the Pipe.  
If the Vrethra were stopped through its whole length, you might pierce it with a Bodkin, and than put a Leaden Pipe in till the Dust were closed, for without this the sides would grow together, and the passage be stopped as before.  
If the Anus be closed by a Membrane. you may make an Incision lengthways with a Lancet, but if it be stopped by a Carnous Excrescence, you must pierce the Flesh till the Meconium appear, but this is dangerous, and very often the Child dies in the Operation.  
If only the Entry of the Vagina be closed by a Membrane, you may divide it with a Lancet; but if the sides of the Vagina adhere together, you must place the Patient on her Back with her Knees raised, and her Thighs spread, and so make an Incision with a crooked Knife, beginning above and ending below, with the back of the Instrument turned toward the Nymphae, and in this manner you may proceed to cut till the Vagina be opened.  
THE DRESSING consists in introducing Tents armed with good Digestives into the Wound, if there be any Fungous or Carnous Excrescences, which may require a Suppuration to consume them. If there be no necessity of procuring a Digestion, introduce Cannula's or Pipes of Lead proportioned to the largeness of the Incision, to hinder the parts from adhering together; and for the making these Pipes more easy, let them be well smeared with Oil of Roses.  
THE CURE. When there is a necessity of making a large Wound, as there is in cases of Excrescences and Fungus's, let the Patient be prepared by bleeding, Clysters, and other proper Medicines before the Operation, and after it is performed let him be confined to a regular Diet.   

REMARKS.  
Van Horn tells us, he had seen a Child whose Yard was perforated near the Scrotum, and the Vrethra quite closed up, who had an Artificial Vrethra made in this manner: The Surgeon first made an Incision the whole length of the Yard, than he put in a Leaden Pipe and stitched the Flesh on it, and after the Wound was Cicatrized, there remained callous Channels, through which the Child's Urine passed.  
Some years since in the Hôtel Dieu at Paris, there was a Child who had no Vrethra, and its two Testicles were contained each in a separate Scrotum. The Yard had a slit between the two Testes, which resembled the Privities of a Woman, which made most, though untruly, mistake this Child for an Hermaphrodite, for the Probe when it was put into the slit, passed into the Bladder, and it appeared upon Dissection, that he had not any of the Female Organs of Generation.    

CHAP. XLI. Of cutting Tongue-tied Children.  
THIS Operation is the cutting the Ligament of the Tongue, when it extends too near its Tip.  
THE CAUSE of cutting it, is the Inconvenience which arises from its length, as that the Child can never speak plain, because the Tongue has not liberty to strike against the Roof of the Mouth, for the forming Articulate Sounds.  
THE SIGNS. The length of the Fraenum is visible enough, it appearing continued to the tip of the Tongue. This Inconvenience is not in any manner dangerous, but when it is cut with the Nail as Midwives commonly do, there is a Contusion made, which often becomes an Ulcer difficult to be cured.  

The OPERATION.  
Hold down the Child's lower Jaw, and lift up the Tongue with a Fork, which must be round and blunt at the point, and cut the Ligament (as near the Tongue as possible) quite to the Roots, taking care not to divide the large Vessels, for fear of a troublesome Haemorrhage.  
The Surgeon if he please may do this more dexterously with his Fingers, without using the Fork at all. For this purpose, let him depress the lower Jaw with the Thumb of his left Hand, and press the Tongue with the middle Finger, and than let him cut the Ligament which is between his Thumb and Finger quite to the Root, avoiding the Vessels.  
THE DRESSING. Lay on a Pledgit dipped in some Styptic Water, to stop the Haemorrhage if any hap, or if the Child be not old enough to be persuaded to keep the Pledgit in the Mouth, wash the Part with some Styptic Water.  
THE CURE consists in passing several times a Day the Finger under the Child's Tongue, to prevent the Tongue from adhering to the lower Jaw.   

REMARKS.  
Some Children have had their Tongue so strictly tied by this Ligament, that they could not suck, and so have died.    

CHAP. XLII. Of the Coalition of the Fingers.  
THIS Operation is the Separation of the Fingers, when they grow together by Incision.  
THE CAUSE. The Fingers sometimes are united by an intervening Membrane, and the Hand resembles a Goose Foot, and sometimes they grow together without any Medium between.  
The Union of the Fingers in the first Case, which is only a continuity of the Skin proceeds from the Imagination of the Mother. He who would see what Impressions the Mother's Imagination can have upon the Foetus in the Womb, may found this Matter explained at large by the Famous Malbranche in his Treatise of the Search after Truth.  
In the first Formation of the Foetus in the Womb, the Fingers are soft and glutinous, and for this reason happening to be pressed together, they grow in the same manner as the edges of a Wound.  
THE SIGNS. This Male-formation is visible enough.  

The OPERATION.  
This is made by cutting the Skin between the Fingers, when they are joined by an intervening Membrane; but if they are glowed together without any Medium, by dissecting gently each Finger.  
THE DRESSING. Bind up each Finger with a small Fillet to prevent them from touching, and adhering to each other after the Operation. Or use the Bandage called the Gauntlet, which is made after this manner.  
Take a Roller about two Inches broad, and about 3 or 4 els in length, and rolled up at one end. First apply this on the Wrist, and make two Rounds about it, than pass obliquely on the Metacarpus, and proceeding to the end of the Thumb, descend spirally, making an X on the first Articulation of the Thumb, than make another round about the Wrist, and reascend on the back of the Hand, to the extremity of the Middle Finger, and cover that, than descending Spirally, make an X on the first Articulation, that is on that next the Wrist, and make Circumvolatons about the Wrist, making a small edging every time the Fillet goes round, that the upper part of the Hand may be covered just in the same manner as the three first Fingers were.  
THE CURE consists in laying Pledgits of dry Lint armed with Desiccative Powders between the Fingers, and so Cicatrizing the Wound.   

REMARKS.  
Kerkringius tells us, that in the year 1688. there was found in the River Ya a Child which had seven Fingers on each Hand, eight Toes on the right Foot, and nine on the left, every one of which was perfectly well form.    

CHAP. XLIII. Of Extracting all Extraneous Bodies.  
THIS Operation is the taking out any unnatural Substance, which may hap to be lodged in some part or other of a Human Body.  
THE CAUSE is that Extraneous Substance which is prejudicial to the Person.  
THE SIGNS. Whilst any such Body remains lodged in any part, there is most commonly a perpetual Pain.  

The OPERATION.  
If a Bullet be lodged in the Part, you must endeavour to extract it upon the first Dressing, for fear lest when the Inflammation increases it be penned up.  
For the better extracting the Bullet, place the Patient in the same posture that he was in at the time he received the Wound, and than dilate if it be necessary, and seek for the Ball with the Probe, and when you have found it, extract it with the Forceps, Extracter, Terebellum, Ducks, Cranes, or Raven's Bill.  
If a Buller or any other extraneous Body whatever enter the Flesh so far, that it cannot be conveniently brought away, search on the opposite side with the Finger, and when you perceive where it is lodged by its hardness, make an Incision on it avoiding the Vessels, and fetch it away through the Orifice. When it enters the Bone, stir it gently for fear of breaking of some Splinter. When the extraneous Body cannot be drawn out without Violence, you may wait for the Digestion which frequently throws it out.  
If a Pea, Cherry-Stone, or any the like small Body fall into the Ear, let the Patiented lie on his sound Ear, and bring it away with a small Forceps, but if it be so large as to fill the Cavity of the Ear, and you cannot apprehended it, introduce a Probe with some Glutinous Matter at the end, that so it may stick to it, and come away. If some insect creep into the Ear, kill it by pouring hot Oil in.  
If Sand, Dust, or any such like Body fall into the Eye, lift up the Eyelid and put under it one of those Stones found in the Head of Crabs, and called Crabs Eyes, and by some means or other oblige the Patient to sleep, for so this will not come away till it has cleared the Eye, this way is proposed by Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 13.  
If any Splinter of Wood hurt the Eye, lift up the Eyelids and take it away with a small Forceps, or a piece of Rag rolled up and wetted at one end with the Patient's Spittle, or a little Lint, or a bit of a Sponge dipped in Rose or Plantain Water at the end of a Probe. If it be Dust fetch it away with a Collyrium, or if it be a Scale of Iron, apply the Loadstone.  
If a Body be lodged in the Nose extract it with a Forceps, or 'cause the Patient to sneeze with Powder of Tobacco, Hellebore, or any other good Sternutatory; or if these do not bring it away, you may let it alone, and it will fall into the Patient's Mouth of its own accord.  
If any Body be stopped in the Throat, as for instance a Bone, give the Person seven or eight Grains of Gummi Gotta, or if the Accident be very pressing, the same quantity of Emetic Tartar in some liquid Vehicle, If these are not sufficient to bring away this Extraneous Body, open the Patient's Mouth, Depress his Tongue with a Speculum Oris, and bring away the unnatural Body with a Forceps.  
If the Body be so far down in the Throat, that you cannot apprehended it with a Forceps, take a piece of Sponge as big as a small Nut, and fastening it with a Thread, let the Patient swallow it, and than draw it back, and by this means you may often bring up any Extraneous Body lodged in the Throat, or you may thrust it down with a Wax Candle.  
THE DRESSING. Apply Compresses dipped in some Astringent and Resolvent Liquor to prevent any Inflammation, or use Gargarisms of the same virtue.  
THE CURE. If the Extraneous Body has made any Wound, or Inflamed the Throat, let the Patient abstain from all solid Food, for fear lest the Aliments increase the Inflammation by fretting the Parts in their Descent into the Stomach, and let him feed on good Broths, and take cooling Clysters, having Recourse to bleeding, if the Inflammation be very considerable.   

REMARKS.  
In using Sternutatories to bring Extraneous Bodies out of the Nose, take care they be not too violent, for some Persons by this means have lost their Sight.    

CHAP. XLIV. Of the Extirpation of Scrofulous tumors.  
THIS Operation is the Excision or Consuming of Scrofulous Glands.  
THE CAUSE. When the Glands' of the Neck are large or tumefied, they are said to be Scrofulous. This Indisposition arises from an acid Lympha which obstructs the Glands', and coagulates the Matter contained in them. A sedentary unactive Life, is often the occasion of Scrofulous tumors; for the Motion of the Blood being very slow, and not driving the Matter through the Part, it stagnates and breeds these Strumous Swell, and for the same Reason, a thick, foggy Air, External Cold, and all Viscous Meats have the same effect. Waters which flow down from the Mountains, are apt to breed these Distempers, because their Chillness very much abates the rapid Motion of the Blood and thickens the Lympha.  
Strumae which are of a Cancerous Nature are very difficultly cured, especially if they are of long standing, by reason there is a great proportion of an Acid in them; but such as are soft and pendulous, are not altogether so obstinate at first.  
The Bronchocele must not be confounded with Scrofulous Swell, for this is peculiar to the Neck and Throat, and is of a prodigious size sometimes hanging down like a sack, and if you compress it, you may perceive the Lympha fluctuate. These swell are contained in a Cystis, in which the Lympha is congealed, and becomes of a consistence like Plaster. This Distemper creates a Difficulty of swallowing; the Senses of Hearing, Tasting, and Smelling are impaired, which possibly may be caused by tumors compressing the Nerves, and hindering the Circulation of the Spirits, or perhaps from abundance of superfluous Moisture, which makes an inundation on the Tongue, Nose and Auditory passage, and disables them from duly discerning the qualities of the Objects presented to them.  
THE SIGNS. Strumous tumors are evident enough of themselves. In feeling the Neck one may perceive several hard and unequal swell, which are only tumefied Glands'. These swell are sometimes very numerous and extend to the shoulders, and when this is so, they are not inflamed at all.  
Strumae in the Neck sometimes appear outwardly and are pendulous, at other times they are implicated in the Neighbouring parts, hinder Respiration, and compress the Larynx. The true Strumae are Hard, White and Indolent, and those which are Livid and Painful are Spurious.  

The OPERATION.  
When the Strumae are pendulous tie them with a Thread with a slip knot that so you may straiten the Ligature every day by little and little, and so the Tumour being deprived of its Nourishment, may whither and fall away.  
If the Strumae are not Pendulous this way cannot be practised; and therefore in cases of this Nature, an Incision must be made through the skin to lay the Gland bore, and than you must extirpate it together with the Cystis in which it is contained, and in doing this, you must be careful to dissect the part, and to separate the Cystis from the contiguous Bodies, without hurting the Nerves or Blood-Vessels.  
THE DRESSING. Put Dossils' and Pledgits armed with good Digestives into the Wound to procure a good Suppuration of the Lympha congested there, and than Deterge and Cicatrize it. The Dress must be kept on the part with a Handkerchief folded Triangularwise.  
THE CURE. When you do not intent to proceed to the Extirpation of a Strumous Tumour, you must endeavour to soften and resolve it by the most potent Discutients; for instance, Ammoniacum, and the rest of the Gums dissolved in Vinegar, reduced to the consistence of an Emplaster, and so applied to the part, or you may foment it with a sponge soaked in Lime Water. Cataplasms of the Leaves and Roots of Wild Cucumbers beaten up with Goat's Dung, is an excellent Remedy.  
Running Mercury applied to the Part affected, is a potent Discutient, but before it can be applied, it must be made into a Lineament with some Greases, Turpentine, or some of the Gums. Or ℞. Unguent. Martiatum, ℥ i Oil of Myrtils and Bays, ā. ℥ ss. crude Quicksilver killed with Flower of Brimstone, ʒij. Mix these and make an Unguent. All Mercurial Medicines are apt to raise a Salivation, and therefore when you use them, you must frequently inspect the Patient's Mouth to see if the Tongue, Tonsils, Gums, or any other part begin to swell; for if so, it is a sign that a Salivation is ready to rise, and than it is high time to remove all the Applications, and purge with Hydragogues. The same Method is to be taken if it be already begun, and you judge it convenient to prevent it, for often times a Salivation is of very great service in Scrofulous Distempers.  
You must never open Strumous tumors till the Matter or Lympha whence they arise is converted into a Pus. And if none of the preceding Remedies soften or dissipate them, you may try to bring them to suppuration, by an Emplaster of Melilot malaxed with Oil of sweet Almonds and Serpents Fat, or a Cataplasm of the Roots of Marsh-mallows, White Lilies, Hemlock, and Wild Cucumbers, with Oil of Lizards.  
You must not open the Tumour as soon as the Suppuration is completed, but leave the Abscess for some time, for the better rotting and wasting the vitiated Glands'. For the consuming what remains after the opening of the Abscess, put into the Wound a Digestive composed of Turpentine, the Yolks of Eggs and Honey, which will be better still if a little Praecipitate be mixed with it. In the last place, deterge and heal the Wound with Balsam of Sulphur.  
In the mean time you must not forget internal Medicines. This Powder is very good, ℞. Sea Sponge burnt, ℥ iij. Os Sepiae, Jaws of a Pike, Crabs Eyes, long Pepper. White Ginger, Galls, Sea Shells burnt, Eggshells, ā. ℥ i Mix the Ingredients, and let the Patient take of this Powder ʒss. ounce every day; let him likewise use a Ptisan made of the Roots of Figg-wort, Filipendula, Leaves of Butcher's Broom, and Broom for his ordinary Drink. Powder of Human Skulls taken in any liquid Vehicle, is a specific in Strumous Swell of the Neck▪ But observe that the Skull must neither have been buried nor rotten, because than it has lost all its volatile Salts.   

REMARKS.  
Kerkringius Obs. 74. tells us, that a certain Nun was very much incommoded by a Bronchocele, which took up all the forepart of her Throat, and after three months' space it grew so large, that it choked her.    

CHAP. XLV. Of Warts, Wens, Horny and Fungous Excrescences.  
THis Operation is an Amputation, Erosion or Discussing of Excrescences.  
THE CAUSE. When the small Nervous Filaments (by the Rete of which the skin is form) corroded through, or by any Accident divided the Nutritious Juice which distils from their extremities is congested, and being coagulated by the external Cold or some Acids, forms Warts. If these Warts are on the Toes, and the shoe presses the Part being compacted together they become of a Carnous Substance, and are rooted in the Tendons, and springing from them like Ganglions. When these Excrescences thrust very far out and hard, they are termed Horns, and most commonly proceed from Bones, seeming to be only a prolongation of them.  
Sometimes a soft Tumour rises on the Joints which increases insensibly. When this has pierced the skin, it grows to a prodigious size in a very small time, and is called a Wen. This Fle●●y, Soft, Pale and Indolent Substance, is form by the Dilaration or Laceration of the same Membrane, Tendon, or other Nervous part, which happens to be hurt by some Fall, Contusion, Luxation or Strain. This is almost always on the Joint, and adheres to some Membranes or Tendons. It proceeds from a Mixture of the Nutritious Juice, and the Mucilage of the Joints, and by means of the Acids in it acquires a Cancerous Malignity. These Fungus's sometimes grow on the Membranes of the Brain.  
THE SIGNS. These tumors are visible of themselves, Warts are small uneven tumors, rough like Shagreen; these grow deep into the skin, some have a large Basis and sharpen to a point in a Pyramidal Figure. These little indurated Bodies which grow on the Feet are harder than Warts, and resemble a Horn being Transparent. These differ from Corns in no other respect, but that they are larger. Fungus's are soft, spongy, whitish, and grow suddenly, they are almost without sense, and most commonly arise about the Joints, and on the Membranes of the Brain.  
Warts are not in any manner dangerous, except when they proceed from some Venereal Acid. These small tumors are sometimes cured by slipping them of, if they do not enter the skin very deep. Warts which are uneven and like Shagreen, are very apt to return after they are cut of, because most commonly they are rooted in the Tendon. Pocky Warts are more difficult to cure than any other. Wenns continued sometimes for several years.  

The OPERATION.  
Warts must be cut of even with the Skin, and rubbed well with Oil of Tartar per deliquium. Some burn them with a Needle made read hot in the Flame of a Candle: But the better way is to make a Ligature to intercept the Nutritious Juice, for than they soon dry and fall of.  
As for Corns, the best way is to cut them to the Root, and when they grow again, as they will not fail to do, cut them a new. They must likewise be cut before Caustics are applied to eat out the Roots, except they grow upon a Tendon, and in this case you must forbear for fear of an Inflammation or Gangrene of the Part.  
Fungus's and Wenns may be taken of together with their Root if it appear, but if it does not, you may consume them with gentle Caustics; for if they were too strong, the Fungus would be apt to degenerate into a Cancer. Or if you would take it of without Excision, you may make a Ligature about it, tying it every day straighter to intercept the Nourishment which feeds it, and than apply Desiccative Powders to stop the Orifice.  
THE DRESSING is the same used in the applying other Caustics.  
THE CURE. These tumors require both internal and external Medicines, to prevent the Efflux and Concretion of the Nutricious Juice. The means to obtain this, is by blunting the Points of the Acids by Alcalies and Sudorificks, as Diaphoretick Antimony from ℈ i toʒss. Powder and Salt of Vipers in like Dose taken in a Glass of Carduus Water. Ptisans made of the Sudorific Roots are excellent. Purging with Hydragogues is very useful to carry of the Acid Serosities. Of this kind, are Jalap and Scammony, or their Resins taken from eight to fifteen Grains in Conserve of Roses, or any Liquid Vehicle.  
The principal, external Medicines which are good against Warts, are the fresh Juice of Celandine, which must be applied and continued on for some time, having first made a Superficial Incision, that so the Juice may penetrate the better. A Solution of Sal Armoniac, or a Lineament of Honey with a little Vitriol, or a drop or two of flaming Brimstone from a Pins Head, or Shall Armoniac dissolved in Vinegar is good to cure Corns if the Corn be first cut, for otherwise its thickness would be apt to hinder the Medicine from reaching deep enough.  
Aquafortis and Butter of Antimony may be dropped from the point of a Pin, and repeated frequently, ceasing it any Inflammation arise. If Corns take Root in the Tendons, you must not corrode them to the Bottom for fear of any Inflammation or Ulcer which may ensue.   

REMARKS.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 6. Obs. 81. relates, That a certain young Lady had a prodigious Wart between the first and second Bones of the Metacarpus of the Right Hand, which was a great Blemish, but he cured her in this manner; first he purged the Patient, and after this he made a Ligature on the swelling with a Thread dipped in Arsenical Water, this he continued to tie straighter and straiter from time to time, till the Warts fell of, and than deterged the Wound with Unguent. Apostolorum and healed it, there remaining scarce any Cicatrix at all. But he advises the young Surgeons not to be too forward to imitate his Practice in this particular, for fear of bad Accidents happening from the use of Arsenic, as did in this young Lady, to remedy which he purged her, bled her, laid on Defensatives, and gave her Cordials.    

CHAP. XLVI. Of taking out Cystis' or Bags.  
THIS Operation is the Extirpating Cystis', together with the Matter contained in them.  
THE CAUSE. Cystis' are form out of Membranes torn from the adjacent parts and distended, which like a Bag receive the Nutricious Juice transuding through the part.  
THE SIGNS which demonstrate the existence of a Cystis filled with a Gypseous or Steatomatous Matter, are principally the situation about the Head and Neck.  
These Swell are without the lest Danger, but are very inconvenient.  

The OPERATION.  
If the swelling be large and have a broad Basis, make a Crucial Incision on the Skin, and free the Bag from its adherences to the Neighbouring parts, either by the haft of the Knife, or dissect it with the point, and take it out whole with the Matter contained in it.  
Some Practitioners open these Bags with Caustics, and after Digestion consume the rest with another Caustick; but Extirpation is better if the Patient will submit to it.  
If these tumors have a slender Basis, you may take them of with a Ligature, or cut them of when they are dry and withered.  
THE DRESSING. For the consuming the remainder of the Bag in Suppuration, put into the Wound Dossils' and Pledgits armed with good Digestives, such as Turpentine and the Yolks of Eggs, than cover it with an Emplaster, and keep all on with a convenient Bandage.  
If part of the Bag remain in the swelling, consume it with Caustics, and if there be an Haemorrhage, stop the Flux with Powders or Styptic Waters.  
THE CURE consists in continuing to digest the swelling, till the remaining Bag be consumed, and there be a laudable Suppuration, and than Deterging and Cicatrizing; during which purge the Patient, and than give him Sudorificks.  
Ganglions on Tendons and other Membranous parts, if recent, are cured by rubbing them strongly with the Thumb, and so making a straight Bandage on them. But if they are of any long standing, you must apply Discutients on them with a Plate of Lead, and bind this on with a Filler, leaving the Dress on the Part till the swelling be discussed.   

REMARKS.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 3. Obs. 85. relates the case of a young Fellow of twenty years of Age, who had the Scrophul●e in his Neck in so monstrous a manner, that they encompassed it, and filled up the Cavity under the Chin, extending themselves under the Skin down to the Sternum, and under the Ear to the Lamdoidal Suture. They were Hard, Livid, Unequal, and the Veins filled with black Blood. In fine, the Patient was choked by the increase of this swelling.    

CHAP. XLVII. Of cutting out the Toe Nails when enter the Flesh.  
THIS Operation is an Amputation of part of the Toe Nail which enters the Flesh.  
THE CAUSE. This inconvenience proceeds from a want of Care in cutting the Nail, which being pressed by the shoe, is bend in and thrust into the Flesh.  
THE SIGNS. The Flesh growing over the Nail is visible, there is a great Pain and Inflammation of the Toe, which sometimes is so great that it kindles a Fever.  

The OPERATION.  
Let the Foot soak for some time in Warm Water to soften the Nail; than let the Surgeon place the Patient in a Chair, which is something higher than his own, and laying the Patient's Foot on his Knee pair away the Nail on the side. If there be a space between the Nail and the Toe, let him pass the point of his Scissors under the Nail to cut it of; but if the Nail have taken too deep root in the Flesh, it must be gently separated and taken of with a Knife, and not torn away by violence.  
THE DRESSING. Wrap the Toe in a Desiccative Emplaster, as de Minio, and keep that on with a narrow Fillet, and if there be a Flux of Blood stop it with some Styptic Water or Powder.  
THE CURE. If an Inflammation or other Accident follow apply Discutients, as Spirit of Wine Camphorated, or the like.   

REMARKS.  
There are many instances of continual Fevers, Convulsions and Deliriums, upon the Nail entering into the Flesh.    

CHAP. XLVIII. Of perforating the Cornea.  
THIS Operation is a small Incision made in the Cornea, to let out the Pus.  
THE CAUSE. The Pus proceeds from Blood extravasated by some Blow, Inflammation, Obstruction or Rupture of a Capillary Vessel.  
THE SIGNS which demonstrate there is Pus under the Cornea are a small Tumour, Pain, and Discolouration of the Part.  

The OPERATION.  
Let the Artist place the Patient in a Situation fit for the Operation, let him depress the Eye with a Speculum Oculi, and make an Incision with a Lancet on the Tumour at the bottom of the Cornea, and compress the Eye to squeeze out the Pus. Some would have the Surgeon suck it out through a Pipe, when it is too thick to come out by any other means. This Pipe must be made large in the middle, that so the Pus may lodge in the dilated part, and not reach the Mouth; but this Suction is hazardous because there is a great danger of drawing out the Aqueous Humour of the Eye, which is one of the Organs of Vision, tho' this Humour indeed may be reproduced.  
THE DRESSING consists in applying some mild Suppurative, which is not in the lest corrosive, such as is for instance Pigeons Blood. If there be an Inflammation when the Eye is shut, lay a small round Compress dipped in Rose Water on it, and keep it on with a Handkerchief folded Triangularwise, as in the Fistula Lachrymalis.  
THE CURE. Let the Dress be taken of twice a day, and continued to digest the Wound as long as you judge requisite, and if the Inflammation continues let the Patient bleed, use Clysters, and let his Food be Broths and the Yolks of Eggs.   

REMARKS.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 3. Obs. 23. relates, that a Girl of six years of Age having long had a Defluxion on the Eye; after having tried a great many Medicines in vain, at last was cured by a Seton in the Neck of the Defluxion, and the spot vanished of its own accord.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 1. Obs. 26. tells us, that a shoemakers Son of about 15 years of Age, received a blow on the Eye near the Iris, upon which the Aqueous Humour came away instantly, and the young Man lost his Sight. He being called to him instantly, applied the White of an Egg beaten up with a little Rose Water and Saffron; and than applied a Defensative Emplaster on the Forehead, made of Bole Armoniac and Terra Sigillata with Oil of Roses, and a little Wax and Vinegar, after which he gave the Patiented a Clyster. The next Day he gave him a Purge, and for seven or eight days together dressed the Wound with anodynes, after which he made a Collyrium with Eye-bright Water, Sugar and Tutty prepared which he laid on the Cicatrix, and the Patient was cured and recovered the use of his sight.  
This Remark demonstrates, that the Aqueous Humour may be reproduced in the Eye after it is lost. This Experiment is easy to be made in Birds, in which it succeeds in a very small time. Mr. Nuck late Professor of Anatomy in the University of Leyden, discovered a Channel creeping over the Sclerotis, and inserted into the Cornea, which serves to convey the Aqueous Humour into the Eye. This he first observed in dissecting the Eye of a Dogfish or Galea, etc. and the Channel was large enough to receive his Probe. When he drew out the Probe the Aqueous Humour did not run out, by reason there was a Valve at the end of the Dust.  
This Accidental Discovery caused that Gentleman to make a more exact scrutiny in a Sheep's Eye, and there he found five Channels in one, and six in another, which ran over the Sclerotis, and piercing the Cornea terminated in it. He thrust a Hogs Bristle into each Channel, which appeared of a black Colour. He found likewise two Channels in each Eye of Dogs, one under the Abducent, and the other under the Adducent Muscles. If you desire to observe these in the Eye of a Living Dog, you must lift up the upper Eyelid and than you will see the place where the common Dust pierces the Cornea. These Channels most commonly proceed straight forward on the Conjunctiva, but sometimes they turn aside and piercing the Sclerotis, discharge their contents into the bottom of the Eye.  
Fernelius in his Pathology, Chap. 5. l. 5. treating of Suffusions, tells us he had seen one form in one days time.    

CHAP. XLIX. Of the Ungula's in the greater Angles of the Eyes.  
THIS Operation is the Extirpation of a small Membrane called Ungula by reason of its hardness and Figure.  
THE CAUSE of this Distemper is a thick Excrescence, which extending itself over the Conjunctiva, and sometimes over the Pupil hinders Vision.  
THE SIGNS. This Distemper is visible of itself, there is a thick Membrane which takes its Rise from the great Angle, and extends itself over the whole Globe of the Eye.  

The OPERATION.  
If this Membrane covers the Globe of the Eye, and is not fixed to the greater Angle, lift it up and cut it of with the Scissors as near as possible to its rise. For the raising it up pass a blunt Needle threaded under it, and with the Thread raise it up and cut it of as near the Insertion as may be.  
When the Membrane adheres to the Cornea, some Practitioners pass a Needle threaded with a Horsehair under the Cornea, and bring this forward and backward to separate it; but I disapprove of this Practice, because it must necessarily 'cause great Pain and Inflammation, and for this Reason I should rather choose to make a Ligature on the Membrane near the greater Angle of the Eye to intercept its Nourishment, and consume the Membrane which covers the Cornea with Suppuratives, or by passing gently the Lunat Caustick frequently over it. This Caustick has this Advantage over all others, that it consumes this Excrescence without leaving any thing in the Eye, which may irritate it, and there is no danger of hurting the Cornea, because you are constantly Master of your Caustick.  
THE DRESSING consists in putting into the Eye Pledgits dipped in Rose and Plantain Water, or other Defensatives to prevent the Inflammation, and keeping them on with the Bandage used in the Fistula Lachrymalis.  
THE CURE consists in Bleeding, Clysters, and a regular Diet, if there be any Inflammation.   

REMARKS.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 1. Obs. 2. relates, that a Man of 40. years of Age had a Schirrous Tumour about the bigness of a Chestnut, in the greater Angle of the Eye. This swelling was Livid and full of several small Veins, adhering on one side to the Conjunctiva quite to the Iris, and on the other side to the upper Eyelid, and the Lachrymal Gland in such manner, that it covered the whole Globe of the Eye when the Patient stirred it.    

CHAP. L. Of Extirpating a Cancer of the Eye.  
THIS Operation is an Extirpation of a Cancer in the Orbit.  
THE CAUSE is the same with that of the Breast, which is amply described in its proper place.  
THE SIGNS are almost the same, there is a clear, sharp, Gleet runs from the Eye. The Eye itself is read and inflamed, there are small Ulcers in the Cornea and on the Pupil which created extreme pain, and the Vessels which creep over the Globe of the Eye are swollen and varicose, the Patient feels an intolerable pain in his Head, and the Lustre of his Countenance is lost, and looks of a leaden hue. These Cancers sometimes become Fistulous.  
While the Tumour of the Eye is only a Ficus, the Eyes are dull and livid, and the Vessels are neither swollen nor varicose, but sometimes these Tumour degenerate into Cancers.  

The OPERATION.  
This is an Extirpating the whole Globe of the Eye, which cannot be done without separating it round from its adherences, and so taking it out of its Orbit.  
THE DRESSING. Fill the Orbit with Dossils' armed with some good Digestives, to consume the remaining part of the Cancer, and carry it of by Suppuration, than lay on this a Pledgit armed with some good Digestive, and cover it with a Compress, keeping all on with a Handkerchief or the Bandage used in the Fistula Lachrymalis.  
THE CURE. Remove the Dress twice a Day, and renew as often your Digestive Applications, and continued to suppurate the Wound till the Pus be laudable, and there be no appearance of a Cancer, than Deterge and Cicatrize it. Let the Patients Diet be sweet, and let him avoid all Haut gousts, all Pulse, let his sleep be moderate, banishing all vehement Passions, and let him keep his Body open.   

REMARKS.  
Some years since there was a certain Man in the Hôtel Dieu at Paris, who had his Eye struck out by a Blow which he received, the Globe of the Eye being without the Orbit, adhered and grew to the Cheek, and the Optic Nerve was elongated, notwithstanding which he could discern any object presented to him.  
Bartholin. Cent. 1. Hist. 7. tells us, That an Occult Cancer happening in the right Breast of a Lady, she applied a plate of Lead rubbed with Quicksilver once in two Days on it. Notwithstanding which the Cancer increased and ulcerated, which obliged the Surgeon to remove the Plate of Lead, and than the Pains ceased, but after some time they increased, and Cancer voided Mercury every day in dressing it, nay the Mercury transuded through the very Skin itself on the Shoulder Blade, and our Author laid on a Place of Gold to extract the Quicksilver.    

CHAP. LIVELY Of the Coalition of the Eyelids.  
THIS Operation is the Separation of the Eyelids, when they grow together.  
THE CAUSE. This Distemper arises from several small Ulcers on the edge of the Eyelids, which are united in the same manner as the Lips of Wounds, when they touch each other.  
THE SIGNS. This Defect is visible the Eyes are shut, and the Patient cannot open the Eyelids.  

The OPERATION.  
Pass a blunt Needle under the Eyelids and hold them up, and keeping the thread at both ends, than separate them with a Lancet. If the Eyelids adhere to the Globe of the Eye, separate them dextrously without engaging the Globe of the Eye, for it is much better to touch the Lid than that.  
If the Eyelids adhere to the Globe of the Eye, it will be difficult to separate them.  
THE DRESSING consists in laying some Pledgits dipped in Defensative Liquors, and keeping them on with the Handkerchief folded Triangularwise.  
THE CURE. You must have recourse to bleeding, Purging and Clysters, putting Lint dipped in Plantain or Rose-Water between the Eyelids, to hinder them from growing together.   

REMARKS.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 5. Obs. 10. relates that a certain Man happening to receive a Wound on the Eye, the upper Eyelid grew to the Globe of the Eye, and the Physicians tried several ways to free it, till at last he was called in, who treated him in this manner. In the first place he prescribed him a regular Diet, purged him and bled him in the Arm. Than he put a small piece of Silk at the end of a crooked Probe, and passed it under the Eyelid, beginning at the lesser Angle of the Eye. Next he drew the crooked Probe from the Eyelid, and left the Thread under it, with one end hanging out of the lesser, and the other out of the greater Angle of the Eye, and tied both ends of the Silk together, fastening a piece of Lead to it of a Dram in Weight, which Led he could slide all along the Silk from one end to another, upon every different Motion of the Patient; and this piece of Lead he took away in the Nighttime, binding the Patients Eye up gently, and dropping the following Collyrium into the greater Angle of the Patient's Eye three or four times in a Day. ℞. Rose, Plantain, and Eye-bright Waters, ā. ℥ ss. Tutty prepared, washed Ceruse, Burnt Hartshorn, ā. ʒi. Mix these in a Mortar, and add to this thick Mucilage Quince-seeds, enough to give it the consistence of a Lineament.  
By means of this Led the Eyelid was separated from the Ball of the Eye in 8 or 9 days; and because the Cicatrix did a little blemish and impair the Sight, he made several inunctions of the Eyelids and Forehead with Oil of Worms, and laid on the Eyes a Bag with Betony, Eye-bright, Primroses, Camomile Roses and Rosemary steeped in Water, and applied hot to the Part, with which the Patient was perfectly cured.    

CHAP. LII. Of drawing out Hairs when they stick in the Eyes.  
THIS is the p●lling out Hairs which stick in the Eyes. THE CAUSE. The entering of the Hairs into the Eyes, proceeds from the ill Disposition and Tortuosity of the Pores which causes them to grow awry; Nay sometimes it proceeds from several ranges of Hairs which thrust each other out.  
THE SIGNS. This is very visible, and the Hairs pricking the Eyes, 'cause a great Pain and Inflammation.  

The OPERATION.  
Turn up the Eyelids and pull out those Hairs with a Forceps, but observe never to cut them, for being short they will be stiff and prick the Eyes like so many Needles.  
THE DRESSING consists in laying on some small Pledgits dipped in some Defensative Liquors, to put a stop to the Inflammation, which may be caused by the Pain of the Operation, and keeping them on with a Handkerchief folded Triangularwise.   

REMARKS.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 1. Obs. 27. tells us, a certain Man having for a long time used himself to wash his Eyes every Morning with cold Water, his Sight by degrees decayed, and he saw all Objects very confusedly, and this at last ended in an Ophthalmy.  
In the same Century, Obs. 24. He tells us that a Boy of fourteen years of Age of a Phlegmatic Body, laid a Wager that he could sneeze a Hundred times, upon which he put something up his Nose, and by irritating and tickling the Membrane of the Nose he did it; but he was presently seized with a violent pain in his Head, his Sight began to decay, and the next Morning he lost it quite, without any Inflammation or Fever. This Disease was at last cured by a Seton in the Neck, and Cupping-glasses applied to the Shoulders.  
Bartholin in his 84. History tells us, that the People of Alexandria and Egypt are very apt to have two or three rows of Hairs on the Eyelids, which prick the Cornea when they shut them, and from hence Inflammations and Pains of the Eyes are very frequent in that Country, and he tells us the only way to free them from this Inconvenience, is to cauterize the Part with a read hot Iron to make it callous, and prevent the Hairs from returning again.    

CHAP. LIII. Of Drawing Teeth.  
THIS Operation is the drawing of a Tooth out of its Socket.  
THE CAUSE. The Pain of the Teeth proceeds from a sharp Humour which irritates the Membrane that lines their Alveoli or Sockets. The Teeth are sometimes rotten, or have their Surface corroded by the sharpness of the Saliva, or the Meat lodged in their Interstices. Sometimes they are corroded by Sweetmeats. When any one eats hot Things, and presently eats something very cold after, the Teeth grow black and carious; because these putting the parts of the Teeth into various Motions, separate them, and destroy their continuity; and there being several Intervals between their parts, they must of necessity absorb some parts of the Light, and from hence it is not difficult to accounted for their blackness according to the Cartesian Hypothesis of the cause of Colours.  
THE SIGNS. Sometimes there is a small, round, black, hole, which by degtees increases and grows larger, and the Teeth become black and stinking. Pains in the Teeth are often accompanied with a great Pain in the Head, loss of Appetite, want of Sleep, and Convulsions.  
The Teeth are small longish Bones, smooth and hard, which are stuck in their Sockets as a Nail in a piece of Wood This sort of Articulation as I remarked before, is called Gomphosis. They begin to appear in young Children, about the seventh or eighth Month. The Incisores or Foreteeth of the upper Jaw appear first, and than those of the lower Jaw; the Dog-teeths come next forth, and the Grinders last of all. When the Teeth first come out they tear the Gums and the Periosteum, which lines the Socket, which creates so great Pain, that People usually do accounted a Child's Life very dubious, till the Teeth are come forth, and indeed with very good reason, since there are so many Accidents attend the breeding of them, as Pains, Convulsions, Fevers, Epilepsies, Vomiting, Loosnesses, etc.  
I conjecture Teeth are form in this manner. The Membrane which invests the Teeth being a Texture of an Infinity of small Vessels, spews out glutinous Matter which forms a sort of Stratum, and by congestion of more of these Strata on one another, which in time fill up and rise beyond the Cavity of the Alveoli the Teeth are form, whose external part being pressed in the Mastication of the Meat, form a Cortical part harder than the internal. The same Vessels entering the Basis of the Teeth, supply them with Nourishment.  
The Teeth are commonly divided into Incisores or Foreteeth, Canini or Dog-teeths, and Molares or Grinders. There are most commonly 32 Teeth in both Jaws, viz. Sixteen in the upper Jaw, and sixteen in the lower, or Four Foreteeth, two Dog-teeths, and ten Grinders in each Jaw. The Incisores or Foreteeth are a little flat and sharp, something Convex without and hollow within, having never more than one Root. The Grinders are large and unequal, and have their Basis irregular, for the better grinding and comminution of the Aliment. These have some one, some two, and others three Roots, and in above two thousand Teeth which I have viewed, I never found one that had more than three Roots distinct from each other.  

The OPERATION.  
When the Teeth are carious and rotten, the best way is to pull them out to be delivered from the continual Pain and stinking Breath, and prevent them from corrupting their Neighbours.  
There are several Instruments used on this occasion, as the Polican to pull out large Teeth which are far in the Mouth. The Paces, when they are not so far, and the Punch, when the Teeth are broken of close to the Gum, and there is no hold.  
But whatsoever the Instrument be with which you perform the Operation, place the Patient on a Cushion on the Floor, or on a low Seat, and let the Artist stand behind him, and opening his Mouth as wide as he can, if it be one of the hinder Teeth let him use the Polican, one end of which must rest on the foreteeth, having wrapped it in a Cloth for fear of breaking those Teeth, and than having hooked the movable branch of the Instrument, let him pull it strongly and so bring out the Tooth; but in doing this he must take care of the sound Teeth, for by resting too much on them, he may chance to break them.  
Great care must be taken that the Artist do not mistake a sound Tooth for an unsound one; and in this case he must not always rely on the Patient's account, for it often happens that the contiguous Teeth being painful, he points to one of them; and therefore in this case the surest way is to take that which is black and rotten.  
If the Tooth be not too far within the Mouth, the Artist may make use of the Paces. If the Tooth which is to be drawn be in the upper Jaw, the Handle of the Instrument must be turned down, and you must take hold of the Tooth as close to the Gum as may be, having first separated the Gum with a Fleam, for the better doing this. In drawing the Tooth out, there are three Motions at once, viz. turning it to the right and left, and pulling it out of the Socket.  
When a Tooth is broken of near the Socket, the Punch is to be made use of. For this purpose separate the Gum from the Tooth as far as is possible, and apply the two Teeth of the Punch as low as may be, and push it strongly outward.  
THE DRESSING. Some times there is so large a Flux of Blood after the pulling out of a Tooth, that it is difficult to stop it. For this purpose make a huge Tent of Lint as big as an Egg, and dipping it in the Styptic Water, put it into the Socket of the Tooth which is drawn out, and let the Patient press it with his Jaw, and when he cannot compress it himself, its magnitude will be pressure enough. If there be any great loss of Blood, let the Patiented gargoyle his Mouth with Oxycrate.  
THE CURE. When the Teeth are not carious, they must not be pulled out, though perhaps they put the Patient to a great deal of Pain. In this case let him take Spirit of Wine Camphorated into his Mouth, and lie in such a Posture that the Liquor may touch the Tooth which is affected. Since Pains in the Teeth most commonly proceed from an Acrimony of the Lympha, whose Foams is in the Stomach, let the Patient take 7 or 8 grains of Emetic Tartar in Broth, for it is found by experience that Vomiting has often cured Pains in the Teeth.  
Sometimes the Fluxion is very successfully diverted by bleeding in the opposite Arm. Detergent and Emollient Clysters are very useful, and so are Anodyne Cataplasms made with Crumbs of Whitebread, Yolks of Eggs, Saffron and Camphire applied to the Patient's Cheek to abate the Pain. Laudanum applied to the Temporal Artery, or a little Lint dipped in a Solution of it, made in Water or Milk and put into the Ear or Mouth, is an Excellent Remedy. To hinder the progress of the Cariosity of a Tooth, put Oil of Guajacum into it.   

REMARKS.  
An Extract of a Letter concerning the Teeth of divers Animals, Printed at Paris some years since.  
The Structure of the Teeth in most Animals, shows us their Inclinations, and the Diet on which they feed.  
Some Animals have their Incisive Teeth long and sharp, their Dog-teeths long and crooked, and their Grinders unequal and pointed, as Bears, Boars, Lions, Wolf's, Tigers, Squirrels, Cats, Dogs, etc. all which are Carnivorous Animals, and live upon rapine. Their Grinders serve for the Mastication and the Comminution of their Prey, the incisive Teeth to cut it, and the Dog-teeths to retain it in the Mouth and tear it. All these Animals have at lest three fourth's of their Teeth within the Jaw, which makes them much stronger than if a greater part of the Teeth were out.  
Those Animals which live on Herbage, as Oxen and Sheep have no Incisores, but have slat round Teeth in their lower Jaw, and do rather pull up than cut the Grass which they eat, and the most part of these Animals chew the Cud. River Fowl, as Geese, Ducks, Herns, Swans, have a long Bill which is round and flat at the end, and have a soft Flexible Membrane in their lower Jaw, which helps them to swallow their Meat with ease. The sides of their Bill are like so many small saws, with which they take up little Fish and pluck Weeds.  
Birds which have a hard, crooked, strong, Bill, with sharp edges easily tear and cut Flesh, and for that reason are Carnivorous, and such for the most part are Birds of Prey, as the Eagle, Hawk, Raven, etc.  
Birds which have their Bill straight, slender, with a Channel in it, as the Linnet, Goldfinch, and Sparrow, most commonly feed on Seeds. The end of their Bill is cut sharp, and they make use of it to break the Seeds, and cut Blades of Grass.  
Those Birds which have the edges of their Bill indented, as the greatest part of River Fowl have, feed for the most part upon Weeds, and these Indentations serve as a saw with which they cut them, and pull them up, as Geese, Ducks, Swans. River Fowl which only live on Fishing, have most commonly in their Bill a little set of Teeth, by the help of which they keep the Fish which they catch in their Mouths. These small points are very large in the Birds called Fiber, which has Teeth all along his Bill, which are long pointed, and turned in towards the Throat.  
Fish which have little pointed Teeth, only live upon other little Fish which they catch, and these Teeth which point toward the Throat, serve not so much to Masticate, as to retain the Fish which they have in their Mouths. Those Fish which have their Tongue and the Palate of their Mouth paved and scaly, only live on Shellfish, and break the shell to eat the Meat contained in it. Tortoises which live in Water, have Teeth quite down to the Throat, and use them for the Comminution of those Plants which grow at the bottom of the Sea which they feed on. Land Tortoises have not only Teeth in their Jaws and on their Tongue, which are not directly opposite, but enter one between the other, serve only for the retention and not for the Comminution of the Aliments, and Steno in his Discourse de Cane Carcharia informs us, that Fish has six hundred Teeth, and has some still come forth as long as he lives. This Fish has several ranges of Teeth in each Jaw, which are hard, sharp, and pointed, the greatest part of which are an Inch in length, and serve only for the Retention, and not for the Comminution of its Food, which is evident since very large Animals are often found entire in its Stomach.  
Animals whose Tongues are set with large pointed Papillae and have these turned toward the Throat, make use of them in swallowing their Meat, and they serve to hinder it from falling out of their Mouth; of this kind are Lions, Tigers, Leopards, Panthers, etc. and than cover the whole Surface of the Tongue. Some large Fishes have their Tongue covered with Bristies which form a sort of Brush, and serve to retain the Food.  
The Sea-Fox has his Tongue covered with small pieces of Bone, which are not bigger than the points of Needles, and these are white, square, and very hard.  
The Codfish has Teeth at the bottom of his Throat, whose points turn inwards, and it is probable they only serve to retain the Aliment. These Teeth are hard pointed, close, and make a sort of File, and there are four of them, viz. two above and two below, which answer toeach other.  
The Raia has three or four ranks of hard, smooth, transparent Bones cut Lozangewise, and ranged in very good order, and these Bones are the teeth with which they Masticate their Meat. The Carp has grinders which serve for the Comminution of his Meat, he has six in the upper Jaw, ranged three and three together; and in the lower Jaw this Fish has a Cartilaginous Bone in the shape of a flat Olive, which does the office of Teeth. In the Seas of Canada there is a Fish which has both the Jaws flat, which serves for the grinding of the Meat. These have flat Teeth close against each other, and very hard, and with his Teeth he cracks the shell first, and than feeds on the Fish. The Fish called La Vielle has flat teeth quite to the farther end of his Throat, which seems to be paved with them. The Fish called the Requiem has its teeth an Inch, large, flat, and Triangular, with small Indentations on the side. There are three ranks in each Jaw, and this Animal is so strong, and his teeth so sharp, that he can by't of the Thigh of a Man at once.  
The Viper has two great movable teeth in his upper Jaw, as well as the Sea-Frogg. There is a Serpent in America, which has a great number of teeth in each Jaw, which serve for the swallowing of his Prey, and whilst the teeth in one Jaw remain unmoved and serve to retain it, the teeth of the other are thrust out to hook it, and bring it in again; whilst it draws it in the teeth in the other Jaw are thrust out, and by this Alternate Motion, the Prey is conveyed into the Throat.  
The Flander bruises shells with his flat Mouth.  
The Parrot eats very readily, because its upper Jaw is movable, and articulated in such manner with that; though the lower Jaw be much shorter than the upper, yet he can thrust it to the end.  
Those Birds which have the upper Jaw crooked, have the lower Jaw short, but so notwithstanding that they can thrust it to the top of the upper. Those Birds which have a long straight Bill, have not this property of moving their lower Jaw, nor can they eat so well as a Raven. Small Birds whose Bill is sharp and cutting, and has a Channel in it, and who only live upon Seeds, bring them to the sides of their sharp Bill, and turn them often about till they have found the Juncture of the Seed, and than they break it.  
Toads and Serpents have so large a Throat, that they can swallow whole Fishes, and when they hap to take them wrong, they very dextrously toss them into the Air, and catch them again by the Tail, that so the Gillss may not stick in their Throat. Herons do not make use of their Bill to break shells, but swallow them entire, the Heat of their Belly relaxes the Muscle which keeps them shut, and when they perceive the shells open, they Vomit them up again to eat the Flesh. Boars do not employ their Tusks in Mastication, but make use of them in tearing up Plants by the Roots.  
The Crocodile has no Incisores nor Grinders, all that it has are Dog-teeths, which are extremely white, hard, round, and pointed, with a Channel encompassing them all round, their Root is hollow and twice as long as the Tooth, and they are disposed in such a manner, that they leave as much space full as empty.  
Crabs have three teeth placed at the bottom of their Stomach, and move that part in the comminution of their Meat. The Fish called Orbis, has four teeth in its Gula as big as the Incisive teeth of a Horse.  
Hares, Squirrels, and Rats, have long Incisive teeth, strong enough to gnaw any hard Body; and Beavers have very large and strong ones, with which they can cut of great Branches of Trees for the building of their Huts. These pass one over another without meeting, when the Animal makes use of them.  
The Insect called Spondylis has two teeth which meet like Scissors, and with these he cuts the Grass Roots.  
Besides these mentioned which are drawn from the teeth, Aristotle has long since given us several other Marks whereby to distinguish the several Natures of Animals, and their manner of Living.  
In the Miscelanea Curiosa, Obs. 5. There is a Relation of a Child of a year old, very lean and of a livid Complexion, who upon breeding his teeth had several white ones, and after some time a black one came our. The Relations were something surprised at this, however finding that in a whole years' time it did not incommode the Child, they deferred acquainting any Physician with the Accident; but perceiving all the teeth of the same side which came out after to be black, they called in a Surgeon, who being ignorant of the Nature of the Distemper Scarified the Tumour on the Gum, whereupon not only the Gum itself, but the whole Cheek Ulcerated. As soon as the Surgeon saw this, he desired the Relations to call in a Physician, who found the Distemper to be a Raging Cancer, with a horrible Ulcer, proceeding from improper Remedies applied to the Part. Upon this to palliate the Case, he advised the Patient to a moist and cooling Diet, the Child having a Hectic Fever, and prescribed some Lotions to gargoyle its Mouth, but notwithstanding the use of all Means which could be thought of, the Cancer extended to the Temporal Muscle, and the Patient died convulsed.  
Doubtless it is a thing without precedent, that so furious a Tumour should extend itself so far, without affecting the other Teeth.  
It happened some time since, that a certain Person upon pulling out a Tooth, lost above a pint of Blood by the Wound, and the Operator could not stop it, but at last the Flux was suppressed by a Tent wetted in the Styptic Water before mentioned.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 4. Obs. 21. tells us, that a certain Prioress of 40 years of Age, being troubled with a violent pain in her Teeth, having tried several Remedies in vain, at last had Aquafortis put in them, upon which either by reason of the Caustick Nature of the Medicine, or the continuation of the Fluxion, several of her Teeth rotten, broke and came away, leaving several Cavernous Fistula's in the Chin, and Ulcers under the Glands', which voided above three pints of Matter every Day. At length all the Teeth rotten and she became Feverish, and the Bones of the Head were fouled.    

CHAP. LIV. Of Prothesis or supplying Parts deficient.  
THIS is the Artificial supplying some Part which is deficient in Human Bodies.  
THE CAUSE. The most ordinary occasion of this, is the Extirpation or Amputation of some Limb which cannot be cured by any other means; sometimes indeed some Member or other is wanting in Children when they are born, or is after eaten of by Venereal Distempers.  
THE SIGNS. The Defect is visible.  

The OPERATION.  
Sometimes the small Bone in the Roof of the Mouth falls as in the Pox, and than the Patient's Meat comes out of his Nose; and there are many words which he cannot pronounce plain. To remedy this Infirmity, take a thin Plate of Silver of a Figure fit to stop the Hole, make a little King in the midst of it, and put in a small bit of sponge, and thrust this into the hole of the Palate, the Moisture of the Mouth swells this sponge, and fastens the Plate so close to the Palate, that it is very difficult to draw it out, and by staying there it supplies the place of the Bone which is lost.  
Sometimes the tip of the Tongue is cut of by the Teeth, and this is occasioned either by Convulsions, or some Accidental Blow under the Chin. When this happens, the Patient cannot pronounce many words by reason the tip of the Tongue cannot strike the Roof of the Mouth. For the remedying this Inconvenience, take a small Spoon about the bigness of a Silver penny, and apply this over the Tongue in such manner, that its Cavity may be downward and its Convexity upwards, that it may strike the Roof of the Mouth, and by this means the Patient may pronounce his words Articulately.  
When any of the Teeth fall out make new ones of Ivory, and put them in the place of the other, fastening them with a Silver Wire.  
If the Ball of the Eye fall out of the Orbit, make one of Glass and put it in its stead.  
If there be any loss of substance, as for instance, if a Woman has lost a portion of Flesh in her Arm, or a Man part of his Nose, or the like, than cut superficially the Part which you intent to prolong, and cut superficially the Arm or some Fleshy part in any person who will submit to it, and apply the two Wounds to each other; for by this means they will be agglutinated in the same manner as the Lips of all recent Wounds, and when they are once grown together, cut of as much Flesh as is necessary to supply the deficiency of the Part applied, and form it into shape with a pair of Scissors.  
If you would thus inoculate, when the Nose happens to be cut of Scarify the sides a little, and make an Incision into the Flesh, put the Nose in, and when it is well agglutinated, cut of as much as you think convenient, and pierce it to make Nostrils, putting in two Pipes till the part be Cicatrized.  
If Children have crooked Legs, put them on Boots of a firm Leather, and in time they will become straight, as they grow.  
If the Arms are contorted, let some straight Splints be applied on the side which is bend, and than make a Bandage, and by degrees the Member will come to its Natural State. In the last place, when you make any Artificial Member, let them have the same Motion as the Natural.  
THE CURE. In restoring distorted Bones, Boots, Splints, and other like Machine's are not sufficient, but you must likewise use Emollient and Relaxing Cataplasms to make the Bone flexible, and the part must be bound straighter by degrees, as you found it recovers its right Figure; for if it be bound too straight at first, there is danger of its Gangrening.   

REMARKS.  
The Ancients repaired the loss of parts, as a Nose cut of or the like, by inoculating Flesh out of the Arms or Buttocks of their Slaves.    

CHAP. LV. Of Transfusion and Injections into the Veins.  
THIS Operation is the Injection of some Liquors into the Vessels of an Animal, or the Transfusion of the Blood of one into the Body of another.  
THE CAUSE. The Intention of Transfusion, is that the Medicine may act more promptly and effectually. This may be practised in Paralytic Persons, when the Patient is disabled from Swallowing, by a Debility or Convulsion of the Nervous Fibres of the Gullet, or in Hypochondraical and Scorbutic Persons, or when some Styptic Vapours constringe the Throat, and hinder Deglutition or the like, happens from a swelling of the Tonsils, or Inflammation of the Muscles of the Throat in a Quinsy, or in such Persons as have a natural Antipathy to all Medicines, and cannot retain them in their Stomach; or lastly, when Medicines receive too great an Alteration in the Primae viae, and loose their effect. Not internal Medicines taken by the Mouth, can act so promptly as Infusions in acute Distempers, as Syncopes, Palpitations, Apoplexies, Vertigo's, Epilepsies. Infusions put the Blood into a gentle Fermentation, and prevent Hypochondriack Distempers, Convulsive Asthmas, all Chronical radicated Diseases, and are of use in all Acute Inflammatory and Malignant Fevers.  
THE SIGNS. The occasion of making Injections, are those Distempers above mentioned.  

The OPERATION.  
Before you make any Injection, it is necessary to consider well which Vessel is most proper for this purpose. In the first place Arteries are not very proper; for if the Incision be large, it must necessarily be dangerous, and 'cause an Aneurism, and the Wound be hard to heal, because the Vessel lies deep in the Flesh; on the contrary, if it be very small it will be very difficult to introduce the Instrument. Besides the injected Liquor ought to be conveyed to the Heart, the most direct way imaginable; and for this reason the Arteries are not so proper as the Veins, and the Veins in the upper. Systan ought to be preferred to those in the lower, and the Jugular to the Veins of the Arm. However since the latter are more accessible, and more easily managed than the former, for the most part it is more convenient to make the Operation in them. When you have chose the Vessel, chafe the part with Wine or Elder Water very hot, or Spirit of Wine Camphorated. After this make two Ligatures, viz. one above the place where you intent to make the Injection to stop the Blood, and 'cause the Vein to rise, and the other below to keep the Blood from flowing out, and hindering the Operation. When the Incision is made lay your Finger on to close it till the Instrument be in, and than unbind the Ligature above, to give the Infusion room to pass pressing i● upwards to promore its passing on, and when the Injection is make, close the Orifice in the ●ame manner as in Bleeding, and unbind the Ligature beneath, that so the Blood may continued its Circulation, and carry the It jection with it.  
Let the Incision be made with a Lancet, and the Injection with a Bladder full of Liquor, at the end of which there must be a Silver Syphon slender and crooked towards the point, that so it may the better pass up the Vein, or you may use a Silver Syringe, which is much better in all respects.  
Transfusion of Blood out of the Veins of one Animal into another, is performed in this manner. Take the Carotid Artery, for instance, of a Dog or any other Animal, and separate it from the Nerve which accompanies it, and lay the Artery bore for about an Inch in length, than make a strong Ligature on the upper part, and another Ligature below towards the Heart with slip knots, which you may loosen as occasion shall require. When you have made these two Knots, pass two Threads under the Artery between the two Ligatures, and than open the Artery and put a Quill into it, and tie it close with a double Thread on the Pipe, and put a good stopple into it. When this is done, lay the Jugular Vein of any other Animal open an Inch and a half in length, and make a slip knot at each extremity; and between these two knots put two Threads under the Vein as you did in the Artery, and make an Incision into the Vein, and thrust in the two pipes, one into the lower part to receive the Blood and convey it to the Heart, and the other into the upper, which comes from the Head by which the Blood of this second Dog may flow out on the ground, and when the Pipes are disposed in this manner, put in a stopple.  
When all things are thus prepared, let the Dogs be tied and laid one by the side of the other, and than begin to unstop the Pipe which goes into the descending part of the Jugular Vein of the Recipient Animal, and after that unstop likewise the Pipe which goes into the Artery of the other Dog, and insert two or three Pipes between them: When you have done this untie the Ligatures, and the Blood will pass in a rapid current from the Artery of the first Animal into the Veins of the other. When you perceive the Blood passes, unstop the Pipe which is inserted into the ascending part of the Jugular Vein of the Recipient Animal, (not continually but by intervals, (having first made a Ligature, or at lest compressing with your Fingers the Veins on the opposite side) and let the Blood run out upon the Floor, as you judge his Strength can bear, till the Emittent gins to cry, and so faints, falls into Convulsions, and so dies. Than take both Pipes out of the Jugular Vein, and having tied the slip knot straight and firm, cut the Veins asunder above it. This may be done without the lest Inconvenience, one Jugular alone being sufficient to convey the Blood to the Head and upper parts, because the two Veins communicate about the Larynx by a large Anastomosis. When you have done this, stitch up the skin and let the Dog go.  
Let not the distance between the Dogs be so great, as to stretch the Veins and Arteries, which would very much hinder the conveying of the Blood from one to the other You must from time to time observe the beating of the Blood in the Jugular Vein, and when you cannot perceive this, you may conclude that the passage is stopped by some Clods of concreted Blood, and when this happens, you must take the Pipe out of the Artery of the Emittent Dog, and unstop it with a Probe to clear the passage. This is very apt to hap when the Emittent Dog is almost spent, for than the Heart projects the Blood feebly, and i● coagulates much sooner; and therefore for the making this Experiment with more Success, let the Emittent Animal be larger than the Recipient; or if you please, you may take two or three Animals, provided you let as much Blood out of this Recipient, as you convey into it; for otherwise it must unavoidably be suffocated.  
The Animals which emit the Blood, aught as near as is possible to be of the same Constitution and Age, and for some days before to be fed with like Nourishment, that so their Blaod may be of the same Temper.  
Silver or Copper Pipes are better than Quills, and these must be a little crooked and slender at the ends, that so one end may go into the Quill, and the other into the Vein or Artery with a little rising edge, for the better fastening the Thread.  
THE DRESSING after this Operation, consists in laying a good Compress on the Vessel which is opened, and making the same Bandage as in Bleeding, and than dressing the Wound.  
THE CURE. The Injection must be adapted to the Distemper which you intent to cure. Purgative and Vomitive Medicines are by no means proper to be injected, because in all Purgatives there is a latent Malignity which weakens the Patient exceedingly, and causes Trembling of the Knees, a lean Visage, and a sinking in of the Eyes, when they are taken by the Mouth, and by consequence cannot fail of causing much greater disorders when they are injected by the Veins, and are admitted into the Mass of Blood crude and unprepared. We found by Experience, Purgatives injected into the Veins of a Dog, created mighty Disturbances and terrible Symptoms, and Antimonial Injections 'cause violent Vomitings and kill them.  
Diuretic Injections by virtue of a Nitrous Salt, dispose the Blood for a more easy separation of the Serosities in the Kidneys. Sudorificks may be injected successfully, when the Patient cannot take them by the Mouth, or has taken them without effect, which last point indeed aught to be considered before any Injections are made at any time.  
Authors commend half a dram of Spirit of Sal. Armoniac, to which if you please you may add a dram of Spirit of Wine Camphorated; or Volatile Salt of Sal Armoniac with Heinsius', Antipestilential Oil, and so form a sort of Sal Volatile Oleosum, a dram of which if it be injected, is an excellent Sudorisick in Malignant Fevers. Hum Blood, Stags. Vipers or Serpent's Blood, are good Sudorificks. As for Cordials, Cinnamon and Ambergrease are the most valuable. Spirit of Cinnamon together with distilled Oil of Amber, Ginger and Volatile Salt of Hartshorn, are admirable. Essence of Ambergrease prepared with Spirit of Roses, is excellent. Injections of Opium are good to calm the Impetuosity and Fury of the Spirits. Preparations of Cinnamon and Ambergrease are admirable in Syncapes, arising from too great a Fluidity of the Blood, and so is Vinegar made of good Wine, and rectified with a mixture of Spirit of Wine, and Spirit of Roses Ambrated. But if the Syncope arise from a coagulation of the Blood, Volatile Salts are the most proper Remedies to correct the Acid, and dissolve it promptly. For this Reason Tincture of Coral with Volatile Salt of Tartar in a proper Vehicle, is a very good Remedy in Deliquiums and Palpitations of the Heart. The Ingredients of Apoplectic Injections, must be the Volatile Salts and Spirits of Plants and Animals; for instance, of Hartshorn, Skulls and Bones of Men, Staggs and Human Blood, Volatile Salt of Amber is a glorious Medicine, and so is Spirit of Wire. and Compound Theriacal Water. Spirit of Lilies of the Valley or Black Cherries impregnated with Volatile Salt of Hartshorn and a little Camphire by several Cohobations is an excellent Remedy.  
Epileptic Injections may be made of Specificks actuated with Camphire, or allayed with Essence of Opium. A Spirit drawn from the Secundines of a Woman, are very good; and there is a mighty Antepileptick Virtue in Peacocks, Storks, Lions, and Human Dung. In short, all Specisicks are proper to inject.   

REMARKS.  
Etmuller tell us, that having made an Injection of Spring Water into the Crural Vein of a Dog, the Animal licked the Incision for the space of half an Hour, and than ran away, as if nothing had been done to him.  
He injected an Ounce of Sack into the Veins of another Dog, but no alteration appeared in him, because the Dose was too small; but if any quantity be injected, he assures us the Dog will reel and stagger like a Drunken Man.  
Upon injecting an Ounce of the Golden Purging Wine, which is a Dose sufficient for a Man, the Dog seemed to be sick, and was perpetually running from one place to another; and seven Hours after, he plentifully evacuated his Body. In some Dogs he tells us, he found this Medicine work in an hours time.  
He tells us upon injecting an Ounce of a colourless Infusion of 16 grains of Crocus Metallorum into the Veins of a Dog, the Animal Vomited two Hours after with a Hiccough, and Sighed like Persons in a Malignant Fever, seeming to be very much disturbed, and frisking from one end of the Chamber to the other, and the next Morning was found dead.  
Another Dog swallowed as much Opium as would kill a Man, but after when an Ounce of the Liquid Extract was injected, the snarling Our became very quiet, fell into a profound sleep, and in the space of half an Hour could not be wakened; he run a pin through his Tongue, and into his Foot. He shown only some signs of Sense, when a pin was run into his Head. The Dog continued to sleep for the space of two Days and a Night, and than recovered and did well.  
A Dog upon subjecting Tincture of Opium into an Artery fell into a Vertigo, a great Dosiness, and after became very far.  
Aqua Regia being injected into the Jugular and Crural Veins of a Dog, he died suddenly. The Blood was found coagulated, and the principal Vessels were burst. Spirit of Nitre being injected into the Subclavian Vein of a Dog, he died soon after, and the Blood was found concreted in the Heart, and the other Vessels of the Body.  
A certain Soldier in the Hospital of Dantzick, being under cure for an inveterate Pox, had seven Drams of Rosin of Scammony infused in three Drams of Essence of Guajacunt, which vomited him excessively; whereupon the Symptoms abated, and the Ulcers were healed in three days time.  
A Servant Maid subject to an Epilepsy from her Infancy, had six grains of Rosin of Jalap dissolved in Water of Lily of the Valleys injected into her Veins, upon which she Vomited and continued several Months free from her Distemper.  
A little Rhenish Wine being injected into the Veins of a sucking Whelp, and it heated it extraordinarily; upon injecting some drops of a Narcotick Liquor it became sick and shivered. About half an hour after a little purgative Liquor being injected into the Veins, the Animal was purged and did well.    

CHAP. LVI. Of the Bones in general, and of their Structure and manner of Nutrition.  
BEfore I deliver the Method of reducing Fractures and Luxations, I think it not a miss to premise a general Idea of the Bones, with their structure and manner of Nourishment.  
The Bones are hard, and light parts which lie within the Flesh. These are the Stabiliment which support and give shape to the whole Fabric, and the Muscles which move the various parts terminate in them. Their substance in Adults appears uniform upon a Transient View, and for this reason the Ancients did suppose them to be Simple and Homogeneous Bodies; but in a Foetus of a Month old, they appear only to be a Congeries of Fibres of different kinds, as Veins, Arteries, Nerves, Lymphducts, and composed perfectly of the same Materials with other Flesh. Each Fluid circulates through its proper Vessels, in the same manner as in all other parts of the Body, and the only difference consists in the degrees of hardness which the Bones have, which does not in the lest altar their Figure, or obstruct the passing and returning of the Liquors which serve for their Nourishment.  
The Ancient Physicians imagined them to be simple and spermatick Substances, which they founded upon their appearing like hardened Glue, and not being reproduced when they are once cut of. Nature, say they, cures all Hurts in any part by the first or second Intention; that is, either by reproducing the same Substance, as in all parts that are form of Blood, or supplying the Defect by a Callus, or some like Accessary Substance, and those parts which admit only of this latter way, are all Spermatick; they imagined that the Bones were form in the same manner as Stones and Minerals in the Bowels of the Earth, by a subsiding of the gross and terrestrial Parts of the Seed; but this Opinion is refuted, by reflecting on the Structure of the Bones, which plainly appear to be Vascular, or a Congeries of Fibres with Vesiculae between them, which communicate with each other; indeed they seem only to be Elongations of the Tendons, and there is no Bone in the Body without a Tendon annexed to it, and the Bones in time become distinguished from the Tendons by their hardness. The Tendons are sometimes though rarely found, Ossified as well as Cartilages and Membranes, which are an Expansion and Texture of Tendinous Fibres, as the Falx of the Dura Mater, and a portion of the Aorta, which sometimes is found Bony in old Bodies. The Bone which is found in the Basis of the Heart of a Stag or Ox, is nothing else but the Mouth of the Aorta, in which the Valves are Planted, ossified, and the Tendinous part of the end of Feathers in Fowls, is often ossified, likewise all which proves the truth of our Assertion.  
The Ancients thought the Accetion of the Bones like other Mineral Bodies, to proceed from the congestion of Matter which lodging on the Part and concreting there, in time form several Strala lying one over another; but this Opinion is destroyed by discovering their true Composition, and that they consist of Fibres and Channels by which their Imperceptible Nourishment is conveyed to the most remote extremities.  
The Ancients for want of Knowledge in Anatomy, and discovering the Veins and Arteries which every where run through the Bones, did believe them to be nourished by the Marrow, because that Oleous substance is not only contained in them, but has the same Colour, Taste, and Sulphurous Scent with them, and humects their Substance; But since Nature always acts in an uniform manner, it is not probable that this can be the Nutritious Juice, since the Bones of the Ear are entirely solid, and some other hollow Bones instead of Marrow, only have a Membrane interspersed with Arteries and Veins, or Foliaceous Bony Expansions with numerous Blood-Vessels, as the Sinus of the Brain. The Shells of Crawfish which are a sort of Bone are destitute of Marrow, and only have a Muscle for the moving their parts. The Chameleon has no Marrow in the Skull, but only the Temporal Muscles which are contained under make their exit, from whence it may be very well inferred, that the Bones are not nourished by the Marrow.  
Some English Anatomists have imagined the Bones to be nourished by the Nervous Juice, which they are induced to believe, because that is of the same colour with the Bones, and abounds in the Joints, and near the insertion of the Tendons. They imagine this Liquor being discharged from the Nerves into the Muscles, insinuates itself into the Tendinous Fibres, which are continuous to the Bone; but since these Gentlemen have not hitherto proved the Nerves are hollow, or that the Liquor found near the Joints and Insertion of the Tendons proceeds from them, their Opinion is without Foundation. It is therefore more rational, to think that this Oily Matter is filtered through the Glands' in the Ligaments of the Joints, and serves to humect and tender these parts suppling, and help their Motion, and that the Blood is their Nutriment. An Objection I confess may be raised, that the Bones and divers other parts of the Body are very dissimilar; and therefore it is not probable their Nutriment should be one and the same substance, to this I think we may reply, that the Blood however it appear to be one uniform Liquor is composed of parts very different in their Colour, Consistence, and Quality, as appears by the separation, when it is exposed to the Air in a Porringer, besides the parts of the Blood may assume a new configuration, according to the various filtrations they undergo, and the same Matter modified in these different manners, being dispensed to all parts of the Body, may lodge in those Pores which are fitted to receive it.  
For the confirmation of this Doctrine, and the evincing the Circulation of the Blood through the Bones, there needs no other proof than this; that in the Bones of Recent born Animals, one may perceive some drops of Fluid Blood in their Substance, and the Cavities of the Bones are read, add to this, that when a Bone exfoliates, and a small Plate comes of, there always appears Blood beneath.  

Of the Marrow.  
The Marrow is a sort of subtle and penetrating Oil, prepared out of the more unctuous part of the Blood and reserved in small Vesiculae, which are interspersed with many Veins and Arteries.  
Those Virtuosos who have nicely examined the Structure of Trees, found a very great Analogy between them and Animal Bones, the Pith being nothing more than a Collection of Vesiculae or small Bladders, which contain the Sap in the same manner, as the Marrow is contained in Animal Bones.  
When the Blood in its Circulation arrives at the narrow Extremities of the Arteries, the fine subtle Oil is thrown of and conveyed by certain small Channels into the Cavities of the Bones where it is reposited, for the use which Nature has designed it, however it is not wholly lodged here, but some portion is received into the Veins, and circulates with the Blood. By this means it is prevented from corrupting, as all Animal Liquors must of necessity do, when they are once extravasated and cease to circulate. This Balsamic substance is of very great use to sheathe the vicious Salts, and reduce the Blood to a good and laudable temper, and make it more fluid and better disposed for Circulation. This is that which the Ancients understood by their Humidum radical: Some portion of this Oil insinuating itself into the Porosities of the Bones, makes them more suppling, and therefore in superannuated Bodies, and such as have an inveterate Pox where the Marrow is wasted, the Bones are more brittle.   

Of the Callus, and the manner how it is form.  
When a Bone is broke, there is a Tumour grows around it, which is called a Callus. This proceeds from a congestion of the Nutritious Juice, which flows out from the Extremities of the divided Vessels, and is concreted around. The same thing happens upon dividing the Fibres, which compose the Bark of a Tree where part of the Juice flows, and the rest forms a sort of Substance Analogous to the Callus in Bones, and so makes Reparation of what is lost. In Women with Child the Callus is not so soon form, as in other Persons, because a great part of the Nutritious Juice is employed in perfecting of the Foetus, and in all Persons whatever the Age, Constitution, Diet, Season of the year, Climate, Ability, and Care of the Surgeon, have a great share.  
There is a vulgar Mistake, that the Bones are fuller of Marrow at some certain times of the Moon, than at others, but Mr. Rohault has irrefragably confuted this, and plainly shown that at all times of the Moon whetever, there is a plenty of Marrow in the Bones of some, and very little in others; and that the Deficience does arise from a want of Nourishment or great Fatigue. He has observed that there is but little Marrow to be found in the Bones of Sheep, which come from the remote Provinces to Paris, and on the contrary, that there is a great deal to be found in those which have reposed themselves for a long time, and have been well fed before they are killed. There is another Mistake likewise which prevails amongst some sort of People, who think Fishes are fatter and leaner at one time of the Moon than another; for whatever be the time of the Moon, some Fish will be lean and others fat. The leanness of Fish very often proceeds from Tempests, or their going too far up Rivers; for ordinarily they are found very fat near the Sea, and very lean at a great Distance from it. Fishes taken near Calais most commonly are lean, because the Sea thereabouts is for the most part very rough, and all Fishes wast very much if they are kept for any time in Nets.  
Most Bones may be distinguished into four sorts of parts, the hardest which composes the Body of it, Processes which arise from it, and are continuous with it, the Epiphyses or Appendages which are little additional Bones contiguous to it, and the several Protuberances which jet out in any part of it. The Epihhyses are but external Addittaments, and in young Bodies may easily be separated from the Main Bone, and there appears a Line which divides the one from the other, which after disappears gradually, vanishes as the Infant grows up, till both together appear one continuous Bone.  
Most Processes serve for the Articulation of the Bones, and the Insertion of the Tendons, Muscles and Ligaments, and have different Names imposed on them, according to their different Figures: For instance, if the extremity be round it is called its Head, if it insensibly grow larger, its Neck, if long and sharp pointed, Corone; if the Heads be little and flat Condyli. The Processes of the Bones again receive different Names from their Figure, and sometimes are called Styloides, Ancyroides, Coracoides, P●erygoides, Mastoides, from their resembling a Probe, Anchor, the Bill of a Raven, the Nipple of a Woman's Breast.  
The Cavities of the Bones which serve for the Articulation of the Joints, if they are Superficial are called Glene, if large Cotyle, and the small Cavities sormed for the passing of a Tendon are called Sinus, and the Holes through which the Vessels pass, Scissures. When the bottom of a Cavity is large, and its entry narrow, it is likewise called a Sinus, and a Cup or Cavity if it has a large Mouth and Bottom, and in the last place a Hole, if it passes quite through the sides.   

Of the several kinds of Articulation.  
That Articulation where there is an evident Motion, is called Diarthrosis, and that where there is no Motion at all, is called Synarthrosis. There are three Species of Diarthrosis, viz. Enarthrosis, when the Head of the Bone is large, Arthrodla when it is small and Ginglymos, when the Bones mutually receive each other.  
There are three sorts of Synarthrosis, viz. Sutura, Harmonia, and Gomphosis. When two Bones enter into each other Indenturewise, this is called a Suture, in which manner the Bones of the Skull are united; but when there is a Line only, it is called Harmonia, and by this way the Bones of the upper Jaw are joined. When a Bone enters into another, as a Nail into a Hole, this is called Gomphosis. In the last place, when a Bone is flat and shelves down by degrees, this is called a Squammous or Scale-like Suture, and in this manner the Temple-Bone is joined to the Parietal.  
Symphysis is not so properly a Species of Articulation, as the Coalition of two or more Bones, which become one continuous Body. This is either without any middle intervening Body, as in the tender Bones of young Children, or with some Medium which in harder Bones unites the Parts together. This Medium is either some Fleshy Substance, and than it is called Syssarcosis, or some Cartilege, and than it is named Synchondrosis, or some Ligament, and than it is termed Syncurosis. The two pieces of the lower Jaw in Children, are united by Synchondrosis, and the Shoulder Blade and the Os Hyoides by Syssarcosis, tho' to speak properly indeed, the Bones of the lower Jaw are not so much joined by a Cartilege, as part of them remains Cartilaginous, and does not Ossifie so soon as the rest, and the Conjunction by Flesh is really none at all, particularly in the instances mentioned, the Superior extremity of the Hyoides is bound to the Styloiidal Processes, and the Shoulder Blade to the Clavicle by Ligaments, the Muscles only serving for its Motion.  
The Heads of all Bones are covered with a smooth, slippery Cartilege, and in the Cavity of the Joints, there is a Mucilaginous Liquor which serves to lubricate them, and help their Motion. Add to all this, that the Ligaments are exceeding pliant.    

CHAP. LVII. Of Fractures in general.  
A Fracture is a Division of a Bone, whereby the continuity is destroyed.  
THE CAUSE. Fractures always proceed from some external Cause, as some Blow, Fall, or other Accident.  
Fractures are Complete or Incomplete, Simple or Complicate.  
Complete Fractures are such where the Bone is entirely broke, and Incomplete, where it is broke in part only, such Fractures as are accompanied with Wounds, are called Complicate.  
The Ancients reckoned up five manners, after which a Bone might be broke, and imposed so many Greek Names of Fractures. The first where the Bone is broke directly a cross, and this may be called a Transverse Fracture. The second, when there is a Fissure lengthways. The third, when the Bone was round at the end. The fourth, when the Bone was broke in several pieces. The fifth, when a Shiver was wholly separated.  
THE SIGNS that a Bone is broke, are the Crack which the Patient and the Standards by hear, a Depression in the place of the Fracture, a privation of Motion in the Part, and a crashing of the Bones upon touching them. Lastly, the Part gives way when it is pressed and is crooked. If the Bones ride one over another the part is contracted, and there is a Swelling and Pain in the place where the Head of the Bone is. This is occasioned by the tearing of the Periosteum, and the Compression of the Marrow. About three or four days after the Bone is reduced, there arises an Inflammation very like an Erisypelas, which sometimes is simple and only seated in the Skin on the Fracture, and sometimes is attended with Rigours, and a Violent Heat. This Erisypelas arises from a Laceration of the Nervous, Tendinous, and Membranous parts, especially in Cacochymick Bodies. Sometimes Splinters of the Bones prick the Flesh, and 'cause a Violent Fever; and thus much for Transverse Fractures which are ever most easy to cure when they are simple, and most difficult and dangerous when they are complicated with some Wound.  
The Fissure of a Bone is more difficult to discover, than a complete Transverse Fracture, especially if it be small; For the better finding out of these Fractures, you must try the part well as you would a cloven stick, to see if you can discover any inequality in it; you must ask the Patient if in falling he could hear the Bone crack, if the swelling arose soon after, and he could perceive any thing fall down gradually.  
If a Fissure be taken in time, there is no difficulty in curing it, but if it be neglected, or unskillfully managed, and a Cariosity ensue, it is very dangerous, and cannot be cured without Amputation of the Limb. Fractures where the Bones do much recede from their Natural place, are more difficult to cure than others.  
If the Fractured Bone be broke into shivers and bits, the Accident is more dangerous, because there is a great Contusion and Laceration of the Membranous parts which threaten an Abscess. When there are two Bones in a part and only one is Fractured, the danger is much lesle than if both were broke; because the Bone which is entire supports the other, and preserves the Natural Figure of the part, and there is not so great an Extension necessary for the restoring it.  
Fractures in the middle of any Bone are not so dangerous, as when they are near the Joint, because it is more difficult to reduce and keep it in its place, by reason of the numerous Tendons and Nerves which are apt to 'cause a multitude of bad Accidents.  
Fractures in the soft Parts if there be no Wound or Contusion, are not difficult to be cured, but if there be, there is danger of Pain, Inflammation, Convulsion, and sometimes of a Gangrene.  
The Reunion of Bones is more speedy or slow, according as they are larger or lesser, more porous or compact. Small Bones are most commonly united in 25 Days, and the larger ones not under 40 or 50 Days. The Thigh Bone is more difficultly united and requires a longer time, because its Muscles are large and thick, and it is very apt to fall out, and to assume an ill Figure, and is rarely so well reduced, but that the Patient remains a Cripple.  
If the Reduction of a Bone be deferred too long it is ever difficult, because the Juices which circulate through the bony Fibres being concreted about the Extremities of the Vessels, Ossifie, and stopping the Pores, hinder a supply of Matter for the forming a Callus.  
The Bones are for the most part more brittle in Winter, than at any other time, because the Excessive cold constringes the Pores and hinders the supply of that Oily Marrow, which humects and makes them suppling; and for the same Reason, there is a more speedy Coalition in young, than in old Bodies, because the Passages are more open for the distribution of that Unctuous Medullary Substance.  
The Bones in  Women are not united without great Difficulty, the Reason of which seems to be, that a great part of the Nutritious Juice in the Mother's Body, is employed in the service of the Foetus.  
In Obliqne Fractures, the parts of the Bone are retained in their place with lesle trouble than in Transverse, because they help to support each other.  

The OPERATION.  
The Surgeon's business in Fractures is only to bring the two ends of the Bone together, and retain them there, and in the mean time to prevent all Accidents which may hap; but the cure itself, and the forming of a Callus for the reuniting the divided Bone, is the Work of Nature. For the Successful doing this, the Artist must have all Necessaries provided, all his Dress in a Readiness, and some Persons by to assist him. The Part must be kept in a straight Situation, and the Hands which hold the Limb must be placed as near the Fracture as may be, and not above the next Joint, which would be very inconvenient. For instance, if the Bone be a Leg and that be broke in the midst, the Assistants must not take hold of the Foot, and the Thigh in order to make the Attraction, but must lay their Hands above the Foot, and below the Knee. If both ends of the Bone are together, there is not required so great an Extension, as when one Bone rides on the other, however it is necessary to make some sort of Extension to prevent the breaking of some Asperities by the ends, rubbing against each other.  
Whilst the Assistants keep the Part extended, the Artist must make all Even and Level with the Palm of his Hand, pressing the Fracture all around, and pass his Thumb all along it to try if it be equal in all parts, for than he may conclude that it is well reduced. If he perceive any Splinter of the Bone to pierce the Flesh, he must make an Incision to reduce it, and than if it do not Reunite, it will come away in the Suppuration.  
If there be a Fracture in the Great Bones, and they are not reduced at first, the Hands are not sufficient alone to perform it, but the Artist must use Machine's, especially if the Parts of the Bone ride on one another, and the Muscles be very strong; but he must be careful not to make too strong Extensions for fear of breaking the Vessels, and tearing the Tendons from the Bones.  
The Signs which demonstrate a Part to be well reduced, are a Cessation of Pain, the recovery of its Natural Figure, it appearing in the same manner as when sound, which is to be attentively considered at each Dressing, particularly at first; because the part newly reduced may very easily be drawn out of its place by the Patients turning himself in his Bed, or some other Convulsive Motion of the Muscles.  
When the Bone is restored make some proper Bandage, all which shall be described in their proper places.  
When there is a Fissure only let the Part be bound straight, that so the Fracture may reunite. When there is a large, soft, Tumour on the Fissure which seems to be filled with Blood collected there, or a certain Liquor which exudes out of the Bone, it must be opened to give vent to the Humour contained in it, and the Orifice kept open with a Tent, and treated in the same manner as a Complicate Fracture, and the Bone and Wound healed together.  
THE DRESSING. The Bandage must not be too straight, for fear lest the extraordinary Compression intercept the influx of the Blood and Spirits, and the part Gangrene and come away; on the other Hand care must be taken that the Bandage be straight enough to keep both ends of the Bone together, that they may not fall asunder, upon the lest stirring the Body. The Bandage may be concluded to be well made, if there be a small Tumour at the extremities, and the Patient▪ is sensible of a slight Pain, and if there be no rising, and the Patient feel no Pain, the Bandage must be undone, and the Part bound straiter.  
It is best to forbear all Cataplasms, for these only stop the Pores and hinder Transpiration. There must no● be too many Splints, nor these be bound too tied together, but there must be at lest a Finger's breadth between them, to avoid the Pain which may arise from too great a Compression; you must begin to tie these first in the middle, and than above, and lastly below.  
The most proper time of undoing the Bandage is to be determined by the Accidents, for instance; When the Patient is in very great pain, or the Bandage is lose take it of. Parts which have little Flesh, will endure Bandage longer than Carnous parts. If there be a great itching in the Part, the Bandage ought to be taken of, for fear of an Erisypelas or Excoriation.  
If there appear any Vesications on the Part when the Bandage is taken of, they must be opened to let out the Water, and the part fomented with a Lixivium and Spirit of Wine, or a Solution of Sal Armoniac or Salt of Lead, or a Decoction of Sage, Camomile, Melilot, Roses, and a little Camphire in White-wine.  
If no Accident hap leave the Bandage as long on as may be, taking care that it do not grow lose.  
THE CURE. When the Bone is reduced, care must be taken to take of the Inflammation by the use of proper Medicines, as Embrocating the fractured part with a simple Tincture of Flowers of St. John's wort in Spirit of Wine, or the compound made by adding a third part of Earthworms.  
If the Part be contused, chafe it with a Mixture of Honey and Spirit of Wine, which is an excellent Medicine to resolve the Ecchymosis, and appease all Symptoms. Inunctions with Oil of St. John's wort, and Fomentations made with a Decoction of Rosemary in Wine, and a Lineament of Oil of Earthworms and Turpentine, is very good. The following Catagmatick Emplaster is excellent. ℞. Fine white Rosin lb Common Turpentine, ℥ iij. Melt and incorporate these with Powder of Meadow-sweet, Bistort, Round Birthwort, till they are of the consistence of an Emplaster, adding a little distilled Oil of Human Bones, or to better the Composition, put in Extract of Round Birth-wort, or melt in Powder of Amber or Balsam of Peru when you use it. This Emplaster is to be used after the Bone gins to reunite. The two ends of this Emplaster must not be laid over one another, but a small Interval must be left between, and a Lineament made of Oil of Earthworms acuated with the Chemical Oil of Rosemary used outwardly.  
Besides this, all inward and outward Means must be made use of. The Lapis Osteocollae in Comfrey Water is a good Specific, but it is not convenient to continued the use of it too long a time, for fear it breed too large a Callus. Hildanus' Powder is very good. ℞. Osleocolla prepared, ℥ i Choice Cinnamon, ʒiij. Sugar, ℥ i Mix these and make a Powder, and give ʒij. for a Dose, or Mix Osteocolla in a Decoction of Perriwincle in Wine, and drink several Draughts of it.  
The Fracture must be unbound the third or fourth day, to see in what condition it is, and than must be bathed with Simple Water, or a Decoction of the Vulnerary Plants. The Bandage must not be too lose nor too straight, for if it should be too straight, it would hinder the Influx of the Blood and Spirits, and endanger a Gangrene. It is best to lay no Cataplasms on the Part, however if it be insisted on, lay on Herb Robert pounded, or Powder of Bistort infused in Wine, having first well rubbed the Part with Oil of St. John's wort to help the Reunion, and prevent an Inflammation; but a Cataplasm is better than this.  
In Fractures especially where there is a Contusion, if the Nerves, Ligaments, Tendons, or any like parts hap to be contorted or dislocated, Forestus' Cerate may be applied, which is thus made. ℞. Solomon's Seal, ℥ iv. Root of Marsh-mallows, ℥ i Plantain Leaves two Handfuls, pound them in a Mortar, than boil them, and than pulp them through a Sieve, and make them up with white Wax into a soft Cerate, adding Oil of Roses and Myrtills, ā. ℥ ij. clear Turpentine, ℥ iss. Vng. Aegyptiacum and Dialthaeae, ℥ ss. Bole Armoniac, ʒvi. Dragon's Blood, ʒiij. Frankincense, ʒi. of all the , ʒij. Mix these and make a Cerate, which is to be applied on the seventh Day in all Strains of the Nerves. And thus much for Transverse Fractures.  

Of Fissures.  
Recent Fissures are easily cured, there being nothing more required than the laying on some good Catagmatick Emplaster of Rosin and Cumfrey Roots, either with or without Splints, as occasion shall require.  
The Part must be well bound to consolidate the Fracture, and if there be a soft Tumour which yields to the Impression of the Finger, it must be opened to let out the Matter, and the Orifice kept open with a Tent, and the Wound be dressed like a Complicate Fracture.  
When the Extremities of the broken Bone stick out of the Wound, and are corrupted by the Air, the end must be filled or taken of with Pincers, especially if the point of the Bone pierce the Skin, and cannot be reduced to its Natural place, and the Wound must be kept open for a considerable time, to give the Fragments, an opportunity of reuniting, or Exsoliating. If the Splinters are separated, and neither adhere to the Bone or Peri●sleum, they must be fetched away with a Forceps, but if they adhere, the best way is to let Nature alone, who will either Reunite or throw them of, especially if she be assisted by the following, or some such like Lineament. ℞. Virgin Honey, ℥ iss. Earthworms in powder, ʒiij. Mix all these and make an Unguent. The following is more potent. ℞. Powder of Alces, Myrrh, ā. ʒss. Root of Comfrey, round Birthwort, ʒiij. Euphrobium, ʒij. and with a sufficient quantity of Turpentine and Wax, make a Lineament.  
THE DRESSING. The Bandage must not be too straight for fear of a Mortification, nor must it be very lose for fear the Bones separate on the lest Motion.  
In making and taking of the Bandage, the same Directions are to be observed as before.    

REMARKS.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 4. Obs. 87. relates, that a Soldier being shot in the Body, the Bullet passed through his Liver, and through the Obliqne and Transverse Muscles without hurting the Intestines, and through the Os Ilium near the Sacrum, and sticking in the Skin was taken out by a small Incision made into it. The Symptoms at first were very bad, but the Wound of the Liver being soon after cured, the Patient did not found any inconvenience. The Wound made by the Ball was soon cured in a Methodical Way, but about two years after the Soldier had a high Fever with Rigours, and a Bubo arose in the Groin, with a great Pain and Inflammation in the place where the Wound had been. The Surgeon procured a good Digestion, and brought away a large quantity of Matter, and several Splinters of Bones which presenting themselves fair, were taken out without any great difficulty, and the Wound being healed, the Patient enjoyed a good Health. But about a year after the Ulcer broke out again, and several Fragments of Bones came of from the Os Ileum. This instance shows us, that a Surgeon ought to be very careful in extracting all Extraneous Bodies, since it appears they may be lodged in several parts of the Body for a long space of time, without any notable Inconvemence.    

CHAP. LXVI. Of Fractures of the Nose.  
THIS Operation is the Reducing of the Bones to their Natural Situation and Figure.  
THE CAUSE of this Fracture is always some External Accident, as some violent Blow or Fall.  
THE SIGNS which demonstrate that there is a Fracture of the Bones, are a Depression, and distortion of Nose which makes a disagreeable Figure.  
If the Part be not reduced it is soon filled with Ozena's or stinking Ulcers, and incurable Polypous Excrescences, the Party cannot breathe through it, and loses his Smelling.  
The Nose is composed of its two proper Bones, and the Os Cribrosum and Vomer. The two proper Bones are two small Bones pretty solid, and almost of a square Figure pretty smooth without, but not quite so much within. They are joined by a Suture in the place where they meet with the Bones of the Forehead and the upper Jaw, and these two Bones form the bridge of the Nose, and it is these which are Fractured and Dislocated by violent blows. As for the Os Cribrosum or Ethmoides, that is described in the enumeration of the Bones of the Skull, in the Chapter of the Trepan, the Vomer receives its Name from its resemblance to a Ploughshare; in its lower part it has a Cavity, in which a small Process from the Sphaenoidal Bone is enchased. This Bone is very minute, and in its upper has a small Channel in which the Tongue of the Bony Partition of the Ethmoides is enchased. The Septum Nar●um or partition of the Nostrils is form of these two Bones, and Surgeons must have a great care not to hurt this when they apply Caustics to consume Polypous Excrescences of the Nose.  
The lower and inmost part of the Nose is form by a Plane made of a Portion of the Bones of the upper Jaw, and those of the Palate. The small Bones of the Palate are very thin, and for that Reason very apt to cariate in the Venereal Distemper, which if it happens, makes the party snuffle or speak in the Nose. The way to remedy this inconvenience, is to stop that Hole with a thin Plate of Silver, which has a Ring in the midst to put a bit of Sponge into, which is to go into the Hole of the Roof of the Mouth. For this Sponge imbibing all the Humidities of the Mouth, causes the Silver Plate to apply itself against the Roof of the Mouth, that it cannot be drawn out without a great deal of Pain. This Plate may be called the Obturator of the Palate. There is a Cartilege fastened to the end of the Bones of the Nose, which makes the tip of the Nose capable of Motion.  

The OPERATION.  
Place the Patient in a convenient Posture, and than taking a stick cut it slat and smooth, and wrapping it round with Cotton, introduce it with the right Hand into the Nose to raise up the Fractured Bones which are depressed, observing to lay the Thumb of the left Hand on the Fractured Bone, that so raising it on the inside, you may bring it to its Natural Figure; and when you have reduced one side, you may do the same on the other, if there be occasion.  
THE DRESSING. When the Bones are reduced, put a Leaden Pipe up the Nostrils to keep them in their due Situation. This Pipe must be made flat, and of a Figure accommodated to the Part, that so there may be no danger of hurting it. Before these Pipes be put up into the Nose, they ought to be anointed with Balsam of Peru, or Oil of Turpentine mixed with Spirit or Wine, and to have two Ears or Rings on each side, that so they may be tied to the Patient's Nightcap with Ribbons. When the Pipe is put up into the Nose, lay two small Triangular Compresses along on each side of the Nose, and lay a Pasteboard of the same Figure on the Compresses.  
If there be a Wound which can very hardly hap, lay proper Medicines onto procure a good Digestion, there being no possibility of avoiding a Contusion, and an Emplaster on the Pledgit, on which lay Compresses and a Triangular Pasteboard, keeping them on with a Sling or Fillet with sour Tails. To apply this, take the two upper Tails with the Thumbs and Fore-fingers of each Hand, and apply the plain undivided part on the Nose, and bring the two upper Tails behind the Head, and back again on the first turn, and pin them where they end, than take up the two lower Tails, and bringing them over the Head, pin them in the same manner as the first, and this is a general Rule in the applying all divided Fillets.  
There is another Bandage sometimes used when the Nose is concerned, which is called the Fossa of Amyntas. This is made with a Roller an inch and an half broad, and two els in length rolled up at both ends; you must begin to apply this behind on the top of the Head, and bringing the two ends of the Roller before, cross them on the Nose, and so bring them behind on the Nape of the Neck, and so again over the first turn, crossing on the Nose, continuing in this manner; and in the last place, making several Circular Turns on the Forehead, to six these where they end. In making this Bandage, you must take care not to compress the Part too much, it sufficing if it be straight enough to keep the Applications on the Nose.  
There is a third Bandage which is sometimes made use of in Fractures of the Nose, which is called Accipiter or Hawk. To make this, take a Rag and cut it into the shape of a Triangle, which may be large enough to cover all the Dress on the Nose, and stitch a narrow Fillet about a quarter of an Ell in length, and three quarters of an inch broad to the upper Angle of this Triangle, and lay this Fillet over the Sagittal Suture, and let it hung down behind; than stitch two more to its lower side, viz. to each Angle, and bringing them over the Cheeks, tie them to that which passed over the Sagittal Suture; besides these stitch two to the bottom of the Triangle, which must be two els in length, and more than of an inch broad, and cross these two under the Nostrils, rising obliquely on the Cheeks to the side of the lesser Angle of the Eye. and so making a X behind the Head, bring them forward again, and cross them on the Nose; than bring the two ends round the Forehead and pin them. This Triangle must have two Holes in the place of the Nostrils for Breathing.  
THE CURE. Dress the Part at lest once a day in the same manner as all contused Wounds, forbearing to draw the Pipes out of the Nose till the Bones be consolidated, and confining the Patient to a good Diet.   

REMARKS.  
If the Bones are not reduced, there is danger of Ozena's and Polypus'.    

CHAP. LXVII. Of the Fracture of the lower Jaw.  
THIS Operation is the Reduction of the Fractured Bones, to their proper Situation.  
THE CAUSE. Fractures in this part frequently are occasioned by Blows and Falls.  
Children till the Age of 7 years or thereabouts, have their lower Jaw composed of two Bones divided by a Cartilege, which in process of time is entirely Ossified. The Bone of the lower Jaw is very hard and smooth and externally convex resembling the Letter U. The Mandible or lower Jaw has four Holes, two Internal ones which are the largest, and two External ones which pierce its Basis, through each of the Internal Holes there passes a Rope composed of a Vein, an Artery, and a Nerve, the Nerve is a Ramification of the fifth Pair, and the Veins and Arteries of the Jugulars and Carotids. The Branches of the Nerves go out through the External Holes, and are spent on the Skin and Muscles of the Lips. All these Vessels are dispensed to the Roots of the Teeth of the lower Jaw, and carry Nourishment to them. The Bone of the lower Jaw has several Protuberances to which Muscles are affixed, these Extremities are flat and large. The lower Jaw has on each side two Processes, the one called Condylus, and the other Corone. The first serves for the Articulation, and has its Head armed with a Cartilege, and is received into a Cavity of the O' Petrosum, which is likewise armed with another Cartilege, which serves to facilitate their Motion. This Arriculation is covered with a Ligament, the Corone is slender and acuminated, and into this the Tendon of the Temporal Muscle is inserted. All Blows on this Muscle are dangerous, and attended with bad Symptoms, it being covered with the Tendinous expansions o● the Frontal, and other contiguous Muscles, and not with the Periosteum as is vulgarly, but erroneously thought.  
In the Cavities of the Mandible the Matter is contained, out of which the Teeth are form, and there are the Sockets in which they are set.  

Of the lower Jaw in the Foetus.  
The lower Jaw gins to Ossifie in the second Month, and is composed of two Bones joined together below the Nose, and jetting a great way out. In the third Month the Jaw is composed of four Bones, viz. two large ones joined at the Chin, and two lesser ones which form the Corone, and these two Bones are joined together by a thin transparent Membrane.  
In the seventh, eighth, and ninth Month, it appears all around the Basis of the lower Jaw, as well as the upper of those small Protuberances, which are more apparent in the Foetus than in Adults.  
The inequalities are the Cells in which the Teeth are set, or at lest where they are first form, and they lessen in proportion to the growth of the Jaw. The Holes in the inner part of the lower Jaw through which the Vessels which go to the Teeth pass, are invisible in a Foetus of four Months old, but they are visible in the seventh Month, as well as the external Holes which penetrate the Bone.   

The OPERATION.  
If the Bones of the Jaw ride over one another, some of the Assistants must put his Fingers into the Patient's Mouth, and make a slight Extension whilst the Surgeon presses the Extremities both within and without.  
If the Teeth are lose put them into their Natural place, where they will soon six again if they be tied with a Silver Wire or a waxed Thread to those Teeth which stand firm. The most certain way to found whether the Teeth are reduced, is by comparing the Teeth of the lower Jaw with those in the upper, to observe if they answer exactly, viz. the Grinders to the Grinders, the Eye-teeths to the Eye-teeths, and the Foreteeth to the Foreteeth.  
THE DRESSING. Lay on the Jaw a Compress of a competent length, and made of Rags several times doubled, and dipped in some Defensatives, and than cover this with a Pasteboard of a Figure not unlike the Jaw, and make the Bandage called the Capistrum or Bridle. To make this, take a Roller of two els long, and an inch and a half broad, and begin with a circular turn round the Head, than pass under the Chin and rise on the Cheek, passing near the lesser Angle of the Eye; than go obliquely behind the Head on the opposite Cheek and under the Chin, and reascend on the first turn of the Roller, making an Edging on the fractured Jaw, than continued to proceed round passing behind the Head.  
Take a Roller rolled up are one end, which must be three els in length, and about an Inch and a half broad, and begin with making a Circular turn round the Forehead; than pass under the Chin and reascend on the Cheek passing near the lesser Angle of the Eye, than turn obliquely behind the Head, and descend on the opposite Cheek pass under the Chin, and reascend on the first turn of the Roller, leaving an edging on the Fractured Jaw, than proceed round passing behind the Head, over the Cheek, under the Chin, and make an edging on the Fracture, than reascend on the Cheek, pass behind the Head, over the opposite Cheek, under the Chin, and make a third edging on the Fracture; than reascend and proceed over the first Turn, pass behind the Head, bring the Roller over the Chin, and make two Circular Turns there, and finish the whole by making two Circular Turns with the remaining part of the Roller round the Forehead and Head, and in the last place pin the ends. In making this Bandage observe to make edges on the Fracture, and in all the other parts to bring the Roller directly over the nether Turns.  
If the Jaw be broke on both sides, reduce it in the manner above described; and lay a Compress with a Hole in middle on it, to put the end of the Chin through, and so apply each end on the sides of the Jaw respectively, over these stitch a Pasteboard of a Figure adapted to the Jaw, and perforated in the midst likewise, and keep these on with the double Capistrum or Bridle, which is made in the following manner.  
Take a Roller five els long and an Inch and a half broad. apply this to the Chin, and bring each end of the Roller over the Cheeks, and make an X on the top of the Head, than pass it behind, and return on each side under the Chin and pass over the Fractures, making an edging on each; than reascend circularly over the same turns of the Roller, and make an X on the Head, descend under the Chin and make edges on the Fractures, than reascend over the Head, pass behind, descend and pass over the Chin, than reascend on the Cheeks and pass over the Head, and so return and bring the two ends of the Roller twice over the Chin, making Circular Turns there, than bring them behind the Head and so round the Forehead to keep the other turns steady, and pin it where it ends.  
But before I leave this Subject, I shall describe another Bandage used in Hurts of the Chin in Children, which tho' it do not properly concern Fractures of the Jaw; yet can not where be better inserted than here, it being my Design to give the Reader Instructions in all the several manners of Dressing and making Bandages which can be required in a Course of Operations.  
Take a Roller six els long, and more than two Inches broad rolled up at both ends, and apply the middle of it on the Forehead, and pin it there to the Nightcap, than bring the two Heads behind the Patient's Head, cross them there, and so bring them under the Patient's Armpits, than bring them before and pass them behind the Head, and cross them again, and bring them over the Forehead, behind the Head, and cross them, next bring them under the Armpits, and having first made two or three turns about the Breast, pin the ends.  
In burns of the Face, make a Mask of Linen Cloth, and having smear it with some proper Lineament, tie it behind the Head with Ribbons.  
THE CURE. Let the Patient lie on his Back for fear lest the Bones should be displaced by his lying on one side, and during the Cure, let his Diet be liquid and Nourishing.  
The lower Jaw is most commonly reunited in twenty Days.   

REMARKS.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 1. Obs. 81. gives a Caution not to continued the use of the Lapis Ostcocolla too long, lest it make too large a Callus, and the Part become Monstrous and Deformed, as he relates it once happened to him in a Fracture of the Thigh. A dram of this Stone is given to the Patient in a Morning fasting, being finely levigated in a Marble Mortar with Comfrey Water, but the Surgeon must from time to time look to see that the Callus do not increase more than is convenient, and forbear any longer using it when he finds this.  
When the Callus happens to grow so large as to make a sensible Deformity of the part, Fabr. Hildanus uses this Method to lessen it. First he foments the Part twice a day with this Emollient Decoction. ℞ Roots and Leaves of Marsh-mallows, Bryony, White Lilies, Brankursin, Flowers of Melilot, Camomile, ā. one Handful, Common Wormwood, Read Roses, ā. half a Handful, Linseed, Fenugreek Seeds, ā. ℥ i Boil these Ingredients in a Mixture of one part of Vinegar, and four parts of Spring Water, and foment the part with this Decoction; and after the Fomentation, anoint it with the following Lineament. ℞. Mans, Bears and Ducks Grease, ā. ℥ ij. Juice of Earthworms and distilled Vinegar, ā. ℥ i Mix these and make a Lineament, and with this anoint the Callus, and the whole Thigh. After all this he applied the following Emplaster to the Callus. ℞. Emplaster of Frogs with Mercury, Emplaster of the Mucilages, ā. ℥ i Mix these and keep them on for the space of six Days, in which time they will extremely soften and diminish the Callus. In the last place in stead of the Emplaster, bind on a Plate of Lead pretty straight, till the Part recover its Natural Size and Figure.    

CHAP. LXVIII. Of the Fracture of the Clavicle or Collar-Bone.  
THE Operation is the Reducing the Bone to its Natural place.  
THE CAUSE is most commonly some Blow or Fall.  
THE SIGNS. If the Clavicle be completely broke a cross, that end which is fised to the Acromion together with the whole Shoulderblade sinks, which is caused by the Weight of the Arm.  
If there be any Splinters, a pricking and sharp pain may be perceived; but if the Fissure be lengthways, it must of necessity become thicker, which may be soon discovered by comparing it with the sound Clavicle. The Clavicles are two Bones which very much resemble an Italian ss, and are placed in the upper Part of the Sternum. The External Surface of these Bones is extremely smooth and polite, but their inner substance is spongy and porous, which is the Reason why they reunite so soon when they are once fractured, whilst on the other Hand they are very much exposed to Accidents, and soon broken, having nothing besides the Teguments to protect them. At the ends of these Bones there are two Processes, one of which is Articulated to the Sternum, and the other to the Acromion of the Humerus, and their principal use is to keep the Shoulderblades in their Natural Situation.  

Of the Clavicles of the Foetus.  
There are no Bones in a Foetus which are sooner Ossified, than the Clavicles which are entirely Bony, within six Weeks after Conception. Nature seems to contrive this for the defending the Heart, to preserve it from being compressed by the Sternum and Scapulae, which continued Cartilaginous for a long time.  
The Clavicles are the largest and most solid Bones of the whole Body, till a Foetus arrives at the third Month, and Age only adds largeness and strength to these Bones, their Figure being altogether the same as in Adults.   

The OPERATION.  
If the Clavicle be broken, asunder an Extension must be made. For this purpose place the Patient on a Stool without a back, and draw back the Arm which is on the same side with the Fracture, and let an Assistant stand behind and push the Shoulder up, whilst another draws the Arm back: While this Extension is making reduce the Bones, by thrusting back that end of the Bone which is above, and drawing that below, so that both may exactly meet, and you may discover that they do so by feeling with the Thumb all along the Bone.  
There is another way of making an Extension of the Clavicle, which is thus; put a Tennis Ball wrapped up in Linen Cloth, and press the Patient's Elbow close to his Side. This makes an Extension of the Clavicle, to the end the Bone may be reduced with more facility.  
Or let the Patiented lie on his Back on a Quilt laid on the Floor, and lay some convex Body under him and between his Shoulders, and let both his Shoulders be thrust down, that so the two ends of the Bone may be stretched as far under as may be, and the Surgeon have an opportunity of reducing the Bone in the mean time.  
If there be any Splinters which run into the Flesh, mak● an Incision into the place which is pained, and lay the Bone bore to reduce the Splinters, and cut of the Asperities which prick the Flesh, with Pincers.  
THE DRESSING. When the Bone is reduced, fill the Cavities above and below with Compresses of a length and figure suitable to the Bone, and over these Compresses lay others of the same Figure; let each Compress be stitched to a Pasteboard of the same Figure with themselves, and keep these Dress on with the Bandage called the Capeline. This is made with a Roller six els in length, and three Inches broad rolled up at one end, the middle of this is applied on the Clavicle, than bring one end on the Breast, and to keep that steady, bring the other end obliquely behind the back, and so under the sound Arm, and again forwards over the Breast, to fix that which hangs down over the Breast, and when this is done, bring it over the Clavicle and so behind the Back, and keep it steady there; than bring the other end under the Arm affected, to fix that Head which passes behind; and when this is fixed, bring it again over the fractured Clavicle, observing every time it passes over the Clavicle, to leave an edging. In the last place, continued to make Circumvolutions with the Roller about the Body, passing one Head under the Armpits, and carrying up the other end over the Clavicle, till it be quite covered with the edges; and when the Clavicle is covered, make several Circular turns round the upper part of the Arm, leaving a space called the Crane's Bill, which at length must be covered by continuing the edges on it with the two ends of the Roller, which in the last place must be circulated around the Breast, and than pined at the ends.  
If the Clavicle be broke near the Shoulder, you must make the Bandage called the Spica, which the Reader will found described in the Chapter of the Luxation of the Shoulder-bone.  
THE CURE. Let the Patient lie on his Back, for if he should lie on one Side, there would be danger of the Bones falling out of its place. He may eat roasted Meats or any thing which is easy of Digestion, and there is no necessity of Abstinence, or being confined to a spare Diet, unless there be a Fever or Inflammation. This Bone most commonly is united in 20 Days.   

REMARKS.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 1. Obs. 72. censures the Practice of those who use Viscous Meats, because they are apt to generate a thick Chile, and created Obstructions and Schirrosities in the Liver, Spleen, and other Viscera, and the Stone in the Kidneys and Bladder, Dropsies, and an Universal Weakness; and these Accidents he assures us he had known befall some Persons who had been Dieted in this manner.    

CHAP. LIX. Of a Fracture of the Shoulderblade.  
THE Operation is the Reducing the Fractured part to its Natural Place and Situation.  
THE CAUSE. This like other Fractures, is occasioned by some Fall or Blow.  
THE SIGNS. If the middle of the Shoulderblade be broke, the Bone which is very thin, there yields to the impression of the Finger, and there is a great Stupor which proceeds from the Nerves dispensed to the Muscles of that part.  
The Scapulae or Shoulderblades are large flat Bones placed on the Back, one on each side, and have the Figure of a Scalenous Triangle, each Bone is concave on the inside, and convex without, and has two sides and Angles, one above and the other below, on the backside is a long Ridge which is called the Spine, the parts adjacent to this, are called the Supra Scapulium, that above, and the Infra Scapulium, that which lies beneath the Spine. The large end of the Spine where it is crooked, is called its Acromion, and that side which is next the Vertebrae, is called its Basis. This has two Angles, the one above, and the other below. In the Scapula there is a Cavity to receive the Head of the Shoulder-bone, and over this there is a crooked Process, which has the Name of Coracoides given to it, from its resembling a Raven's Bill. All the side below which bounds the Scapula, is called its lower side, and the other are called its Borders or Edges.  
The Scapula is fastened to the Clavicle by several Ligaments. The Cavity which receives the Head of the Bone, is almost entirely form by Ligaments which arise from the edge of the Cavity, and encompass the Acromion and Coracoidal Process; and this is the reason why the Arm is so subject to Luxations, it having nothing more than Ligaments to keep it in its place, which with a very little straining, may be forced out of its place.  
The use of the Scapulae is to defend the Ribs, help the Articulation of the Clavicles with the Bones of the Arm, and for the Rise and Insertion of Muscles.  

The OPERATION.  
If any Fragments of Bones are broke of, and thrust out without pricking the Flesh, put them into their place with the Palm of the Hand, or the Thumb. But if they have any points and prick the Flesh, make an Incision and snip of the Jagged end with a pair of Pincers, and reduce the Bone into its right place if it adhere to the Scapula, but if it be lose take it of.  
THE DRESSING. Lay a Compress dipped in some Desensative Liquors on it, and a Pasteboard over that, both of which ought to be as large as the Shoulderblade, and to have the same Figure, and than keep all on with the Bandage commonly called the Star. This is made with a Roller four or five els in length rolled up at one end; apply the Extremity of the Roller behind the Back under the opposite Armpit, than bring it under the other Armpit, and over the Shoulder, that so it may make an X on the middle of the Back, than bring it under the other Armpit, and lastly over that, so it may pass behind the Back and make another X leaving an Edging, and so bring it several times over the Back, still leaving an Edging till both the Shoulderblades are covered, and than finish the Bandage by making several Circular turns round the Breast.  
THE CURE. If there be a contused Wound on the Scapula, you must digest and deterge the Wound, dressing it twice a Day in the usual manner; but if it be a simple Incision, it must be united as soon as may be, and requires no more than some Desensative to be applied on it.  
If there be no Wound in the Scapula, it is best to continued the Dress on till the Reunion is completed, unless some Accident arising shall require the contrary.   

REMARKS.  
The Scapula in a Foetus is round, and continues to be Membranous till the third Month, and than its Ossification gins with a little white spot in the Centre, which expands itself by degrees. The Place of the Articulation of the Scapula to the Shoulder-bone terminates in an Angle, in the midst of which there is a white Line which extends a little farther. This Line is the first beginning of the Ossification of the Shoulder-bone.  
The Spine on the Body of the Scapula is boney in the fourth Month, but the Acromion continues to be Cartilaginous at that time. The rest of the Bone of the Shoulder is Membranous, as well as the Coracoides Process, the Neck and above half the Basis of the Scapula are. About the fourth Month the Neck of the Scapula gins to Ossifie, but its Basis and lower Angle continued to be Cartilaginous.  
This lower Angle is more remote from the Centre of Ossification, and is longer before it be converted into perfect Bone.  
The two Processes of the Scapula and its Glene, and the Head of the Humerus continued Cartilaginous till the Birth, and for this reason Recent born Infants cannot raise up their Arm. The small Fissure which is between the Coracoidal Process, and the upper part of the Scapula is not discernible until the fifth Month, but after it increases, and by degrees becomes hollow, so that at the time of the Birth it resembles a Crescent.    

CHAP. LX. Of the Fracture of the Ribs.  
THIS Operation is Reducing the Ribs when they are broken, to their Natural Situation.  
THE CAUSE of a Fracture of the Ribs, is most commonly some Blow or Fall.  
THE SIGNS. When a Rib is entirely broke, the ends sometimes thrust into the Breast, and at other times continued in their Natural place. If a Rib thrusts in it compresses and tears the Pleura and the Lungs sometimes, and this creates a great Pain, and a constant pricking of the Part, the Patient cannot breathe without great Pain and Difficulty, spits Blood, and a Fever is kindled.  
If the Fractured ends thrust out, there is a sensible rising, but if the two ends of the Bone continued together, none of the above mentioned Symptoms appear, and there is only a Crashing that can be perceived, in thrusting the Ribs with the Thumb.  
The Ribs are placed on each side the Spine, and may well enough be compared to Segments of a Circle. Near the Sternum they are flat and large, and grow round in proportion to their distance, approaching to the Vertebrae. They are Articulated with the Vertebrae by two Productions, one of which is covered with a Cartilege, and implanted into the Sinus, and the other is joined to the Transverse Process of the same Vertebra on the same side.  
The Exterior Surface of the Ribs is wrought and unequal, the Interior is smooth and equal. In their lower part they have a final Channel for the Reception of the Nerve and Intercostal Artery with a Branch of the Vena Azygos, and the Surgeon must avoid cutting these Vessels in the perforating the Breast in making the Operation in an Empyema.  
The Ribs are entirely bony, but their Extremities toward the Sternum are Cartilaginous, for the better facilitating Respiration. They are fixed to the Sternum by their Cartlages, which sometimes become bony, especially in Women. The Number of the Ribs is not always alike not more than the Vertebrae; sometimes there has been found thirteen, more rarely eleven, but the most common Number is twelve. Of these, seven are called true Ribs, and five false or Bastard Ribs.  
The true Ribs are placed in the uppermost part of the Breast, and are fixed to the Sternum. The Bastard Ribs are so called, because they are short, soft, and are not implanted into the Sternum, but adhere by the Cartilages to each other. The Bastard Ribs leave a voided place before, to make room for the Motion of the Stomach. The lowest of the Bastard Ribs is the shortest of all, and does not adhere like the rest, but sometimes is found adhering to the Diaphragm, as well as the eleventh Rib.  
All the Ribs are unequal in length and breadth. The upper Rib is short, flat, and more large and crooked than any of the rest. The middle are longer and larger than the upper, and the inferior are near upon the Matter of the same length as the upper, but not of the same breadth.  
The Ribs make an Arch, which contains the Heart, Lungs, and other Organs of the Thorax, and besides they serve to give a Rise and Termination to several Muscles of the Thorax.  

Of the Ribs in the Foetus.  
The first and last Ribs in a Foetus of two Months old are Membranous, and the other are Bony. About the same time the Scissure through which the Intercostal Artery, Vein, and Nerve pass, begin to appear. The Ribs begin to Ossifie very early, which is so ordered by the Providence of Nature, for the better defending the Heart, Lungs, and other Viscera of the Thorax, which seem to want some such Rampart to protect them, and give them liberty to grow and exert their respective Functions. For the two first Months the Ribs are not Articulated with the Vertebrae, but are only planted to Cartilege, which after becomes the Transverse process of the Vertebrae.  
In the third Month, as if Nature were ashamed of her lazy proceeding, on a sudden she Ossifies the upper Rib which becomes as hard, large, and solid, as those which were Ossified in the second Month. About this time the last gins likewise to Ossifie, which nevertheless continues to be Cartilaginous till the fifth Month, but this seldom happens. The Ribs continued to increase and grow hard from the ninth Month, till the Birth.  
In a Foetus the Ribs are crooked, and like so many Arches form a Vault, which is the Cavity of the Breast, besides this there is another Curvature which is peculiar to the Foetus, the six upper Ribs being crooked at the Extremity, and below in the middle. These Curvatures are not sensible in Adults, and gradually disappear as the Animal grows.   

The OPERATION.  
If the Rib which is hurt thrust out, place the Patient in a Chair, and let an Assistant stand by to hold him; than bid the Patient bend his Body on the side opposite to the Fracture, and keep close his Mouth and Nose, and hold his Breath to dilate his Breast, this Dilatation serving in stead of an Extension, in the mean time thrust the two ends of the Bone together and reduce it. If one end of the Bone enter the Breast, make an Incision and take it out.  
Ambrose Parrè proposes this way, viz. to lay the Patient on the sound side, and apply an Emplaster of Mastic on the Fracture, and than to pull it of with Violence, that so the Rib be drawn up with it; and by repeating this Operation, he pretends to raise the ends which were depressed.  
Some Practitioners apply Cupping-glasses on these Fractures, pretending to draw up the Bone by the help of the Flesh, which tumefies and rises up into the Glass, but both these Ways are ineffectual.  
THE DRESSING. Lay a single Compress dipped in some Defensative on the fractured part, and lay two other Longitudinal Compresses over it, which must cross each other Salterwise; than stitch two Past-boards of the same Figure with themselves, to the two last Compresses, and lay another large Linen Compress with an oblong Pasteboard, and cover this again with a Compress; in the last place keep all on with the Bandage called the Quadriga.  
To make this, take a Roller five els long and three Inches broad rolled up at both ends, and apply the middle under the Armpit, and make an X on the Shoulder, than bring each end of the Roller over the Breast, and over the Back, so as to cross under the Armpit and make another X on the Shoulder; than bring again the two ends of the Roller one over the Back, and the other over the Breast, so as to make an X before and behind, and leave edges on the Breast with both ends of the Roller descending till it be covered, and than fix it by a Circular turn round the Breast.  
Another sort of Bandage may be made with a Napkin supported by the Scapulary, according to the Method delivered in the Operation of the Empyema.  
THE CURE. Fab. Hildanus gives us the following Relation of his Process in the Cure of an Accident of this Nature. A certain Person having broke two of his Ribs near the Spine, the ends of the fractured Bones thrust out which he reduced, and after Embrocated the Part with Oil of Roses, next he applied a Cataplasm made of Flower of Barley, Powder of Roses, Balaustiums, Cypress Nuts, Galls, Tormentil and one whole Egg, and than laid on Compresses, Splints, made the necessary Bandages not too straight, and within a little time all the Accidents ceased. As soon as the Ribs were reduced, he gave the Patiented a Decoction of Self-heal and Water-creases, ā. and confined him to a good Diet, the next Day he bled him, taking of the Dress, and continuing to give him the forementioned Draught twice a day, for the space of eight Days, and upon the twelfth he recovered.   

REMARKS.  
There did not appear any External Contusion in the above mentioned case, but the Blood came away by the Stools abundantly in great Clods, and this Flux continued for six Days without sensibly weakening the Patient.    

CHAP. LXI. Of a Fracture of the Breastbone.  
THIS Operation is a Reducing the Bones of the Sternum into their proper Situation.  
THE CAUSE of the Fracture is ordinarily some Fall or Blow received,  
THE SIGNS which demonstrate the Sternum to be fractured, are a Depression of the Part, a Palpitation of the Heart, a Difficulty of Breathing, Delirium, and often times a spitting of blood. These Symptoms proceed from a Compression of the Mediastinum, Heart, Lungs, Nerves, and other Vessels.  
The Sternum makes up the fore part of the Breast, and is placed in the middle between the Ribs and the Breast, the forepart of which it composes. It is of a porous Substance, and all of one piece in Adults, but made up of divers ones in the Foetus, as we shall see hereafter. It is a little forked in its upper part where it has a Sinus on each side to receive the Head of the Clavicle, which is Articulated with a Cartilege intervening. In its inner side there is a Sinus to give passage to the Aspera Arteria. The Sternum ends in a point, and throughout its whole length has lateral Sinus' which receive the Cartilages of the Ribs. At its lower Extremity it has a Cartilege fixed into a small Cavity of the Sternum, and this is called Xiphoides, from its resembling a Dagger. It is sometimes Triangular, and at other times it is forked, and sometimes it is almost round; sometimes its point turns in, and when this happens it compresses the Stomach, and occasions Vomiting sometimes it is perforated, for the transit of some Veins which go to the Breast. This Cartilege in some Bodies has been found to extend to the Navel.  
The Sternum serves as a Rampart to the Heart, and helps to support the Breast and Ribs.  

The Stornum of the Foetus.  
This is Cartilaginous till the fourth Month, and very rarely or never bony. The Number of bones in the Sternum of Children is not certain; sometimes it is composed of seven, and sometimes eight. Sometimes there is but four in a Foetus of nine Months, and there is never more than six, and there are some Foetus of five Months old, whose Sternum is composed of two bones only.  
In the sixth Month the Sternum is composed of four or five bones, and sometimes there is no more than one. Some Foetus of six Months have the Sternum Cartilaginous. In the eighth Month it is composed of four or five bones. In short, it is impossible to determine any thing certain concerning the Number and Situation of the bones of the Breast; sometimes the lower bones are larger than the upper ones, and sometimes they are ranged by one another in Parallel lines.   

The OPERATION.  
Let the Patient be laid on a Quilt on the Ground, and place some convex Body under him between his Shoulders, and let some Servant press on the sides of the Breast, which push out, that by this Extension the bones may be reduced into their Natural Situation; or if this prove ineffectual, make an Incision and say the Fractured bone bore, that so you may raise it with the Terebellum or Screw. This must be tightly sharp, that it may enter the bone upon touching it in the lightest manner imaginable; for if it were quite depressed, it would infallibly kill the Patient.  
THE DRESSING. Lay a Triangular Compress wetted in Wine heated, and over that another thick Triangular Compress stitched to a Pasteboard of the same Figure, and let the point of this be applied downwards; in the last place, keep the Dress on with a Napkin folded in two or three pleats, suspended with the Collar in the same manner as was directed in the Chapter of the Empyema, or you may use the Quadriga, described in the last Chapter.  
THE CURE. Let the Patient lie on his Back, for if he should lie on his Side, the Ribs would compress the bones of the Sternum, and if there be any Inflammation, which there seldom fails to be, let him loose some blood out of his Arm, and feed him with a good Nourishing Diet.  
If there be a Wound it must be dressed twice a Day, as the Nature of it shall require.   

REMARKS.  
Some Surgeons have had Sagacity enough to discover when there has been Pus lodge in the Cavity of the Mediastinum, and have dextrously discharged it by opening the Sternum with a Trepan.    

CHAP. LXII. Of a Fracture of the Vertebrae.  
THIS Operation is a Reducing the Fractured bones into their usual and natural place.  
THE CAUSE is ordinarily some Blow or Fall.  
THE SIGNS. When the Vertebrae of the back are fractured, the Arm becomes Paralytic, and loses both Sense and Motion, the Patient's Excrements come away involuntarily, and sometimes a Suppression of Urine ensues.  
The Fracture of the Body of the Vetebraes is dangerous, because the Spinal Marrow which is the Origin of the Nerves is hurt upon these occasions. The Fracture of the Spinal Processes is not so dangerous, as that of the Body of the Vertebrae, because the Medulla is not hurt by it.  
The whole number of Vertebrae make up one long Column of bones from the Articulation of the Head to the Rump-bone, and all this Compages is called the Spine, which name is given it from several pointed bones.  
The Vertebrae derive their Name a Vertendo, because the whole body is turned to and from upon them.  
The Spine has a Curvature inwards from the first Vertebra of the Neck to the seventh, and than is convex outwardly from the first Vertebra of the back to the twelfth, to enlarge the capacity of the Breast; than again it is as a curvature inwards from the first Vertebra of the Loins to the Os Sacrum, which is composed of several Vertebrae united together, and serves to enlarge the Hypogastrium, especially in Women who are form by Nature for the bearing of Children.  
The Vertebrae mutually receive, and are received by each other, which Species of Articulation is called Ginglymos, and are bound to one another by Ligaments and Cartilages. There are for the most part seven Vertebrae in the Neck, twelve in the Back, and five in the Loins; and the Os Sacrum is composed of several Vertebrae more, all which form but one bone in Adults, which as the Child grows up lessons, and ends in a point.  
The Vertebrae are bound together by a strong Cartilaginous Ligament. This Ligament hinders them from grating against each other, and by its flexibility yields to their Motion every way. The Spine is bended, extended, and turned round every ways. The whole Spine has a large Hole from the top to the bottom, to give passage to the Marrow, and in the Juncture of the Vertebrae on each side they form a Hole for the Transmitting Nerves from the Marrow.  
Each Vertebra is composed of its body, and three sorts of Productions or Processes, viz. the Obliqne, of which there are two Superior, and two Inferior, the Transverse to which the Muscles are fixed, and the third or Spinal seated behind in the midst of these which are very solid, and give a Denomination to the whole Column. Besides these, there are five Epiphyses or Appendages to each Vertebra, two of which make the two edges of the Vertebra, two of Transverse Processes, and one of the Spinal ones.  
Those who have a long Neck, most commonly have eight Vertebrae in it, and but eleven in the Neck, which lessening the Cavity of the Thorax, makes such Persons Phthisical, on the contrary, in short Necks there is often but six Vertebrae, and such are subject to Apoplexies. The Transverse processes are perforated for the Transmitting Veins and Arteries, and have their ends forked for the implanting of Muscles. The Transverse processes are likewise forked, short, and a little inclined.  
The first Vertebra of the Neck is called Atlas, and receives and supports the Head on two small Sinus' lined with Cartilages. This Vertebra has no Spines, lest it should hurt the two small Muscles called Obliqui Inferiores, when the Head is bound forwards. It has on its inner part a small superficial Cavity, which receives the Tooth-like Process of the second Vertebra of the Neck. At the lower part of the two Superior Cavities, there are two small round Eminences, from whence a Ligament like a Cord issues, which strongly binds the Tooth-like Process. The first Vertebra has no more than six Processes, but on its foreside it has a small Eminence which may be esteemed a seventh.  
The second Vertebra is called Dental from its Tooth-like Process which enters into the first. Hypocrates assures us, that the anteriour Luxation of this Vertebra, causes an incurable Quinsy. This is likewise called the Axis, because its Tooth-like Process serves as an Axis to the first Vertebra. The Superior Obliqne Processes of this, are received into the Cavities of the first, and on this are made all the Rotations of the Head. The third Vertebra is not so tall as the second, and its Spinal Process is shorter. The fourth and fifth Vertebrae of the Neck, have their Spinal Processes more inclined than the first. The body of the seventh is larger than any of the Superior, and its Spinal Process is long and roundish at the end, and is very like the Process of the first Vertebra of the Back.  
The twelve Vertebrae of the Back, are larger than those of the Neck, but are not quite so solid, and are perforated by several Holes for the passage of Vessels. The first is called Crista, because it resembles the Crest of a Helmet, which is not unlike that of a Cock. The second is called Axillar is, because it lies near the Armpits, the eight lower are called Costales, because the Ribs are implanted to them. The Transverse Processes of the Back, are large, solid, round, at the Extremity, and a little crooked above. In each Transverse Process there is a small Cavity, and another, on the upper part of the Body of the Vertebra, to receive the two small Condyls of the Ribs. The twelfth Vertebra differs in many respects; its Obliqne Processes are roundish both above and below, in such a manner, that it is received by both Ribs for the small Heads of the Obliqne Processes, enter the Cavity of the Superior Vertebrae, and there is no Transverse Process on the twelfth Vertebrae, and the Motion of the Back is much freer on this twelfth Vertebra, than on any of the other; sometimes there are thirteen, and sometimes fourteen Vertebrae in the back of large Men, but most commonly eight, and very seldom eleven.  

Of the Vertebrae of the Loins.  
Most commonly there are five Vertebrae in the Loins, and sometimes tho' seldom, there are six. The first is called Renalis from its Vicinity to the Kidneys. The Vertebrae of the Loins are more large and porous than those of the Back. Their Transverse Processes are straight, long, slender, and parallel, resembling so many small Ribs. Their Spinal Processes are straight, flat, large, and roundish at the end. The Motion of the Trunk is principally made on the Vertebrae of the Loins. And since their Transverse and Spinal Processes are parallel, they cannot compress or grate against one another; on the contrary, there is but a small space between the Transverse Processes of the Back, and their Spinal Processes are inclined to, and touch each other exactly.   

Of the Os Sacrum.  
This Bone is Triangular, concave within and convex without. It has several small Holes which transmit the Nerves of the Spinal Marrow, and is joined to the Os Ilium by a sort of ingranure; it has several small Processes at its Extremity which make it uneven. In its lower part there is a small Cavity, to which the first of the small bones which compose the Rump is implanted. The Os Sacrum is composed of five, six, and sometime seven Vertebrae, which are so united as to make up one large bone, which in its Figure appears like an Isosceles Triangle, and has ten large Holes, viz. five on each side, for Transmitting Nerves to the Thigh.   

Of the Haunch or Hip-bones.  
There are two bones of this Name, which are seated one on each side of the Os Sacrum. This bone is composed of three lesser bones in the Foetus, but in Adults it is but one distinguished into three parts, the first of which is called the Ilium, because it receives the Ilium into its Cavity. This part of the bone is large, and its Figure is almost semicircular, being a little convex and unequal in its surface, and something concave in its inner. It is fastened to the Os Sacrum, by a strong Membranous Ligament, its Edge and Circumference is called its Spine, and it is expanded in Women more than Men, because they are made to bear Children. The Os Pubis makes up the second part of the Hanch-bones, and this has a large Oval Hole which is exactly stopped by a Tendinous Membrane, to which the Musculi Obturatores are implanted, and in the upper part of the Hole there is an obliqne Sinuosity, through which the Spermatick Vessels, and the Crural Vein and Artery pass.  
The third bone which composes the Haunches is called Ischion or the Hipbone, in which is the Acetabulum or great Cavity which receives the Head of the Thigh-bone. The Ischion has three parts, its Spine on the sides round the Acetabulum, a great irregular Process called its Tuber; and lastly, a Sinus between the Spine and the Tuberosity, for the passage of the Obturator Muscles.   

Of the Vertebrae of the Foetus.  
The Spine of the Foetus makes a Circle whilst it is in the Mother's Womb, because the Head most commonly is between the Knees, but when the Child is once born, it recovers its Natural Situation by being swaddled in its Blankets.  
The Spinal Processes are wanting in the Vertebrae of the Foetus, for these would be apt to tear the Membranes, and hurt the Mother in the Birth. The first Rudiments of the Spinal Processes which are visible, are certain, small, red points which increase by degrees, but do not rise to any height, while the Foetus continues in the Womb. There are no Transverse Processes, and there are only Cartilages in their place which have a Hole on their sides for the transmitting of the Vessels. The Body of each Vertebra is made up of three small bones, viz. the body itself, and two other small bones seated on the back part. These two bones are divided by an intervening Cartilege; and besides this, there is another Cartilege which separates them from the body of the Vertebra.  
In the third Month there are two small bones which form the four first Vertebrae of the Neck, but their body is not bony so soon. The sixth Vertebra of the Back gins to Ossifie by its Body; the Ossification of the Vertebrae rising from below up to the fifth Vertebra of the Back, and descending to the third Bone of the Os Sacrum. In the fourth Month the bones of the Os Sacrum are bony quite to the Rump-bone. At that time the third or fourth Vertebra of the Neck is bony. The Atlas and the Dental Vertebra, as yet have no body. In the fifth and sixth Month, there is a distinction of several Points in the Os Sacrum where the Ossification gins; the body of the second Vertebra of the Neck is entirely bony, its Tooth-like Process is Cartilaginous, and the first Vertebra of the Neck, as yet has no body.  
The Ossification of the Tooth-like Process of the second Vertebra of the Neck, gins in the seventh Month, and there is a small bony point as big as a pin's Head on the Body of the first Vertebra of the Head. All Vertebrae begin to grow about the eighth or ninth Month.   

Of the Os Sacrum in the Foetus.  
About six Months after Conception, the two first Vertebrae of the Os Sacrum are made up of five Bones, viz. the Body of the Vertebra, two Wings and two Bones, which derive their Origin from the Juncture of the Os Sacrum, with the Ossa innominata. The three lower Vertebrae of the Os Sacrum, are made up of three distinct Bones, but in the ninth Month they are composed of five Bones, as well as the two upper Vertebrae.   

Of the Ossa innominata of the Foetus.  
In the tenth Month the Ossa innominata are made up of one Membrane, whose Ossification gins with a small point, which appears near the Acetabulum. The Os Ilium becomes bony on the third Month, its Figure is Semicircular, and the Circumference of the bone is Membranous, as well as that of the Pubis and Ischion. The Ossification of the Ischion gins in the fourth Month with a small white point.  
The Os Ilium is perfectly form in the fifth Month, and at that time is pretty large, and the Pubis becomes bony on that side where it is joined to the Cavity of the Ischion. The Ischion or Hipbone, and the Os Pubis or Share-bones by their Junction, form a sort of Box which receives the Head of the Thigh-bone, and this bone increases until the ninth Month, at which time they are joined by several large, soft, intervening Cartilages. This Tendinous connexion helps the Situation of the Foetus in the Womb where it is round, and by yielding hinders the Child from receiving any hurt in the Passage.   

The OPERATION.  
Since the Spine cannot be fractured unless there be a Depression of the Bone, place the Patient on his Belly, for the better making an Incision on the fractured place, and taking out those Splinters which press or prick the Spinal Marrow and Nerves.  
If only the Processes of the Vertebrae are broken of, place the Patient on his Back, and so reduce them as conveniently as you can.  
THE DRESSING. If the Body of the Vertebra be hurt, lay on a Compress dipped in warm Wine or Oxycrate, and keep it on with the Napkin and Scapulary, the manner of applying which, you may found in the Chapter of the Empyema. Take care not to straiten the Bandage too much, for fear of pressing down the fragments of Bones which you have raised on the Spinal Marrow.  
If it be the Spine of the Vertebra which is broke, lay a small Plate of Lead with a Compress on each side, to retain the Fractured Bone in its place, and lay over it a Compress dipped in some good Defensative, and keep this on with the Napkin and Scapulary.  
THE CURE. When the Bones are reduced, let the Patiented lie on his Side, and feed him with Meats of good Digestion, as Roasted Flesh.  
If any Incision has been made to restore the Bones to their place, dress this like all other contused Wounds; that is, digest, deterge, and cicatrize it.   

REMARKS.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 1. Obs. 45. relates, that a young Man being Hunch-backt, and Asthmatick from his Cradle, died of a Phthisis at 16 years of Age. Upon opening of the Cranium, he found the Crista Galli very high, and so large, that it covered the whole Os Cribrosum, and all the small Holes being stopped, the Ossa Plana grew so high, as to extend to the Septum Narium, and he conjectures this last Accident was the cause of his Gibbosity, since the Pituita not being discharged by the Nose, must necessarily lodge itself towards the Spine; and for this reason the Vertebrae and their Cartilages by the constant Fluxion of this Humidity, must inevitably be relaxed and protruded out, and form this Bunch; all the Vertebrae of the Spine, Os Sacrum and Os Pubis being as soft as Wax. The sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth Vertebrae were consumed by the Caries, especially the three last, of which nothing remained besides the exterior Circle, and the parts which were missing, were sound in the Lungs.    

CHAP. LXIII. Of the Fracture of the Rump-Bone.  
THIS Operation is a restoring the fractured Bones of the Rump, to their Natural place.  
THE CAUSE of a Fracture in this part, is most commonly some Fall.  
THE SIGNS of a Fracture of the Rump, are a Suppression of the Excrements, a Paralysis of the Sphincter which proceeds from the Coccyx being depressed by a Fall, and compressing the Rectum and its Sphincter, to which add the Extremity of the Pain.  
The Rump-bone is placed at the Extremity of the Os Sacrum, and is composed of four or five small bones, and two Cartilages joined together, which form a sort of a Tail crooked inwards. The first Bone of the Rump which joins to the Os Sacrum is the largest, and has two small Transverse Processes, and two more above them.  
The Rump-bone keeps up the Rectum. This part often endures great pain in women's Labour, because the Child thrusts it very much back in the Birth.  

The OPERATION.  
To reduce a Fracture of the Rump-bone, put the forefinger of the right Hand up into the Anus, having first pared the Nail very close, and than place the Fingers on the outside on the Fracture, and by the help of both Fingers, put the Bone into its place. But observe here, that this Bone for the most part is rather luxated than fractured.  
THE DRESSING. Put some Body in form of a Suppository into the Anus, to keep the Fractured Bones in their right place after they are reduced, and lay on a Compress wetted with some Defensative Liquor, and keep this on with the T, or double T, or the Fillet with four Tails and the Collar, which Bandages we have described in the Chapters of Lithotomy, and the Fistula in Ano.  
THE CURE. Let the Patient lie on his side till the bone be reunited, and when he gins to fit, let it be on a Chair with a Hole in the midst, for fear of compressing the Bones.   

REMARKS.  
The Rump-bone is Cartilaginous in the eighth Month, and the two points in its inner part whence its Ossification gins, do not appear till the Ninth Month.  
The Coccyx in Men is sometimes prolonged, and forms a Tail like that of other Animals, as Diemerbroek observes, who assures us, he had seen a Newborn Infant with a Tail half an Ell in length; and if we may believe Pliny, there are Men with hairy Tails in the Indieses.  
Dr. Harvey in his Book of the Generation of Animals tells us, that one of his Friends who had been in the inland parts of the Isle of Borneo, had seen Wild Men with Tails of a Foot in length.    

CHAP. LXIV. Of a Fracture of the Os Ilium.  
THIS Operation is Reducing the Fractured Bone to its right position.  
THE CAUSE of this Fracture is some Blow or Fall.  
THE SIGNS. When the Spine of the Os Ilium is broke, there is a Stupor of the part which extends to the Leg, and proceeds from a Hurt of the Nerves which pass that way.  

The OPERATION.  
If the Os Ilium be broke, and some Splinters of it run into the Flesh, make an Incision and take them our, and snip of the inequalities of the Bone with a pair of Pincers, or reduce them into their proper place if they adhere to the Bone or Periosteum. In making the Incision, take care not to hurt the Vessels. If there be no Splinters, reduce the Bone in the most convenient manner with your Fingers.  
THE DRESSING. Lay a large Compress dipped in some good Defensative on the Bone, and keep it on with the Bandage named Spica, which is described in the Operation of the Bubonocele. This Bone is united in 25 or 30 Days.  
H. Arniseus in a Letter to Fab. Hildanus extant in his Cent. of Epistles Ep. 45. tells him, That in Dissecting the Body of a certain Woman after Labour, he found not only a Divulsion of the Os Pubis, but the Ossa Ilii likewise were separated from the Os Sacrum; and he pretends that the reason why the Germane Anatomists cannot found the Bones separated in Women after the Birth is, because they defer their Execution till the sixth or seventh Week after their Delivery.  

* Fab. Hildanus in his Reply to the Gentleman, Ep. 45. denies that he had ever known the former hap in the most difficult Births, and thinks the latter if true, happens but seldom, notwithstanding his and Banlims'.  THE CURE. Let the Patient forbear lying on the Fractured side, and let him use a nourishing Diet, especially roasted Flesh.    

CHAP. LXV. Of the Fracture of the Shoulder-bone.  
THIS Operation is a Restoring that Bone to its properplace. THE CAUSE of the Fracture most commonly is some Fall or Blow.  
THE SIGNS. The Fracture of the Shoulder-bone, may be perceived by a crashing of the Bone, in moving up and down the Arm, and if the ends of the Bones do not meet, the Arm is distorted, appears shorter than the other, and the Patient endures a great deal of Pain.  
The first Bone of the Arm is called the Humerus or Shoulder-bone, and is solid, long, and unequal, and has a Head in its upper Extremity, which is covered with a Cartilege, and received into the Sinus of the Head of the Shoulderblade. This Bone has two Productions, the Exterior of which is small and armed with a Cartilege, and receives the Radius or lesser Focil, the Inferior has two Sinus, and resembles a Poultry, with which the Elbow or greater Focil is Articulated, and there is a small Fissure on the forepart of the larger Head of the Humerus, through which one head of the Musculus Biceps passes, as a Rope on a Poultry.  

Of the Bones of the Hand, or lower part of the Arm.  
These Bones are two in number, the Cubit and the Radius. The Cubit or greater Focil is articulated with the Humerus, and has a large Process on that side, in the midst of which are two Cavities with an Eminence between them, which forms a sort of Ginglymus. The posteriour Process at the Head of the Cubit is termed Olecranon, and on this it is that a Man rests when he leans on his Elbow. The lower end of the Cubit is round and slender, and has a small protuberance from whence several Ligaments arise.  
The Cubit has two sorts of Motions, viz. Flexion and Extension, and has one protuberance and two Cavities, for the Reception of the two protuberances of the Shoulder-bone. The jetting out of the Cubit is received in the Cavity of the Shoulder-bone, on which it turns after the manner of a Poultry.  
The Radius accompanies the CuBit but ends before it and is Triangular through its whole length. It has a small ' round Head in its upper part, at the end of which there is a Cavity for receiving the Bones of the Carpus, and on this the Motion of the Wrist is made. Besides this, there is another small Cavity which turns on the inferior protuberance of the Cubit. When the Radius is turned inwards the Hand is directed by it, and this is termed Pronation; and when it is moved outward, the back of the Hand is turned down, and this is called Supination. The Cubit is thick in its upper part, and slender towards its lower; the Radius on the contrary is more slender above, and thicker below. The Cubit receives the Radius above in a small Cavity, on which the Radius is turned round, and below the Radius receives the Cubit. These two Bones touch at their extremity, and leave a space all along their middle, in which there is a a Membranous Ligament which connects one Bone to the other.   

Of the upper and lower Bones of the Arm in a Foetus.  
In the second Month these Bones are entirely Cartilaginous, having only three white streaks in the middle of them. The uppermost, which is the beginning of the Humerus, is the longest, and those which form the Cubit and Radius, are ranged one against the other, and the middle of those Bones is more solid than their extremities.  
About the third Month the upper and lower Bones of the Arm are articulated together, and the Cubit and Radius which cohered before, begin to separate in their midst, and continued to touch only at their Extremity. About the seventh or eighth Month, the small Protuberances and Epiphyses are not discernible, but shortly after in the ninth Month, they becomes as visible as they are in the Bones of Adult Persons. The Humerus in the Foetus is straight, round, and long, but in Adults it is something bend.   

The OPERATION.  
Place the Patient on a Stool, or let him sit in his Bed, and let one Assistant take hold of his Arm above the Elbow with both Hands, and another stand behind and take hold of the upper part of it with both Hands, and let both of them draw together; and at the same time let the Surgeon bring the two ends of the Bone together, and adjust them by compressing the part around with the palm of his Hand, till he finds there is no inequality.  
If after the Fracture the two ends of the Bones continued together, yet a slight Extension is necessary, for fear lest the Surgeon break of any of the Asperities at the end in pressing them to a Level. After the Bones are reduced, let the Assistants continued to hold the Arm, extending it a little till the Dressing be made.  
THE DRESSING is made with a simple Compress dipped in some Defensatives to prevent the Inflammation from extending itself to the part. When this is laid on take a Roller above two Inches broad and two els in leghth, rolled up at one end, and with this make two circular turns about the Fracture, and bind the part straight enough to keep the Bones in their proper place; than bring up the Roller ascending lengthways of the Arm with little edges, which must not be altogether so straight as the turns about the Fracture, and when the Roller is spent, pin it at the upper end of the Arm. When this is done, take another Roller of the same breadth and length with the former, and begin to apply it on the Fracture, making three Circular turns about pretty strait; but in this the turns of the Roller must be made to reduce those Muscles which the first turn had drawn a little aside, than bring down the Roller to the bottom of the Arm leaving small Edges, and bring it over the Flexure of the Elbow, but not so as to bind the Joint, them bring it up again leaving little Edges, and pin it where it ends. After this, you must have four longitudinal Compresses of a competent thickness, and almost as long as the Part which is hurt, and each of these must be covered with a Pasteboard, or a very thin Splint made of a very thin Deal; in the next place take a Roller as before, but something longer, and apply this near the Elbow, and make three Circular turns about the Fractured part, and so bring the Roller up to the top of the Arm, still leaving Edges; next bring it under the Armpit and about the Body; and so fasten it. Besides this, you may if you please lay on two Past-boards of an equal length with the Part, and encompass the Arm with these, and tie them with three Ribbons, beginning with that in the midst; and in the last place, suspend the Arm with a Sling.  
THE CURE. If the Patient keep his Bed which is most adviseable for him to do, it will be sufficient to repose his Arm half bend on a Pillow, without using any Sling at all. If it be not a complicate Fracture, the best way is to keep the Bandage on as long as may be; nay, not to undo it at all till the cure be completed, except some Accidents, as Pain, Inflammation, or Itching shall require it, or it slacken of itself, and indeed the lesle any Bones are stirred, the sooner they will unite. However the Patient's Arm must be moved toand from on the Joint, for fear lest the Bones cement together, and the part loose its Motion.  
During the Cure, let the Patient be fed with Nourishing Meats, such as roasted Flesh.   

REMARKS.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 46. tells us, that a certain Person of Three score years of Age, had a Pain in the Articulation of the Right Elbow, for which he used no other Remedy besides keeping his Arm still in Bed, but upon rising, endeavouring to draw on his Glove, he broke his Arm five or six fingers breadth above the Elbow, and upon removing the Dress about three days after, there was found a second Fracture near the Joint itself, notwithstanding which, the Patient did positively deny that he ever had any Venereal Distemper.  
The same Author, Cent. 3. Obs. 81. tells us, that a certain very Aged Person having broke his Arm between the Wrist and the Elbow, and having by reason of ill management a great Pain and Inflammation, with a considerable discharge of Matter which hindered the reunion of the Bone, had a Callus grew at each Extremity, which composed a sort of Articulation, however the Patient could not move the Bone on it without the help of his other Hand.    

CHAP. LXVI. Of Fractures of the Bones of the Hand.  
THE Operation is the Reducing the Fractured Bones to their Natural place.  
THE CAUSE. Fractures in this Part most commonly are occasioned by some Blow or Fall.  
THE SIGNS. Fractures of this part are discovered by the Deformity, and by the crashing of the Bones when they are stirred.  
The Hand is composed of the Carpus or Wrist, Metacarpus and the Fingers.  
The Carpus or Wrist is made of small Bones disposed in two Ranks, each of which consists of four Bones. All these Bones are bound together by strong Ligaments, and have a polite slippery Cartilege on them. The first Range of Bones jet out, and are received into the Cavity of the Radius, and on this Articulation all the Motions of the Wrist are made. The small Bones of the Wrist are even without, and uneven on the inner side.  
The four Bones of the Metacarpus are long, slender, and unequal in their length, they have Processes above and below, and touch at their Extremities, leaving Spaces in the middle, which are filled by the Musculi interossei. These Bones are convex and smooth in the Palm of the Hand, and are something concave inwardly, and something of a a triangular Figure, they are straight bound to the second range of the Bones of the Wrist, and seem to make but one Bone with them. In there upper part they are articulated with the small Heads of the first Range of Bones of the Fingers.  
The five Fingers are each composed of three Bones which are convex, and something hollow in the middle for the fastening the Sheath-like Ligament, through which the Tendons of the Flexors of the Hand pass. The first Range of Bones in the Fingers, are articulated with the Bones of the Metacarpus by Arthrodia. The Bones of the Fingers are articulated by Ginglymus, and are fifteen in each Hand.  

The OPERATION.  
To make the Extension, let one Assistant hold the Patients Arm above the Wrist, and another by the Fingers, and whilst both draw it, take care to reduce the Bones into their place.  
If the Fingers only are broke, reduce them separately one after another.  
THE DRESSING. If the Bones of the Carpus or Meta-carpus only are broke, lay a Compress dipped in some Defensative on the Fracture, and another pretty thick Compress in the Hand, making the Bandage called the Half Gauntlet. To make this, take a Roller of four or five els long, and an Inch and a half broad rolled up at one end; than begin to apply it on the Wrist, making three Circular turns about it; than bring the Fillet to the Metacarpus ascending spirally, next bring it obliquely over the Hand, and than between the Thumb and Forefinger, and so into the Hand, and than over it and make it cross on the first turn, than make a Circular turn about the Wrist, and bring it again over the Hand leaving an Edging; next make a turn round the Wrist, and bring it over the Hand leaving an Edging, and proceed in this manner till the Hand be quite covered by the Edges; than lay on a Compress stitched to a Pasteboard on the Back of the Hand, and another on the inside, both which must be of a Figure adapted to the part. These Past-boards must be kept on with the Head of the Roller, by covering them in the same manner as the Hand, and when this is done, bring the Filler spirally up the whole Arm leaving small Edges, and pin it above the Elbow, forbearing to cover that with the Circumvolations, as was noted in the Chapter of the Fracture of the Arm.  
If the Fingers are Fractured each of them requires a particular Bandage, and must be bound straight almost in the same manner as the Arm.  
THE CURE. If there be no Wound, keep the Dress on till the reunion be made, unless some accident require them to be removed, but if there be any, dress it after the manner practised in Contusions.    

CHAP. LXVII. Of the Fracture of the Thigh.  
THIS Operation is a Reducing the two ends of the Fractured Bones to their Natural place.  
THE CAUSE of the Fracture is some Blow or Fall.  
THE SIGNS. When a Fracture is near the Head of the Bone, it is very difficult to know it, and it is easily mistaken for a Luxation; and for this reason not being reduced, the Patient continues lame all his Life-time; but if the Fracture be in its middle and the ends do not meet, there is a visible Deformity and inequality, and the Patient cannot stand or stir his Thigh, and it is shorter than the other. When the ends of the Bones meet, a crashing may be heard.  
There is but one Bone in the Thigh, which is something convex before and curve behind, and the Artist must have regard to this curvature, because if the Bone should be set, straight, it would be longer than naturally it ought to be and the Patient would become lame.  
This Bone has a large round Head, covered with a smooth, slippery, Cartilege. This is received into the Acetabulum, and has a round Neck something inclined. At the end in the Centre of this Head, there is a Ligament which is fixed to the Centre of the Acetabulum. Beneath on the hinder part of the Neck there are two Processes, which from the use they have in the Rotation of the Thigh-bone, are called Trochanthers; the upper of these is larger and something irregular, and is termed the greater, and the lower the lesser; besides these on the hinder part, there is a long Process for the Implantation of divers Muscles.  
The lower part of the Thigh-bone is larger, and has two Condyli which are a little curve on the inside. These Protuberances are roundish at the end, and are covered with a large, smooth, Cartilege; there is a Process between these two, and a large Cavity which receives the Protuberance of the Tibia, and makes a sort of Hinge. At the bottom of the Thigh on the forepart there is a small Cavity, into which the Rotula is fixed. The Thigh-bone in the Foetus continues Cartilaginous the second Month.  

The OPERATION.  
Place the Patient on his Back, and let one Assistant take hold of the Thigh above the Knee, and another grasp its upper part, and let both these at once draw the Part strongly to bring both ends of the Bone together; and whilst they do this, let the Surgeon reduce them, and bring them to a level.  
If the two ends continued together, yet some sort of Extension is necessary, for fear of breaking of the extremities, and by this means hindering the Reunion of the Bone.  
If the Fracture be near the Head of the Bone, there is no room to take hold of it, and therefore a Napkin must be put between the Patient's Thighs, and one Assistant must draw this, whilst the other takes hold of the Thigh a little above the Knee, and so makes the Extension. If this cannot be conveniently enough done with the Hands, the Surgeon must make use of Girths, or if these be not strong enough, of Towels.  
THE DRESSING. Wrap the Fracture round with a large simple Compress dipped in Wine heated, and lay a good Compress three quarters of an Inch thick all along the hollow part of the Thigh to preserve its Curvature; for if it were straight, it would be longer than it ought to be, and the Patient would be lame all his Life-time.  
The Bandage must be made with three Rollers about three inches broad, rolled up at one end. The first Roller must be three els in length, and the second four. The way of applying the first Roller is thus; First make three Circular turns about the Fracture, than bring it up the Thigh spirally, leaving small Edges, and fasten it round the Body; when this is done, apply the second Roller on the Fracture and make two Circular turns, and bring it down the Thigh spirally leaving small Edges, and so continued (without covering the Knee) to descend all along the Leg, and bring the Roller under the Foot like a Stirrup, and reascend up the Leg leaving small Edges, and pin it where it ends. If you please you may end below the Knee without proceeding farther; when this is done, apply a graduated Compress at the bottom of the Thigh, to keep it equal all along. In the last place, lay four longitudinal Compresses round the Thigh, and let each Compress be and Inch and a half broad, and almost as long as the Thigh itself, and cover each of these with a Pasteboard or a Splint of Deal, which must be very thin and pliant, and keep these Compresses on with the third and last Roller, in the applying which, you must begin beneath and rise up by small Edges, and so embrace the Dress together with two large Past-boards, which must be tied with Ribbons, and not lie over one another. You must put a small Sole with a Quilt under the Patient's Leg to keep it right with the Toes up, and a small Roll of Linen under the Heel, provided it be not swollen; for in this case there is no need of it, and in its stead with a Napkin folded in three pleats, and rolled up at both ends, and lay this under the Leg to prevent the Heel from being compressed; let there be one Ribbon stitched to the end of the Bolsrer, and another on each side to support the Foot, and tie these to the Junks in which the Foot is laid.  
These are made in the following manner, take two sticks as long as the Patient's Leg and Thigh, and wrap them in straw tying it round with a Ribbon, than Roll these two sticks together with the Straw in which they are wrapped in a Cloth, and lay the Leg and Thigh together with the Dress between them. Before you lay the Patient's Thigh between the Junks, lay three Ribbons over, and as many under the Leg, and place the Junks on these. And observe here to make that Roll of Junks which lies on the outside, at lest three Inches longer than that on the inner; before you tie the Junks, you must place a Bolster on each side the lower part of the Legs, about the Ankles, in the upper part of the Leg near the Knee, in the lower part of the Thigh above the Knee, and in the upper part of the Thigh under the Groin, that so all the hollowness and inequalities may be filled up, and the part may lie easily. Besides these, lay a pretty thick Compress lengthways on the Legs and Thighs. When the Junks are thus rolled up close to the Leg and Thigh, begin to tie the Ribbon in the midst, and so proceed to the rest. The knots must be made on the outside of the Junks, the Ribbon at the upper end of the Pillow must be tied to that next the Knee, and the Ribbons which are on the side of the Pillow, must be brought a cross each other, and pinned to the Roll of Junks about the middle of the Legs; when this is all done, place the Leg on a Pillow with the Foot a little raised, and place a Cradle over it to keep of the Bed-cloths.  
In the Hospital of the Charite des Hommes, they use Boxes matted within, and by this means they pretend to keep the Leg Stable and in a good posture.  
THE CURE. Let the Patient lie on his Back, to keep the whole Leg equally extended; and when there is a necessity of making the Patient's Bed, let two lusty fellows place their Arms under his Buttocks, and support his Body with their two other Hands, whilst another puts both his Hands under the Dressing to lift up his Leg and Thigh, and than carry him to Bed or Table with a Quilt on it, and cover him whilst his bed is made.  
If there be no Wound, keep the Dress on as long as may be without removing them, and feed the Patient with Meats easy of Digestion, as Fowl, Roasted Flesh, and good Broths.   

REMARKS.  
Avicen and several other Authors pretend, that the thigh can scarcely be so reduced, but that the Patient will remain lame, especially if the Fracture be in the upper part, because the Muscles and Tendons are very strong, and the Part is so Fleshy, that a Bandage can scarce retain it.  
In the Miscellanea Curiosa, Obs. 25. there is a Relation that a Woman of a good Habit of Body, and five, Months gone with Child who broke her Thigh, and having care taken of it without any Success, was at last delivered of a sound Child, and in about a Month after, was perfectly cured of her Fracture.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Obs. 68 tells us, the Wife of a certain Senator of Bern having broke her Leg, could by no means be cured till she was delivered about 40 Days after. These Observations show, that in the time of Pregnancy, Nature employs most of the Nutritious Juice in the perfecting of the Foetus.    

CHAP. LXVIII. Of the Fracture of the Rotula.  
THIS Operation is the Reduction of the Bones of the Rotula into their Natural place.  
THE CAUSE of this Fracture is most commonly some Blow or Fall.  
THE SIGNS. This Fracture is discerned by a Separation of the parts of the Bone. If the Fracture be Transverse, the Muscles sometimes draw the Fragment pretty high under the Teguments of the Thigh. When this happens, there is great reason to fear the Patient will continued lame.  
The Rotula is a small round Bone placed on the Articulation of the Leg and Thigh, and is covered with a smooth Cartilege, which disposes it for Motion. It is a little convex outwardly, and articulated by Ginglymus, and covered with Ligaments, and the Tendons of the Muscles. This small Bone serves as a Poultry to the Tendons of the Muscles which pass over it.  
The Rotula of the Foetus in the Womb gins to appear on the fourth Month, and continues Cartilaginous till after the Birth.  

The OPERATION.  
If the Rotula be fractured transversly, the upper part will be drawn up; and therefore to reduce it, place the Patient on his Back, and let some Assistants extend the Leg, and than bring down the Bone, and with your Thumbs adjust it to that which remains below, and here observe never to take of both Thumbs together, for than the piece will infallibly fly out of its place.  
If the Rotula be fractured lengthways, there is no need of making an Extension, because the Bones do not start far from one another, and it suffices to thrust them into their place, and than make the Dressing.  
THE DRESSING. If the Fracture be Transverse, the way of Dressing it is in this manner; take a Roller of three els long, and about an Inch and a half broad rolled up at both ends, apply the middle of this Roller above the Totula, and make two Circular turns, than bring it down under the Ham and cross it there, than bring it beneath the Rotula, and make a Circular turn; next bring it up and let it cross again below the Knee, than bring it up and make a Circular turn there, and continued thus bringing it up and down, and crossing under the Knee, and making Circular turns above and below, till the Joint be covered with the Edges, and than pin the end of the Roller either above or below the Knee; when this is done, lay the Leg in the Junks in the same manner as was directed in the foregoing Chapter.  
If the Rotula be fractured lengthways, take a Roller of about three els long, and two Inches broad rolled up at both ends, and having a slit in the midst, apply the middle of this on the middle of the Fracture, and pass one of the Heads of the Roller through the slit in the middle, so that this slit be in the middle of the Totula; than draw the Roller pretty straight to keep the parts of the Bone together, and cover the Rotula with several Circumvolutions, leaving all along small Edges; and lastly, keep all steady by several Circular turns about the Rotula; and when this is done, lay the Leg in the Junks.  
THE CURE. Embrocate the contiguous parts with good Defensatives, to prevent a Fluxion or Inflammation, and do not remove the Bandage till the Cure be perfected, or it slacken of its own accord, or some accident require it, and let the Patient feed on Roasted Flesh, or Nourishing liquids.   

REMARKS.  
Fabr. Hildanus. Cent. 5. Obs. 88 relates, that a certain lusty Fellow of 40 years of Age, had a Transverse Fracture of the Rotula with a great Contusion, but no Wound. Though the Patient was treated according to the Rules of Art from the very first, yet nevertheless he was afflicted with great Pains, and several other bad Symptoms; and after these were removed, and the cure at length completed he continued lame, his Thigh was very weak, he could not walk without a great deal of trouble, and had the greatest difficulty in the World to lift up his Leg in going up any Ascent.  
The same Author relates the History of a Captain who had his Rotula fractured by a Musket-shot, upon which a great Inflammation and a Meliceris ensued, which afflicted him so much as to obstruct Digestion and ruin his Health, and after some time proved the cause of his Death. These Instances Demonstrate to us of how bad consequence Hurts of the Rotula are.    

CHAP. LXIX. Of a Complicate Fracture of the Leg.  
THIS Operation is the Reducing the Bones into their Natural place.  
THE CAUSE of Fractures in this Part, are some Blow or Fall.  
THE SIGNS. There is a visible Wound, the crashing of the Bones may be heard, and the Part is sensibly shorter than it ought to be.  
If the Tibia only be broke, the other supports it and hinders it from jetting out; but if both Bones are broke, they very often ride on one another, and than the Leg is shorter than it ought to be.  
There are two Bones in the Leg, the Tibia or larger Focil, and the Fibula or lesser. The Tibia forms the forepart of the Leg, and has a Protuberance at its upper end, which is received into the Cavity of the Thigh-bone. Besides these, there are two long Sinus' which receive the Head of the Thigh-bone, which by reason of the Cartilages which line them appear very long. M. Sanguerdius has observed another Sinus in the forepart lying between the two former, which are separated by a prominence, at the Extremity of which, there springs a Ligament which is implanted into the Thigh-bone. This Bone is Triangular, and its anteriour part which is long and sharp, is called its Edge or Spine; at its lower end it has a Process which makes the internal Ankle; and in the last place, it is articulated with the Astragalus by Ginglymus.  
The Fibula is much slender than the Tibia, and is placed in a manner behind the Leg; it has a round Head at its upper End, which terminates a little below the Head of the Tibia, but its lower end is extended below the Tibia. The Fibula is bound to the Tibia by common Ligaments.  
The two Focils of the Leg spread from each other, and leave an interstice in the midst, which is filled with a large lose Ligament, and some Muscles which descend all along the Leg; and for this Reason in Amputation of the Limb, it is usual to divide these by a sharp, straight Knife, to prevent the Accidents which might follow, if they were left to be torn by the Teeth of the Saw.  
The Tibia continues to be Cartilaginous on the second Month in the Foetus, and the Fibula does not appear distinctly at that time, but in the third Month they are bony and visible enough.  

The OPERATION.  
Place the Patient on his Back, and let an Assistant take hold of his Leg above the Foot, and another below the Knee; and if both Bones are broke, and ride one over the other, let them make a strong Extension, which is not required to be so great if one of the Bones remain entire, and than with both Hands bring the Bones even.  
THE DRESSING. When the Bones are reduced, dress this like other contused Wounds, applying Pledgits with good Digestives, and laying on an Emplaster, and a simple Compress over that wetted in Wine heated. When the Wound is dressed in this manner, bind up the part with the Eighteen tailed Bandage in this manner.  
Take a large picce of Linen Cloth as long as the part, and broad enough to go round it; when it is made up into three Pleats, cut this Cloth into three parts equal on every side, leaving about three inches plain and undivided in the middle to support the Leg, and stitch it along the whole length of the undivided part. The several ranges of these Tails must be all gradually longer and shorter than each other, viz. the inmost shortest of all, the middle something longer than that, and the outmost longest of all; when the Bandage is laid under the Leg lay a Compress under it to prevent the Pus from staining it.  
When things are thus prepared, apply the Tails on the Fracture, raising them one on one side, and the other on the other, and crossing them, and so continued to raise the Heads of the first Range, next lay two Compresses 〈◊〉 each side the Leg as long as itself; than proceed to r●●●e and cross the second in the same manner as the first, beginning with those which lie over the Fracture; and in the last place, do the same with the third Rank, and make the remaining part of the Dressing with Junks, Splints. Bolsters, Sols, Pillows, and Ribbons, as was directed in the foregoing Chapter.  
THE CURE. Dress the Fracture twice a Day, in the same manner as contused Wounds which require Digestion. Take care to cover the Bone if it lie bore with dry Pledgits, not suffering the Wound to close until the Bone be exfoliated, confine the Patient to a regular Diet, and than Digest, Deterge, and Cicatrize after the usual manner.   

REMARKS.  
Kerkringius, Obs. 58. tells us, that a certain young Man of 20 years of Age having received a blow by a Horse on the Tibia, and his Surgeon not imagining the Bone to be affected healed the Wound, but about 20 years after it broke out again in the same place, and part of the Tibia exfoliated. Some few years since, there was a Man in the Cha●te des Hommes at Paris, who had an Ulcer on the T●●● with a Cariosity of the Bone, in which there was an Artery of the Marrow which had a sensible Pulsation.    

CHAP. LXIX. Of a Fracture of the Bones of the Feet.  
THIS Operation is a Reducing the Bones of the Feet to their Natural place.  
THE CAUSE. This kind of Fracture can scarce hap, without some heavy thing falling on the part, or some violent Blow.  
THE SIGNS. A Fracture of these Bones may be discovered by the great Confusion, Deformity, Depression, and crashing Noise, which may be heard upon stirring the Part.  
The Foot is composed of the Tarsus, Metatarsus and Toes. The Tarsus is made up of seven Bones, three of which are termed Cuneiformia, because they are crowded like so many Wedges between the rest; the four other are called Astragalus, Calcaneum, Scapha, and Cuboides.  
The Astragalus is a large irregular Bone, which is covered with a smooth Cartilege in the place, where it is united to the Tibia by Ginglymos. It is seated between the two Ankles, and has a Cavity below which receives the Protuberance of the Calcaneum, and in its forepart it has a roundish Protuberance which enters into the Cavity of the Scapha. The Calcaneum is the largest of all the Bones of the Tarsus, the Body is supported on it in Walking. and its Name is derived from its use. It is larger behind than where it is joined to the Cuboides. The Scapha or Os Naviculare, derives its Name from its resembling a Boat, and is more even without than within; it has a Cavity which receives the Protuberance of the Astragalus, and is joined before to the three Ossa Cuneiformia.  
The Cuboides derives its Name from its Figure, though its six sides be not equal; it touches the Calcaneum the Naviculare the Cuneiformia, and the last bones of the Metatarsus.  
The three Bones of the Tarsus are unequal, and more closely joined without than within, and are connected to the Naviculare, and three first Bones of the Metatarsus. All the Bones of the Tarsus are closely articulated, and bound together by Ligaments and Cartilages, as in such manner, that the Tarsus seems to be only one piece.  
The Metatarsus which makes the sole of the Foot, is composed of a Range of five Bones, which are smooth and convex outwardly, and slender at that end where they are Articulated with the first Range of the Bones of the Fingers, on the inside they are curve, and by this means adapted to receive the Tendons of the Muscles. These Bones have Processes both above and below their Articulation, with the Bones of the Tarsus which is very close, and the Musculi Inierossei lie between them.  
There are fourteen Bones in the Toes, the great Toe having two, and each of the rest three Bones. The first Range is longer than the rest, and their Structure and Articulation is the same with the Fingers, except in this, that they are shorter than the latter.  
The Metatarsus and Toes form a Cavity under the Sole of the Foot, where the Tendons of the Muscles pass, and this Cavity hinders them from being compressed in Walking.  

The OPERATION.  
Place the Patient on a Stool or on his Bed, and if the Tarsus or Metatarsus be fractured, let two Assistants make the Extensions, one having hold of the end of the Foot, and the other of the Heel and the lower part of the Leg, and than reduce the Bones.  
The Toes are to be managed in the same manner as the Fingers in the Hand.  
THE DRESSING. Since there is a Wound ever in a Fracture of the Foot, it must therefore be dressed like all other Contused Wounds, that is, digested not with greasy Unguents which are apt to rot the Tendons, but Spirituous Applications, as Oil of Eggs, Oil of Turpentine, etc. First lay on Pledgits, and than a simple Compress around the Foot dipped in some Defensative Liquor; and lastly, make the following Bandage.  
Take a Roller between two or three els long, and an Inch and a half broad rolled up at both ends, begin with making a Circumvolution about the bottom of the Leg, and than cross on the bottom of the Foot; than bring it under the Foot and cross again, and return over the Foot crossing, and proceed to the end of the Foot in the same manner. (These Turns of the Roller leave Lozenge-like spaces, which has occasioned this Bandage to have that Name given it) from the end of the Foot return to the Heel, bringing the Roller up and covering the Foot with the Edges, and than fasten by several Circumvolutions about the Leg after the Bandage is made, lay the Leg in the Junks, as directed in the Chapter of the Fracture of the Thigh.  
THE CURE. Dress this in the same manner as contused Wounds, and confine the Patient to a Regular Diet.   

REMARKS.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 47. relates, that a certain Person attempting to leap over a Ditch when the Ground was frozen, wrenched his Foot so violently, as to force the Talus and Astragalus out of their place, and break the Ligaments which bond the Bones together, which forced him to take of the Foot.    

CHAP. LXX. Of Luxations in General.  
THese kinds of Operations, are the Reducing of the Bones dislocated, into their Natural place.  
THE CAUSE. Luxations most commonly are caused by some Blow, Fall, or other External Accident; but sometimes likewise they proceed from the too great Humidity and Relaxation of the Ligaments and Tendons of the Muscles, which are not firm enough to keep the Part in its place. Sometimes that Mucilage which Nature furnishes the Joints with to lubricate and make them suppling, is condensed and coagulated by Acids, and becomes of the Consistence of Plaster; and this filling up the Cavity, thrusts the Head of the Bone out of its place.  
Sometimes the Head of the Bones, and the contiguous Nervous parts are united and cemented together by a certain glutinous Matter, and this is more dangerous than simple Luxations.  
THE SIGNS. If a Dislocated Bone be compared with its opposite which is in its proper place, (besides the loss of its Motion) the Part will appear very different in its Length, Figure, and Position.  
Luxations are perfect when the Head of the Bone is entirely out of the Cavity, or Partial when it is only so in part.  
The Dislocation of the Thigh is the most difficult to reduce, and that of the Heel-bone the most dangerous. The Thigh-bone has a strong Ligament which connects its Head to the Acetabulum, and cannot be dislocated except this be broke some violence, or very much relaxed, and when this happens, it can never be reunited, and the Bone lies so deep and is covered by so many Muscles, that the Virtue of Medicines cannot reach it, and the Patient must unavoidably continued lame all the rest of his Life. Children often escape more easily than Men, which happens from the great Repose they take.  
The Danger in a Luxation of the Foot, proceeds from the numerous Bones and Tendons in that part; but this is a case which very seldom happens. There is a great Pain, and sometimes a Convulsion happens in reducing these parts which proceeds from the acute Sense of the Tendons which are distended and torn. Though the Hurt be small the Part is inflamed, but if it be great there spring up Fungus's, and the Patient is often convulsed.  
Authors pretend there are but these three Luxations which are Mortal, viz. That of the Spine, that of the lower Jaw when it is perfect, and that of the Head with the first Vertebra.  
The Luxation of the upper Vertebrae are very dangerous, because they compress the Spinal Marrow, and by this means intercept the Animal Spirits.  
Imperfect Luxations are more easily reduced than complete ones, because the Head of the Bone is on the edge of the Cavity, and does not require so much pains to bring it in.  
In Luxations which proceed from a Relaxation of the Ligaments, it is easy enough to put the Bone into its place, but very difficult to retain it there.  
The Articulation of the Arm with the Scapula and Wrist being very lax, those Bones are easily dislocated.  
Luxations in Women, Children, and lean Persons, are reduced with much greater ease than in lusty Men.  
When the Ligaments are broke, the Luxations are incurable.  
When a Bone has but one Head, it is more easy to reduce it, than if it had two.  
If Luxations be of long standing, it is difficult to reduce them, because the Ligaments grow hard; the Cavity is filled up as well as the Passage, by which the Bone should be brought into its proper place.  
Luxations with Wounds are more dangerous and difficult to reduce than simple ones, which is occasioned by the Accidents which attend them.  
In Luxations where the Edges of the Cavity are broke, the Bone being reduced, soon falls out again.  

The OPERATION.  
In imperfect Luxations, or such as proceed from a Laxity of the Ligaments; the part must be drawn as little as may be, because in imperfect Luxations, the Head of the Bone is not far out of its Natural place, and when the Ligaments are relaxed, they easily give way.  
The Bone must be drawn till the Head be near the Cavity, giving it several little turns on one side and another, as occasion requires, and when the Head is on the Edge of the Cavity, guide it in.  
Observe here always to bring the Bone in the same way it slipped out, and if the Part be inflamed, that must be something abated before the Reduction, lest the Patient be convulsed.  
The Extension must be greater or lesle as necessity requires, or the Patient can endure it.  
THE DRESSING. After Reduction, keep the Part in its place with a proper Bandage, using a Scarf if it be the Arm, Junks if the Leg or other proper Machine's in the rest of the Body.  
The Bandage must not be too straight, for fear lest the Blood-Vessels and lymphatics be compressed, and 'cause a Tumour, on the other Hand it must not be too slack, for fear lest it be not sufficient to keep the part in its place, and a new Luxation hap.  
THE CURE. If an Inflammation proceed from the straitness of a Bandage, it requires such internal Medicines as promote the Fluidity and Motion of the Blood, and such External Medicines as disperse the Inflammation.  
If the Luxated Part be inflamed, you must not attempt to reduce it till the Inflammation be abated, because it is incapable of necessary Extension, and the Pain may 'cause a Mortal Convulsion.  
To prevent Inflammation, foment the part which is reduced with a Decoction of the tops of St. John's wort, Camomile, Tapsus Barbatus, Rosemary, Stoechas Arabica, and dip the Rollers in that Liquor; this Fomentation hinders the Stagnation of the Blood, prevents Inflammation, and restores the Natural Springiness of the Fibres.  
There is very often Oedematous tumors on the Part which is Luxated; for the dispersing of which, internal Sudorisicks are useful in conjunction with very penetrating Volatile Oils. For this purpose, Liniments made with Distilled Oil of Tartar and Human Bones are excellent.  
The following Emplaster is an excellent Discutient. Take yellow Wax and very fine white Rosin, Melt these and put a little White Amber and Gum Elemi of each a sufficient quantity to form a Mass, incorporate these with Balsam of Peru, and make an Emplaster which is to be laid on the Fractured part; the two edges of the Emplaster must not touch each other, by reason of the swelling of the Luxated Part. The contiguous Parts must by no means be embrocated, except it be with Oil of Turpentine, because all Oleous Medicines stop the Pores hinder Perspiration, and relax the Parts instead of constringing them.  
You must likewise forbear the use of Astringent Cataplasms which shut up the Pores, and 'cause a Tumour of the Part. It is better for this purpose, to use Decoctions made of the Nervous Plants in Wine.  
If the Luxation proceed from a Hard, Plastry Matter, which by degrees has thrust the Bone out of its Cup, Discutient, and attenuating Medicines are required to dissolve the indurated Matter. The Internal ones are such as mortify the Acid, as the Volatile Spirit of Tartar, the Volatile Spirit and Salt of Human Bones, with proper Laxatives and Sudorisicks premised. The External Discutients may be such as dissolve the Coagulum; as Balsam of Peru mixed with Spirit of Wine, or dissolved with the Yolk of an Egg, with a little Spirit of Ginger. Spirit of Earthworms is still better. Oil of Tartar is very proper to resolve the Coagulum.  
If the Reduction of a Bone be too long deferred, a Coagulum is form, which hinders it, and must be first dissolved by following Remedy. ℞. Distilled Oil of Human Bodies, p. 1. the Foetid Oil of Tartar, p. 11. Mix these and put Quicklime over them, than distil with a Retort, and rub the Part with this Oil which is very penetrating.  
If the Luxation proceed from a Relaxation of the Ligaments, internal Sudorificks are good, and externally Discutients, Aromaticks, Astringents, mixed with Nervine Medicines, the Wounded part in a due State. Crollius' Styptic Emplaster mixed with Oil of Tartar, and Oil of the Philosophers spread on Glove Leather and applied on the Part, is very proper.  
If the Bone be Dislocated and Fractured, these Mischiefs must be both remedied at once, and proper Extensions and Bandages made for each, as they shall hap to require.   

REMARKS.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 90. tells us, That a certain young Maid having wrenched her Foot without any Dislocation, did for some Days walk on it without any very great trouble. But neglecting it the Pain increased some small time after, and the Part became tumefied and inflamed; upon this a Mountebank was sent for, who having violently hall'd and twisted about the Part, applied an Astringent Cataplasm made of Bole Armoniac, the Four Meals, the white of an Egg, and made a very strait Bandage, without purging her Body before the Operation; this occasioned the Pain to increase, and there was a Fluxion on the Part, attended with a continual Fever, Delirium and Restlessness. After some time an Abscess which was form in the Part broke, and several carious Bones were thrown out, and the Patient continued lame all her Life after.  
This Instance plainly demonstrates, of how dangerous consequence it is to neglect Wrenches and Luxations, or to torment the Patient while the Part continues pained and Inflamed.    

CHAP. LXXI. Of a Luxation of the Bones of the Cranium.  
THIS Operation is a reuniting the Bones of the Skull when they hap to be separated.  
THE CAUSE. This Distemper arises from an excessive Moisture which renders the Bones lax and yielding, (especially if the Sutures are not close) or too great a quantity of Blood passing through the Vessels of the Dura Mater, which incessantly beats on the Bones of the Dura Mater, and at length forces them quite asunder. The Famous Mounsieur Pascal, had the bones of the Cranium separated from one another, about three years before he died, which perhaps might proceed from abundance of Spirits emploved, by his continual and intense thinking.  
THE SIGNS. This Malady is visible, the Distance of the Bones may be perceived, and the beating of the Brain may be felt by laying one's Hand on the Patient's Head, the Teguments giving way.  

The OPERATION.  
This is bringing the Bones together, by compressing them with the Palm of the Hand, and than keeping them together by some convenient Bandage.  
THE DRESSING. Cut of the Patient's Hair, and lay a Compress dipped in Spirit of Wine, or some other Discutient and Spirituous Liquor, and make the Bandage called the Capeline, to bring the Bones together by degrees.  
To make this, take a Roller about an inch and a half broad, and four or five els in length rolled up at both ends, and begin to apply it on the middle of the Forehead, than bring the two Heads of the Roller behind the Head and cross them, and engage one end of the Roller by passing the other over it; than raise one end of the Roller and bring it over the Sagittal Suture quite to the middle of the Forehead, and there engage it with the other Head of the Roller, which you must bring over the Forehead; than raise the Roller and bring it over the Head making an Edging on the first turn over the Sagittal Suture; and than bring it down behind the Head, and engage it by the other Head, with which you must continued to make Circular turns round the Head, while you raise the other end, making Edges alternately on each side of the Head till the whole be covered. In the last place, bring the two ends of the Roller round the Read passing round over the Forehead, and pin it at the ends.  
THE CURE. Soak the Dress every day in Read Wine, Spirit of Wine, or some such Spirituous and Resolvent Liquor to promote the Transpiration of the watery Matter, and let the Patient use a drying Diet, forbearing all intense thinking; let him keep his Mind gay, and purge with Hyd●agogues, as Scammony, Jalap, or their Rosins. When the Bandage seems to slacken, from the Bones approaching to each other, it is time to undo it, and bind the part up again.   

REMARKS.  
This is a Distemper which rarely happens, however the Famous Monsieur Pascal, a Name well known in the Learned World, had such a Disjunction of the Bones of the Head, that the Motion of his Brain could be felt by applying the Hand on his Head.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 7. tells us, that a Robust fellow of 40 years of Age who never had been ill, was seized with a continual Fever. In the beginning he neglected all Methods of cure, which proved of ill consequence to him, depriving him of Sleep, and throwing him into a Delirium. Upon the sixth or seventh day the Coronal and Sagittal Suture separated, and the Motion of the Brain might be felt by laying one's Finger on the Interstice of the Sutures. Upon the seventh day the Patient had a profuse, critical, sweat, tinctured like the Rust of Iron, by which the Morbific Matter was thrown out, and by degrees the Sutures reunited, and the Patient recovered.    

CHAP. LXXII. Of the Luxation of the Bones of the Nose.  
THIS Operation is a Reducing the Sutures of the Bones of the Nose, to their Juncture with the Coronal Bone.  
THE CAUSE of this Accident, is usually some Blow or Fall.  
THE SIGNS. When these Bones are Luxated, there appears a small Cavity between the Bones of the Forehead and Nose, and these last shake upon the lest touch; the Nose itself is distorted, and the Patiented breaths with difficulty.  

The OPERATION.  
This Dislocation seldom happens, the Bones of the Nose and the Coronal Bone being very firmly united, and when it does, it must be reduced in the following manner. Take a small stick of Deal of a proper size planed and fitted to the Nostrils, and wrapped round with Tow; and than placing the Thumb on the Root of the Nose, partly on the Coronal, and partly on the Nasal Bone to keep the Bones steady, put them into their place with the stick. In putting the stick up, you must take care not to hurt the spongy Bones of the Nose, for fear of Wounding the Part, and causing ill-conditioned Ulcers.  
THE DRESSING is the same as in Fractures of the Nose.  
THE CURE. If there be a Wound, dress it once every day as a Complicate Wound.    

CHAP. LXXIII. Of the Luxation of the lower Jaw.  
THIS Operation is Restoring the Head of the Bone into its Natural Cavity.  
THE CAUSE. The Luxation of the lower Jaw often proceeds, from opening the Mouth too wide in yawning. This Luxation most commonly happens in the Forepart, and rarely in the hinder, by reason of the Mamillary Processes which hinder the Bone from slipping behind. The Jaw is sometimes luxated on one side only, and at other times on both.  
THE SIGNS. When the Jawbone is dislocated only on one side, it is turned transversly, and is plainer and more depressed, than the sound side on which there is an apparent Tumour. The Patient's Mouth stands wide open, and he can neither shut it nor chew his Meat; and the Teeth of the lower Jaw stand out farther than those of the upper, and do not answer to the correspondent ones on the other side.  
When the Mandible is luxated on both sides, it hangs on the Breast, and the Saliva flows incessantly from the Mouth, the Parotid Glands' being compressed by the Head of the Bone. There is a Tension of the Temporal Muscles, and the Patient can neither shut his Mouth, nor stir his Tongue.  
When there is a Dislocation on both sides, the Bone is much more difficult to reduce, than when it is on one side only, and the Accidents are more desperate; and unless it be instantly restored, there is a great Pain, Fever, and an Inflammation of the Throat, and the Patient dies in ten days time.  

The OPERATION.  
If the Bone has been out for any time, Emollient Remedies must be used before it can be restored.  
To reduce a complete Luxation when both Heads of the Bone are out; let the Patient sit upon the Floor or a low Stool, and place a Servant behind to support and keep his Head steady, and than put both your Thumbs into the Patient's Mouth, having wrapped them round with a Tape to defend them from being hurt by the Patient's Teeth, and to hinder them from slipping when you press on the lower Jaw; than clap your other Fingers under the Patient's Chin, to draw the Jaw and raise it up.  
But if the Mouth be so close that you cannot thrust your Thumbs in, put a small Wooden Wedge about an inch thick, and introducing these Wedges strongly by their thinner end, keep them on the Teeth; in the last place, put a Girth under the Chin, and let a Servant put both his Knees on the Patient's Shoulders, and draw the ends of the Girth, while you thrust down the Wedges to bring the Jaw into its place.  
When it is only Dislocated on one side, place the Patient on a low Stool, and let a Servant stand behind to keep his Head steady; than put your Thumb on the Grinders of that side which is dislocated, and thrust the Jaw down, and reduce it into its place.  
The Mandible may be reduced sometimes by a blow of the Fist only, on that side which is not luxated, but this can only take place when the Luxation is uncompleat.  
THE DRESSING is the same as in a Fracture of the Jaw.  
THE CURE. Let the Patient feed on Nourishing Liquids, for he cannot eat any thing that is solid, and let him keep himself still in his Bed; and if there be the lest signs of Inflammation, give him Clysters to keep his Body open.    

CHAP. LXXIV. Of the Luxation of the Clavicle.  
THIS Operation is the Reduction of the Head of the Chavicle to its Articulation, with the Acromion of the Shoulderblade, or the Sternum.  
THE CAUSE of the Luxation, is some Blow or Fall.  
THE SIGNS. The Clavicle is most commonly dislocated in its Juncture to the Acromion, and very seldom in that to the Sternum, because the first Rib serves as a support to it.  
When the Clavicle is dislocated, the Patient cannot lift his Arm without a great deal of Difficulty, the Acromion causes a jetting out, and there is a Cavity caused by the Clavicles falling down.  
This Accident is hard to be remedied in Ancient Bodies, because the Ligaments grow hard and bony, and are very difficultly agglutinated when once they are broken.  

The OPERATION.  
Let the Patient lie on his Back, and put some hard convex Body between his Shoulderblades, than press his Shoulders and the side of his Breast, and in the mean time reduce the bone into its place.  
THE DRESSING is the same as in a Fracture of the part.  
THE CURE. Let the Patient keep his Bed, and let his Diet be Roasted Flesh, or any other Nourishing Meat, and bleed him, and give him a Clyster if occasion shall require.    

CHAP. LXXV. Of the Luxation of the Vertebrae  
THIS Operation is the Restoring one of the Vertebrae which is slipped out of its place.  
THE CAUSE. The Dislocation of the Vertebrae proceeds from some Blow, Fall, Strain, Violent Motion of the Body, or some ill Posture, or the Relaxation of some Ligament by a Flux of Humours.  
THE SIGNS. Dislocations of the Vertebrae are complete or imperfect.  
In an imperfect Luxation of the Vertebrae the Neck remains distorted, the Face is Livid, and the Patient has a great Difficulty to speak and breath; but if the Luxation be complete, the Nerves and Spinal Marrow suffer a violent Compression, and the Patient must inevitably die, unless he be relieved forthwith.  
The Vertebrae of the Back may be dislocated four several ways, Outwardly, Inwardly, to the Right, and to the Left. When any of the Vertebrae are luxated inwardly, there is a Depression in the place, but if outwardly, onthe contrary there is a Tumour. If the Vertebrae be slipped outside-ways, there is an unusual rising that way.  
When any of the Vertebrae are luxated inwardly, the Patient has a Difficulty of making Water and voiding his Excrements, cannot move his Thigh without a great deal of difficulty, and it becomes cold; because the Origin of the Nerves which are dispensed to that Part are compressed, and these sort of Luxations where the Vertebra is slipped inwards, are very difficult to reduce, because there can be no compression made on the Belly for that purpose.  
If the Vertebrae of the Back bunch out in Children, the Ribs do not grow at all, or at lest but very little, and jet forwards, and make an acute Angle at the Sternum, by which means the Cavity of the Breast is not capacious enough for the Expansion of the Lungs, but they being compressed, the Patient becomes Asthmatick.  
If the Spine be convex, there is a stop put to its growth, but the Arms and Legs increase exceedingly.  
When the Rump-bone is dislocated, the Patient cannot bring his Heel towards his Buttock, nor bend his Knee without a great deal of Difficulty, nor can he sit or go to Stool without a great deal of trouble.  

The OPERATION.  
To reduce the Vertebrae of the Neck, of whatever kind the Luxation be, place the Patient on a low Chair, and let a Servant lay a great stress on his Shoulders, and while he does this, take hold of the Patient's Head under the Ears, and making an Extension of it, turn it to and from till it be reduced; and you may know that it is so, by his being able to turn it himself, and the cessation of the Pain.  
To reduce the Vertebrae which are luxated externally, let the Patient be laid on a Table on his Belly, and fasten a Girth under his Armpits, and on the Hips, and tie at the same time his Thighs and Legs, and draw both above and below, without making so violent an Extension, and in the mean time reduce the Part.  
If the Vertebra cannot be reduced in this manner, take two sticks near a Finger's breadth in thickness, and about four or five times as long, and wrap these in a Cloth for fear of hurting the Patient; than lay one of these sticks on each side the dislocated part, and make a great pressure on them, to thrust in the Vertebrae, or take a great Roller of Wood, such as Pastry-cooks use, and roll it to and from on the two sticks; Note here that the two sticks which are on the side, be higher than the Spinal Process of the Vertebrae, to prevent all danger of breaking it.  
You may conclude the Vertebra is reduced, if it be equal with the contiguous ones.  
Though the Luxation of the Vertebrae inwardly be almost impossible to reduce, and most commonly is Mortal, you must not nevertheless abandon the Patient; and therefore when this happens, place the Patient on his Back, and make an Extension with Pulleys, in the manner above described, and than manage the Spine, and try to bring in the Vertebra. If this fail, make an Incision on the Vertebra, which is depressed just over its Spinal Process, and take hold of it, and endeavour to reduce it in this manner.  
If the Rump-bone be thrust in by any Blow or Fall, put the Forefinger of the right Hand into the Anus and pushing it up with the left Hand press it out, and guide it into its place.  
If the Luxation be external, which sometimes happens in violent Labours, put the Bone gently in with the Fingers. These Bones are confirmed in three Weeks.  
THE DRESSING. When the Vertebrae of the Neck are reduced, let the Patient incline his Head to that side which is opposite to the Dislocation, and put a Fillet about the Neck, which must be fastened on the Arm.  
If you have made an Incision on the Vertebra, and there ensue a Flux of Blood, stop it with Astringents.  
If the Vertebra be luxated outwardly, lay a small Plate of Lead on each side to keep it in its place, and lay a thick Compress over it, and keep this on with the Napkin and Scapulary, as is directed in the Chapter of the Empyema.  
If the Luxation be inwards, the Vertebra must not be compressed by Bandages, nor any Plates or Splints laid on it for fear of occasioning a new Dislocation.  
In a Luxation of the Rump-bone, whether inwards or outwards, the Dressing must be the same as in a Fracture of the Rump-bone.  
THE CURE. If any Incision be made to bring out the Vertebra which is luxated inwards, the Wound must be dressed after the usual manner, and the Patient must lie on one side, and observe a good Diet.   

REMARKS.  
Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 5. Obs. 68 relates, that a certain Man having a Luxation of two Vertebrae, was Paralytic from the Navel to the Feet.  
A Country Man happening to fall from a Tree, had the second Vertebra of the Loins luxated inwards; upon which he felt a great pain, which continued for a long time, and he Vomited his Meat before Digestion, and continued in this condition several Days, without being able to retain any thing in his Stomach. After some short space he was seized with a burning Fever, an unextinguishable Thirst, want of Sleep, Restlessness, with a dryness of Tongue, and a Delirium; all the Parts below the Navel became Paralytic, and he could neither retain his Urine nor his Excrements.  
Bartholin. Cent. 6. Hist. 48. relates, that a certain Irish Woman turned her Head round so far, that her Nose stood in a Right line with her Shoulder, her Head could be replaced in its Natural Situation with a great deal of ease, but so soon as this was done, it would immediately return to its former position; this Deformity he assures us, was caused by Mercurial Applications to the Neck.    

CHAP. LXXVI. Of the Luxation of the Ribs, and the Cartilago Mucronata.  
THIS Operation is the Reducing the Ribs to their Junction with the Vertebrae, and the Cartilago Mucronata with the Sternum.  
THE CAUSE of their Luxation, most commonly is some Blow or Fall.  
THE SIGNS. The Luxated Ribs are either depressed inwards, or elevated outwards. When a Rib is depressed inwards, there is an apparent Cavity near its Articulation with the Vertebrae of the Back, but if the Head of the Rib slip outwards, there is a hard Tumour on the Part, and in both one and the other kind of Luxation, Respiration is painful and laborious, and the Patient cannot move his Body without Pain, because the Rib presses on the Muscles.  
The Mucronated Cartilege is inverted, and its point turned inwards, especially in Women and Children; and when this happens, it usually occasions them to die emaciated, because the Liver and upper Orifice of the Stomach are hurt, and the Vessels being strongly compressed, by this means the Circulation of the Blood is interrupted. When this Cartilege is luxated, there is a great hollow in the lower part of the Breast, and the Patient cannot breathe without a great deal of Pain and Difficulty.  

The OPERATION.  
When a Rib is luxated outwards, lay the Patients Arm over a Door to suspend the Body, and than thrust the rising of the Rib into its place.  
If the Rib be luxated inwards, you must make an Incision to bring it outwards.  
When the Mucronated Cartilege is depressed, lay the Patient on his Back on some convex Body; and than press both sides of the Breast with the Hands to raise the Cartilege. If this fail, apply dry Cupping-glasses on it to raise it. Before you attempt to reduce it, chafe the Part very well with Oils of Castor, Turpentine, and such like Spirituous Topics.  
THE DRESSING in Luxations, is the same as in Fractures of the Ribs.  
When the Mucronated Cartilege is reduced, lay some proper Emplaster on to strengthen it, Ambrose Parry uses this Composition. ℞. Root of Bistort, ʒi. Cypress Nuts, ʒi. Mastich, Frankincense, ā. ʒiss. Balaustiums, ℈ i Oil of Walnuts, ʒiss. Pitch and Turpentine, as much as will reduce these Ingredients to the consistence of an Emplaster.   

REMARKS.  
Bartholin, Cent. 2. Hist. 12. relates, that a certain young Man having a Looseness, had the lower Ribs on the right side luxated in such a manner, as to be seen and felt. All the means that his Surgeons could think on proved ineffectual, his Strength decayed, he had a lingering Fever; after some time there arose a small pustule which suppurated and broke, upon which the luxated Ribs returned to their place, and the Ulcer was cured, and the young Man did well.  
The same Author, Cent. 4. Hist. 58. relates, that a certain Man being very much tired with walking in stony ways, felt a great Pain on the right side near the Spine, and a Tumour arose on the Sternum, which incommoded him so much, that he could not lie on the right side, or sit by any means, but when he stood erect; he did not feel any such pain. After some time the Tumour abating, it was found that the Symptoms proceeded from a Luxation of the eighth Rib, which likewise was fractured without any division of the Skin.    

CHAP. LXXVIII. Of the Luxation of the Humerus or Shoulder-bone.  
THIS Operation, is the Reducing of the Head of the Bones into the Cavity of the Head of the Scapula.  
THE CAUSE. This Luxation proceeds from some Blow, Fall, or Relaxation of the Ligaments.  
The slipping of this Bone out of its Cavity is not difficult, its Head being extremely smooth and slippery, as well as the Cavity which receives it, which is exceeding Membranous, very shallow, and lubricated with an oleous Liquor, which make it easily slip aside upon the application of any force outwardly.  
THE SIGNS. When the Luxation is downwards, and the Head of the Shoulderblade is slipped into the Armpit, there is a Cavity on the Shoulder, the Acromion is sharp and jets out; the Elbow stands out, and cannot be brought to the Body without force; it is drawn forwards more difficultly than backwards, and is longer than it ought to be; the Patient cannot lay his Hand on the opposite Shoulder, or bring it to his Mouth, and he feels a great deal of pain when he stirs it in any manner whatever, by reason of the Compression and Tension of the Muscles; but observe here, that the Disability to lift or extend the Arm, is not a sufficient of a Luxation, because the same thing must necessarily hap on Contusions, Fractures, Inflammations, Wounds, Apostems, Schirrosities, and Fluxions.  

The OPERATION.  
The Luxation of the Shoulder may be reduced in six several manners, viz. by the Fist, by the Shoulder placed under the Patient's Armpit, by a ball of thread thrust by the Heel by a Ball on a Leaver, by the Ladder; and lastly, by the Amby.  
To reduce a Shoulder by the help of the Fist clenched, lay the Patient on a Table on that side which is opposite to the Light, and let one Servant put a Girth under his Armpit, and another a second above the Elbow; let him who holds the Girth which passes under the Armpit keep it firm, and let him who has hold of that above the Elbow, draw it till the Head of the Bone be directly against the Socket, and than put it into its Cavity with your Hands or Fist; if the Hands are not sufficient, you may make use of Pulleys.  
Or if you please, you may place the Patient on a low Seat (or if he be a big Man, he may sit on the ground) and plant a Servant on one side to hold the Patient's Body with his Arms, or a Towel, and than take hold of the upper part of the Humerus with both Hands, and let another Servant kneel behind you, and take hold of the Luxated Arm above the Elbow which passes between your Legs, and while both these make the Extension, do you knap the bone into its Cavity.  
To reduce a Shoulder with the Heel, lay the Patient on the Ground on a Coverlet or Quilt, and than put a Ball of thread under his Armpit, and do you sit opposite to the Patient directly against the luxated Arm, and if it be the Foot, place the Heel of the right, and if it be the left, the Heel of the left Foot on the Ball; than take the Patients Arm with both Hands, and draw it towards the Feet, and thrust the Ball strongly against the Armpit. In the mean time let a Servant stand behind the Patient's Head, and draw the Head of the Humerus with a Napkin, or any other Girth, and put the Sole of his Foot on the Patient's Shoulder, and thrust it down; and let another Servant be placed behind to keep his Body steady.  
To reduce a Shoulder by the help of the Shoulder of another Person, place the Patient's Armpit on the Acute end of the Shoulder of a lusty Man, who is taller than the Patient, that so he may keep him suspended; the Man who holds him keeping his Hand to his Breast; and while this is doing, put the Head of the Humerus into its Cavity. If the Patient be very light, and the Weight of his Body be not sufficient to reduce the Shoulder, let some Person or other hung on his Shoulder. If the Patient be so tall that it is difficult to found a Man of a higher Stature, let the Man stand on some small Stool.  
To reduce the Arm with the Leaver, take one four or five Foot long with a bunch like a Tennis Ball in the midst, and on each side the Ball put in two pegs at such a distance, that the Shoulder may lodge between them; than placing the Patient's Armpit on the Ball; let two Men lift up the ends of the staff and raise the Patient from the Ground, and in the mean time do you draw down the Arm, and reduce the Head of the Bone into its Natural place.  
To reduce a Luxation of the Shoulder with the Ladder, fasten a Ball of thread on the step of a Ladder, which must be of a convenient size to put under the Armpit; than let the Patient get upon a Stool, and tie both his Legs together, and the Arm which is sound behind his Back, that it may not rest on his Shoulder when in the Reduction, than place the Armpit on the Ball, and bring the Ladder as near him as may be, for fear lest the Arm be broke in the Reduction; in the next place, put a strong Girth above the Elbow, and let a stout Fellow hold this strongly, and than take away the Stool, and this will bring the Head of the Luxated Bone into its place, or if it does not, you must twist it on one side and another, till it knaps into its place. When it is reduced, you must put the Stool again under the Patient's Feet, and take the Arm carefully out of the Ladder, having great care not to lift it up for fear of a new Dislocation.  
In stead of a Ladder, you may if you please make use of a Door, observing the same Circumstances.  
The Amby of Hypocrates known to our Surgeons by the Name of the Commander, is made of two pieces of Wood fastened with pins; these pieces of Wood must be near two Inches and a half distant from each other, and to the top of these another piece must be fastened, which is longer than a Man's Arm, and which advances half a Foot at one end. This last movable piece of Wood must be fastened between the other two with a Pin on which it turns, and may be raised or let down at the end.  
To reduce the dislocated Arm with this Instrument, place the Patient on a low Stool, something lower than the Machine, with his Feet tied together for fear he rise when the part ought to be reduced, the Patient's Arm must be laid all along this movable branch, the lesser end of it being applied under the Patient's Armpit, and tied in two or three places, and when this is done depress the lower end, and this will bring the Head of the Bone into its place.  
THE DRESSING. When the Humerus is reduced, put a small ball of Lint under the Armpit to fill the Cavity, and keep this ball on with a Compress cleft at both ends, which you must bring up and cross on the Shoulder; besides this, you must lay a Compress on the other Armpit for fear lest the Compress hurt it, and make the Bandage called Spica with a Roller five els in length, and three inches broad rolled up at one end.  
In applying this bring the end of the Roller under the Armpit opposite to the Luxation, than bring the other end of the Roller over the part affected, and back again under the same Armpit; and lastly over, so as to cross over the first turn on the Shoulder, than bring the Roller over the Breast, and next under the Armpit, opposite to that which is affected; than pass behind the Back and under that Arm which was luxated, and make a small Edging there, than bring it under the Armpit and over the Shoulder and continued these turns of the Roller in this manner, making Edges every time you pass over the Shoulder concerned. These Edges something resemble an Ear of Wheat, and this it is which gives the Bandage this Name. When the Shoulder is covered, which is done by gradually descending to the Arm, make two Circular turns round the upper part of the Humerus, and these will make a Triangle which is called Geranium, or the Crane's Bill; this Triangle must be covered by rising with Edges, and when this is done, bring the Roller round the Breast and fasten it, and put the Arm in a Sling. The manner of which we have described in the Chapter of the Fracture of the Arm.  
THE CURE. Let the Patient keep his Arm in a Sling, the Cubit making a right Angle with the Arm, and resting on the Ribs.  
The Dress must not be taken of the first four or five Days, unless some Accident hap, the Patiented m●●● fe●d on Nourishing Diet, and repose himself as much as possible.   

REMARKS.  
Fabr. Hildanus tells us, that a Child of eight years of Age, of a good Habit of Body, had his right Arm dislocated by a Fall, which mightily emaciated and wasted him, and this was the more remarkable, that lessening, while the other parts grew larger. At length his Relations perceived a coalition in the bending of his Arm, which hindered him from extending it, and it continued bend like a crooked stick, without putting him to any pain.    

CHAP. LXXIX. Of the Luxation of the Elbow.  
THIS Operation is a Restoring the Cubit to its Articulation, with the Humerus.  
THE CAUSE. This Dislocation proceeds from some Fall or Relaxation of the Ligaments.  
THE SIGNS. The Cubit is luxated in four several manners, either inwards or outwards, or on one side.  
When the Cubit is luxated inwards, the Olecranon is stopped in the internal Cavity of the Condyl of the Shoulder-bone, the Arm is bend, and the Hand is turned inwards; but if the Luxation be outwards, the Arm is straight and shorter than the other; the internal Process of the Cubit lies in the external Cavity of the Condyl of the Humerus, and the Olecranon passes beyond the Cavity, which naturally it ought to lodge in. If the Luxation be on one side, there is a rising in the place of the Head of the Bone, and a Depression where it is supped out. These Luxations for the most part are incomplete.  

The OPERATION.  
If the Luxation be inwards, let several Servants make an Extension of the Humerus and Arm, and in the mean time bend the Arm, and bring the Hand to the Shoulder.  
There are divers Practitioners who lay a Ball on the Flexure of the Joint, and than bend the Arm presently, bringing it to the Shoulder.  
If the Cubit be luxated outwards, let the Arm be drawn above and below, and during these Extensions, put the Olecranon into its Cavity. In reducing this Luxation, you must not bend the Arm as in the former case, because a Motion of this kind would hinder its Reduction.  
If you like it better you may proceed thus; take the Patient's Arm and put it round a Pillar, and fasten a Girth near the Process of the Cubitus, and than draw this with a Leaver round the Pillar, till the Bone knap into its place. Or take a stick of a Foot long and an inch Diameter, and wrap the middle of this round with a Cloth, than take hold of both ends with each Hand, and push strongly in the Head of the Bone with the middle of the stick, while the Servants make the Extension. This last Method of Reducing the Bone is very serviceable, when the Luxation is inwards or outwards, but if the Cubit be slipped on one side, let two Servants take hold one of the Arm, and the other of the Shoulder; and than reduce the Bone into its place. Note here, that a Luxation of the Cubit can hardly be without the Radius, starting from the Shoulder-bone, and therefore in reducing the Cubit, the Surgeon must examine whether the Radius remain in its place, which he may discover by the Pronation and Supination of the Hand; for if he be unable to do this, it is a certain Sign that the Radius is separated.  
THE DRESSING. Lay a simple Compress dipped in some Defensative Liquor, to take of the Inflammation. This Compress must be slit lengthways, for the better applying it on the Juncture, and when it is on, make a Bandage with a Roller five els long, and an Inch and a half broad. In doing this, first make a Circular turn on the lower part of the Humerus, than descend obliquely in the bending of the Arm, and make a Circular turn on the upper part of the Arm, and an X on the Flexure of the Elbow, and thus continued to ascend and descend, making Edges on the Elbow, and Xes on the bending of the Joint, till the Elbow be quite covered; and when this is done, ascend up the Arm and fasten the Roller about the Breast.  
THE CURE. Put the Arm in a Sling, in the same manner as was described in the Fracture of this part. Let the Patient use a good Nourishing Diet, and often make a Pronation and Supination of his Arm, for fear lest the Bones be cemented together.    

CHAP. LXXX. Of the Luxation of the Bones of the Wrist.  
THIS Operation is a Reduction of the Bones of the Wrist, to the Cavity of the Radius.  
THE CAUSE. This Luxation most commonly proceeds from some Fall or Relaxation of the Ligaments.  
THE SIGNS. The Dislocation of the Wrist is either inwards, outwards, or one side. When the Dislocation is inwards, and the Hand is turned back when it is outwards, it is bend, when it is on the right side the side of the little Finger; and when on the left, it is turned on the side of the Thumb.  
The Articulation of the Hand being very lax, it may easily be luxated.  

The OPERATION.  
If the Luxation be inwards, lay the back of the Patient's Hand on a Table, and while the Extension is making, press the prominent bone into its place with the Palm of your Hand. If the Luxation be outwardly, lay the flat of the Patient's Hand, and proceed as before. If the Luxation be on one side when the Extension is made, twist the Bones on the side opposite to the Dislocation, and draw each Finger separately, that so the Tendons may come into ●heir place.  
If the Bones of the Wrist are slipped into the Hand, lay the back of the Hand on a Table, and press the Bones into their place.  
If they are slipped on one side, press them to the opposite.  
The Metacarpus is composed of four Bones. The two middle of these cannot be dislocated on one side, because they are supported by the two Bones which are on each side. That which sustains the Forefinger, and that which sustains the little, cannot be dislocated towards the Forefinger, nor that which sustains the little Finger, towards the middle Finger. All the other Bones may be luxated inwards or outwards; but since the manner of Reducing them is the same as with that of the Carpus, I shall remit the Reader thither.  
The Fingers may be dislocated inwards, outwards, or one side. To reduce them, there is nothing farther necessary than to pull them, and put the Head of the Bone into its place.  
In these Dislocations the Parts recover their Natural tone in twelve Days time.  
THE DRESSING. This is the same with that taught in Chap. LXVI.  
THE CURE. Take care that the Bandage be not too straight nor too slack, and keep the Dress on as long as may be, and let the Patient use a strengthening Diet.   

REMARKS.  
In the second Month one may perceive by the help of a Microscope, several white spots at the extremity of the Wrist in a Foetus, and there the Ossification of the Bone commences. In the fourth, fifth, and sixth Month, they only increase in their Dimensions, without any other sensible Alteration. In the seventh and eighth Months. the Epiphyses of the Fingers can hardly be discerned; but in the ninth Month, they are as distinct and visible, as in the Bones of Adult Persons.    

CHAP. LXXXI. Of the Luxation of the Thigh.  
THIS Operation is the Reduction of the Head of the Thigh bone, into the Cavity of the Ischion.  
THE CAUSE. A perfect Luxation of the Thigh cannot hap, except the Part suffer great Violence, for the Head of the Thigh-bone is retained in the Cavity of the Acetabulum by a strong Ligament. The Circumference of this Cavity is edged with Cartilaginous Ligaments, which likewise cover the Neck of the Head of the Thigh-bone, and several of the largest and strongest Muscles of the whole Body are inserted into this Bone, and conspire to strengthen this Articulation. Sometimes indeed a Luxation happens from too great a Relaxation of the Ligaments, but this is ever an imperfect one.  
THE SIGNS. When the Head of the Bone is stopped on the share-bones, there is a Tumour in the place where the Head of the Bone is, one Leg is longer than the other, and the Knee and Foot are turned outwards; the Knee cannot be bend, and the Thigh brought toward the Groin, because the Head of the Bone keeps the Muscles extended.  
If the Head of the Bone be slipped outwards, the Leg is shorter, because the Head of the Bone passes over its Cavity; the Knee and Foot is turned inwards, and the Heel outwards, and the Patient cannot support himself, except on the end of his Foot. It sometimes happens that the Head of the Thigh-bone remaining for a considerable time in the same place, forms a sort of a Cavity amongst the Muscles, which are hardened by a constant compression of the Bone, and by this means sometimes the Patient is able to walk without a stick.  
When the Thigh-bone is slipped forwards, the Head of the Bone is lodged on the Os Pubis, and makes a Tumour in the Groin, and the Muscles of the Buttocks have Furrows in them, which is caused by their very great Tension. The Patient cannot bring his Thigh to the Groin, nor bend his Knee, both Legs in a manner equal, and the Luxated Leg can rest on the Heel only; and there is frequently a suppression of Urine, which proceeds from the Compression of the Nerves.  
When the Luxation is backwards, there is a large Tumour on the Buttock, which is made by the Head of the Bone, and the Pain is very great which is occasioned by the violent Tension of the Muscles, the Leg is shorter than the other, and there is a depression in the Groin, the Patient cannot bend his Leg but it hangs back.  
If the Luxation proceed from an internal Cause, there is small hopes of the Patient's Recovery.  

The OPERATION.  
To reduce a Luxation inwards, lay the Patient with his Back on a Table, and put into the Table a Pin a Foot or two long, and put this between the Patient's Legs near the Groin; than fasten one Girth under the Juncture of the Thigh, and another above the Patient's Knee, and with these let the Extension be made. In the mean time put the Head of the Bone into the Acetabulum; when the Head of the Bone is drawn enough, let the Assistants who make the Extension slacken a little, for the more easy reducing the Head of the Bone; and this is to be observed in all Reductions whatever.  
If the Thigh be luxated outwards, let the Patiented lie on his Belly, and make an Extension with Girths after the manner described, and thrust the Thigh inwards to bring the Head of the Bone into the Cavity.  
If the Luxation be forwards, lay the Patient on the opposite side, and make the Extensions as before; and when this is done, put the Head of the Bone into its cavity with a Tennis Ball, and push this with the Hand or with the Knee, for the greater force, and bring the luxated Leg to the other.  
If the Luxation be backwards, place the Patient on his Belly, as in a Luxation outwards, and let the Extension be made in the same manner; than take the Patient's Knee and draw it outwards, to bring the Head of the Bone into the Acetabulum.  
When the Ligaments of the Thigh are relaxed, the Extension must not be strong; for it is plain, this is both useless and hurtful, and a prudent Surgeon must always consider the Nature of the Luxation, before the Extension be made.  
THE DRESSING. The Bandage must be the Spica, and is the same which is described in the Operation of the Bubonocele.  
THE CURE. Let the Patient refrain from all Cold, Moist, and Phlegmatic Meats, and use a strengthening Diet, and drink Ptisans aromatized with Rosemary, Sage, Margerum, chafe the Neighbouring parts with Oils of Dill, Chamomil, and White Lilies; and because the Patient leads a Sedentary Life, and there is apt to be a congestion of Humours in the part, purge his Body at convenient times with Lenitives, and if you should now and than give him a Vomit, it would not be a miss.  
As for local Applications, take a bag of leaves and flowers of Betony, Sage, Rosemary, Primula veris, Lavender, Origanum, Wormwood, ā. one Handful, Roses, Juniper Berries, Oak-moss ă. two Handfuls, Aniseeds two ounces, boil these with a handful of Salt, and apply it round the Luxated part, do this once every three or four Days, and rub it together with the Contiguous Parts with Juice of Earthworms.  
If the Reader pleases, he may turn to the Hundreth Observation, in the fourth Century of Hildanus, where that Author expatiates very much on this important Subject.   

REMARKS.  
Kerkringius, Obs. 61. tells us, that in opening one of his Nieces who had in her Life-time been afflicted with a lameness, which had eluded all attempts to cure her (for want of a right understanding of the Cause) he found the Cavity of the Hip very large and deep, and the Head of the Thigh exceeding small, by which means it easily slipped up and down, the Ligaments being relaxed, and elongated by the Weight of the Thigh, upon drawing the Leg it would be equal to the other, because the Head of the Thigh-bone was replaced in its Cavity, but than again it would immediately fall out.    

CHAP. LXXXII. Of the Luxation of the Knee.  
THIS Operation is a Restoring the Tibia to its Articulation with the Thigh-bone.  
THE CAUSE of this Dislocation is some Fall, Strain, Wrench, or Relaxation of the Ligament.  
THE SIGNS. The Tibia may be luxated four ways, viz. downward, forwards, or on either side.  
It seldom happens that the Leg is luxated forwards, because the Tendons of the Muscles of the Leg keep the Tibia strength; and when such a Dislocation happens, those Tendons must be lacerated or exceedingly relaxed. When the Tibia is luxated backward, the Condyls are in the Cavity of the Ham, and the Leg is bend. When the Tibia is luxated on one side, there is a rising on that side, and a Depression on the opposite; if the Condyl be slipped inwards, there is a Rising within, and a Depression outwards, and the Leg is turned outwards, and directly the contrary happens, when it is luxated inwards.  
The Tibia is easily luxated, because its Articulation is not very strict, the Condyls of the Tibia jet out, and the Sinus are shallow.  

The OPERATION.  
To reduce the Luxation when the Head of the Bone is slipped backward, place the Patient on a low Stool, or a Bench of a middling height, with his back turned towards you, than put his Leg between yours, and bend it with both Hands towards the Patient's Buttocks.  
Or let the Patiented lie on his Belly, and take a Coul-staff with a Bunch or Ball in the midst, let an Assistant put this on the bending of the Ham, and on the end of the Bone which jets out, and let another put a Girth something more than two Inches broad, and in the mean time bend it forcibly against the Buttock.  
If the Dislocation be forwards, let the Patiented lie on his Back, and put one Girth above the Knee, and another above the Juncture of the Foot, and put the Knee into its place with your Hands, or a Coul-staff with a bunch in the midst. If your Hands are not strong enough, you may make use of Pulleys; when the Leg is well reduced, the Patient can bend or extend, or make use of it in any manner without Pain.  
If the Tibia be luxated on one side when the Extension is made, bring the Head of the Bone into its place, with your Hands or a Coul-staff with a bunch in the midst, the Patient lying on a Table during the Operation.  
If the lesser Focil be luxated in its upper part, you may thrust it into its place with your Hand.  
THE DRESSING in these Dislocations, is the same as in a Fracture of the Rotula.  
THE CURE. Let the Patient keep his Bed with his Leg extended, and laid in Junks. After some tune, let him stir it a little to prevent the Coalition of the Bones, and during the Cure, let them use a good Nourishing Diet.    

CHAP. LXXXIII. Of the Luxation of the Bones of the Foot.  
THIS Operation is a Reducing the luxated Bones into their Natural place.  
THE CAUSE of this Dislocation, most commonly is some Wrench.  
THE SIGNS. If the Juncture of the Astragalus with the Tibia be separated, is a Rising occasioned by the Bone. If the Astragalus be slipped inwards, the Sole of the Foot is turned out; and if it be dislocated outwards, the Sole is turned in. If it be slipped, in the great Tendon implanted into the Heel, is almost quite hid in the Foot.  
The Bones of the Tarsus and Foot are dislocated divers ways, all which appear by the prominences and depressions.  

The OPERATION.  
If the Tibia and the lesser Focil are separated, put them into their place with your Hand, in the best manner that you can.  
You may reduce the Astragalus by drawing, and forcibly thrusting the Foot to that part opposite to that from whence it slipped.  
If the Bones of the Tarsus are slipped upwards, let the Patient set his Foot on a Table or the Floor, and than thrust the Bones into their place, if the prominence be below or on one side; you must in the same manner thrust the Bone into its place.  
If the Bones of the Toes are dislocated, they must be reduced in the same manner as all the other Bones after a due Extension made. Upon the whole Matter in these and the like Matters, good Sense with some Experience goes farther, than all the Instructions which can be delivered in Books.  
THE DRESSING and CURE are the same as in simple Fractures of the Foot.   

REMARKS.  
The Tarsus, Metatarsus and Toes are Cartilag nous in a Foetus in the Womb on the third Month, and about that time the Metatarsus is ossified.  
In the fourth Month the Bones of the Metatarsus are entirely form, and the ossification of the Bones of the Tarsus gins to appear by several small bloody Spots. In the same Month the upper and lower Junctures of the Toes of the Foot are distinguished by several white spots, and those in the middle are Cartilaginous.  
In the fifth and sixth Month, the second Rank which is next the Thumb is ossified. In the seventh and eighth Month the two Fingers next the Thumb are ossified in the middle. In the ninth Month the rest of the Fingers are ossified likewise.  
From the fourth to the ninth Month, the Bones of the Foot gradually increase. In the eighth Month the Calcaneum grows bony, and in the same Month the Astragalus is bony likewise, and there appears a Division in the Tarsus; but in the ninth Month the Junctures are very apparent.  
Fab. Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 67. relates, that a Rubust Fellow leaping over a Ditch, wrenched his Leg in that violent manner, that he burst the Ligaments together with the Skin, and the Astragalus was dislocated, which the Surgeon perceiving to hung by some Fibres only, took of.    
FINIS.   

BOOKS lately Printed.  
A New Voyage to Italy: With a Description of the Chief Towns, Churches, Tombs, Libraries, Palaces, Statues, and Antiquities of that Country. Together with usesul Instructions for those who shall travel thither. By Maxamilion Mission, Gent. Done into English, and adorned with Figures. In two Volumes. 8vo.  
The Life of the Famous John Baptist Colbert, Late Minister and Secretary of State to Lewis XIV. the present French King. Done into English from a French Copy, printed at Cologn this present Year 1695.  
The Complete Horseman: Discovering the surest Marks of the Beauty, Goodness, and Vices of Horses, and describing the Signs and Causes of their Diseases; and the True Method both of their Preservation and Cure. With Reflections on the Regular and Preposterous Use of Bleeding and Purging. Together with the Art of Shooing, and a Description of several Kind's of Shoes, adapted to the various Defects of Bad Feet, and for the Preservation of those that are good; and the best Method of Breeding Colts, with Directions to be observed in Backing 'em, and Making their Mouths, etc. By the Sieur de Solleysell, one of the Heads of the Royal Academy at Paris. The Eighth Edition, Revived and methodically Augmented; Done into Englist, and Adorned with Figures. Folio.  
Of Wisdom: Three Books. Written Originally in French by the Sieur de Charron; With an Account of the Author. Made English by George Stanhope. D. D. Chaplain in Ordinary to His Majesty, and late Fellow of Kings-College in Cambridge, from the best Edition, corrected and enlarged by the Author, a little before his Death.  
The Art of Preserving and Restoring Health. Explaining the Nature and Causes of the Distempers that afflicted Mankind. Also showing, That every Man is, or may be, his own best Physician. To which is added, A Treatise of the most Simple and Effectual Remedies for the Diseases of Men and Women. Written in French by M. Flamand M. D. and faithfully translated into English.   


Plate the first.   bindings and bandages 
Plate. 2 d.   bindings and bandages An Explanation of the Figures of the following Tables, which contain the Compound Bandages, Sutures, and some other Machine's used in the Practice of Surgery.  

TAB. I.  
Fig. 1. REpresents a Roller with one Head, or rolled up at one end only.  
Fig. 2. A Double headed Roller.  
Fig. 3. A Sling or Fillet with four Tails; This is very useful for the keeping Applications on the Eyes, Nose, upper Lip, and in short, on all parts of the Head, and Perinaeum of Persons cut for the Stone.  
Fig. 4. A Sling with six Tails, which may be applied on the Ears, though one with four is sufficient.  
Fig. 5. Represents an Emplaster made in form of a Crescent to be applied behind the Ears, which is adapted as all Emplasters ought to be, to the Figure of the part.  
Fig. 6. A false Tent in which a Lancet is concealed, for the letting out Pus lodged under the Dura Mater. A Tent of the like Figure made for drying up that which lies on the Membrane, but without a Lancet in it.  
Fig. 7. A Syndon of fine Linen, which is to be wetted with some Spirituous Liquor, and laid on the Dura Mater, after Trepanning the Skull.  
Fig. 8. Is another Syndon made of Lint, which some Practitioners wet with some Spirituous Liquor, and lay over the former.  
Fig. 9 Are small Pledgits of Lint, which are to be armed with proper Medicines, and put into the perforation.  
Fig. 10. A Pledgit of dry Lint put into the Hole of the Skull.  
Fig. 11. Dossils' which are to be armed with proper Digestives, for the filling up the Lips of the Wound.  
Fig. 12. A large Pledgit armed with some proper Digestive to lay over the Dossils'.  
Fig. 13. A large Emplaster of Betony, to cover the whole.   

TAB. II.  
Fig. 14. A large square Compress several times doubled to cover the rest.  
Fig. 15. A Napkin folded for the making the great Cap for the Head, and which are the Dress used in the Operation of Trepanning.  
Fig. 16. The Napkin folded as it ought, for the keeping Applications on the Eyes, and all other parts of the Head. This is not, however so convenient after Trepanning as the Great Cap, because it is not so certain, and does not keep the Part so warm.  
Fig. 17. Is a small Machine of Steel Wire, to keep the Applications on the Part after the Operation of the Fistula Lachrymalis. These Wires are usually Steel, but common Ir●n Wire is preferable for the convenience of the Surgeon, that he may adapt them to the Part, when there is no Workman at hand to do it.  
Fig. 18. Is the Accipiter or Hawk, to keep Applicatitions on the Nose. This is but an Amuzement, the F●●●●●t with your Tails being more useful in this case. 

Plate 3d.   bindings and bandages  

Plate 4 th'.   bindings and bandages   
Fig. 19 A Triangular Emplaster to be laid on the Nose. The Past boards applied on the side of the Nose when it is Fractured or Luxated, must have the same Figure.  
Fig. 20. Is an Emplaster for the upper Lip, the two Branches of which are to be applied on the side of the Nose.  
Fig. 21. Is the Mask used in Burns of the Face.  
Fig. 22. Is the Compress and Past board which is to be applied on the lower Jaw, when there is a Fracture and Luxation on one side only, and this Compress must be stitched to a Past board.  
Fig. 23. Is the Compress and Past board to be applied, when there is a Fracture or Luxation on both.  
Fig. 24. Is the Trapezial Emplaster for the Chin.   

TAB. III.  
Fig. 25. A Semicircular Emplaster for the Chin.  
Fig. 26. The Bandage of Heliodorus for one Breast.  
Fig. 27. Heliodorus Bandage for both Breasts.  
Fig. 28. The Emplaster, Passed board, and Compress for the Sternum. This is called Scutum.  
Fig. 29. The Compress and Pasteboard for a Fracture of the Ribs.  
Fig. 30. A great Capped Tent put into deep Wounds to hinder their Coalition.  
Fig. 31. An Emplaster in form of a double T, to be laid on the Cartilago Mucronata.  
Fig. 32. An Emplaster and Compress for the Joyn●s, as the Arm or Leg. This Figure is proper for the adapting it to the Part.  
Fig. 33. Is a Bandage for Issues, which is very convenient, because the Patiented candress them himself.   

TAB. iv  
Fig. 34. An Emplaster and Compress for the Metacarpus.  
Fig. 35. A simple T for a small Joint, as the Fingers, when the Surgeon likes it better than the ✚.  
Fig. 36. Is a small Machine made of Wire, to prevent the Guts from protruding themselves into the Groin and Navel. This must be lined, and is more convenient than a Steel Truss, because it yields to the Motion of the Belly.  
Fig. 37, and 38. are Steel Trusses, one for the Right, and the other for the left Groin. These are best made of Iron, that the Surgeon may manage them better, when he has no Workman to assist him. They are drawn without any Lining, to show their Figure.  
Fig. 39 Is a Truss made of Dimetty for the Groins in Children, and Adult Persons, when the Descent of the Guts is recent, and not very considerable. There is no more than one Knob required, when the Rupture is only on one side.  
Fig. 40. A Bandage for the Groin.  
Fig. 41. A Triangular Emplaster and Compress for the Groin.   

TAB. V  
Fig. 42. The Common Truss for both sides.  
Fig. 43. The Common Truss for one side only.  
Fig. 44. The Suspensory of the Napkin which goes round the Breast. The midst of this is put about the Neck, and falls on the Shoulders.  
Fig. 45. Is a suspensory for the Scrotum, two Straps of which cross below, and going up are fastened to the Waist-band.  
Fig. 46. A Contentive Bandage, to keep Applications on the Buttocks.  
Fig. 47. An Emplaster whose indented part passes between the Buttocks in a Fistula in Ano.  
Fi. 48. Is a small Case pierced at the End for the passage of the Urine, without removing the Dress. The Yard is put into this Case, as well for the suspending it 
Plate 5 th'.   bindings and bandages 
Plate 6 th'.   bindings and bandages 
Plate 7 th'.   bindings and bandages 
Plate 8 th'.   bindings and bandages in involuntary Erections, as in a Heat of Urine or Priapism, as to keep on the Dress.   

TAB. VI  
Fig. 49. A narrow Fillet with a Hole at one end, and a slit at the other, for a contentive Bandage of the Yard.  
Fig. 50. A Bag for the Gods. This is very convenient, because the Yard not being put into it, a Man may lie with his Wife. This is fastened by two small Tapes to the Wast band.  
Fig. 51. Is a T whose lower Tail is cut short. This is adapted to the keeping Applications on the Perinaeum; the upper Strap goes round the Wast, and the lower are fastened to that.  
Fig. 52. Is a single T for the Perinaeum and Anus.  
Fig. 53. Is a Collar to keep on the sling applied to the Perinaeum, after cutting for the Stone.  
Fig. 54. Is a Figure with four Tails, or the Sling mentioned.  
Fig. 55. Is the Emplaster in form of a Greek U laid on the Perinaeum.  
Fig. 56. Another Emplaster for the Perinaeum.  
Fig. 57 An Emplaster in form of a Horse-shoe for the Womb.  
Fig. 58. A Pessary of Cork perforated in the midst, to support the Womb when it falls out.   

TAB. VII.  
Fig. 59 Is a Cross, or the form of an Emplaster to be laid on Stump after Amputation.  
Fig. 60. Is another Figure for the same purpose.  
Fig. 61. Is the Bandage with 18 Tails, for Complicate Fractures.  
Fig. 62. Junks for the Leg and Thigh in Compound Fractures.  
Fig. 63. A Pasteboard to keep the Foot straight.   

TAB. VIII.  
Fig. 64. A small Quilt stitched to the Past board, for the ease of the Foot.  
Fig. 65. A small Roll for the supporting the Heel.  
Fig. 66. An open Stocking used in Burns and Scalds of the Legs.  
Fig. 67. The continued Suture or Glover's Stitch, used in Wounds of the Guts and Scrotum.  
Fig. 68 The interrupted or separate Stitch, used in the reuniting Transverse Wounds, when Bandage alone is not sufficient.  
Fig. 69. The twisted Suture used in Hare Lips.  
Fig. 70. The Dry Stitch.   

TAB. IX.  
Fig. 71. The Pin Stitch.  
Fig. 72. The Quill Suture. This differs very little from the former, the Ancients sometimes using Pins, and sometimes Quills to lay on the edges of the Wounds, and make their knots on, but both are useless.  
Fig. 73. The Wire Stitch. These are Wires made Circular, with which some have proposed to keep together the Edges of a Wound, but it is very Whimsical, and never to be done, because of the great Pain and Inflammation which must necessarily follow.  
Fig. 74. The Shoemakers Stitch. This creates a great deal of Pain, and for that Reason must never be made.   

TAB. X.  
Fig. 75. Is the Scabbard maker's Stitch, as in lacing. 
Plate 9 th'.   bindings and bandages 
Plate 10 th'.   bindings and bandages 
Plate 11 th'.   bindings and bandages 
Plate 12 th'.   bindings and bandages  
Fig. 76. The Stitch from within outwards, and that from without inwards, which is never to be made, because the Threads enter the Wound, and hinder its reunion.  
Fig. 77. Is Celsus' Suture or the X, which is never to be made, for the same Reason as the former.  
Fig. 78. Represents the manner of Stitching the Tendons.   

TAB. XI.  
Fig. 79. The Stitching of a Wound with one Angle.  
Fig. 80. The manner of Stitching two Wounds, one of which is lengthways, and the other Transverse with one Angle. The Transverse is united by the help of the separate Stitch, and the Longitudinal by the uniting Bandage.  
Fig. 81. The manner of Stitching a Longitudinal and Transverse Wound; making two Angles. The Transverse is to be united by help of the separate Stitch, and the Longitudinal, by the uniting Bandage, and the two Angles with two Stitches and a knot.  
Fig. 82. The Separate Stitch, this is only made in short Wounds.   

TAB. XII.  
Fig. 83. The Suture when there is four Angles. This is made with two Stitches and one knot.  
Fig. 84. The Ligature of an Artery, after the Operation of an Aneurism.  
Fig. 85, The Operation of a Fistula in Ano. The Bags on each side represent the Fistula; in one of these is a Probe bend for the drawing it, and the more easy cutting it with a pair of Scissors.  
Fig. 86. The Amputation of a Leg with all the Dress, the Ligatures above and below the Knee, the Pasteboard under the upper Ligature, which keeps the Part from being pinched; the Longitudinal Compress on the Ham, and along the Stump, which is kept on by two Ligatures, and the Ligature of the Artery, which is at the end of the Stump.